Category: Webinars Collection

  • 07/16/2026 – Wealthy Minds – The 3-Step System for Making Up to $12,000 Month – Spending Only 30 Minutes a Day

    Hello everyone, William Sza here and I am thrilled to be on this webinar with you here today. Well, in fact, we haven’t had many of these lately, right? So, uh it’s great to be here on this webinar. Uh I really appreciate you taking the time to attend the webinar live today and I can tell you it’s going to be worth every minute of your time. I’m sure you will absolutely love today’s presentation. Now, before we get started officially, please give me a quick one. Uh, well, I normally say in the chat, but actually it’s in the Q&A tab. Just give me a wonder there if you can hear me loud and clear, please. All right, getting ones. Okay, great. All right. So now I don’t want to make this a long introduction because obviously you’re here to learn from our guest and understand how you can use this. Uh I called it a three-step system, but actually it’s a three strategy system. It’s a composed by three strategies as you see. Uh, so just real quick, I just want to say that um what you’re about to see is a presentation that will definitely um open your eyes to a great opportunity that can help you achieve some really solid results in the coming days. Even if you are dealing with many other things already in your business, even if you already have uh other projects uh and you feel like you’re perhaps even overwhelmed and that there’s no room for accommodating more more projects and more things, this is the type of thing that will work for you because it’s something that is really not about putting in a lot of time, a lot of energy. It’s about working the smart and doing something that doesn’t take a lot of time, but that can produce a fantastic outcome and help you actually create an extra stream of income. So, if you think that that would benefit you and if that’s the type of thing you want, something that you can use for generating a an extra income that perhaps can help you fund your other projects or just have some extra money for traveling or doing anything you want actually. uh then this is the right training for you. And today to show you how this is done, uh my good friend Darren Winters is here and he’s going to be showing you exactly how this system works. Darren is someone who’s generated literally millions of dollars in the stock market and also with online marketing and he is a great person for you to learn this system from because not only he’s implemented it successfully for several years. So it’s not a fly by night type of system that’s working now and perhaps will no longer work in one or two months from now. No, it’s something that is rock solid and that will remain profitable for uh months and years to come. But not only he’s managed to implement the system successfully, but he’s helped many people do the same and newbies, beginners, marketers, entrepreneurs, um businessmen, all kinds of people. So no matter your current situation, if you feel that something that requires that actually demands a small time commitment but that has a great uh potential in terms of the income it can generate, this is definitely something you should pay a lot of attention to. All right, so I as I said I don’t want to make this introduction too long. Darren will share more information about himself and how he became so successful as an investor, as a marketer, as a business person. And uh yeah, so Darren, thank you for being here. I really appreciate you uh doing this webinar and sharing this information with the Wealthy Minds Group. I’m sure that many people will benefit from what you’ve got to share with us here today. Uh Darren has been with us before and every single time he shared some amazing jams that helped members make more money and I’m sure that it won’t be different this time. So Darren, thank you for uh taking the time to be here and you can take it away. Hi everybody. Let me just check with everybody if you could just type number one in the chat window if you can see me and hear me. Let’s check everything’s working fine. Uh can see me hear me? Yes. Yes. Yes. Okay. So, number one’s good. Um, and if you could type the letter S, if you can see my screen, you’ll be able to see the green background. Yeah, me with a short haircut from quite a few years ago. Okay, excellent. All working fine. So, this talk is about how to make money from home in a way that takes very little time and that anyone can do. Doesn’t matter on your experience, doesn’t matter on your background. Anybody can do this. And if you’re a bit unsure about this topic or you know nothing about this topic, that’s absolutely fine. I’m going to teach this in a really clear simple way. And what I’ll do is in today’s session, I’m going to give you some of the best trading and investing strategies in the world. Full complete strategies exactly how to do this. And even if you’re a complete beginner, I’m going to give you strategies you’ll be able to use straight away. Now, to start with, I thought it might be a good idea to show you what’s possible once you get good at this. Once I started to get very good at trading investing, I taught all of my family how to do this. I taught my children. I taught my wife. I taught my sisters. I taught my brother. And as a good example of why it’s so important to have a way to make money from home, back in 2020 when we had this Corona crisis, we spent quite a bit of time on house lockdown as I’m sure quite a few of you did around the world. And my wife was at home. She was spending some time with the children. She was doing a bit of gardening. She was also doing about 30 minutes trading per day. Some days a bit more, some days a bit less, but she was doing about 30 minutes trading per day. And my wife, she hates anything very technical. So, she got me to teach her a couple of very simple but very profitable strategies. And I thought I’d show you my wife’s trading results for the first four weeks of lockdown. This was doing about 30 minutes a day. I took a I took a photo of her trading screen. So, have a look at this. This was four weeks doing about 30 minutes trading a day. My wife made $120,000

    in four weeks. 30 minutes trading a day. So that was $95,000 profit. So she was averaging about $4,000 profit per day doing 30 minutes trading per day. In today’s talk, I’m going to teach you some of the exact same techniques that she was using to do that. So, you are in for a great session today. Take some good notes. You can learn some incredible stuff, some real practical stuff that anybody can use. So, definitely take some good notes. Now, right, I would say right now is probably the biggest opportunity ever to make money in the markets, in the stock market, in the forex markets, in the cryptocurrency markets because of everything that’s happening in the world right now is really an incredible time to be doing this. So, you being here today, perfect timing to be learning this. And what I’ll do is during this training, um, I’m going to ask you a few questions. Please do type your answer into the chat window and then that way I know you can still hear me. I know you’re still there. You’re following along. But also, the more interactive you are, the better you’ll remember this stuff and the more sense it’s going to make to you. So, if I ask a question, please type the answer in the chat window and I’ll know everything’s still working fine and you’re following along. So, there are two main ways to make money. The first way is what people who are not investing do. What What do people who are not investing do to make money? They work. Yeah. They have a job or they own their own business. And what are they doing? They’re exchanging their time for money. And when they get the money, what do they do with it? They spend it on their lifestyle. They pay the rent, the mortgage, the food, the bills. Hopefully, at the end of the month, they got a bit left over to enjoy their lifestyle. Now, what’s the problem with that situation? What happens to the money? It runs out. They then got to sacrifice their lifestyle to spend more time earning more money to pay for their lifestyle. The money runs out. They got to spend more time earning more money to pay for their lifestyle. That is what we call the financial trap where you got to constantly exchange your time for money. Now maybe you’re currently in that situation. Perhaps you have a job or you own your own business and you have to keep on working just to support your lifestyle. And may maybe you work really hard, but you still can’t afford to buy the house that you really want to live in or go on the holiday you want to go on or drive the car you want to drive. Or maybe you’ve got the stress of trying to pay the bills at the end of the month. That’s one situation. The other situation is perhaps you make a lot of money, but you don’t have much time. And when you do get time off, you’re too tired to really enjoy it. Now, whether you have a job or you own your own business, if you want true financial security, true financial freedom, you need to have a second stream of income where your money is working for you. So, it’s not taking up more of your time to earn money. And how do we get our money to work for us? By investing. Yeah. So, you got to know this stuff. And what you do is you start wherever you are now. And you build up this investment until it’s big enough that it’s earning you enough money to pay for your lifestyle. You then have all the time you want. You decide whether you work or not. That’s what it’s all about. That’s what today’s talk with me is going to be about. I’m going to be teaching you exact strategies to get you onto this path so you can choose whether you work or not. And what I would say is learn this for yourself, but also if you have children or grandchildren or relatives who are children, learn this so you can teach your kids. Yeah. So they don’t have to fall into this financial trap. So they don’t have to spend their whole life working for someone else. I started teaching my kids this stuff as soon as they could understand even the basics. If you teach your kids this whilst they’re young, they will get really good at it. I actually I took a photo of my children sitting trading together. I thought it’d make a nice picture. I managed to get one photo before they realized that I was taking pictures. Then they started messing around and pulling all kinds of faces. But if you teach your kids this whilst they’re young, they will get really good at it. And I I actually think it’s so important that we teach kids how to do this. I now run what I call children’s wealth days and it’s an investment training course only for children and I teach it completely free of charge completely free for children to come on that course because I just think it’s so important that we teach kids how to do this the last children’s wealth day that I taught I taught the kids for about three hours taught them a couple of very simple but very profitable strategies and after I taught them the strategies We then had a live trading competition, $10,000 demo accounts, but real prices, real markets. The winner of that competition in two hours made over $1,000 profit. Second place, $800 profit. Third place, $700 profit. This was 10 and 11 year old children after a few hours training. Yeah, anybody can do this if you learn the right strategies. And that’s what we’re going to do today. In this session, I’m going to teach you some excellent strategies that even complete beginners can use. So, why else is it great to learn trading, investing in the stock market, the forex market, the cryptocurrency markets? And by the way, for beginners, forex just means trading currencies. So, trading the dollar, the euro, the pound. Why else is it great to learn this stuff? Well, first of all, even complete beginners can do very well investing. If you learn a proven strategy that works, you follow the steps. Even complete beginners can do very well if they’re given the right strategies. You can start small. How much money do you need to start investing? $200,200 euros, 200 pound. That’s all you need to get started. And it takes very little time. Some of the best strategies that I use and that I teach take just one hour a week to invest. And that can be in the evening or the weekend. You got a full-time job or a business. Very easy to run this alongside. And you can make money in any markets. When the markets go up, you can make money. When the markets come down, you can make even more money. It’s even easier to make money when the markets come down. And you can make money when it goes sideways. When the markets go sideways. And as I said right at the start of this talk, right now is probably the best time ever in our lifetimes to make money in the markets because of everything that’s happening in the world right now. There’s incredible opportunity. So your timing to be learning this today is is fantastic. And anyone can do this. You don’t need to be good at maths. You don’t need to be good at computers. Just learn a strategy, get good at it, repeat it. And of course, you don’t need to find customers. You don’t need to find products to sell. You don’t need to build websites or email lists. You just learn a strategy, get good at it, repeat it, and you can trade from home or anywhere in the world. I like to go on lots of holidays. I usually spend about six or seven months a year on vacation. Uh, I I usually spend about three or four months in the winter skiing and snowboarding and then about three or four months in the summer just going to a nice beach somewhere. I I just came back from one and a half months traveling across South America. All I need to do is find one hour a week internet connection. I can do this from anywhere in the world. Um, I just recently spent three months in the Caribbean in Antigga. Again, all I needed was one hour a week internet connection. Didn’t matter where I was. I could do the trading, the strategies, whether I’m on safari with my family in Kenya, helicopter snowboarding in Japan, one hour a week, that’s all I’ve got to find to be able to do this. So, how do you get good at investing? Well, first of all, did you know did you know 95% of traders and investors lose money? Did you know that 95% of traders and investors lose money? When I heard that statistic, I got excited. Because I thought to myself, where’s all of that money going to? Is going to the 5% who know what they’re doing. I thought, if I can just get into that 5%, that’s a huge amount of money coming my way. And it’s actually a lot easier than you might think to get into that 5% once you know the right strategies. Now, what’s the average investor approach to investing? Average investor, what do they do? They read a couple of books on investing. Maybe they go online, they try and learn a little bit. Maybe. And then what does the average investor do? They take out a big chunk of their life savings. They put it in the stock market. They put it in forex markets. They cross their fingers. And what normally happens? They normally lose a lot of money pretty fast. When I first started out, I tried the average investor’s approach and I lost a lot of money pretty fast. So, I thought, I better get good at this stuff. and I decided I wanted to become an outstanding investor. One of the first things I did is I read almost 300 books on trading and investing on the stock market, Forex, commodities, indices, options, cryptocurrencies. I read all the books. I then attended over 30 investment training courses all around the world. And at the time, I didn’t have much money. I was borrowing money to pay for a lot of these courses. I I paid for a lot of these training courses with my credit cards. And I thought, well, this is an investment in my future. This is going to pay back to me many times. And I then tracked down some of the greatest living investors in the world. And I got them to mentor me onetoone. And I got to learn onetoone from literally the best investors in the world. I learned onetoone from the guy who won the World Trading Championships. He started with $10,000. Within 12 months, he turned it into 1.1 million. real money. I spent the day with him, just the two of us, while he showed me how he did that. I learned onetoone from a guy who made over a million dollars profit from trading in 30 seconds, Lewis Borcelino. I spent the afternoon with him, just the two of us. Well, he showed me how he did that. I I’d always wanted to learn about Ballinger bands, quite a well-known investment indicator. Who did I learn about Ballinger bands from? John Ballinger, the guy who invented the indicator. again, just the two of us sitting on the sofa together. Well, he showed me how to do that. That was pretty incredible. I I then came back to the UK. I live in London. Applied everything I’d learned. Within a few years, I was a multi-millionaire. In today’s training, I’m going to teach you some of the best stuff that I learned through that process. And I really have some incredible strategies to share with you. So, take some good notes. You’re in for a great session. So, let’s have a look. What are we going to cover today? Oh, first of all, if you’re interested, a couple more people I learned from. That’s me with Rob Hoffman. He won the World Trading Championships three times. I spent the afternoon learning his strategies. Uh, that’s Lewis Borcelino. He’s the guy who made over a million dollars profit in 30 seconds. I spent the afternoon with him, just the two of us, while he showed me how he did that. Uh, that’s John Bolinger, guy invented Ballinger bands. That’s Larry Williams. He’s the guy who went from 10,000 to 1.1 million in 12 months. I spent the day with him again, just the two of us, while he showed me how he did that. And I also wanted to learn from anyone who’d become extremely wealthy, however they’ done it. And I’d find some of the wealthiest, most successful people in the world, and I’d learn from them. Actually, out of interest, type yes in the chat window if you’ve read the book Rich Dad Poor Dad, Robert Kiyosaki. Type yes if you read the book. Let’s have a look. Yes. Yes. Yes. Yes. Yes. Wow, loads of yeses. Tanya, Eden, um, Denise, uh, okay, going faster than I can read now, but hundreds and hundreds of yeses going by. Okay, good. Yeah, Rich, that poor dad, Robert Kiyosaki. I learned Robert’s strategies from him personally. I spent some time learning Robert’s strategies. I spent some time onetoone uh, with Richard Branson, multi-billionaire, one of the richest people in the world. I spent some time with him learning his strategies. So, I learned from some pretty incredible people. And as I said over the next few years made many millions of dollars profit. In today’s talk I’m going to teach you some of the best stuff that I learned through that process. Now let’s start with the allimp important question. How do you get good at investing? The first part is to learn some proven strategies that work. And that’s what we’re going to do today. I’m going to give you some proven strategies that work. Jot these down. You’ll be able to use them straight away. Now, if you want to get really good at investing, that’s the hard part because one of the best ways to get really good really fast is find someone who’s a very, very good trade and investor and get them to mentor you onetoone. And that’s what I did. I went off around the world. I found some of the world’s top traders, top investors, and I got them to mentor me onetoone. And that probably is the best way to get very good very fast. But I I say that’s the hard part to do because if someone is a very good trader and investor, chances are they either charge a heck of a lot of money for one-to-one mentoring or they just don’t offer it at all. So that is pretty hard to do. And before you ask, I do occasionally do one-to-one mentoring, but it’s not cheap. I currently charge $30,000 for a single one-to-one mentoring session. And you might say, well, how could I justify charging that amount? Because I know that what I teach the person, they can use to make far far more than that. And a bit later on in my talk, I’ll let you hear from a few of my students. You’ll hear the kind of incredible results they’ve got using these strategies. But I can tell you right now, many, many, many of my students have gone on to make tens of thousands of dollars, hundreds of thousands of dollars, million plus dollars, multi-million dollars. Some of my students have become so successful they’re now semi-famous in their own right. You may have even heard of some of these people. Uh for example, uh Marcus Dearia, investment multi-millionaire, one of my students. Uh Greg Seker, investment multi-millionaire, one of my students. So, let’s have a look. What are we going to cover today? In today’s session, this is what we’re going to cover. We’re going to cover the smart way to invest. I’m going to give you a system that I learned after being mentored by some of the world’s top investors. Today, I’m going to give you a sector strategy. Very profitable, very reliable. Hardly anybody knows about it. I’m going to teach you exactly how to do that. Today, I’m also going to show you how to correct the main investment mistakes. I’m going to give you a simple high-profit low-risk strategy. Uh, great one for beginners, also experienced investors. Very simple strategy, but very profitable. I’ll show you exactly how to do that today. And I’m also going to show you how to protect your capital. And what I would say is if you have any questions, if you could please save them until the end and then that way I can check we get time to cover all the strategies. And I will do a Q&A session at the end. Now, and I can see quite a lot more people just joined in the last kind of minute or two. So for the people who’ve just joined the webinar, I’ll say hi, I’m Darren, teaching this session um talking to you live from London. And for the people who’ve just joined the session in this training today, I am going to give you proven strategies that work. I’m literally going to share with you some of the best investment techniques in the world in this session right now. So you’re going to get a lot of value from this session. um to check I remember to mention it after today’s training. If you want to learn more, you can. We have an online forex and stock market masterclass training course. It’s 100% online, so it’s perfect for learning from home. And it’s over 16 hours of online live training where you learn my very best strategies, very best techniques that I learned from the world trading champions. It’s my life work. I spent over 20 years finding the best strategies, finding the best techniques. I worked out I spent over $100,000 of my money learning this stuff. In this online training program, you get everything. All the best strategies, all the best techniques. Really is an incredible training program and we teach it in a very clear, simple way so that even complete beginners can understand. I’m actually very proud of that training course. I truly believe is the best online training in the world for investing and you’ll be learning the same things which we’ve taught thousands of other people how to invest successfully. And as well as the online training program after each lesson you get an online live questions and answer session so you can get your individual questions answered live direct to you. So very effective way to learn. It’s actually the most popular investment training course in Europe. Over 10,000 people have completed our course and we now have clients all over the world. Lots of clients in Canada, lots of clients in the US. Uh and it’s been the most popular course for over 15 years. We actually won best investment training course for three years in a row. And the online training is taught by one of my top instructors and I’ve trained them very very well. And also you get an online home study course which is videos taught by me personally. If you’re interested in that training program, the investment for it is $4,997

    with no offers and no discounts. It’s not the cheapest course, but it’s the best. And we hold that a couple of times a month, so there’s always times that suit everybody. And some sometimes I ask, well, Darren, why do you run a training company? It takes very little of my time. I think investing is a really valuable skill that people need to know. and it’s another stream of income. So, makes a lot of sense. So, let me give you this first strategy. This first strategy is, as I said, a sector strategy, very profitable, very reliable. Hardly anybody knows it. I’m going to teach you exactly how to do it right now. So, let’s go. First strategy, sector strategy. And what I’ll do is during the presentation, I’m going to show you a few different examples. Some examples will be in US dollars, some will be in British pounds, and there might be a few in euros as well. So, let’s just check everyone’s familiar with the conversions. It’s nice and simple. At the moment, a dollar, a US dollar is worth almost the same as a euro, which is worth almost the same as a British pound. Yeah, they’re all very similar. A pound is worth slightly more, but they’re they’re all very similar. So, nice easy conversion. And I know today we’ve got people on from all over the world, which is fantastic. Wherever you live, you can use these strategies. Doesn’t matter what country you live in, you can do these strategies. I’ve got clients from all over the world. A lot of my clients are in America. A lot of my clients are in Canada. I’ve got a lot of clients in Europe, in the UK, in South Africa, in the Middle East, uh in Australia, literally all over the world, I’ve got clients using these strategies. So, it doesn’t matter where you live, you can do this. So, first strategy, what influences your share price or your stock price? And by the way, stock and share means the same thing. A stock is a share, a share is a stock. So what influences your company’s stock price or share price? Well, certainly what happens to the whole economy will affect your company’s stock price. What happens to the market will affect your company’s stock price. What happens to the sector will affect your company’s stock price. Anybody give me an example of a sector in in the chat window? Type type in a sector. Let’s have an example. So somebody’s saying technology. Karen says financial. Brooke says health care. Uh okay, going quick and I can read now. Somebody’s saying energy, healthcare, uh transportation, pharmaceuticals, energy. Okay, loads and loads of examples whizzing past that. Okay, good. A sector is a big group of similar companies. So you could have the financial sector, healthc care sector, transportation sector, and then within the sector we have the smaller bits which we call industries. So you’ve got the great big technology sector within it you’ve got the computer software industry, computer hardware industry. Yeah, the smaller bits and then you’ve got the company itself. The question is how much influence does the market sector industry have on what happens to your company stock price? And the answer is a lot. About 80% of what happens to your company stock price is dependent on the market sector industry that it’s in. So what I’m going to do is I’m now going to teach you a strategy which uses this principle to generate some pretty incredible profits. Very easy strategy. Anybody could do this. Even a complete beginner and it’s going to take me couple of minutes to explain. Stick with me. You will definitely want to know this strategy. But it will take me a couple of minutes to explain. So let’s have a look. First of all, economic cycle. Two main stages. Boom and bust or sometimes we call this expansion contraction. Same thing just a fancy word for it. It’s useful to break this into five stages. We break the We break the boom stage into three bits. Early expansion, middle expansion, late expansion. Break the bus bit into two pieces. Early contraction, late contraction. Now, how can we use this to make a lot of money investing? This is how certain types of company tend to do very well at certain stages in the economy. For example, technology companies, they tend to do very well just here at early expansion. Healthcare companies, they tend to do very well just here at early contraction. So, if we know what stage of the economy we’re coming into, we can buy the right types of company, the companies that are supposed to do well at that stage. Yeah. Now, actually, let’s just check everyone’s following along so far. So, this is going to be the interactive part of my talk. I want to hear an answer from everybody in the chat window. If we were just coming into early expansion, what types of company do we want to buy? Type into the chat window. Let’s have a look. What types of companies do we want to buy? So I’m seeing tech technology Facebook Amazon tech it technology Google tech tech Apple okay yeah lots of good examples here some Tesla tech um okay good yeah so any kind of technology companies are supposed to do well at that stage what about if we were coming into early contraction what types of company do we want to buy type into the chat window let’s have a look what types of company We’d want to buy early contraction, health care, pharmaceuticals, booper, medical, vaccines, uh NHS, someone’s saying, um health care, healthcare. Yeah, medical, health, vaccines, pharmaceuticals. Okay, good. Yeah, lots of good examples. So, any kind of health related companies should do well at that stage. So, we know that if we’re coming into a new stage, we’re going to buy the right types of company. Now before I give you the strategy, I’m going to tell you which companies do well at each of these stages. So at each of the five stages, which types of company should I invest in? At early expansion, the types of company that tend to do very well are capital goods, technology, and transportation. At middle expansion, capital goods still tend to do very well. at late expansion, energy companies, basic materials, and consumer staple. Anybody give me an example of consumer staple? Yeah, type into the chat window example of consumer staple. Let’s have a look. So, see food, sugar, uh milk. Chris says milk. Uh Emily groceries, eggs. Uh okay, Bren Oh, Brenda’s put question mark. She’s not sure. Okay. Um, oh, somebody’s saying cosmetics. Yeah. Food, supermarkets, um, Tesco’s, Walmart. Yeah. Okay. Good. Lots of good examples there. So, consumer staple is things that we use all the time. Yeah. So, it’s things like food, alcohol, tobacco, cosmetics, health care, they’re all consumer staple. And then we’ve got um early contraction. Consumer staples still do well in utilities. Anyone quick example of utilities? Let’s have a look. utilities. Uh, so I’m saying water, gas, electric, energy. Okay. Yep. Great. Good examples. Utilities, services in the home. And then late contraction, financials, and consumer cyclical. Now, if you want to grab your phone, take a photo of the screen, um, or do a screen print or shop uh, or write this down, you definitely want to get a copy of that. Yeah, not many people know this. and what’s on the screen there. That’s going to be really valuable to you in a second when I give you the strategy. So, take a photo of the screen, write it down, screen print it, whatever you need to do, get a copy of that. Yeah. So, now we know that if we’re coming into a new stage, we’re going to buy the right types of company, the companies that supposed to do well at that stage. So, when we’re coming into the new stage, we’re going to buy the right types of company. So, what’s the all important question? Well, there’s kind of two allimp important questions. One is where are we now? But an even better question is how do you know when you’re coming into a new stage? Because if you know how to do this, you’ll be able to do it all the time. There’s really three main steps to doing this. I’m going to give you the first one now because it’s a quick rough way to do it. It’ll be enough to get you started so you can start making money using this. What you do is go to the Financial Times website, the FT website, or or you could buy a copy of the Financial Times newspaper. There’s a section in there called leaders and lagards, which looks like this. And it lists all of the sectors. At the top of the list, the sectors gone up the most. At the bottom of the list, the sectors have gone down the most. And what we do is we look at about the top 10 or 12 sectors and we say which types of sector have been doing the best. And in this example we had health, personal care, pharmaceuticals, tobacco, food and drug retail were all doing very well. They’re all what we call consumer staple. We then had water, gas, utilities. They’re all what we call utilities. So consumer staple and utilities were doing very well. Consumer staple utilities doing very well. Whereabouts were we? Early contraction. Yeah, it took about five seconds to work that out by looking at the FT. Let me give you another way to do this. If you go to this website, marketwatch.com, there’s a free tool on there called a sector heat map, which looks like this. And each of these big rectangles with a thick white outline is a sector. So for example, we’ve got the energy sector, we’ve got the financial sector, healthcare, consumer cyclical, technology sector. Each of the smaller rectangles is a company. The brighter green the rectangle, the more the company’s stock price has gone up. The brighter red the rectangle, the more the company’s stock price has gone down. Now we use this in quite a sophisticated way. We say to ourselves, which of the sectors is greenest? That’s it. Which of the sectors is greenest? In this example, nearly all the squares in consumer cyclical are green. Half a technology is taken off in a really big way. Consumer cyclical, half a technology, whereabouts were we swapping over between these two sectors, these two stages. Yeah. So what types of company would we want to buy? Capital goods, technology, transportation because they’re supposed to do well at that stage. Now I’m going to show you a real example of the kind of huge profits you can make using this strategy. As a real example, we did this research a couple of years ago. We found out we were coming into the early contraction stage of the economy. It was very obvious. Everything was saying we’re coming into early contraction. And when you do all three steps, you get very good at the timing. So you can get in just at the start of the stage. You can get in, you can get out just at the end of the stage. And we found out we were coming into early contraction. We found out the sectors that are supposed to do well at that stage. Consumer staple, utilities supposed to do well. We then found out what are the smaller bits in those sectors. What are the industries? So in consumer staple the smaller bits are hospital management companies, beverage companies, tobacco companies, etc. In utilities, we have electric companies, natural gas, etc. So we found out we’re coming into this stage. We found out the types of company that’s supposed to do well at that stage. What do we do next? We buy stocks and shares in these types of company because they’re supposed to do well at that stage. Yeah. Now let let me show you a real example what happened next. Rather than show you individual companies, I’m going to show you what happened to these whole industries on average. So you can see what happened to every company within the industry on average. So hospital management companies were supposed to do well. Markets the red line plummeting. Blue line hospital management companies went up over a 100% profit in a year on average. So that means if you bought a random company in the right industry, you made 100% profit in a year on average. It was supposed to do that. Yeah. Let’s look at another one. Electric companies supposed to do well. Market went down. Electric companies went up over 70% profit in a year on average. They were supposed to do that. Let’s look at another one. Beverages supposed to do well. Went up over 50% profit in a year on average. Natural gas supposed to do well. Went up over 60% profit in a year on average. Tobacco supposed to do well. went up 140% profit in a year on average. So that’s how much you made if you closed your eyes and picked a random company in the right industry. Now, do we just want to close our eyes and make 140% return in a year? A couple of people say yes. Well, well, yes, of course. But that’s how much you made if you picked a random company in the right industry. What could we do instead? What can we do that’s even better? We could pick a good industry. Yeah. Good company, good industry. 475% profit in a year. 500% profit in a year.

    When I learned this stuff, it totally turned my investing around. Where’d you learn about this? I’ve read over 300 books in investing. I didn’t read it in any of those. I’ve attended over 30 investment training courses. I didn’t learn it on any of those. I learned this after being mentored onetoone by some of the world’s top investors. They were all using this stuff. Most investors have no idea about this. So now, if you’re a beginner, you already have a massive advantage over most people from learning this. If you’re already investing, you’ve got to start using this. is so powerful, so profitable. Um, in this example, I put $2,000 would have become $12,000 in a year. $10,000 profit for 45 minutes work. Let me just check before we continue. Type yes if you would like $10,000 for 45 minutes work.

    Okay, good. It’s a lot of yeses whizzing past there. Good. because you can do that kind of thing once you get good at this strategy now in reality. Would the return be quite that big? Well, probably not because you might miss the start of the stage, you might miss the end of the stage. What if you only made 200% return in a year? Would that still be okay? Yes or no? For sure. Yeah. And real trades, real money, do people make these kind of returns using this strategy? 500% profit in a year. Well, yes, of course they do. Um, here’s some of our course graduates. 500% profit in a year. I attended the course over a year ago. I started with $2,000. I now have well over $10,000 profit using what I was teaching you just there with a few extra steps he learned on the course. Another of our course graduates, $3,000 to 47,000 in 9 weeks. Between a period of eight to nine weeks, I made my 3,000 initial investment credit of $47,000 using what I was teaching you just there with a few extra things you learned on the course. Another of our course graduates, 242% profit in eight months just using these strategies. Now, I’m going to teach you another strategy. Very profitable, very simple strategy. Um, you’re going to like this one a lot. First of all, before I teach you this strategy, I have a question for you. Type yes if you are feeling lucky today. Let’s have a look who’s feeling lucky. So, Karen, Mirror, Brenda, uh, Emily, going faster than I can read again. Lee, Garfield, Con, Conrod or Conrad, Judith, Stefan, Nita, Rakkesh, Steven, Josie. Okay, loads and loads of people, hundreds of yeses going past that. Okay, good. What I’m going to do is before the end of this talk, I’m going to give one of you the chance to get my trading watch list for free. Now, what is this? This the list of exactly what I’m looking to trade. Now, I put their value $5,000. I currently have 43 people who’ve paid me $5,000 US each to get hold of my watch list. What I’m going to do for one of you, I’m going to give you the chance to get my watch list for free before the end of this talk. And for that person each week for 12 weeks, I’m going to send you my trading watch list for US stocks and shares, uptrades and downtrades. write up to date exactly what I’m looking to trade for UK stocks and shares and for forex trades right up to date exactly what I’m looking to trade now and by the way whatever country you live in you can trade any of these things so for example I live in the UK quite often I trade American stocks and shares if you live in Canada you could trade UK shares if you wanted to yeah it doesn’t matter what country you live in you can trade whatever you want to trade And as I said, I’ve currently got 43 people paid me $5,000 each to get hold of my watch list. Why do those people think it’s worth paying me $5,000 to get my watch list? Two main reasons. First one is by seeing what I’m looking to trade each week. That’s a really good way to learn and you can start to get quite good quite fast by doing that. The other reason is what quite a few of these people are doing is they’re just copying my trades. And quite a few of these people are making a lot of money just copying my trades. For example, this guy, $8,000 profit using Darren’s watch lists. I use trades from Darren’s watch list and I’m up $8,000 on a pot of 10,000 in four months. Pretty much just copying my trades. So, even if you know nothing about investing, you could make a lot of money using my watch list. Well worth the $5,000. But I’m going to give one of you the chance to get out for free before the end of this talk. So, let’s talk about the rules now. Actually, f first of all, I have a question for you. How much money is there in the stock markets? Type in your answer in the chat window. Type in how much money in the stock markets. Let’s have a look. So I’m seeing uh 50 billion, 100 billion, trillions, 5 trillion, uh 3 trillion, 100 million, 500 million. Okay, lots of answers there. I’ll tell you how much there is enough. Enough for all of us. That’s for sure. If you take into account the main American stock markets, that’s over $30 trillion. That’s that’s without even including the forex markets. Yeah, let me just check before we continue. Type yes if you would like a share of $30 trillion.

    Okay, good. That’s a lot of yeses whizzing past. Now, the markets said yeah, more than enough for all of us, that’s for sure. The markets are a bit like a big bank safe. All the money’s there, but most people don’t know the correct combination code or sequence of steps to get the money out of the markets. If you are standing in front of the bank safe, the safe door is closed and somebody says you can have all the money out of the safe if you can get it out. Is that easy? Yes or no? Now, it’s pretty hard. If you don’t have the combination code, it’s pretty hard. Yeah. What about if you have the combination code? Is that a bit easier? For sure. Yeah. If you got the combination code, it’s easy to get the money out of the safe. Most people don’t have the combination code to get the money out of the markets. I’ve now been investing for over 20 years. I spent the first couple of years learning the combination code. I worked out I spent over $100,000 of my money learning the combination code to get the money out of the markets. As I said earlier, I went off around the world. I found some of the world’s top traders, top investors, and I got them to mentor me onetoone. And some of these people, I had to pay a lot of money. One guy, I paid $20,000 for him to teach me for 4 hours a month. So for $20,000, I got one hour a week on the telephone. Now, who thinks that was a good deal? $20,000 for an hour a week on the telephone. What do you reckon? Depends what I learn. Yeah, I can tell you using what he taught me over the next few years I made several hundred,000. So, was it a good deal? Yes or no? Well, yeah, of course. Any good investor knows. The important thing is not how much something costs, it’s how much it’s worth. And it was certainly worth me paying that guy $20,000 to teach me. Now, we’re going to cover the first part of the combination code. There are six main mistakes that traders and investors make. And I discovered that this is the combination code. The combination code is if you correct these six mistakes, you can start getting consistent big money from the markets. And the first mistake that people make is not using the correct investment indicators. Now, for beginners, what is an investment indicator? It’s, and by the way, once you know this, you can make a lot of money investing. So, this is a really important section. What is an investment indicator? It’s something related to the price that you can use to help you tell what’s going to happen next to the price. So, let’s do let’s do a non-investing example. Let’s say time of day. Time of day is an indicator for how many cars are on the road. Let’s say it’s um 8:30 Monday morning in a big city. Are there going to be lots of cars on the road? Yes or no? Well, yeah, of course. What about if it’s 11:30 Monday morning? Are there likely to be less cars on the road? Well, yeah. So, time of day is an indicator of how many cars are going to be on the road. an investment indicator, something related to the price, we use to help us tell what’s going to happen next to the price. So, in this example, we got the price along the top here, this black kind of squiggly line. We’ve got the indicator, which is this black kind of squiggly line down here. And this indicator is called RSI. Now, you need to use the right settings, but let me just explain how this works. When the black indicator line goes above the red line like it’s done just here. So black indicator line goes above the red line that tells us to buy. So that’s our buy signal. So it tell us to get into the trade just here. Yeah. When the black indicator line crosses below the red line, it tells us to sell. So just here it told us to sell. So we get out of the trade just there. And that’s a real example. uh you would have made nice profit on that trade. Let’s have a look at another one. Black indicator line goes above the red line just here. So it tells us to buy just there. We get into the trade and then when the black indicator line crosses below the red line tell us to sell. So just here tell us to get out of the trade. And again another real example you would have made nice profit on that trade. Yeah, fairly simple so far. Um let’s do one more. Black indicator line crosses above the red line. So it tells to buy just there. So, we get into the trade and can you see the indicator is still above the red line. It hasn’t gone back below. So, we’d still be in the trade. We’d still be making money on that one. Yeah, pretty easy. I’m going to give you a test. What I want you to do is type the word buy when we should buy. So, here we go. Type buy when we should buy.

    Yep, you got it. Loads of people ting by way. Yep. As soon as it crosses above the red line, that’s where we’re going to buy. So, we buy just here. Yep, just there. And now, oops, got a hair in my mouth. One second. Sorry about that. And now type sell when we should sell.

    No, we’d still be in the trade. Yeah, it hasn’t crossed back below the red line. So, we’d still be in the trade there. Yeah, still still making money. Let’s do one more example. So, type buy when we should buy.

    Not quite. It’s close yet. It’s actually got to go above the red line. So, not quite there yet. Let’s keep going.

    Yeah, you got it. As soon as it goes above the red line, we’re going to buy. So, just there. We get into the trade. And now type sell when we should sell.

    Yeah, it looks like just there. Just below now. It’s definitely below. Yeah. So, we’d sell just there. And again, another real example. Uh would have made nice profit on that trade. Yeah. So, was that fairly easy to learn? That was pretty easy. Yeah. There are four other main indicators I use. They’re all just as simple to learn. This stuff is easy. Now, you might be thinking, well, if it’s this easy, why doesn’t everybody do it? Because most people don’t know the correct combination code. They don’t know what indicators to use. They don’t know what settings to use. They don’t know this stuff. Once you know it, it’s easy. Anyone can do it. Now, of course, you’ve got to do the practice so you get good, but it’s easy to learn this stuff. We’ve just covered the first part of the combination code.

    In a moment, I’m going to give you another strategy, one of my favorite strategies. First of all, I have another question for you. Type yes if you are feeling really lucky today. And you got to type yes to be part of this. So, let’s have a look. So, Crystal, Britney, lots of names whizzing past me quicker than I could read. Elaine, it looked like Shirley, uh, Niko, William, Josie, Wayne, Gabriel, Paula, Ruth, Mary, Tina, Ben, Vicki. Okay. Jesse. Okay. Going definitely going quicker than I can read now. Hundreds and hundreds of yeses. Good. What I’m going to do is before the end of this talk, I am going to give one of you the chance to attend our investment success 3-day live event for free for you and a guest. Now, normally two tickets to that would be $5,000. Many, many people have already paid us $5,000 to get two tickets to that event, and they were very glad they did. It’s well worth it. We hold it in our office. Um, it’s an incredible event. On the first day in the morning, we make sure complete beginners, you know exactly what you’re doing. You know how to get everything set up properly. And then over the next two and a half days, we cover the strategies, you see real examples, you do practical exercises. Really is very powerful event. Um, great for complete beginners, also great for advanced investors. We we’ve actually won many awards for the best investment training course. It’s well worth the $5,000. I’m going to give one of you the chance to get that for free before the end of this talk for you and a guest. Now, we just covered the first part of the combination code, which is indicators. There are five other parts to the combination code. They’re all just as simple to learn. Once you know all six parts of the combination code, what happens to the safe door? It opens and you can start getting consistent big money from the markets. Now, I was thinking about this and I thought, well, for me to master the combination code, it cost me several years of my life. It cost me over $100,000 of my money, but once I knew it, it was easy. Anybody could do it. And I thought, what would be the best way to teach other people the combination code so they could master in the quickest, easiest way possible? And I thought the best way to do this is I’ll get a lot of people to send me in trades. I’ll analyze their trades and I’ll record some videos. And on those videos, I’ll point out anywhere where they made one of these six main mistakes. And on the video, I’ll show them how to do it properly. I’ll show them how to correct the mistakes. And I thought if I point out these six mistakes enough times and people watch the videos, they’ll know exactly how to do it. They’ll know the combination code to getting consistent big money from the markets. And I thought in order to point out the six mistakes enough times, I probably need about 24 trades to look through. And I thought if I do the project properly, I can probably record four trade analysis videos a day because I got to look at the person’s trade, see where they made a mistake, tell them how to correct it, record the video. I thought I can probably do four videos a day. 24 trades, four videos a day. The project would take me six days to complete. Now, I mentioned earlier I currently charge $30,000 for a single one-to-one mentoring session. So, I thought if I just did one mentoring session a day for six days, that’s $180,000. Six days of my time is worth about $180,000. I thought if I spend the six days producing this product, is anyone going to pay me $180,000 for it? And I thought, well, I don’t know. And I produced it anyway. I produced this product, 24 trade analysis videos, basically the combination code to getting a consistent big money from the markets. And I told all my clients about it. I said, “Look, I’ve just produced this product.” I said, “You watch this, you’ll know exactly what you’re doing.” And I told them how much I thought it was worth. I said, “I spent over $100,000 learning this stuff. It took me over six days to produce the product. Six days of my time is worth about $180,000.” I said,”I reckon this product is worth several hundred,000.” I said, ‘Make me an offer. One small group of investors paid me $130,000 to get hold of these 24 videos. I’ll show you what they got for their money. They got the 24 trade analysis videos on eight memory sticks. They got one group mentoring session with me and they got a couple of other training videos. But the main thing they were after were these 24 trade analysis videos. Now, a couple of months later, another small group of investors heard about this product. They also heard about the results the first group were getting. A second group of investors paid me $130,000 to get hold of these 24 videos. They got the same thing as the first group. But what I thought is with this second group, they obviously know the value of these 24 videos. I know the value of these 24 videos, but I thought it doesn’t really do it justice giving them their 24 trade analysis videos on eight plastic multicolored memory sticks. I thought for this second group, I’m going to do something even better. And what I did is for the second group, I gave them their 24 trade analysis videos on a 24 karat gold Play memory stick. I thought that’s more like it. That shows the real value of what they’re getting. And I worked out how much they paid to get hold of these 24 videos. As I said, a one-to-one or a group mentoring, I currently charge $30,000. So, they basically paid $100,000 to get hold of these 24 videos. Now, you might be thinking, well, that’s a lot of money to pay for just 24 videos. The question is, was it worth it? I can tell you right now from the early feedback from the group, I’m guessing they’ve already made over a million using what they learned on those videos. Within four weeks, one of the group made over $50,000. Within eight weeks, another of the group made over $100,000. That was $150,000 profit in their first eight weeks. In total, they paid me $130,000. So, they were already up within eight weeks. As I said earlier, any good investor knows the important thing is not how much something costs, it’s how much it’s worth. And it was certainly worth those guys paying me over $100,000 to get hold of those videos. I actually I kept one of these for myself. I have it on my desk here. Let me show you this. This is I thought this is so valuable. I want to keep one for myself. Uh let me show you. This is the 24 karat gold played memory stick with the 24 trade analysis videos on. Two small groups of investors pay me over $100,000 to get hold of this. I mean, the real values are what’s on here, which is the strategies of how to consistently do well in the markets. Um, I’m going to keep that one very safe. Now, I have another strategy to teach you. This is one of my favorite strategies. Very simple. You are going to like this one a lot. Um, actually, first of all, we’ve been sitting down kind of still for a while. You can stay sitting down, but let’s just get the energy back up. Ready for this next strategy? Let’s just do a quick stretch before the next strategy. I’ll I’ll do this with you. So, uh, quick stretch to the left. Oh, that feels good. Quick stretch to the right. Oh, that’s nice. And let’s uh roll the shoulders backwards.

    Oh, feels good. And roll the shoulders forwards. Yeah, nice. And head to the left. Head to the right. And deep breath in and out. And in. And out. Okay, feels good. Yeah, ready for this? So, let’s do this next strategy. I was invited to speak at an investment conference in London um a while ago and

    I arrived at the conference uh a few hours early. I was sitting at the back of the room waiting to go on stage and give my talk and I didn’t really have anything to do. So, I took out my phone and I traded the strategy that I’m about to teach you. And sitting at the back of the room on my phone, trading the strategy that I’m about to teach you, whilst I was waiting to go on stage and give a talk, in those couple of hours, I made $15,000 profit. I then got on stage and I said to the audience, I said, “While you were watching the last speaker, I was at the back table on my phone trading and I made $15,000.” And I actually got off the stage and I walked around the audience and I showed them my trading account on my phone and I said, “Have a look at that. That’s the trades that I was just doing.” I think I actually took a screenshot of it. I should have it here. Let’s see if we can find it. Yeah, there we go. So, you can see I did three trades. £4,000 £4,000 £4,000 profit. Um, so that was over $15,000 profit and that was just in a couple of hours while I was waiting to go on stage and give a talk. Now, you could have done those size of trades with a $50,000 account. Now, you might say, “Well, I don’t have $50,000.” That’s okay. If you had $5,000, you would have made $15,000 profit in just a couple of hours. That’s still a pretty good return. Yeah. What about if you only had $500? You would have made $150 profit in just a couple of hours. That’s still pretty good. Yeah. Doesn’t matter what amount you start with. It’s is a great return. I’m going to teach you this exact strategy in just a couple of minutes time. There’s another strategy that I use which I call my summer holiday strategy or my summer vacation strategy because the first time I used it back in uh 2019, I used it to pay for my summer holidays. And I thought I’d show you a few of the trades I did with my summer holiday strategy. So, you can see here, this is my trading statement. Um that was the start of the summer, first week of June. And here’s the trades that I did that week using my summer holiday strategy. I did 13 trades. I got 12 out of 13 correct. Total work 45 minutes. That week using my summer holiday strategy. I made $97,000 profit. I then went on holiday for a month. I took a month’s vacation. I went to Portugal, stayed in a beautiful villa in Portugal. Um I then went to Italy. I went to Fenna. I hired a beautiful villa on the beach. Had a wonderful month’s vacation. I then came back to the UK and I did another week’s trading. There’s my trading statement again. Uh this is kind of mid July when I got back. There’s the trades that I did that week using my summer holiday strategy. I did 14 trades. Got 14 out of 14 correct. Total work 45 minutes that week using my summer holiday strategy. I made $286,000 profit. took my total for those two weeks up to $384,000 profit. I then went on holiday for another month, took another month’s vacation. Uh this time I went to Turkey. I went to Bodram. Um stayed in the best five-star hotel. I had the best suite. Took my family with me. That’s my son relaxing by the pool. I also went to Marba in Spain. Had a beautiful month’s vacation. Uh came back to the UK. Did another week’s trading. That’s the trading statement from my phone. Uh that week using my summer holiday strategy, I did six trades, got six out of six correct. Total work 30 minutes. That week using my summer holiday strategy, I made $106,000 profit. Took my total for those three weeks up to $490,000 profit. So it was almost half a million dollar profit for about two hours work. Now you might be saying to yourself, well Darren, that’s okay for you. You’re good at this. What about someone else? I taught one of my team how to do this. He’d never seen the strategy before. Complete beginner. I taught him for three hours. One week later, he sent me this WhatsApp message. First week’s results, 30 out of 30 wins. Four days trading profit, £1,300 profit. So that’s just over $1,300 profit in one week. He was a complete beginner. Never seen the strategy before. 30 out of 30 wins. Four days trading over 3,000 over $1,300 profit. Yeah, anybody can do this if you learn the right strategies. Now, let me give you this next strategy. This is called a channeling strategy. Quite often prices will bounce up and down in a very regular uniform way. When they do that, we call it channeling. And what happens is when the price gets near this invisible level here, which we call support, it tends to bounce and go up. When the price gets near this invisible level here, we call resistance, it tends to bounce and go down. If you saw the price doing this kind of pattern, when would you want to buy it? You’d want to buy it when it’s close. Oh, gave it away there. If you didn’t see, if you weren’t watching, I’ll still ask the question. When would you buy it? You’re going to buy it when it’s close to Type in your answer into the chat window. When you going to buy it when it’s close to Yeah, quite a few of you saw it, I’m sure. When it was close to support. Yeah, just here. We’re going to buy it when it’s close to support. When are we going to sell it? Type in your answer. We’re going to sell it when it’s close to Let’s have a look. We’re going to sell it when it’s close to Yeah. resistance R resistance resistance. Yeah, we’re going to sell it up here somewhere. Right now, whatever country you live in, there are stocks and shares doing this channeling pattern. There always are. Forex trades quite often do this channeling pattern. Cryptocurrencies quite often do this channeling pattern. Let me show you a few examples. So, this is a forex example. That’s Australian dollar, US dollar bouncing up and down. So, what do we do? We buy sell buy sell by sell which was a nice trade. Yeah. Anybody heard of this little company? Yeah. It’s Microsoft. It was doing a channel. So what do we do? We buy sell by sell by sell and make money as it comes down. In the online training program I teach you how to make money as it comes down as well. Just as easy to do. If you traded that channel, you would have made 150% profit in a year. Another channel. So, what do we do? We buy here, make money. Buy here, make money. Buy here, make money. Buy here, make money. Yeah. 70% profit in five months if you traded that channel. Another channel, 60% profit in six months if you traded that one. Another channel, 140% profit in seven months if you traded that one. 2,000 would have become almost 5,000 trading that one. Now,

    140% return in seven months. That’s a pretty good return. Sometimes channels do even better than that. Here’s a channel from a while ago. Each of these bounces was about 50% profit. This one did 180% profit in a month. 2,000 would have become over 5,000 in a month trading that one. Now, I hope you’re thinking a couple of things. One of them is, well, this channeling stuff looks very easy. It looks very profitable and I want to do it. I hope you are thinking that because it is. But I also hope you’re thinking something else. And that is, well, I bet as soon as I buy it, what happens? It stops channeling and it goes down. Could that happen? Well, yes, of course it could. So, I’m going to give you an excellent way to protect yourself from that happen. If you want to write this down, this is how I do it. I use an indicator called ROC.

    So, indicator called ROC. And you’ll find it on any of these big free financial websites. And the setting I use is a 14day setting. So, ROC, 14-day setting. And what you do is you get the computer to draw the indicator for you. If the indicator makes a lower bottom than the one before, you don’t do the trade. And that will protect you in about 80 to 90% of the cases. This then becomes a highly profitable, highly reliable strategy. Now, and in the online training, we’ll show you exactly how to find those channels. Very simple to do. Now, real trades, real money. Do people make these kind of returns using this strategy? Well, yes, of course they do. Uh, another of our course graduates, 6,000 profit with channeling. From an initial stake of $1,000, I generated a return of $6,000 over two months. The technique I used was channeling along with your recommended indicator. So, this guy started with $1,000. Did channeling two months later, $6,000 profit. If you started with $1,000 today and in two months time you’d made 6,000 profit, would you be fairly happy with that? Yes or no? Yeah, it’s a pretty good return. Yeah. And you can do that kind of thing once you get good at this strategy. Now, in a moment, I’m going to give you what is probably the most important technique you will ever learn in trading and investing. Going to give you that in a couple of minutes time. I would say it’s the number one most important thing you will ever learn in trading and investing. Actually, the thing that I’m about to teach you is so important that if it was the only thing you learned from being here today, it would have been worth you being here. I’m going to teach you that in just a couple of minutes time. First of all, I thought it’d be a good idea to let you hear from a few of our course graduates. I’m going to play a very short video now some of our course graduates. And what what I think I’ll do is I’ll just play maybe the first 10 seconds and then I’ll pause the video and I’ll summarize for you. But have a listen to this. Some of our course graduates. I’ll play about 10 seconds and I’ll pause the video and do a quick summary for you. Uh I’m Martin Bristo. I started off with £4,000. I’ve doubled that. In fact, more than doubled that in 2 years. I’ve made £8,000 profit. I’m Snins. I’ve been trading CFD for the last 2 months. I started with the initial capital of 14,000 and within 3 months I nearly doubled that into 28,000. Hi there, my name is Ainda Olak. Um, basically I started off with £250 and with using some of Darren’s strategies I’ve managed to accumulate £1,500 over the last 3 months. And um, basically anyone who’s interested in trading, I do highly recommend that you do attend his course. Okay, let’s pause it there. Um, and if by the way, if you want to watch the full video, it’s on our website. They’re real people. They did those things. Uh, but I’ll I’ll summarize it be a bit quicker. So, first of all, I wanted to show you that video because nearly everybody in the video, well, first of all, just to show that we’ve got clients from all over the world with all different backgrounds, all different jobs, all different careers, all different starred amounts of capital. Actually, let’s just do a quick kind of talk through some of these. This guy here, a student. Um, oh, quite a few of these figures are in British pounds. If you remember, conversion, a pound, a dollar, a euro, they’re all almost the same. Yeah. So, a dollar is a pound is worth a little bit more than a dollar, but they’re very similar. Pound, euro, dollar. Easy conversion. So, this guy, a student, started £4,000. In two years, 12,000 profit. That was 200% return or 100% each year. pretty good return. Um, this guy accountant started with 14,000 turned it into 28,000 in three months. I taught him a strategy of how to grow an account very fast and he he just copied the strategy. Got a great result there. Um, this guy, another student, started $250. So that’s just over $250, small, very small account, turned it into a,500 in three months. I taught him a strategy of how to grow a very small account fast and again he copied the steps got a great result there. Um this guy dentist 2,000 to 11,000 in three months great return. Uh this lady housewife part-time vet complete beginner 30% return on her trades. Uh this guy 88 successful trades out of 94. I taught him a very very reliable strategy and he practiced, copied the steps, great result there. Uh this guy 30% return on his trades. Uh this lady 2,000 profit in a day and she said and things got even better going forwards. Uh this guy 11,000 to 36,000 in a year. And before the training he said to me, he said, “My English isn’t very good. Am I still going to understand the course?” And I said, “Yeah.” I said, we explained it in a really clear, simple way. I said, you’re going to get this. And he did. Great result first year. Um, this guy started with 5,000, made 12,000 profit in his first year. Uh, this guy designer, you saw him on one of the slides, started with 3,000, turned into 47,000 in 9 weeks, which was a great result. Uh, this guy started with 5,000. He said using the strategies I taught him, he was able to pay off 30,000 of debt, plus he made enough money to cover his mortgage payments, his house payments every month, and he made enough money to go on three really good vacations each year. Now, one of the reasons I wanted to show you that video was because nearly everybody you saw there was a complete beginner before they did the training, knew nothing about investing. This is the great thing. Investing is a bit like um it’s a bit like if you wanted to make a cake if you have the recipe and you follow the steps, you can make the cake with investing. Even if you know nothing about investing, if you’re given a proven strategy that works and you follow the steps, you can get great results. even complete beginners if you are given the right strategies. Yeah, this is at the start of this talk I mentioned I teach children how to invest for free. I I teach free training courses for children how to invest. And what we do is at the end of the course we have a live trading competition. And the last one I taught, the winner of that competition made over $1,000 profit in two hours. Second place, $800. Third place, $700. That was 10 and 11 year old children. How was I able to get them so good so fast? What I did is I gave them a strategy and I said, “Look, this is a strategy that works.” I said, “Copy the steps.” And they just copied the steps and they were getting really good results very fast. Anybody can do this with the right strategies. Yeah. And in the online training program, I’m going to teach you exactly the same strategies that we gave these people. Now, let’s cover this next technique. As I said, this is probably the most important technique you’ll ever learn in investing. And that’s this. You’ve got to let your profits run and cut your losses short. What do most people do? Most people do the exact opposite. So, I’m going to show you how to do this the right way around. In this example, price goes up, comes down, bounces once, bounces twice at about the same level. If the price bounces at about the same level twice, we call it a double bottom chart pattern. It’s very simple, very basic chart pattern. And it means just here the price is now more likely to go up than go down. So this is actually a good place to buy. This is a very sensible place to buy. As soon as you buy, you place a sell stop below the price bottom. Now for beginners, what is a sell stop? It’s an automatic order to get you out of the trade if the price drops down to that level. So, if the price drops down to the sell stop, it’s going to be sold automatically. Anybody tell me why we’d use a sell stop? Yeah, type it in the chat window. Why would you use a sell stop? Let’s have a look. So, somebody is saying to protect your capital, to cut your losses short, to prevent losses, to minimize losses, to protect your capital. Okay. Yep. Good. You got you got it. So, if the price drops down to here, it’s going to be sold automatically. So, you’re protecting your capital. You’re minimizing your losses. What’s the biggest loss? Well, first of all, what are we going to do? As the price goes up, when we get another price bottom, we’re going to cancel this sell stop. We’re going to move it up to here. Price goes up, we get another price bottom. We cancel this sell stop. We move it up to here. When the price goes up, we get another price bottom. We cancel the sell stop. We move it up to here. What’s the biggest loss we could make on that trade? Biggest loss is we buy it. It immediately drops. Is sold automatically at our sell stop. We have a limited loss. What’s the biggest profit we could make on this trade? Anybody type it into the chat window? Biggest profit. What’s the biggest profit we can make on this trade?

    Yeah. Unlimited. Unlimited profit. Someone saying massive profit. Infinite profit. Yeah. Unlimited profit. We have a limited loss and we have an unlimited profit. That’s how you got to be investing. Yeah, most people most investors have no idea about this. So now that you know this, you have a massive advantage over most people. If you want to do, if you want to invest in stocks and shares, you’ve got to be using this. If you want to do forex trading, if you want to do cryptocurrencies, you’ve got to be using something like this is so important. If you want to do day trading, medium-term investing, long-term investing, you’ve got to be using something like this. Yeah. so important and as I said most investors have no idea about this. So I would say if this is one of the only things you learned today it would have been worth you being here. Super valuable this technique. Now let’s talk about the uh trading psychology and the wealth mindset. Occasionally when I talk about wealth psychology someone will say to me, I don’t care about the wealth psychology. Just teach me the strategies. They’re usually the people that don’t do very well. You’ve got to get the right wealth mindset. So, I’m going to teach you a couple of most important bits on this. First one, your trading emotions. Two main trading emotions you need to overcome are fear and greed. And I’ll give you a couple of really good ways to do this. First one, make your investment decisions when the markets are closed in the evenings or the weekend because that way you’ll make far more sensible, far more profitable decisions. Because what tends to happen is when the markets are open and the prices are moving up and down, it can be very emotional. If you make your investment decisions out of hours when the markets are closed, you’ll make far more sensible, profitable decisions. Yeah. And the other thing to do is to help overcome this fear and greed is like we just talked about, always use sell stops. Yeah. Place this initial sell stop like we just did on the last slide and then as the price goes up, move the sell stop up. So you move it up to lock in profit. Move it up to lock in even more profit. up to lock even more profit. Exactly like I showed you on that last slide. Now, this next point I would say is a really good wealth belief to have. And that is the more you give, the more you get. And quite a few religions talk about this. I think this is a really good attitude to have in life. It’s a great feeling to make a lot of money fast, but I would say it’s an even better feeling to then be able to use some of that money to help people less fortunate than yourself. And over the years, I’ve been involved in all kinds of charity projects. I really think one of the most fulfilling things in life is to be in a position where you can help other people. And I’m sure a lot of you have already had that experience. So what I did is once I started to become very good at trading and investing, I thought how can I use these skills to help other people as well as myself. And one of the things I do now is I run what I call charity live trading days. And what happens is we all get together. I trade my money for real real money in front of everybody. Everyone can see exactly what I’m doing. They can copy my trades. We spend the whole day trading together. We make a whole load of money and then we give a 100% of the money from the event to charity and we choose a different charity each time. The last charity live trading day that I ran, we were raising money for SOS Children’s Villages, which is a really great children’s charity. They do work all around the world and they they help kids that really need the most help and they they do some amazing projects. So, I felt really excited to be in a position where I could help out there. And what we did is we got together. Um, I traded my money for real in front of everybody. They could see exactly what I was doing. They could copy my trades. We spent the whole day trading together. We made a whole load of money. And then we gave a 100% of the money from the event to charity. This is the great thing. Once you get good at this, you can make yourself a lot of money, but you can also help a lot of other people. So, if you’ve got a cause you really believe in, a charity you want to support, fantastic. Learn investing. So, you’ve got the money to do this to help all the people you want to help. Maybe you want to support financially a family member or a relative. Fantastic. Learn investing. So, you’ve got another stream of income coming in. Yeah. you got more than enough money to help all the people you want to help. I I I just think it’s a great way to do it. Now, this next point, there’s been quite a few research projects done that have found this is one of the biggest influences of how wealthy and successful you become. And that’s this, who you surround yourself with. You’ve got to surround yourself with positive people, people who are going to encourage you to do things. I I mean a good example in my life that totally changed my life about 20 years ago I attended a training course by a guy called Tony Robbins. Actually out of interest type yes in the chat window if you’ve heard of Tony Robbins.

    Okay. Denise, Tanya, Anthony, Mark, uh Natasha. Okay. Oh, going fast and I can read now. Hundreds of people saying they’ve heard of Tony Robbins. Okay, good. Um, for those of you who haven’t heard of Tony, um, anybody give me a one or two word description of Tony in the chat window? One or two word description of Tony in the chat window. Let’s have a look. Um, inspiring, amazing, energetic, tall, smart, motivation, life coach, awesome, energy. Okay, loads of good uh, descriptions there. I think Tony describes himself as the world’s number one life coach. His clients are people like presidents of countries and top athletes. And I I think it’s good stuff he teaches. I attended his training course about 20 years ago with someone who used to be a friend back then. And what happened is partway through the course, Tony told us about the other training courses that he runs. And one of the courses he told us about was life mastery. It was 10 days in Hawaii where he’s going to teach us about health, wealth, relationships, all kinds of great topics. And the ticket for the course was $10,000. And Tony said it was the last one he was ever going to do in that format in Hawaii. And it sounded incredible. And I said to my friend, I said in the break, I’m going to go and book a place on that course. And my friend said, “You should probably think about it a bit more.” And he said, “You can’t really afford to do it anyway.” And he said his talk and it was a bit salesy. And he said, “It’s probably not as good as he says it is. and it’s probably not the last one he’s going to do anyway. And he he started giving me all his excuses as to why he wasn’t going to do it. And I said to him, I said, “Look,” I said, “I’m not interested in your excuses.” And I said, “I don’t care if his talk and it was a bit salesy. What I care about is if it’s good content and if this guy believes in his course, if he’s passionate about it, he should be trying to persuade me to do it.” I said, “In the break, I’m going to go and book a place.” And in the break, I went and booked a place $10,000 lifemastery. At the time, I was $40,000 in debt. I paid for it on a couple of credit cards. And I thought, well, unless I take some kind of decisive action, my life is probably not going to change. If I just keep doing the same things, I’m going to keep getting the same results. And I thought, once I’ve paid for this, I’ll find a way. somehow I’m going to make this work. And I went on that course and it was an incredible course. I I believe a big part of why I went from $50,000 in debt to making over a million dollars within three years was because of what Tony taught us on that course because he taught us how to model people, how to learn their strategies. And then I went off around the world. I found the world’s top traders, top investors, and I did what Tony said. I modeled their strategy. I learned how they did things. I came back to the UK, applied what I’d learned. Within the next few years, my life improved massively, rapidly, and my friend saw what was happening and he said, “Wow.” He said, “That must have been an incredible course.” And I said, “Yeah, it was.” He said, “I’m going to book a place.” And he called their office and he said, “I want to do that life master with Tony in Hawaii.” They said, “Tony is never going to do that same format course again in Hawaii.” And he never did. I am just so glad I didn’t let my friend hold me back. Now, I know sometimes it can be tough because sometimes it’s your partner that’s holding you back, but if something feels right, you’ve got to go for it. That’s how your life moves ahead. Back then, my friend had a normal job doing something he doesn’t really like. Guess what he’s doing now? Similar job he doesn’t really like. And and what I found in life, I’m sure you found the same thing. It just comes down to one or two decisions that can massively improve your life. And for me, going on that training course hugely improved my life. That’s the great thing about life. One decision can massively improve everything. That’s all it takes. Now, last part, last point of my talk, and this is an important point. You’ve got to use the power of compound returns. Now, most people have at least heard of a compound return. Type yes if you’ve heard of a compound return.

    Okay. Yes. Yes. Yes. Yes. Yes. Lots of yeses. Okay. Good. What does it mean? It means making money using the money you’ve already made. Yeah. Reinvesting the profits. Now, what a lot of traders and investors do is they try and make big money fast, which is fine. But the real secret to building huge wealth is getting consistency because once you can get consistent monthly returns, you can start with even a small amount of capital and you can grow huge wealth relatively quickly. That is the sensible way to build huge wealth, getting consistency. Because once you’re getting consistent monthly returns, this is how your money grows. It starts growing gradually at first. It then accelerates massively. Now, I’m going to show you one last video of my talk. It’s a very short video. It’s about 30 seconds. It’s one of our course graduates after we showed him how to get consistency because I want you to see how your money can grow once you get this consistency. now. Oh, and I should say just to be totally open with you, um, this guy didn’t just do our training course. He was actually trained by me personally. And as you already know, to be trained by me personally, one of the only few ways to do that now is through this one-to-one mentoring. So, I know for quite a few of you maybe that’s not an option, but I still want you to see this video so you can see the kind of results you can get once you get this consistency. So, have a look at this very short video. Uh let’s have a quick look. What was your starting capital? My starting capital was £5,000. Okay. And then using what you learned on the course, strategies, the techniques, uh how much did you make profit from trading? Um I think over over the period of time, over the whole period of time, probably about half a million. So about half a million pounds. I was thinking actually that’s kind of an underestimate. Okay. um if you as a far as a financial benefit because if I looked at also some of my ways I managed my pension I managed to avoid the crash completely. Wow. So just using the techniques and strategies you avoided the crash saved your pension and on top of that made half a million pounds roughly. Yeah. Measurable. Wow. Nice. Yeah. And you had this goal to buy a house in France. South of France. It’s 30 minutes north of Okay. and you made enough money using the strategies to buy that house in France. Bought it in cash. Bought it in cash. Wow. Certainly for anybody who’s attending course, I’d suggest yours is the best one to do. Wow. Okay. So, he said he basically said, “I started with £5,000. That’s just over £5,000. And using the strategy I taught him, he made half a million profit.” And he says, “Well, actually that’s an underestimate because I paid off my pension during the crash or I saved my pension during the crash.” And then he says, “Also using the strategies, I made enough money to buy a house in the south of France for cash.” What I did is I taught this guy a couple of very simple but very profitable strategies. And I showed him how to get consistency because once you get consistency, you can start with even a small amount of capital and you can grow huge wealth relatively quickly. That is the sensible way to build your wealth. And in the online training program, you’re going to learn exactly what I taught him about how to get consistency. Now, whilst we’re talking about consistency, you saw this guy in one of the videos, 88 winners out of 94. I completed the training course over a year ago. I’ve been successful in 88 out of 94 trades. I taught this guy a very, very, very reliable strategy which I learned from one of the world champion traders. Very simple strategy. Anybody could do it, even a complete beginner, but it’s very reliable. In the online training course, you’re going to learn that exact same strategy. Another of our course graduates, $30,000 profit within four months. Another of our course graduates, $500 profit in a week. After the training, on average, I make 4 to 500 profit per week. Best thing of all, I’m only using $2,000 capital. Another of our course graduates, 2,000 to 11,000. Another of our course graduates, $48,000 profit in one month. Darren’s training course has truly changed my financial destiny and that of my family. This month, I made 48,000 from trading. If you could make an extra 48,000 a month, would that make your life a bit easier? Yes or no? For sure. Yeah. Another of our course graduates, 24,000 profit in one week. Another of our course graduates, 5,000 to 144,000 in 14 weeks. I was a complete beginner. After doing Darren’s training course, I’ve turned 5,000 into 144,000 in 14 weeks. I’m very happy I decided to book on the course and highly recommend it. We have literally thousands of success stories and testimonials from people who’ve done the training course. We actually have over 8,000 success stories and testimonials from people who’ve done the training course. How have we managed to get so many success stories? Because the strategies we teach work. How have we managed to be the number one investment training company in Europe for over 15 years with clients now all over the world? Because the strategies we teach work. Actually, let me show you this. Um, I I mentioned earlier just recently I spent three months on holiday in the Caribbean in Antigga. And whilst I was there, I was spending one hour a week investing. And one of the trades I did whilst I was there, I invested $30,000 US. One week later, it had gone up to $1.9 million US. I’ll say that again. I actually took a screenshot of it. I’ll see if I can find it in a second. So, one of the trades that I did whilst I was on holiday, I invested $30,000. Within one week, it had gone up to $1.9 million. Let me let me just quickly see if I can find this for you where I got the Yeah, there we go. So, I don’t know if you can see that, but that’s the balance from that one trade. Yeah, $1.9 something million dollars. Very powerful strategy. You’re going to learn that exact same strategy in the training course as well. Now, I’m going to do something very, very special for everybody on this webinar right now. And also in a couple of minutes time at the end of my talk I’m going to share with you one of the most important bits of advice I’ve ever been given about becoming truly wealthy. I’ll give you that in a couple of minutes time at the end of my talk. First of all I’m going to do something very very special for everybody on this webinar. I am going to give you an incredible offer and this offer will be absolutely amazing. You will definitely want to hear this offer. So let’s have a look at this. Our online forex and stock market masterclass training course is 100% online. So, it’s perfect for learning from home. It’s over 16 hours of online live training where you learn my very best strategies, the very best techniques I learned from the world trading champions. It’s my life work. I spent over 20 years finding the best strategies, finding the best techniques. I worked out. I spent over $100,000 of my money learning this stuff. In this online training program, you get everything. All the best strategies, all the best techniques. Really is an incredible training program. And we teach it in a very clear, simple way so that even complete beginners can understand. And I’m actually very proud of that training course. I truly believe is the best online investment training course in the world. and you’ll be learning the same things which we’ve taught thousands of other people how to invest successfully. And as well as the online training program, after each lesson, you get an online live questions and answer session so you can get your individual questions answered live direct to you. Super effective way to learn. Plus, you’re also going to get an online home study course of videos taught by me personally. incredible training program. Normal investment for that is $4,997. So that’s $5,000. I would say it’s worth many, many times that. But I’m going to give you an incredible offer. And you will definitely want to hear this offer. First of all, let me just explain what you’re going to learn on the course. You’re going to learn how to do all of this step by step for real. So that even if you’re a complete beginner, by the end of the course, you’ll know how to do this. You’re going to learn my best forex strategies, my best stock market strategies, exactly step by step how to do them. You’re also going to learn my best cryptocurrency strategies for trading things like Bitcoin, Ethereum, Ripple, Litecoin, how to make money in cryptocurrencies as they go up and as they go down. If you don’t know anything about cryptocurrencies, I’ll teach you what they are and how to do it as well. You’re also going to learn my best commodity strategies for trading things like gold, silver, oil. So, whatever you want to invest in, you’re going to get my very best strategies exactly how to do it. You’re also going to learn a strategy that I use to double my money in less than a week. If you could double your money in less than a week, would that make your life a bit easier? For sure. Yeah. And you’re going to learn how to set this all up on autopilot. So, it takes literally one hour a week to do these strategies and that can be in the evening or the weekend. If you have a full-time job or a business, very easy to run this alongside. And you’re going to learn my most powerful day trading, medium-term, and long-term strategies. You’re going to see practical examples. You’re going to do practical exercises. Incredibly effective way to learn this. And what I all of that would normally be $5,000. What I’m going to do for you is an incredible offer. I instead of $5,000, I’m going to let you have the full complete online training program over 16 hours of online live training where you learn my very best strategies, very best techniques I learned from the world trading champions. After each lesson, you’ll get the online live questions and answer sessions. So, you can get your individual questions answered live direct to you. Plus, you’re going to get the online home study course of videos taught by me personally. Instead of $5,000, I am going to let you have that for just

    $970 US. That is absolutely incredible for what you’re going to be learning. And I can see in the chat window already, Paul is saying, “Wow, I want it.” Uh David is saying, “How do I buy it?” I’m actually going to make this even better for you. First of all, and I’ve got a couple of extra things I’m going to give you that you’ll definitely want to hear about. First of all, I would say at $5,000, it is incredible value. What you learn on the course, you could use to make many, many times that. At $970, that is absolutely incredible for what you’re going to be learning. I’ve had people on the training who within the first couple of hours have made more than $970 within the first couple of hours. Yeah. Absolutely incredible for what you’re going to be learning. But I’m going to make this even better for you. And I can see more and more people saying, “I want to buy it. I’m going to make it even better. What I’m going to do is I’m going to give you a VIP upgrade.” And what this means is we talked about my trading watch list earlier. This is where each week for 12 weeks, I send you the list of exactly what I’m looking to trade for American stocks and shares, UK stocks and shares, forex plays, right up to date, exactly what I’m looking to trade. I said, I currently have 43 people who’ve paid me $5,000 each to get hold of my watch list. Why do those people think it’s worth paying me $5,000 to get my watch list? Because quite a few of them just copy my trades and make a lot more than that. like this guy, $8,000 profit using Darren’s watch list. My watch lists are well worth $5,000. What I’m going to do is if you decide you want to go ahead with this offer right now, I’m going to include those for free, my watch list for free. Now, that just by itself, I would say, is worth many, many times the $970, but I’m going to include that for free. an incredible resource for you. And I can see uh John there saying yes, I want it. Rita saying she wants it. I have a couple of extra things for you. What I I did say um before the end of this talk, I give one of you the chance to attend our investment success 3-day live event for free for you and a guest. Normally two tickets to that are $5,000. Many, many people have already paid us $5,000 for two tickets and they were very glad they did. It’s well worth it. It’s an incredible training course. I said I’d give one of you the chance to get that for free before the end of this talk. What I’m going to do is I am going to give everyone the chance to get this for free. What I’m going to say is if you decide you want to go ahead with this offer right now, I’m going to include two tickets to the live event for free as well. That’s going to be an incredible experience for you. I’m going to include those for free. And I also run monthly webinars each month. Uh I run a webinar. It’s about 30 minutes in length. And it’s a great way to check you’re constantly improving. And what I do is at the end of the webinar, I set a little 10-minute exercise. Very simple. Anyone can do it. Even a complete beginner, but it’s a really good way to check you’re constantly improving. 24 months worth of the webinars, two years of the webinars, value $2,000. What I’m going to say is if you decide you want to go ahead with this offer right now, I’m going to include that for free as well, which again is going to be an incredible ongoing resource for you. And I can see more and more people saying, “How do I book? How do I start? I’m almost there. This next part of the offer, there is a price involved.” So, what I’ll do is I’ll explain what this is. You can have a think about it and then right at the end decide if you want this included. But this next part of the offer, there is a price involved and that is one-to-one mentoring with me. I currently charge $30,000 for a single one-to-one mentoring session. If you want it included, it’s going to be yours for only $3,000. Have a think about that. Decide right at the end if you want that included. But what I would say is at $30,000, it is great value. Some of the people I’ve trained personally have gone on to make many, many times that at $3,000. It’s incredible value. What I can help you master in a one-to-one session will be literally some of the best investment techniques in the world. It will be a lifechanging session. Have a serious think about that. $3,000 if you want included. It will be an absolutely incredible session. now. And you can decide right at the end if you want that included. Actually, thinking about it, I’m going to include that for free as well. Now, that is huge. Really, that is huge. Now, let me just be clear because I want to make sure you get the absolute most from this one-to-one mentoring session with me. So, there’s no point you having it immediately. The way this will work is you’ll do the online training program. You’ll have the online live questions and answer sessions. We’re going to make sure you know exactly what you’re doing. You know exactly what strategies to use. Over the next maybe six to eight weeks, you’ll do perhaps three or four trades a week. You’re going to send me in your first 25 trades. I’m going to look through them all. Then we do a one-to-one mentoring session together because that way I can give you great feedback on your trades. I can make sure you get the absolute most from this one-to-one mentoring session with me. It’s going to be incredible. I currently charge $30,000 for a one-to-one mentoring session. If you decide you want to go ahead with this offer right now, I’m going to include that for free. Now, let me just be clear because this is my time involved. I can’t do this for everybody on this webinar. There are literally hundreds and hundreds of people on this webinar. I can’t do it for everyone on the webinar. So, what I’m going to say is the first 30 people only, I’m going to include the one-to-one mentoring with me for free. And I just put the link on in the yellow box there on the screen. And we’ve just put it in the chat window as well. For the first 30 people only, I’m going to include the one-to-one mentoring with me for free as well. If you want to try and be in those first 30, I suggest you go to that link straight away. stop filling in the form. If your booking goes through, that means you’re in the first 30 and you’re going to get this onetoone session with me as well as everything else. Yeah. Now, I do have a couple of extra things that I’m going to give you, but if you want to try and be in the first 30, I suggest you go there now, start filling in the form, and once you’ve got your place, let me know in the chat window. Type I’m in once you’ve got your place, and I’ll welcome you into the group. Yeah. So, yeah, the link is in the chat window there, and it’s in the yellow box. first 30 people only, you’re going to get everything plus the one-to-one mentoring with me included for free as well. Now, couple of extra things I’m going to give you at the one-to-one mentoring session. I’m going to give you my personal email address and I am personally going to provide your ongoing support. You can ask me any question anytime forever. And I really do mean that. That’s ongoing lifetime support from me personally forever. Now I put here Wow, people are already saying they got their place. You guys are fast. Uh Rena Orena, congratulations. You’re in. Um and it looks like Yes, Chris, it is forever the ongoing support. And Nita, congratulations. Ben, Tina, uh, Stephen, Judith, uh, G Garfield, Lee, Ruth, Paula, Karina, congratulations. Wow, you you guys are fast. If you want to be in the first 30, you’re going to need to be pretty quick. Yeah, fill in the form now. And, okay, more and more people suddenly got their place. That went quicker than I could read there. Um, yet there are still places available if you’re fairly quick. I’m going to give you ongoing lifetime support forever from me personally. I put their value $5,000. It’s worth a lot more than that, but I thought I’ve got to put some kind of value to it. All of that would be $51,997

    for you right now. $970.

    That is absolutely incredible for what you’re going to be learning. It really is. Let me know once you’ve got your price. If you’re in the first 30, you’re going to get everything I’ve talked about there. Now, something which I thought I’d do for you, which is I thought it’d be a nice thing to do. I’m going to give you a way so you could immediately get 100% of your cash back. And that is once you’ve booked your place, if you just refer two people onto the training course and they book their place, I’ll give you 100% of your course fee back. And you can actually give them the price I gave you there, $970. But that is just for the online training. It’s not all this extra stuff that I’m giving you. That’s just for you. But book your place, refer to people. When they book and pay pay for their place, I’ll give you 100% of your course feedback. Now, there is something else which I’m going to do for you. And this is an important thing. I am going to give you a 100% money back guarantee as long as you’re present for each of the webinars. do the two-minute exercise, which is our way to check you’re on track. I guarantee if you don’t make at least 10 times the training course fee in the first 24 months, I’ll give you 100% of your course fee back. I know this stuff works. I don’t mind doing that. If you don’t make at least 10 times the training course fee in the first 24 months, I’ll give you 100% of your course fee back. I know this works. We’ve got over 8,000 success stories and testimonials. I know it works. I don’t mind doing that. And I’ll I’ll even give you your I’ll even let you keep the course materials. Yeah. And I can see um FA, you’ve got your place as well. Congratulations. And it looks like Eric, you’re in as well. Wayne, Nicholas, uh Christina, congratulations, you got your place. And if I missed your name, because quite a few names whizzed by as I was talking there, congratulations for getting your place. And uh it looks like Ruth, if I haven’t already said, congratulations. You’ve got your place. And Brian, congratulations. And George, congratulations. Wow. Okay. And Sharon, you’re in. Okay. Congratulations. Excellent. Actually, let me just do a quick count up here. Um 15 16 17 18 20 21 26. Okay, it looks like 26 places have gone. So, four places left. If you’re still thinking about this, you need to be fairly quick. Four places left now. Something else that I’m going to do for you is once you’ve made your first $100,000 profit and you’re going to be learning strategies that could easily get you there. I’m going to invite you to a celebration dinner at my house and after dinner I’m going to work with you on your plan to hit your first million profit. That is going to be an incredible session. Some of the people I’ve worked with personally have gone on to make literally millions of dollars profit. going to be an incredible session. I’m going to include that as well. Now, and Carla, I can see you’ve got your place as well. So, congratulations. That’s three places left. If you’re thinking about it, last three places. There’s one last thing I’m going to do for you. And I was thinking, should I do this? I think I think I probably am going to do this. The 24 trade analysis videos on the 24 karat gold play memory stick. I I’ve got mine here on my desk, which I showed you earlier. Here it is. Two small groups of investors pay me over $100,000 each to get hold of this. I mean, the real value is what’s on here. Yeah. The strategy, the techniques to get consistent good returns from the markets. What I’m going to say is the first 30 people who book a place and there’s three places left. I’m going to include this for free as well. Now, that is huge. Really, that is huge. What we’ll do is when you attend a live event, you can pick up the physical USB and I’m going to put those videos online so you get them as part of your training course. That is going to be an incredible resource for you. I’m going to include that for free as well. There are three places left. It’s an incredible offer. Yeah, if you even slightly interested in this, book your place now. It’s going to be absolutely amazing. And oh, I can see somebody there just saying um David is saying having a problem getting his booking to go through. Okay. Um David, what I would say is um if if the if you’re having any issues with the browser, maybe try a different browser. You could try Safari, you could try Firefox, try Chrome, or just try refreshing the browser. Sometimes that works because lots of people are all trying to book at the same time. Try refreshing a browser or try a different browser. Sometimes that will work. And if your payment was declined, sometimes trying a debit card will work if a credit card hasn’t. Yeah. Or or you could try a different credit card. Sometimes that works. So, uh yeah, try just try it again. It should go through. And actually, let me see if I have this on screen. Um I should have it here. Yeah, if you want if you’re having any issues with your booking, um we’ve just put I think we’re just going to put the email in the chat window and you can see it on screen there. send us an email and include your phone number and your country code and your name and then one of the team they’ll give you a call and they’ll help you out. But just make sure you include your phone number, country code, your name. Send that email right now because we need to know that you asked for a place while there were still places available. Yeah. So if you want to get a place and it hasn’t gone through for some reason, email us right now. Phone number, country code, your name. one of the team will help you out. Yeah, because there are still three places left. If you’re quick, send an email right now. Now, oh, saying that it looks like uh Emma, you have a place. So, two places left. Last two places. And oh, and somebody’s asking, can we do it on a payment plan? Um, yes, thank you for reminding me. You could if you need to do it on a payment plan. Um, the best way to do this is to do it in one payment, one installment. That’s the best, cheapest way to do it. And that’s what everybody’s done so far. But if you need to, you can do this on a payment plan. And I just brought the link up on the screen there. You can see it in the red text. That’s the payment plan. Um, and I think we’re just going to put it in the chat window as well. So if you need to, if it’s going to help out, you can do it on a payment plan, but the best, cheapest ways to do it in one installment, which is what everybody’s done so far. Uh, but it’s there if you need it. Okay. So, and um, Nerra, if I pronounced your name correctly, you said yes, you’re ready. I think that means you’ve got your place. So, congratulations if you have. So, there’s possibly one place left. It could be two, possibly one. So, if you’re still thinking about this, grab your place now. And I I think what I’ll do is let’s summarize everything for for you. Let’s do a quick summary and then we’ll kind of wrap things up. So what I would say is in life you’ve got to do something to get your money working for you because otherwise you spend your whole life working for money instead of money working for you. And I would say the best way to do this is to learn investing because once you’re good at this it takes very little time literally an hour a week can be an evening weekend. You got a full-time job very easy to run it alongside. You can do it on your phone. You can trade from anywhere in the world. You can trade from home and once you’re good at this, you can teach the people you care about. You can teach your family, your loved ones. It’s an incredible skill to learn. I would say out of any skill you could learn when it comes to finances, this is it. This is the number one thing which I think everybody should learn. And once you’re good at this, you have the peace of mind that you have a way to make money that doesn’t rely on anybody else. It doesn’t rely on what’s going on in the world. Because with investing, if the markets are crashing, if there’s a recession, it’s actually even easier to make money. Yeah. And I know a lot of people recently have realized you can’t rely on a job. You can’t rely on a business. Yeah. One thing you can rely on once you’re good at it is investing because you can make money in any market conditions, whether they’re going up, down, or sideways. And what what I found is um or what I’ve seen is when times get tough, there’s really two types of people. The first type of person in tough situations, they do nothing about it and they struggle through it and they come out the other side worse off than when it all started. The other type of person when things get tough, they learn new skills. They upgrade their life and they come out the other side even better off financially than when things started. So, what I would say is this could be your chance to learn some new skills, to upgrade your life, to come out even stronger from this current world situation. Yeah. And I I believe in fate. I think you’re here for a reason. Yeah. You’re here right now listening to me talking, looking at the screen. You’re here for a reason. You’re in the right place at the right time. Just make sure you take the next step. Yeah. Book your place right now. You’re meant to do this. you’re here for a reason. And I I I know sometimes when you’re thinking about doing something new, learning a new skill, it can be a bit scary. Yeah, there can be a bit of fear there. I know that. I’ve been in that situation. But you got to push through that fear to take your life to the next level. So, if you’re thinking about booking right now and you’re kind of hesitating or you’re a little bit scared, go ahead, book your place. Yeah, you got to push through that fear to take your life to the next level. And I I I believe in moments in life. I think I think there’s certain moments in life where you’ve got a decision to make and that decision can massively improve your life if you make the right decision. And I really believe this is one of those moments for you right now. Yeah. You could you could do nothing about this and in 6 months, nine months time you’re in a the same situation as you are right now or maybe an even worse situation or you could decide to go ahead right now. You could book your place. You could be looking back in three months, nine months, six months time and thinking to yourself, I am so glad I booked a place on that course because now I have extra income coming in. My wealth is growing. I was a little bit scared. I wasn’t sure whether to go ahead, but I did it anyway. I went ahead. I booked my place and I’m so happy I did that because I now have all this extra time. I have this extra money. I can do more of the things I love. I really believe this is one of those moments you have the choice right now. Yeah. Make the right choice. Book your place. Really, it’s going to be an incredible skill for you to learn. And a client said this to me, and I thought it was an interesting thing. He said, “I don’t love investing, but I love the lifestyle it’s given me because it’s given me the time and the money to do the things I love.” And I thought, “That’s so true. You don’t have to love investing. You don’t even have to like investing. Love the lifestyle. It will give you the lifestyle it can give you because it can give you the money and the time to do the things you really do love. You you saw from some of my slides, I love skiing. I love snowboarding. Once I got good at investing, it gave me the time and the money to be able to travel the world with my best friends to go to lots of exotic places, skiing, snowboarding. I I’ve been to Japan, Alaska, Chile. It lets me do the things I love in life. Yeah, it can do the same for you. Maybe you want to spend spend more time doing a hobby you love. Fantastic. Learn investing so you’ve got the time and the money to do that. Maybe you want to start a business. Fantastic. Learn investing so you’ve got the time and the money to do that. Maybe you want to start a charity. Fantastic. Learn investing so you’ve got the time and the money to do the things you really want to do with life. Yeah. And I mean, I can see here if you look at the price, $970. Spread that out over one year. What’s that per day? It’s about $360 a day. What What do you get for $360 a day? Cup of coffee in London. You’d be lucky to get a cup of coffee for 360 a day. Yeah. What would you prefer? A cup of coffee a day for a year or to learn a skill that could transform your life, that could get you an income and grow your wealth for the rest of your life. Yeah. Because the great thing is the same strategies that I use today worked just as well two years ago, five years ago, 10 years ago and they’ll work just as well in two years time, five years time, 10 years time. You learn this skill once, you invest in yourself once and you have a skill for the rest of your life. So I would say it’s a very very small investment to make but huge potential income and wealth growth for the rest of your life. really. Um I I’d say do whatever it takes to to get a place. Um now I I know of course it’s my training course. The reason I get passionate about this is because I’ve seen how it can transform people’s lives. I’ve seen what can happen once somebody has the time to do what they really want with their life. So I know I’m trying to persuade you to do it. It’s not really going to make much difference to me whether you book or not, but it could make a huge difference to you. Really could. Now, let’s I think we got the last couple of minutes, so I’ll just do a couple of quick questions and then we’ll finish, I think. So, and by the way, if you booked a place while I wasn’t looking, congratulations for getting a place. Let me just kind of scroll back up the messages here. See if I missed somebody. Oh, yeah. I can see Francis, you said you’re in. So, congratulations. And you are in the first 30. I think that is all 30 places gone now. I think all the 30 places gone. So, if you got in, congratulations. Great job. And okay, I can see a couple of people saying they’re still having a problem trying to book. Okay, so I think what I’ll do, I can see a few messages here of people saying they’re still trying to book a place and it’s not going through for some reason. What I’ll do um just to be fair to everybody, I’m I’m going to say then I’m going to introduce five more places um just because I can see people still trying to book and it’s not their fault. They’re just saying they can’t get the booking to go through. So what I’ll do is I’m going to introduce five more places. When those places are gone, they’re gone. And I’m not going to introduce anymore. But just to be fair on the people who are still trying to book. If you’re having any issues whatsoever, email us. Yeah, email us your telephone number, country code, name. As long as you do that right now, one of the team will give you a call and we’ll help you out and I’ll make sure you get everything that I talked about here, including the onetoone with me. The next five people, you’re going to get everything, including the onetoone with me. Yeah, but you need to do that now. Either book it online or email us if you need help with that. So, couple of quick questions. Um, any questions, type them into the chat window and I’ll happy to answer any questions. Um, okay. And yeah, so what I’m going to do is somebody was just asking about a webinar that I’m going to hold tomorrow. Once you’ve booked your place, I’m going to send you an email either today or tomorrow with details of everything you’ve booked and also I’m going to hold a welcome webinar for you where I’m going to talk about everything you got included and I’m going to teach you a couple of really great things that we didn’t cover today. And that webinar is going to be tomorrow, but it it’s very short. It’s like half an hour webinar, but really powerful stuff. If you can’t make tomorrow’s webinar, that’s absolutely fine. I’m going to record it and I’ll send it to you. So absolutely fine there. Uh somebody’s saying, “I’m a complete beginner. Am I going to be okay?” Yes, we go step by step right from the start. Complete beginners, you’ll be absolutely fine. I would also say if you’re an advanced investor, book a place. Because I’ve had people on the course who’ve been investing for 5, 10, 15 years, and afterwards they’ve said to me, “Wow, I learned stuff that’s going to totally change the way I invest.” Um beginners, you’ll be absolutely fine. advanced investors, book a place. You can learn some incredible stuff. Yeah, it will transform your trading. Uh, somebody saying, “Is it really going to take an hour a week to invest?” What I would say is when you first start out, allow a couple of hours to do the practice and then once you’re good, it will literally just be an hour a week. Yeah. And that can be anytime you want, weekends, evenings. So, if you got a job or a business, easy to run alongside. U, someone’s saying, “Am I going to cover the trading platforms?” Yes. Um, I will give you the best trading platforms to use. They’re free to open an account. I’m also going to give you free tools, free websites, whatever country you live in. I’ll give you the best tools and the best trading platforms to use because, as I said, I’ve got clients all over the world. A lot of my clients are in Canada. I have a lot of clients in America, also in Europe, UK, South Africa, Middle East, Asia, Australia. I have clients all over the world. So, I know the best tools to use wherever you are and the best trading accounts. And I think let’s do one last question and then then I think let’s wrap it up. And by the way, if you are still looking to get a place, um I’m just scrolling back up the messages here. And Des Jardines, if I pronounced that correctly, I think that’s your surname. I can see you’ve got your place. And somebody whose name is Omid. I think you’ve just made up a name there, but he says he’s got a place. So, congratulations. So, I think there’s three places left. If you’re still thinking about last three places. Yeah. And okay, I’m just looking. Uh, yeah, the indicators. Let’s do this as the last question, which is the indicators. Somebody’s just saying, am I going to cover all of them? Yes. I think it’s in session two or three of the training. I cover all of my indicators, the best ones, the best settings, and I show you how to use them. You’re basically going to get the best of everything I’ve ever learned in this training. Stuff that I paid over $100,000 to learn, you’re getting for $970, which absolutely incredible. Really is. So, congratulations if you’ve got your place. I would say I by the way, thank you for all the kind comments there. I can see people just saying they love today’s session. Somebody saying they love the sell stop strategy. Somebody saying they love the channeling strategy. Yeah, thank you. I really tried to check. I gave you a lot of value in today’s session. So really appreciate the comments there. I really do wish you great wealth, great success. I know I’m going to see lots of you very soon on the training which will be fantastic. I’ll say goodbye to everybody for now and I think we’re going to leave that on screen for a second for the last couple of people who want to book a place and we’ll put the link in the chat window again just in case you need it. Uh but thank you very much and I hope to speak with you very soon.

  • 07/16/2026 – Content Growth Engine

    Um, wealthy with crypto. I don’t know why we’re I don’t know why you’re here, brother. Uh, this is not about crypto. This is about YouTube. Uh, Zachary Supplement Income. Jean, can I really get a faceless video racking up views and monetize with all of YouTube’s crazy new terms? Yeah, we typically don’t recommend doing uh faceless. Uh, and we definitely don’t recommend making like AI slop content. We see AI as a tool to make your content better and faster. We do not see AI as a replacement for human beings when it especially when it comes to content creation. Uh maybe in some very, you know, repetitive type jobs for sure, but no, when it comes to content creation, it’s a tool to make your content better and faster. Um Barry, I want to monetize my YouTube channel. Awesome. Bob, been on YouTube for years. 3.3K subs. Not growing or making money. Donald, watching your video about work over 50. I’m 58 this year and I’m so burnt on at my job. I’m sorry to hear that, Donald. But yeah, there there are better options out there if you know where to look. Brian, I just want to get started. I think I have good idea. Just want some encouragement. Um, Jean income outside of working. Tanya, something has to change in my life. Got you, Tanya. When boss need flexible remote work to manage and uh traumatize kiddos. Got it. Okay, James. Yeah, turn down two, please. Thank you. need to get serious about retirement. Uh, another James information to see if it is a realistic idea. Bridget, only way to change my life is to change what I’m doing. Stepping out of my comfort zone. Hate being on camera. Got it. Joanne to learn. Venet, learning keeps growing. Brenda, need more experience. Jim, build a YouTube business that helps me move to uh, Florida closer to my family. Got it. Well, that is one thing that’s great about YouTube. You can you can operate it from anywhere. I’m just like traveling around and uh business is going very smoothly. Sherry, I’m here to learn what I don’t know and should know. Awesome. Don Shereé, I want to learn how to navigate making YouTube videos and allow me the freedom to leave my 9 to5. Awesome. Don Sheree Tamara help and main reason is I want to change want a change that allows me to make money on my own and not be locked into one area. Awesome. Tomorrow William to perfect my YouTube channel and generate tremendous passive income. Got it. Okay. And then one last question here really quick, guys. Um, while I’m getting ready, in fact, I’ll probably probably just do this really quick. What is the number one thing that if you learned it in tonight’s live training, it would make the whole training worth it for you? Like the most important thing? Just go ahead and comment that really quick. I’ll probably just read a few of them here.

    Okay. What my niche is. Got it. Okay. Uh, it’s moving really fast here. It’s hard to hard to see it. Okay. Kurt said what my niche is. Okay. Um Nicole, I need to face my fears of social media and put myself out there. Okay. Even it means showing my face on camera. Awesome. Nicole, there are ways of doing it faceless. We’ll we’ll give an example later on, but we just don’t recommend it usually. Like we we certainly don’t recommend being just like anonymous, like nobody knows who you are, but you you’ll see what I mean. We’re going to show an example. Someone did the the faceless thing successfully. Ed, figuring out a niche. Awesome. Liv, what software are you using to do all the things? Okay, awesome. Jean, how to trigger the algorithm to quickly notice your videos. Scott, how to get started. Uh, Damon, figuring out my niche. Um, Sher, how to start. Adrian, the niche. Allison, niche. Ruth, I’m a senior 70 songwriter and author from surname. My niche is very small. Want to know if it is feasible. Got it. Stop feeling stuck. How to get uh eyes on my content. Jim, how to actually monetize. April, most organized way to use Claude. Got it. Question again. Uh, how to make money from YouTube. Okay, very cool. How to create a system that works. Okay, excellent, guys. All right, let’s go ahead and get started. Let’s go ahead and get started here. I have this very weird chair under me. I might have to I like to move around a little bit while I do these. Okay, so how to grow and make money on YouTube in 2026 without fancy gear, without techy stuff, without spending hours on each video, provided you use this hybrid model and follow one simple rule. So, why you’re here today, guys, go ahead and do the thumbs up thing. It should be on the bottom right of the screen. Uh, if you’re excited about one of these things, okay, so the first one is going to be views. Okay, are you excited about getting views? Do the thumbs up thing if you’re excited about that. You want to get views on YouTube. Okay, good amount of people there. Good amount of people. I I I see it. Pretty pretty excited. But how about this next one? This next one, guys, which is making money. do the thumbs up thing if you’re excited about making money. All right. Way more way more there. Okay. So, and also uh diversity of the emojis. I see uh the confetti, the clapping, the the hearts, like everything. Okay. So, it seems like you’re much more excited about making money than getting views, which is great. That means you’ve actually watched my content on YouTube. you you know that uh getting views is not necessarily uh the same thing as as making money cuz there’s lots of people have lots of views but they’re not making any money and there’s also lots of people that don’t have that many views and they’re making a ton of money. Okay, so we’ll we’ll talk about that here in a moment but how about this third one? Okay, and that is having an impact. Okay, go ahead and do the uh thumbs up if you’re excited about having an impact. Basically creating a business that you can be proud of and helping a lot of people. Oh wow. Okay. Yeah, this is the most popular one by far. Excellent. Okay, great. Well, the the thing is about this one here is these first two, the views and the money, if you have an impact, if you’re actually solving problems for people and you’re helping them out, these two these first two are just going to take care of themselves. Okay? And so, this is great. And you guys are the type of people that I want to work with because if you solve other people’s problems and you have an impact on their life, the first two are going to take care of themselves. So, that’s great. Okay. Awesome. So, by the way, we are giving away free stuff at this workshop. At the very end, you’ll get a chance to walk away with the niche validator pro. Okay? Both the chat GBT or the Claude AI version. This will help you lock in your niche with our methodology that we’re going to be teaching you today. Um either pick your niche or lock in your existing niche. And again, Claude AI version as well as Chat GPT version. And this is the newest version yet. It’s a massive upgrade over anything that we’ve put out before. And you also get a chance for $61,494 worth of bonuses, but only for those who stay until the end offer. So, the World Cup final is this Sunday, and yesterday, YouTube revealed who FIFA gave inside access to, and it was not just TV networks, but YouTubers, the Sidemen, creators from Mexico, Brazil, Korea, Indonesia. Together, they reach over 350 million subscribers. Now, think about that. The biggest sporting event on planet Earth handed the keys to YouTube creators because that’s where the fans went, right? One soccer channel, K’s from Brazil, just pulled 1.1 billion views in a single week. No TV network on the planet touches numbers like that. They don’t even get close to numbers like that. So, the press pass used to belong to the media, but now it belongs to creators. And there is no gatekeeper standing between you and that side of the table. It’s just a camera and something that you know, right? And that’s exactly what I’m going to show you today. Now, one thing I always like to say is this is a maze. You start here at the top and you finish at the bottom. And your goal is to get to the finish as fast as you can, whatever that goal is. And most creators start with good intentions and then they fall into the maze. They end up burnt out, overthinking, stuck in analysis paralysis, with zero views and zero income, and then they just give up. But actually, most people don’t even start in the first place, right? So, if you’re watching this right now, you’re ahead of the majority of people. So, congratulations on that. Now, additionally, one thing I like to say about this maze part, uh, as a side note, anything you’ve heard about YouTube outside of what I teach, chances are it’s probably you entering this maze. Because most people go into the maze, they get lost, they put their hands up, and they’re like, “Maze keeper, come and get me.” And getting lost in the maze is focusing on all the stuff that does not matter. Like all the YouTube coaches that have entire channels about reviewing YouTube gear, when that makes like 1% of a difference in the success of your channel. And that’s the maze. That’s the reason why you don’t get results because you’re focusing on all these things that do not matter. When in reality, you could just focus on the few things that actually matter and actually get you results. But let’s just say hypothetically you go into the maze and you just navigate it perfectly, right? Let’s say you’re an absolute pro. This is what it would look like. Something like this. Um, this is the fastest way to get from start to finish, right? Without making any mistakes at all. Boom, boom, boom. Just like that. Okay. But actually, it’s not the fastest because there is another way. It’s faster, easier, and safer. You’re basically just going around the maze. Pretty clever, right? But this isn’t even the fastest route. This is We all learned from a young age that the fastest way to go from point A to point B is a straight line. So, what if I showed you a way to do just that? Uh, skip the maze completely and you literally just go from start to finish straight to the results. And one thing I want to say about this part right here, uh, a lot of other YouTube advice out there, I don’t think they’re purposely giving you bad advice, a lot of them give good advice, but they give good advice for like a gaming channel or a prank channel, etc., because there are a bunch of different types of YouTube channels. But I’m going to be talking about the type of YouTube channel that is the easiest to get results with. And it’s the type of YouTube channel that you can pivot to anything else later on down the line. And that’s why when it comes to winning on YouTube, I have the straight line for you today so that you can get there the easiest, quickest, safest, and most comfortable way possible. And specifically, you’re going to gain access to the hottest opportunity to exist in the content creation business. Now, these are the newest stats that just came out. So, before they’re saying that YouTube and the content creator ecosystem in general was going to be worth about $1 trillion by 2034. So, that’s what it said right here. Then, about 6 months later, they updated it. This was just last year, late last year. And they said by 2034 it was going to be worth $1.6 trillion. So 60% increase uh in the projection in 6 months. That’s pretty wild, right? And it was already growing incredibly fast. And then it said by 2035 it was going to be worth 2 trillion, right? So it’s growing at an unprecedented rate uh rate. Uh even the experts, right, are just like it’s it’s growing way faster than even the experts predicted. And look at this going up and up while so many other things are going down. It’s harder than ever to get a job. There’s so many industries that are being disrupted by AI. Uh meanwhile, content creation is just going up and up and that is a sign. And this is one of the biggest opportunities that I want you to get access to when it comes to content creation. And I want you to do it while bypassing all the traps, the gotchas, the limitations, the barriers to entry that otherwise would lock you out, forcing you to stand on the sideline as you watch generational wealth pass you by, helpless to do anything about it. And you will definitely want to take advantage of what’s happening right now in the creator economy because you are in the perfect place and time to start. And mind you, YouTube pays out tens of billions of dollars every year to their creators. But it’s not going to lifestyle vloggers and entertainment channels anymore. And today, you’ll be handed the key to unlock that prison cell that’s keeping you trapped and away from the YouTube growth that you’ve been wanting for a very long time. And seriously, we have helped lots of different types of online businesses, of course, but also, you know, coaches, freelancers, job seekers, stay-at-home parents, nineto-fs, grandpas, grandmas, agency owners, service providers, digital product sellers, failed YouTubers, YouTubers getting views but struggling with monetization, successful YouTubers who are crushing it but want to crush it even harder. uh people that own software companies or SASS, locationspecific businesses like law firms or financial adviserss or dental cosmetic uh clinics uh or uh like lots of different location specific businesses. Um people doing paid ads that want to stop doing paid ads, people doing paid ads that want to make their paid marketing two times more effective by having a YouTube presence. Even physical brick-andmortar business owners, right? Even people with disabilities we’ve helped do this. We’re actually going to give an example here in a little bit. And this works for almost any niche and almost any situation because we designed this type of YouTube channel to be flexible so that you can go in so many different directions. And the good news is you don’t need to be a YouTuber or an influencer to win on YouTube. But to get there, I’m going to be exposing the dark side of YouTube and creators who are now slaves to the platform. Here’s an example. Boogie2988. Now, I’m not trying to make fun of him at all. I actually respect him a lot for revealing his public income, but he’s got about four million subscribers and he revealed on a podcast tour last year that he’s only making about $44,000 a year, which is about $3,700 a month, which is less than the average income for an American. And again, this is with 4 million YouTube subscribers or nearly 4 million. So, he is one of hundreds of thousands of creators who are promised success through views, but views do not automatically equal money. Okay? Meanwhile, I work with people who get 500 views per video and they’re making over $10 million a year on YouTube. But there are people who get a lot of views and they don’t make a lot of money because they’re doing things wrong. And seriously, I know there’s a lot of people in this crowd that are frustrated, burnt out, stuck because you were promised a gold mine and yet you found nothing. you’ve been uploading videos or you’re frustrated because you can’t even get started uploading videos because you’ve been told that you need to buy this camera first or that gear first or you need to be really good at editing or any of those types of things, but you basically found nothing but regret. So, let’s talk about who this is for. This is for you if you’re a total beginner who wants to finally start and not burn out. And by the way, go ahead and drop your profession in the chat. I’m curious what all of you do for a living. Go ahead and drop your profession in the chat. And uh you know, an example of a total beginner is my brother Zach. So, my brother Zach has been in the trades for about 30 years. HVAC specifically, that’s heating, ventilation, and air conditioning. And he of course was an HVAC technician for about 10 years. And then he started his own business in HVAC. He’s been doing that for another 20 years now. So, let’s go ahead and read these. Art director, Curt Fahheem, digital marketing. Nikki, broker sales. Katherine, teacher, Bob, beekeeper. John, project manager. Bridget, realtor. Gregory. Oh, yeah. We’ve had a lot of realtors have have success in the program. Gregory, electrical engineer, R&D. Nicole, unemployed. Danny, welder. Wendy, tax examiner. Uh, wind wind boss teacher. Nicole, teacher. Aaron, um, host and panelist, CPA firm. Uh, oh, okay. Aaron, Aaron sent the message to host and panelist. Yeah, by the way, guys, try to send your messages to everyone, not host and panelists. I have no idea why Zoom automatically sends messages to host and panelists. It just it seems like they just don’t have any quality control in their products anymore. Um, but you have to actually switch it to everyone now. Um, but yeah. Uh, let’s see. CPA firm, uh, Brian Smith work in behavior analysis. Olivia, retired. Uh, Tay, pharmacist. Okay. Hey, I was a pharmacist as well. We’ll talk about that here in a minute. Admin assistant. Joe, truck driver. Seem 3D artist. Sai, realtor. Steve, retail assistant manager. Drew, PCA, Quaison, internal auditing. Liv, educator in healthcare, coffee business owner and student. Nice. K. Souls consultant. Uh Paul, human resources. John, Costco. Uh Barry, retired federal agent. James, protective service. Sandra, educator coach. Megan, I’m a web designer. Uh Anthony, insurance adjuster. Chloe, balloon artist. Jason, uh special education administrator. Ed, gourd farmer. Nice. Michael, technical engineer. Good stuff. Okay. Billy quality consultant. So yeah, looks like we have a lot of uh Venet owner of IT consulting services uh etc etc. So it looks like we we have a lot of uh people that are in highlevel jobs. We got a lot of people that own businesses here. Um we we get a lot of people from like medical medical background, business background, finance uh background. Uh of course technical like IT, software development, cyber security, etc. etc. Um and there are a lot of opportunities in in those backgrounds. So, so we’ll talk about that, but let’s go ahead and talk about my brother. He come he came from a trades uh background. So, basically, I’m so confident in this system that I literally used it on my brother who’s in his 50s, who isn’t techsavvy, who’s never made a video in his life, and he’s not particularly charismatic or anything like that, right? So, first of all, for context, I use this system to start a new channel every single year. And the reason I do that is because I want to make sure that I’m updated on what the algorithm is like for a new channel. But last year, I decided, you know what? I’m just going to make a channel for my brother instead because he basically came to me and he said, “Shane, I’m 50 years old. My body’s starting to wear out. I need to figure out how to make money without wearing out my body.” Now, he’s in the trades, right? And he thought I was going to recommend a remote job or some type of certification or something like that. And I was like, “No, you should just start a YouTube channel.” And he was really surprised. And he’s like, “Well, I’m not techsavvy. I’m not good on camera. I’ve never made a video in my life. I’m in my 50s. No one wants to listen to a 50-year-old. all these excuses started popping up in his head for why he couldn’t do it. And I just told him, “Just trust me, bro. Just do it. Just do what I tell you. Use our system. It’s going to work for you.” And the very first video that he posted, blew up. Got over 800,000 views. And uh less than 30 days after that video was posted, in fact, I think it was about 29 days later, if you look at this, May 26 to June 25th, uh he had a $214 day, right? So he went from zero to a full-time income in less than one month posting on YouTube. That’s a $78,000 year run rate. So yeah, it works for beginners even with no tech experience. And if you’re on the older side, that means you actually have wisdom and life experience, right? You actually have value to share besides, you know, just some of the stuff that younger people share, right? So you actually have wisdom and life experience because the thing is is for very surface level information, you probably could just look it up on Chad GPT now. You know what you can’t look up on Chad GBT and Claude is wisdom, right? And wisdom requires you to be on the older side. So, a lot of people that we work with are a bit on the older side and they have a lot of value to share. And by the way, update on Zach. He had an $18,000 month to finish uh finish off his first year on YouTube. So, this was just last month. Uh plus, he’s getting a lot of money from affiliate marketing. So, he’s not just making money from AdSense. So, he’s absolutely crushing it. And that’s one thing we’re going to talk about. AdSense is not the only monetization method on YouTube. There are lots of other ways where you can make more money. Sometimes you can make a hundred times more than what you make from AdSense, okay? But he went from zero to a full-time income in less than one month. And he made a full-time income in his first year on YouTube. And to be honest with you guys, he only worked like 2 to four hours a week as well. He’s a pretty busy guy. He already had an HVAC business. He’s also a realtor on the side. So the YouTube thing was just a little side project for him. and you know, he he still crushed it. So, this is also for you if you’re a faceless creator or you want to use YouTube automation. Here’s an example of that. Whiz was one of our clients. When Wiz first started his YouTube channel, it was a totally faceless channel and he actually scaled his business to seven figures a year just being faceless. Then he did a face reveal and now he’s making multiple seven figures a year. The point is he said that almost all of his clients watched his YouTube channel either directly or indirectly. He got almost all of his clients from YouTube. They might have originated from other sources, but then they watch his YouTube channel and that’s what helped prospects make the decision to buy from him. Now, he runs an agency and he did make the decision to reveal his face later on, but he built his faceless channel in a very specific way where he can do that because again, he used the hybrid personal brand method, which means you have a lot of options in the future. And we’ll get into how to do that. Okay, so if you’re making a faceless or a YouTube automation channel, you absolutely need to listen to this because it’s very important that you do this the right way. Now, to be fair, guys, I did start off faceless, not on my main channel, but before I started my main channel. My first few channels that I started were faceless channels. Um, and so I have a lot of empathy for people who want to start faceless, cuz I did it myself. With that being said, showing your face just has so many advantages, guys. It’s way easier to get people to follow you. It’s way easier to get people to actually, you know, subscribe to you, know, like, and trust you. Way easier to sell things to them. Like, it just has huge advantages. I mean, think think about the advantages you have with a personal brand. The the richest man in the world right now, the first trillionaire ever, the reason he got there is because of his personal brand. He does no marketing. He does zero marketing. And it’s because his personal brand is so strong that he doesn’t have to do marketing. He just exists and like that’s his personal that’s his marketing, right? He has no marketing people in his business, right? So that is the power of a personal brand. People are getting elected president with their personal brand. people are getting a becoming the richest man in the world is with their personal brand. Like if you don’t see the power of a personal brand, like I could go on and on here, but I think I I think the the point remains, you know, it’s like pretty obvious the power of a personal brand. So if you’re deciding to not show your face, you’re basically like all the value that you’re going to be giving and and to to the world, you’re not going to be collecting in return. Because when you give value to people, they’re going to be like, “Oh, wow. This person’s awesome. I maybe I’ll work with them in the future or maybe I’ll tell somebody else about them and da da d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d d you know that kind of thing and you’re going to capture a lot more of the value if you just show your face, right? So it’s just like you should show your face, okay? But in the very rare case that you don’t want to show your face, this is how you want to do it, right? Do it like this with the hybrid personal brand method. This is also for you if you’re a business owner, a freelancer, a coach who wants inbound clients without paid ads. So an example of that would be Davis. I’m actually at Davis’s wedding right now. So very excited about that. So Davis’s sales went up by 400% and after working with me, he’s making 100K per month. And basically Davis owned a portfolio of companies and he was spending about 20 hours a week on just one of his companies, just one YouTube channel and one company. And that is obviously not sustainable. But eventually he outsourced everything on his channel to the point where he’s not even recording the videos anymore. He has other people recording the videos and now he spends zero hours a week. So even though he has multiple channels and from multiple different companies, he is spending zero hours a week on his YouTube. So, if you’re a busy business owner, you’re, you know, you’re super busy, you have a portfolio, you can actually have other people record the videos for you and you can have a system that just takes care of everything. And we help people with that as well. So, this is also for you if you want to network so you can land high-paying jobs, find career opportunities, or be an authority in your niche by standing out with your YouTube channel. So, here’s a really good example of networking. Josh basically just started making really useful videos on his channel for people in the IT and cyber security industry. And he talked about how to get better jobs, which certifications are good to take, what skills to learn that are valuable in the job market, etc., etc. And he was able to go from making less than $1,000 a month with his channel when he first started working with me to actually getting offers from Fortune50 companies, including companies that are a part of Fang, Facebook, Apple, Amazon, Netflix, and Google. And these are some of the biggest and most prestigious companies in the world where it’s literally harder to get into a fang company than it is to get into Harvard or Yale. And of course, usually you have to apply to these types of companies and these types of jobs for years. And even after years, you’re still probably not going to get in. But the companies were reaching out to him. Okay, let me just let me just say that again. These companies were finding him on YouTube and reaching out to him. Okay, so he got an offer from several different fang companies and Fortune50 companies and he ended up going with one of them for his dream job where he got to travel the world. He lived in Japan. He was working a remote job making multiple six figures a year and that was literally his dream. That’s what he wanted to do with his life. But then the YouTube channel just kept going. 5,000 a month, 10,000 a month, 30,000 a month. So now, even though it’s still a part-time thing, he’s now making full-time income, even more than his dream job. uh even though he’s just working part-time, right? And then eventually he scaled all the way up to $186,000 a month using my strategies. And of course, he quit his dream job because it just didn’t make sense for him at that point. But I like this example because it goes over every single stage, right? just getting started as a beginner, using it to become an authority in his niche. We’re networking uh to get his dream job, starting a side hustle, making a little bit of money on the side, starting a full-time business making 10 to 30k per month, and then scaling his business uh to the moon to multiple seven figures a year. But you might be thinking, “But Shane, if it’s easy, then why do most people fail?” Well, it’s because they believe in these myths. One, you need to be an influencer. Two, you have to show your face and have a fancy camera. Three, it takes 40 hours to create one video. Four, you have to endure the process because it takes a long time to succeed on YouTube. Now, these are some of the biggest myths that people believe in that cause them to fail. Now, the last one specifically, the reason that most people think it takes a long time to succeed on YouTube is because they think they need a big channel that has lots of subscribers and lots of views to make money. And if you choose the right niche, you do not need a big channel. Just as an example, when I started my second channel, Shane Hummus the content growth engine, we actually made over $30,000 in the first month of starting the channel. And a lot of that money was made before we even got to a,000 subscribers as well. And these are the myths that people believe in that stopped them from having success on YouTube. But in reality, one of the biggest reasons that you failed is because before today, you lacked the leverage to invade this soontobe trillion dollar opportunity. And I’m going to help you mine this opportunity so that we can grow rich together fast. First though, who am I? My name is Shane. I’m an ex-harmarmacist. I have a 1.5 million subscriber YouTube channel. You can see it right here. And I’ve helped over 20 businesses get to 100K per month on YouTube from scratch. Like, the business didn’t exist. The YouTube channel didn’t exist. And I helped them get to over 100K per month. I’ve also helped countless other businesses that were already profitable start their YouTube channels. I’ve also helped a bunch of YouTubers who had, you know, a following already uh monetize their YouTube channel correctly and grow it. And I’ve helped hundreds of people make a full-time income from YouTube. And these people were mostly beginners as well, right? I’m also industry recognized as an expert on growing and making money from YouTube for businesses. So, here’s a company that I worked with, Course, and they liked working with me so much that I actually got equity in the company because they gave that much value to the company, and we were able to help them over 30x the amount of money that they made. With that being said, this is a startup and I usually like to work with individuals. And one of the reasons I like to work with individuals is because you guys remind me of myself. So, let me go ahead and get into my story. This is me working as a pharmacist for 15-our shifts. Uh, before this, I came from a very poor background. I lived in section 8 housing, lived in trailer parks. I was even homeless at one point. And of course, I didn’t want to be poor anymore. So, I did what society told me to do. And by the way, this is the exact Salvation Army in Lawrence, Kansas that I lived in, right? And yeah, I I didn’t want to be poor anymore. So, I did what society told me to do. I went to college. I got a doctorate even. So, I got the highest level you can get to. And uh I became a pharmacist, right? And I also had to take out a lot of money in student loan debt. I went over $300,000 in student loan debt to make this happen. And the thing is, when I was poor, I had a lot of time, but I didn’t have any money. So, I couldn’t really do anything besides play video games or whatever. But when I became middle class working as a pharmacist, I didn’t have both time or money because I was spending all of my time working and all of my money paying down my student loan debt. So, it was kind of like an out of the frying pan into the fryer type moment. And it was really a terrible situation because I started as a pharmacist right before the pandemic hit. And just to emphasize how bad this was, we got robbed three times in a six-month period. So, this is one of the videos right here of us getting robbed. Okay. So, uh, overall, I can’t describe how stressed out, how depressed, how burnt out I was working this job. You know, a pharmacist job in the first place has one of the lowest job satisfactions. I I noticed that, you know, one one person said they work as a pharmacist. Maybe you can uh comment on that, but it like in the first place, pharmacist job has one of the lowest job satisfaction ratings uh for a multitude of different reasons. I think one of the biggest ones is just the US healthcare system’s a bit messed up. Um, but on top of that, I was working as a pharmacist during the pandemic, right after my, you know, almost everyone quit. And so I was doing the job of like five different people and it was pretty crazy, just very hectic. And then on top of everything else, I was in fear, I was in fear of my physical safety, okay, cuz we were getting robbed all the time. So yeah, it was a pretty bad situation, okay? It’s it’s hard to emphasize how how uh how um bad the situation was, okay? I was I was very burnt out. And like many people out there, I started wondering, wait a minute, is the stuff that society told me to do actually a good idea. Maybe I made a mistake. And because of that, I tried just about every side hustle out there to make money. Shopify, Amazon FBA, SMMA, coaching, consulting, courses, digital products, real estate, white labeling, SEO, flipping websites, flipping physical products. Here’s one of them that I tried, the Booty Kit. I tried selling this on Shopify drop shipping and also on Amazon FBA. And it’s basically like an at home workout thing so that you can work out your booty. I know it’s it’s it’s a little bit funny, but I I tried selling it, but you know, I pretty much failed about all these things. I I got a few sales here and there. I had a little bit of success here and there, but I couldn’t make any of these sustainable. And a lot of it has to do with me having ADHD and just always trying a bunch of different things. But as you can see, my bank account was constantly very close to $0. But YouTube was different than all these other side hustles. See, all the side hustles that I tried, they actually work, but they only work if you have traffic, aka views. If you don’t have views and the right views, it’s kind of like trying to sell something without having a store or without anybody even knowing that you exist. It’s almost impossible to sell something if nobody knows that you have something to sell, right? And so I realized one that I really enjoyed YouTube, but two, I realized that I could make any of these other business models work if I just focused on YouTube and getting views. And because of that, I gave YouTube another shot. And after I tried it again, you know, at that time, I was basically in a house full of seven guys, right? And this was supposed to be kind of like an entrepreneur house, um, but also a way to kind of save money, right? And one of the guys that I met, his name was Sam, and he basically came from Lebanon. uh when he originally moved to the US, he could barely speak English. He had to start a wedding photography business cuz he couldn’t legally work. And uh yeah, he basically started this YouTube channel by necessity to get clients for his wedding photography business. And he was making $10 to $20,000 a month from the wedding photography business as well as trainings on top of that on how to do wedding photography better uh with a channel with less than 10,000 subscribers. And yeah, he was doing wedding photography in Las Vegas and on the West Coast. And before this, you know, I’d even spent some time in LA. I’d met influencers who didn’t have any money. And I was like, Sam, uh, so like these influencers, by the way, would have like millions of subscribers. They would get millions of views, but they they didn’t have any money. They were broke, right? So I was like, Sam, how in the world are you making so much money from YouTube even though you have a tiny channel, right? And he showed me what a proper monetization method looks like, right? He showed me how to how he dialed in his niche and how he properly monetized his channel. and he initially taught me how to make money from a small channel. Um, but I took it to the next level to the point where there are some channels we work with that only have a few thousand subscribers and they’re making seven figures a year because there are some niches where you’re talking to an affluent audience and you can get a couple hundred views and make $10,000 from a video. So, this is where I found the secret formula of YouTube success where everyone else was not talking about it. And so basically I started posting videos and just to put this in perspective I have gotten lots of views. 6 million, 1.2 million, 1.7 million, 4.3 million views. So I know how to play the views game with the best of them. I I’ve gotten, you know, 6 million views on a single video. I know I know how to play the views game. But just as an example, this video right here, the most usage, this was one of my first breakout videos and it got over 4 million views. But in its whole lifetime, it’s made about $31,000 from AdSense. Okay, so this is 6 years ago. made about 31,000 from AdSense. And I’ve had several videos just last month that got less than actually I I get several videos every single month that get less than 10,000 views and they make like $40 $50,000 from all income streams. And that’s kind of the secret because it is way easier for me to reproduce a video like this than it is for me to reproduce a video like this. It is quite difficult to get a 4 million view video, especially in with educational content. It’s very difficult to get four million views. And it took six years to get these four million views and to make $31,000. But this one right here only had to get 8,000 views over a six-month period and it made $48,000. So by the time this one gets to the six-year period, it’s probably going to make double or even triple that amount because it’s just going to sit there getting views, getting subscribers, and and making money for the next 6 years before it gets to that point. And it the whole point is it is way easier for me to reproduce a video like this than it is for me to reproduce a video like this. Okay? It’s it’s not that hard to get 8,000 views. It really isn’t. But it is pretty hard to get 4 million views. And just to show you guys proof, here’s how much I made about two plus years ago, right? So two uh this was about uh three September ago. I made about $283,000. Now, you might be wondering, Shane, why did you choose a random September? What what what are you just like cherry-picking your best months or something? Well, the reason I chose a random September is because this was the month before I started my YouTube coaching business, right? So, this was before I ever taught a single person how to do YouTube, okay? And I was already making about $283,000 a month. And it was basically in a career a career business. I was help I was placing people into uh jobs and we helped over a,000 people with verified testimonials between myself and my business partners uh get jobs, right? So, and that was awesome, right? And I was making about $283,000 a month doing that. And then I started my uh YouTube coaching business and it grew a little bit. You know, it’s like it grew kind of a little bit about $325,000. To be honest, I probably even took a step back doing that, but I did it just because I really enjoyed uh teaching people how to do YouTube. And then just this last year, so this is one September. This is two Septeers ago. Just this last September, we made a million, okay, in cash collected. So I’m not saying this to try to make people jealous. I’m just showing you the receipts so that you know that I know what I’m talking about because there’s a lot of YouTube coaches out there that are just coaches, coaching coaches. They’ve never actually started a successful channel themselves and they’re basically cosplaying as successful YouTubers and they’re teaching you how to be successful at YouTube when they’ve never actually started a successful YouTube channel or YouTube business outside of just teaching other people how to do YouTube, right? But me, I actually started a successful YouTube channel and YouTube business before I taught a single person how to do it, right? And the craziest thing is I did all of this while being able to travel the world and only having to work 4 hours a week. So here’s a picture of me in Tokyo at the famous uh Shabuya Crossing Square. Here’s a picture of me in um I think this is Singapore. Yeah, Singapore. And this is me in the San Juana Islands just off off of uh Vancouver, British Columbia orca watching, whale watching. And so uh I you know and I only had to work four hours a week the whole time. Now, just to be clear, I choose to work more than 4 hours a week because I genuinely enjoy YouTube and I enjoy helping people with YouTube and I just enjoy what I do. Okay? So, I choose to work more than that. But the whole point is I only have to work four hours a week. There’s been many times where I’ve gone a week at a time, two weeks at a time, even as much as a month. And there was even one time where I went two entire months at a time without working at all, spending literally zero hours on my business, and the business still grew. Okay? So, I have an online business where I don’t have to have any in-person employees or anything like that. I can travel the world. I can do whatever I want. And my business just keeps going up and up and up. But something kept bothering me because I got the life that I dreamed of. But once in a while, I would create a video and post on YouTube just telling people what I was doing because I was seeing YouTube advice online and I would watch and I’d be like, hm, I don’t really think this works for most people. Maybe it would work for a gaming channel, but it wouldn’t work for most channels. And so I decided once every 6 months, once every year, I would post a video that I was doing on YouTube uh and what was working for me about I would post a video about what I was doing on YouTube and what was working for me. And every time I’d do that, I would get comments, emails, DMs. Everybody would be reaching out to me being like, Shane, hey, can you coach me? Shane, can you help me grow my YouTube channel? And I turned them all down because I was just too busy or I just didn’t really want to do coaching or I thought, hey, maybe this works for my niche, but it doesn’t work for other people’s niches. So, I turned them down, but I felt bad about it and I shrugged it off for years until one day a good friend of mine who was a YouTuber himself basically reached out to me and said, “Hey, I’m having financial issues and I really need to make money with my YouTube channel. Um, and could you please help me?” Right? Cuz he he’d seen one of my videos, too. And so, I decided, you know what? If I’m gonna help my friend, I might as well just help a group of people as well because it’s really not that much extra work to while I’m teaching my friend my system, I could just teach an entire group of people my system and it would probably be more fun that way anyways. And so I reached out to a bunch of those people and I decided to do a cohort where I worked with a bunch of them. And it was a very diverse set, right? So, a professional truck driver for 28 years, a fresh graduate engineering student, a current engineering student, an Amazon FBA business owner, a coach, a freelancer, a failed YouTuber, a successful YouTuber who is crushing it but wanted to crush it harder, a content creator who for 11 years who wanted to shift over to YouTube. There is an Instagram content creator for the most part, Instagram and Facebook, a tech salesperson, a girl in cyber security, a coach, an agency owner, an online service provider, a fitness dude, a finance guy, a physical business owner, just on and on. The point is they were all different. Some had YouTube experience, others had zero knowledge of how YouTube works. And then we applied the exact same format that I found to be working on my YouTube channel. So, same YouTube format, same proven way of making thumbnails, titles, and intros, same strategy for coming up with winning video ideas. And of course, a little bit of tweaking because every single niche is a little bit different. There are a lot of underlying principles, but uh they all do need a little bit of tweaking. And the crazy thing is every single one of them blew up. And the best part is they all got their version of rich by helping people live better lives. And that’s the thing that made me feel so happy, right? Because I can only have so much impact with my channel, but I got to help other people have impact with their channels. And so I was basically spreading my impact to so many other people cuz I can only cover just a couple, you know, a few niches on my own, right? But there’s millions of niches and subniches out there. In fact, there’s probably tens of millions, maybe even a hundred million niches and subniches out there, right? And so I can spread my impact to so many other people by just teaching other people how they can serve uh people and solve their problems on YouTube, right? And so they were able to impact hundreds of millions with their YouTube channels. And they all got their version of rich by helping other people live better lives. And the reason for that is because I taught them how to make a very specific type of content which is educational niche content. And the channels that are winning today are educational niche channels. In fact, educational channels make 10 to 20 times more money. And there are more opportunities for every 1,000 views than any other type of content. In fact, in the first month that we launched my second channel, we were able to make about $1,736 per 1,000 views. And so, it got 24,000 views in the very first month after launching, right off the bat, and made $42,000. So, that’s $1,736 per 1,000 views approximately. And to put that in perspective, entertainment channels in general, you can see right here, they typically make about $1 to $3 per 1,000 views. Okay? So, if I were to have gotten that 24,000 views with entertainment content, so let’s just say Mr. Beast style channel, right? Mr. Beast style entertainment content, I would have made about 24 to $73. So, that wouldn’t have been very good. And this is why we don’t really teach people to do entertainment content because you you can make a lot of money in entertainment, but you have to get tens of millions of views. Just you have to get an absurd amount of views to make a lot of money in entertainment. So, we don’t really teach people to do entertainment. We could teach people to make their educational content entertaining. We can also teach people how to uh you know target entertainment topics and educate people on those entertainment topics. So, we have like a chess coach for instance. He teaches people chess is a game, but he teaches people how to get better at chess. Uh, but we don’t really teach people entertainment uh how to do entertainment content because it’s just so competitive and it takes a lot of views and you don’t make a lot of money and it’s just very very difficult to make it work, right? But educational content, right? So, this is typical educational channel, you can see this makes about $20 uh per 1,000 views. And that’s a heck of a lot better than entertainment. That’s 10 times more right off the bat. Right off the bat, you’re making 10 times more money than entertainment, which is great. Okay. So, with this type of channel, typical education channel, uh, with 24,000 views times $20, uh, per 10,000 views, that would be about $484 per 1,000 views. So, that’s a heck of a lot better, right? That’s, you know, 10 times better. Um, you know, still not a full-time income, okay? But still a heck of a lot better. Now, with what we typically tell people to start off with, which is a niche authority channel or a niche educational channel where you are monetizing correctly, uh, this type of channel, 24,000 views, $1,736 per 1,000 views, it’s making $42,000 in the first month with the same exact amount of views. So, imagine you can make that much more money with the same exact amount of views. That is why we teach people to do niche educational content. At least start off with niche educational content. Okay, so uh and by the way, these are from all different monetization methods. So this is not just the AdSense that pops up on your channel. Okay, so people do get confused about this sometimes. Just to be very clear, there are ads that pop up on your channel. That is a very tiny percentage of the money that you make. We I think it’s probably about three maybe 2% of the money that we make from our channels from the ads that pop up on our channel. Still really nice. I I love like that. It’s you know, we’re getting paid to to do what we want to do anyways. That’s great. But it’s just a tiny percentage of the amount of money that you can make. Now, you can do more mass market educational channels and you can properly monetize your content. You can still make a heck of a lot more money than this, right? So, for instance, on my main channel, Shane Hummus, of course, that’s more of a mass market channel, right? We still monetize it properly, but it is a bit more of a mass market channel and it has 1.5 million subscribers. And, uh, you know, uh, that channel makes more or less about $400 per 1,000 views. So, it’s still making like 20 times more than your average educational channel and it’s making like 200 times more than your average entertainment channel. So, it’s still making a ton of money. Um, but you can make way more money if you just do niche educational content. And my main channel started off with niche educational content and then later on we pivoted and you know at this point I just kind of talk about whatever I want, right? But that’s what I recommend that people start off with is just talking about a very niche subject and doing that first. And I’m going to get into that here in a moment because you don’t always have to stay with the niche subject if you set your channel up with the hybrid personal brand method, which is something that we’ll talk about here in a moment because it’ll make it easy for you to pivot to something else when you want to. But let me give you some examples of niche educational content. So this is the organic chemistry tutor. He makes about 36 to $100,000 a month on this channel according to view stats. And that is just from AdSense alone. So again, AdSense are the ads that pop up on your channel. you get automatically paid for that whenever ads pop up up on your channel. Okay? So, he’s making 36 to 100,000 a month just from AdSense alone. So, if he’s properly monetizing, he’s easily making far more than that. So, if you just do that, you know, $10 to $20 per 1,000 views, he’s probably making about 136 to $250,000 a month from this channel. Now, the interesting thing is he didn’t upload in 62 days and he was still making that much from his channel. 62 days, guys. Okay? And that is because he’s been uploading these videos for a long time. And each video is like a little soldier that just goes out and makes him money forever. So, this is as close as you’re going to get to passive income. Passive income doesn’t really exist, but this is as close as you’re going to get to passive income right here. Okay? Like 62 days without uploading a single video and he’s still making like 136 to $273,000 a month. That’s pretty wild, right? So, each video is like a little piece of digital real estate that just makes him money forever. and who knows how long it’s going to make him money into the future because this channel’s like uh over 12 years old. Here’s another one. Scotty Kilmer. He’s in his 70s and he makes content helping people save money on their cars. Now, one of the great things about him, he is quite entertaining. So, when I say make educational content, I am not saying by any means that you cannot be entertaining. You can definitely be entertaining. Scotty Kilmer is hilarious if you’ve ever watched him, but he basically made $24 million from YouTube. And he even said in an interview that he made more money in one month on YouTube than he saved in 40 years as a mechanic. And basically what he does is he just helps people pick the right cars, maintain their cars, fix their cars, and help them with different car related products and services, right? And that’s his whole channel. And basically, this stuff is dead simple for him. And that’s something I want to point out about the organic chemistry tutor as well, just going back for a second. Okay? Uh, this stuff is dead simple for him, too. He is literally just talking about stuff that he was already tutoring people on, and he just did the same exact thing, but he recorded it with a camera and he posted it online. That’s it. Now, this is the craziest story of all. Physics Walla, he came from a small village in India. His first videos were in his parents’ basement. And you can see how bad they are, right? Blurry face, can barely see the board, lighting is terrible, etc., etc. Looks like it was recorded with a potato. It didn’t matter. Okay, he started making videos about these standardized tests in India. And the standardized tests are incredibly important for your future. It’s kind of like the ACT and the SAT for the US. And he just made videos about these certifications and standardized tests. And at first he was talking about physics and then he expanded to other stuff. So let’s just put this in perspective how specific this is. Physics India standardized tests only. Very specific how he was tutoring people. And he started making these videos. He kept going and then he launched a company that’s now worth $5.2 billion called Physics Wallet. It’s an educational app and it’s now worth 5.2 billion. And it all started in his parents’ basement just making physics videos. And he is probably richer than Mr. Beast. And that is the power of educational content because you are solving people’s problems. So now I’m going to hand you the formula for how to do all of this. And there is a secret formula. And these are the most important things. So if I don’t talk about it, it’s because it’s not important. So first thing is you need a niche hypothesis statement. Now generally speaking there are three niches out there that are the most profitable niches and that is health, wealth and relationships. With that being said, there are a lot of other niches outside of that and you can make money in all of those niches as well. But generally speaking, if you’re confused about what niche to go into, you should be going into health, wealth, or relationships. And the reason for that is because almost everybody in the entire world has a problem in one or more of those three areas. And then you need to go ahead and make what’s known as a niche hypothesis statement. So what you want to do is you want to pick a niche. And by the way, while we’re doing this, go ahead and comment what you think your niche is. Go ahead and comment in the chat you think uh your niche is and or in the comment section. I’ll probably read a few of them while we’re going through this. And I’m actually going to do this to illustrate something as well. So comment what your niche is in the chat. Uh let me scroll down here. Okay. Um,

    oh, it’s moving so fast here. Beekeeping business. Uh, beekeeping from Bob Stenislav. Uh, business education. Omry relationship. Kelly. Uh, don’t ever need the VIP. The VIP is on uh Tuesday uh 600 p.m. Eastern Standard Time. Uh Melanie, nurse. Uh Jeff, antiques, mag health, Dwayne health peptides. Oh, that’s a really good niche. Really good niche. Carlos, uh music production tips. Um Tony taxes.

    Kurt, church marketing. Very cool. One of our one of our coaches, uh got a church to over 100,000 subscribers. Um Christopher, love nature. Hiking trails fit over 50. Michaelels Medicare live. I used to teach Pilates, so I think I’ll go with the health bundle. Um awesome. Brian, behavior analysis. Tamara, health. Olivia, not a clue. Miles, wealth, win boss, blended family budgets. Nice. April, Gen X, female coaches who need to learn to sell their offers. Awesome. Amy X lipidma. Uh, Billy, financial consulting for contractors. Clinton, public speaking. Ree, dance, uh, Curtis, uh, trading. Brian, behavior analysis. Nikki, I think my niche is Philly and the arts of entertainment in Philadelphia. Awesome. Okay. So, um I know a lot of you are probably going to end up saying one or two word answers when you comment your niche, which is what happened. Lot a lot of people did say that. You know, Tony here, bookkeeping and local food. That’s all good. Okay, I don’t blame you for that. But that’s incorrect. And let me show you why. The niche hypothesis statement goes like this. You select a market or what a lot of people refer to as a niche, but I like to call it a market. And then you pick one specific problem because this market might have, you know, three problems or 30 or 300 or 3,000 problems, right? You don’t want to pick all of them, okay? You just want to pick one specific problem in that market. Okay? Uh and try to pick a painful problem if possible, an annoying problem, and then you find a solution for that problem. Okay? So try to pick a problem that isn’t being solved very well right now. Perfect example of that is peptides, right? So, like, you know, we someone someone commented peptides. I’d say that’s like one of the most perfect examples, you know, if you’re familiar with peptides, like how how much easier it is to like lose weight uh with that. It’s it’s a new offer. Of course, like talk to your doctor and stuff like that, right? But, um I just remember the when I was coming up through pharmacy school, you know, they were kind of a big deal and then finally like 10 years later, they’re you know, they they came out and and people are really starting to use them. Um but yeah so yeah you pick one specific problem in that market and then uh you have a specific solution for that problem. Okay. Um now there might be uh 20 different problems but you pick one problem that the market has and then you find a specific solution for that one problem and that is your niche. So it’s going to look like this. I help X do Y or I help X overcome Y. Now the Z part right XYZ. The Z part by the way good job changing that. Good stuff. Uh the Z part is something we can do later on. Okay, don’t even worry about that right now. But the important part is you establish that there is a mark Whoops. There is a market of people. Okay. Um Oops. Here we go. Um the important part is you establish that there is a market of people and they have a problem that isn’t being solved very well and you help them to solve that problem. Right? That is the foundation of how markets work. And markets are all about solving problems efficiently. And if you want to give value and receive money by giving that value, then you really just want to focus on solving as many problems for people as possible, which is what YouTube allows you to do in mass. Okay, so let me give you a few examples of how to do this. So I’m going to use the accounting market specifically. And the reason I’m doing this is because I’ve worked with so many accountants for some reason, right? So I’m going to use the accounting market, right? So I’m going to show you a bunch of different levels. And all these people, by the way, are either people that are my clients, I’ve worked with them, or they’re business owners that I’ve met that are crushing it on YouTube. I like accountants. I think they’re very, you know, they’re riskaverse people. I would say I’m I’m kind of a riskaverse person as well. Um, so yeah, we’re going to use uh five different examples. I could do 50, I could do 500, maybe even 5,000 just in the accounting market alone. Okay? I could give you 5,000 different niches, but we’re going to do five of them. And all of these are real people that I’ve met, either clients that I’ve worked with, business owners, etc., etc. Okay? So at the very first level is just teaching students basic accounting concepts. So that is more of a mass market channel but it’s teaching people basic accounting concepts. So it’s kind of like the organic chemistry tutor but for accounting and this person is making really good money probably pretty close to seven figures a year and they’ve been doing it for a very long time. So they’re making really good money and people who are in this market would be interested in a video like what is a P&L? So as we go through these we’re going to get more and more niche. Okay. So you’re going to see how how niche you can get here. Okay. So, this one is the most mass market out of all of them. It’s still niche, but it’s but it’s more mass market, you know, out of all of them. Now, the second level is accounting specifically for accounting students or someone who just graduated with an accounting degree. So, they got an accounting degree and they’re trying to pass standardized tests or pass certifications. So, that would be like physics walla but for accounting and in the US, right? Because he was helping people pass standardized tests and certifications in India. So, it’d be physics walla but for accounting and in the US typically. So that’s the second one and I know for a fact that this niche is making multiple seven figures a year and people who are in this market would be interested in a video like how to become a CPA or what are the best certifications uh to to become an accountant you know etc etc what are the best you know standardized what are standardized tests you have to take to become an accountant okay third level people uh helping people land their first ever entrylevel accounting job so these are people who actually are about to become an accountant so that’s not a lot of people Right. Um, but this is another business owner that I know who is making multiple seven figures a year. And who is the market there? Well, it’s people who just graduated with an accounting degree and they’re trying to get their first ever entry-level job. That’s the market. So, that’s different than all of these other ones, right? It’s totally different content than all these other ones. People who are trying to refresh their knowledge on accounting uh so that they can do their taxes or something do not necessarily want to get an accounting job, right? totally different content and people who are in this market would be interested in a video like how to land a bookkeeping job. Fourth level, the people who are already accountants, they’re making $50 to $100,000 per year and they want to become what’s known as a financial controller, which is a very high level accounting uh career, right? So, this is one of my clients as well. He helps people who are already accountants making $50 to $100,000 per year become a financial controller who can make 200 or even $300,000 a year. So totally different types of content when you’re targeting that audience, right? And people who are in this market would be interested in a video like how to become a financial controller. And the crazy thing is guys, you could do this with every single subsp specialty within accounting, right? He chose financial controlling, but you can do this with every single subsp specialty within accounting or even remotely related to accounting. And this is one of the absolute best niches that I’ve I’ve just seen countless people crushing it uh doing niches like this. Okay. Um but yeah uh people who are interested in this video would be interested in a video like you know how to become a financial controller you know people who are in this niche and then finally the fifth level which is basically helping businesses hire accountants. So hiring and placing accountants in businesses. So in that particular case it’s either accounting businesses or big businesses uh that need accountants and they are actually trying to hire or place really good accountants in their businesses. Oh, even though you’re talking about accounting topics, it’s still a completely different audience. And the type of content that you’re going to make is going to be completely different for all those different ones. So, I hope you understand why it’s so important to have a niche hypothesis statement even though it’s all the same niche, right? It’s all accounting, right? Because if I would have asked you, hey, if you’re in one of those niches, what’s your niche before hearing this? You probably would have said, oh, I’m in the accounting niche. Just like all these people for instance that commented their niche, they probably said something relatively short like plants education or marriage relationship or teaching or peptides etc. And that’s why you need to have a niche hypothesis statement. If you don’t know your niche hypothesis statement, you have lost from the beginning. It is so important to have a proper niche hypothesis statement. Now, did you find that valuable? Give a thumbs up if you thought that was valuable. And if you want the niche validator, both in the GPT version as well as the Claude version that we’re going to be giving out here in a short while to help you dial in your niche hypothesis statement. Either choose it in the first place or dial it in if you already have a niche uh in mind. Okay. Excellent. Good stuff. Okay. And people in this market would be interested in a video like how to hire the best accountants as well. Okay. So now I’m going to be handing you the blue pill to make you invincible as a creator because once you have your niche down, you’re already way better than most people. But you need more than that, okay? You need what’s known as a hybrid personal brand because you probably know what personal branding is. But when you mix personal branding with the correct niche and our YouTube automation AI system, you have what’s known as a hybrid personal brand. Now, one thing you need to understand is I just told you that you have to have a niche hypothesis statement. But I’m going to say something that’s probably going to confuse you a little bit, and that is you are the niche. So many people get this wrong. They think their niche is what makes them successful as an educational channel content creator. But when you have a hybrid personal brand, you are the niche. So yes, you are going to start extremely niche with IHEL X2Y. But once you get traction, when you build your channel in the correct way where you’re building a hybrid personal brand, you can then easily pivot to something else. Now, let me show you an example. Alex Herozi, when he first started posting on YouTube four years ago, his niche hypothesis statement was, I help gyms do marketing and sales. And now he can talk about anything he wants. Right now obviously he’s really well known for his business stuff with all the different types of businesses, but now he can talk about his unconventional diet. This is why you’re not happy. He talks about his book launches. He talks about how to stop wasting time, right? So he’s a productivity YouTuber now, right? And I mean now he can talk about anything that he wants. But he started niche, right? And if he tried to do that from the beginning, he probably wouldn’t have had nearly as much success as he has right now. He started off being the king of a puddle. Then he became the king of a small pond. Then he became the king of a lake. Then the king of a river, then the sea, and then the ocean. Right? But you got to start small. You have to start niche. Be the king or queen of a pond before you expand everything else. Right? But don’t make your channel in such a way where you can’t expand it. This is a big mistake that I see people doing all the time and they basically doom themselves to be stuck in a tiny little niche uh when they could easily evolve and change over time. And that’s how we teach people to do it with the hybrid personal brand method is we want to make it easy for you to evolve over time with your channel because when you create a hybrid personal brand, there’s so many different ways that you can monetize your channel. And there’s so many different directions that you can go both in terms of the content uh and the topic as well as how you can make money with your channel. AdSense, affiliate marketing, sponsorships, job opportunities, networking, memberships, SAS, high ticket offers. Alex Ramoszi opened up one of the rarest types of businesses in the world, which is known as a family office, which is kind of like an investment fund. and he has a portfolio of companies that he invests in and he gets deal flow from YouTube. So, he’s making money from eight and nine figure business owners and making millions from each one all the way down to doing a SAS that costs a few dollars a month. You could do memberships, you could do courses, digital products, and so many other things, even physical products. The point is, all of these different business models work when you have a hybrid personal brand, traffic, and you have distribution people that actually know, like, and trust you on your channel, because you built it with the hybrid personal brand method, and you help them solve a bunch of their problems. So they see you as an authority and not only that, you can even sell the brand or step down as the face of the brand in some cases. So let me give you an example of that. Doug Demiro, he launched this website called carsandbids.com from his personal brand YouTube channel where he reviews cars. You guys might be familiar with him. And then he sold cars.com for $80 million. Now when he first started his channel, do you think he thought to himself, “Oh, I’m going to start an auction website for cars.” Probably not, right? He probably didn’t realize that is going to be the his big break that caused him to make $80 million. But because of the fact that he set up his channel with the hybrid personal brand method, it was easy for him to pivot to different things. He probably tried a few things out and then eventually stumbled upon, you know, sell the car thing, right? And and the the car auction website and that was the thing that really worked well for his channel, right? So this is a secret way of building your channel that makes it so much easier to do whatever you want in the future because none of us can predict the future. But what we can do is build a channel that can evolve as things change over time as the market evolves as we evolve as our product offerings evolve uh as things happen in the world. You can build a channel that can do that so that it has the ultimate advantage which is it can adapt to changing circumstances. Right? it can evolve as the market changes because you know one of the biggest reasons that that people fail in business is not necessarily because um the they’re they’re not good enough to do business right like a lot of the time people are good enough but it’s just like if you start a restaurant and you get one little thing wrong let’s just say the location isn’t good you can’t you you’re just done you’re just done right like you can’t really change the restaurant to like a plumbing business you can’t you know you can’t change niches and you also can’t really change the location of the restaurant as well at least Unless you want to spend, you know, another hundred or $200,000 and start over, right? But the thing about a YouTube channel is you can actually set it up in such a way where you can easily just pivot if your first idea doesn’t work out. If your first monetization method or your first niche or anything like that doesn’t work out, you can easily just pivot. And then additionally, you are going to grow and evolve and change as a human being. 5 years from now, you’re not going to be the same person that you are now. And you want your business and your YouTube channel to be able to grow and evolve with you, right? Okay. And if you think this only applies to big educational channels, well, that’s just wrong. Here’s some examples from our clients. So, this worked for Wa we was 18 years old when we first started working with him. He was a freshman in college and he was making all kinds of random content on study skills, productivity content, all kinds of stuff like that. And he was making content on engineering as well because he was basically a business and engineering double major. So, he was also very busy and he wasn’t making any money, right? and we basically sat down, we hashed out his niche and it became very clear that he should help foreign exchange students get into elite universities in the US. Why? Because he was a foreign exchange student that got into an elite university in the US. So, we really dialed in this offer and the very first month that he launched or very close to the very first month, he made about $80,000. Okay? So, he actually got so many client requests that he was oversubscribed and he had to stop making YouTube videos and weightless customers that wanted to give him money, right? They were literally like, “I want to give you money. Please work with me.” And he’s like, “No, you can’t work with me. You can’t give me money. You you’re going to go on a wait list.” Right? Uh so weight list customers trying to buy his program because he just had too many people wanting to work with him immediately. This is of course a situation that we have as well. Um but that’s a pretty good place to be as an 18-year-old business owner who just launched his first business, right? And we joked around that he was making more money than the president of his university, which he was, which is pretty crazy to think about as a freshman. Here’s another example. Richard, we helped him go from making almost no money whatsoever on YouTube and also being one of the busiest clients I’ve ever worked with. Uh he was a product manager at a Fortune50 company and he was basically working like 60 80 hours a week. Had a brand new baby, had lots of investments like real estate investment properties, etc., etc., all kinds of different stuff like that. Just a super super busy guy. And he was able to basically grow his channel to $12,000 in a single month despite the fact that he probably could only work about 2 hours a month. So, yeah, I’m very proud of this case study because it was quite difficult to get him results because he could only work a couple hours a month. Here’s another example. Guy, uh, this one’s a really cool story. He’s actually disabled and his goal before he worked with us was just to make a couple thousand extra dollars a month because he’s close to retirement, right? So, he basically wanted to make a couple thousand extra dollars a month, 1 to 2,000. Um, and he’s also disabled. Okay? So, he has what’s known as tenitus, which is constant ringing in the ears. And this is something that a lot of veterans have. My dad has it as well. He’s a veteran. And it’s really debilitating because it’s just imagine it’s just like constant ringing your ears that never goes away. And so he made this channel where his goal was just to make a couple extra thousand dollars a month in retirement. And that was his version of rich, right? So he made $1,500 a month with less than $500 subscribers. 446 to be exact. And this was a brand deal worth $1,500 a month. Now, uh he’s now much bigger than this. He’s getting close to 10,000 subscribers. So he’s crushing it now. And he’s making a lot more money than this. But the whole point is before he even got to 500 subscribers, never mind a,000 subscribers, he met his goal. He was making money just from uh his YouTube channel alone with a 500 subscriber channel. So if you don’t think you can make money with a small channel, you absolutely can. And this was his actual brand deal, which is an ongoing sponsorship. So one simple rule, guys, to make this happen, start simple and scale fast. You do not need to show your face all the time if you don’t want to. a fancy camera, fancy editing, a million-dollar studio, high production quality, or top tier video editing skills. And you definitely do not need to make highly entertaining content. Here’s what you do need, and these are the most important things by far. Viral video ideas. This is the most important thing after dialing in your niche. Then you need titles and thumbnails to get clicks. And then you need an effective intro for video retention. And then you just need to deliver value to your audience. And that’s a lot easier to do than you think, especially with the AI systems uh that we’re going to be showing you here in a bit. We’re going to be giving you a taste of them. Now, let’s talk about what the most important out of all those things is, and that is the viral video ideas. So, I got this from Carl Icon. He’s in the finance industry. And basically, he would find businesses that were making a ton of money despite being ran terribly. And I took that idea from the finance industry because I think some of the smartest people in the world work in finance. And I applied it to YouTube. So, I was the first person to ever do this. So, what I did is I found YouTube videos that had a lot of views despite not having that many subscribers. That’s important. It’s important that they don’t have that many subscribers because if they have a big channel, they have a big audience and they’re going to watch anything that they put out, right? So, they had a lot of views despite having a small channel and despite the video itself being either mediocre or preferably bad. So, the thumbnail, the title, the intro, they were either mediocre or bad. Okay, very important. So, just as an example, this guy right here, you can see his face is blurry. Uh his face uh the the door in the background is actually in better focus than his face. So, he is having focus problems with this video. This is the thumbnail. So, the thumbnail is just a still shot from the video. That’s obviously not ideal. Um, and it looked like it was recorded with a potato, both the video as well as the audio. So, the audio was really bad if you were actually to click on it and look at it. And he was just drunkenly ranting about college degrees for 25 minutes while literally drinking beers. Okay, so that’s not a great video. And yet, it came from a small channel. And also, it got 760,000 views. Okay, so this is a perfect example. Okay. Um, so what you do, um, you know, this was an objectively bad video from a small channel and it still got a lot of views. Okay. So what you do is you steal the idea of the video and you make a better version of the video. So the most worthless college majors, you could change the keyword a little bit or just keep the same keyword and boom, the most useless degrees. That’s what I did. The point is you just keep the title very similar. You change it slightly, make a better video and uh, boom, that’s what happens, right? So I made a better video with almost the same title, right? the most useless degrees versus the most worthless college majors. Very similar. And I made a better thumbnail, a better video, and it blew up and got millions of views. So, this is what I’ve been doing for the last 6 years now, guys. This is my secret. The icon method is the most powerful way to do it. Now, there’s a bit more to it than that, but that is the gist. So, once you get these down and you join our program, finding video ideas will never be an issue for you ever again. And once you get this down, giving the value, quite literally, your videos will do all of the work for you. Okay, so now let’s talk about what it takes for you to be a part of this YouTube gold mine with no daily uploads if you don’t want to. No complicated editing, without having to show your face all the time, no expensive gear or software, no burnout or guesswork, no algorithm chasing, no spending months without monetization. Instead, you’ll get an ondemand content plan tailored to you, a hybrid model that works with or without your face. Proven video templates plus AI assisted scripts, automated systems for publishing and repurposing. One day per month content workflow, scalable monetization from day one, and top tier coaching behind sevenigure YouTube brands. Introducing the content growth engine. This is the easiest and fastest way to grow a cash printing YouTube channel, even if you’re not an influencer. So, click the link in the chat to get access to this early because there’s a few bonuses that we’re only giving to people that get this early access to. And you will have a higher chance of getting the bonuses if you actually book a call now. Or you can type in go.shinhomus.com/coaching humus.com/coaching or scan the QR code with your phone. So, here’s what you get access to inside of CGE. And by the way, guys, we’re going to go over these bonuses here. You’ll get all of these when you join the program, but some of them you don’t even need to join the program to get. And by the way, who is booking a call right now? Uh, go ahead and comment in the chat if you’re booking a call because we have a special bonus for you. First, we’re going to help you pick a profitable niche. We have a bunch of YouTube coaches with 100K subscriber plaques, the absolute best of the best that will help you find and pick the best niche. And that niche will be in between being the most profitable one where it’s sustainable, it’s profitable, and also something that’s personalized to you and something that you’re passionate about. Okay? So, go to go.shenhomes.com, scan that QR code or click the link in the chat right now. Next is the mindset section. So, you might be having a hard time starting even though you just have to make videos consistently to be successful on YouTube. And I get it, it sounds easy, but it’s hard to put your mind into making videos or having success on YouTube. And you probably would have started YouTube or you would have already had success on YouTube if it was that easy, right? Even business owners face mindset issues and this module helps with that. This helps remove all the overthinking, all the imposter syndrome and it helps you take action fast. And this is actually when I ask people, these first two are usually their favorite modules. The niche selection, people are just obsessed with this. And then also the mindset section. And even though a lot of people don’t really think that they need the core foundations, another thing that I’ll say about this is it’s going to help you understand that if you follow our system, success is inevitable. Right? If you follow the system, you will understand that when you go through this on a deep, logical, emotional, almost on a spiritual level, that if you follow the system, success is inevitable. For some people, like my brother, it’s his very first video that he posted. He blew up, went from zero to a full-time income right away. For some people, it’s going to take 5, 10, 15, even 20 plus videos. But if you follow the system, success is inevitable. And you will understand that on a logical level when you go through this. Okay? And by the way guys, I just got word uh the slots are almost gone. So go to go.shenhus.com, slam that uh scan that QR code or click the link in the chat. Last week we ran out. Uh so so you know, make sure you book your calls as uh as fast as you can. Number three, um the content genesis system. This shows you how to find viral video ideas in your niche that will have a higher chance of getting views and going viral. And in my opinion, this is my favorite module because I think this is the most valuable one out of all of them. And this is where the secret is right here. Finding the right video ideas. So go to go.shenhomes.com, scan that QR code or click the link in the chat right now. The next is the holy trifecta where we go over how you can make your thumbnail, your title, and your intro to package the viral video idea to have the highest chance of success for your video to get views. So all three need to be good. And you also want to make sure that they are congruent with each other. That’s actually very important. Um, next is the script writing alchemy system. Who who updated this? It’s Yeah. Anyways, next is the script writing alchemy system where we help you write with the help of AI to get your writing time down to less than 1 hour per video or in many cases way less than that. So, just as an example, my brother who got his video to 800,000 views only spent about 15 minutes on the script. In fact, it was less than 15 minutes. And we show you that exact same system. Next is the viral video creation system. This is where we actually turn things into a system. And this is what makes it possible to only work one or two hours a week on your YouTube channel. In some cases, if you’re a very busy business owner, zero hours a week or uh and that’s if you want other people to actually record for you. Or if you want to still record yourself, uh 2 hours a month. Like literally all you do is record the videos. Everything else is just taken care of for you. Okay? And this is done with systems and our own in-house AI that we only allow our clients to use. So, the niche validator that we’re going to be dropping here in a minute is just a fraction of a sample of the power of the AI systems that we give to our clients. And we have systems for every problem that you could imagine on YouTube. So, go to go.shenhomes.com. Uh, scan that QR code or click the link in the chat right now. And lastly is the cash code system. This is where we actually make money out of the views that you’re getting, even if you’re not getting a lot of views. And it’s very, very important that you’re actually monetizing correctly. So, go to go.shenh.com. uh scan that QR code or click the link in the chat right now. And this just a taste of what’s inside of the community, right? You don’t just get one or two tools. You get the entire arsenal. Custom GPTs, cloud skills, all built for one thing, which is growing and monetizing your channel. And our clients are getting the updates in real time and they are loving it. All the tools that we don’t build ourselves, we tell you exactly which ones are worth your time, right? So if you’re interested in Gemini or Descript or Pixels, etc., etc., we tell you which ones are the best for for which task. So whether you run Chachi PT or Claude, there’s a tool sitting here ready for you. No guessing, no piecing it together yourself. This is just a taste of what’s waiting inside. Plus, you get one-on-one coaching calls and a dedicated client success manager, one-on-one dedicated chat support with all of our coaches, uh multiple weekly group coaching sessions, access to an exclusive group of hybrid personal brand YouTubers, and access to the most powerful content creation AI systems on Earth. And this is just a peek inside of our private community. These are real wins coming in every single day. Uh, one member just hit 10,000 subscribers and 1 million views, grew 5x in a few months. Another finally landed their first 10 leads straight from YouTube. Another one just closed a $75,000 a year contract inbound straight off the platform. Someone else made their first 10K from YouTube. Someone else 4xed their subscriber count in a single month. And another one crossed 5,000 subscribers um and another person got 39,600 views on a brand new channel. Right? So, this isn’t a course that you buy and forget about. This is a community of people winning together every single day. And these are just a few. So this is what our group looks like on any given day. And this is the exact system that’s responsible for 0 to 10K in just 18 days. Here’s an example. Bro, I just hit my first 10K within 18 days of launch. I don’t even have 1K subs yet. This is nuts. Thank you, man. This is the system that’s responsible for these results as well. Usually there’s a shaded graph right here. This is what a graph typically looks like. And I was looking in this uh client’s account and I saw that there was no shaded graph. And I was like, “What what’s going on here?” You know, and uh what I realized happened is this client had been uploading to YouTube for eight years. And they hadn’t had a single video take off and get a lot of views. Almost all their videos would get like, you know, 50 views, 100 views. Maybe here and there you get a couple thousand views. And this happened for 8 years, okay? And then they worked with us and their very first video with us got 180,000 views. And so that’s why you don’t see a shaded region is because it kind of broke the system, right? And so there is a shaded region. It’s just so close to the x-axis here, the bottom line, uh, that you can’t even see it, right? And that’s that’s the power of of of what we teach, right? This person went from no big videos that took off to one that got 180,000 views and actually broke the YouTube algorithm. It couldn’t even register it, right? Uh, here’s another one right here. This person went from zero to pretty much 0 to953 in one month, grew, 1456%.

    um and got 8,000 subscribers and they were also monetizing from other methods on top of that. This person here is number one in their niche and this is a very competitive niche as well. So, we work with people that of course want to remain anonymous because they don’t want competitors uh to copy their stuff. This is one of those clients, but they are number one in their niche. And this is a very competitive. This is not like a like a a micro niche. This is a big niche. Very competitive. They’re number one. They’re making $50,000 a month just from AdSense alone. 8 million long form views per month and this is a multi8 figureure business. They’re making over 20 million a year. In fact, probably closer to like 30 million a year uh with this business. So, this is uh uh this business is absolutely crushing it. And uh yeah, we have a lot of, you know, kings and queens, right? We’re we’re kind of like the uh uh the kings and the queen makers in in many different YouTube niches. We probably have over 20 people that are number one in pretty big niches, right? And so this person here booked uh five calls uh and closed four of them. So that’s an 80% close rate. If you’ve ever done sales before, 80% close rate is absurd. Um even people that are really good might do 30 or 40%. Um and this person was not good. You know, they started off just as a total newbie. And the reason it was that good is because of the fact that you’re basically a cashier on you on YouTube, right? You don’t need to have like really good sales skills because YouTube already nurtured them and educated them. by the time they they get to you, they already want to, you know, join your program, right? And that’s kind of the situation that we have as well. We’re always oversubscribed. We always have way more people wanting to work with us than what we have capacity for. And that’s a great place to be in business. Um, but yeah, Bill uh transformed his YouTube channel’s impact among 177k subs. He’s now making over 30K plus per month at the time of this testimonial. And basically, he said, “Shane, help me out with his keyword research, titles, and thumbnails, as well as turning my YouTube channel into a business.” So, he turned his YouTube channel from a liability sucking up all of his time to a business that works for him while having a full-time job. Shawn is another one who’s number one in his niche. Uh, this is another example of some where, you know, us being uh kind of like a kingmaker. Um, Shawn was stuck making about $30,000 a month. He scaled all the way up to over 500,000 a month. And he said, “Shane knows what he’s doing. He’s not another fake guru. His program goes beyond just tactics, teaching you how to build a personal brand and master the back-end systems that actually drive revenue.” Next is Cheryl. She helps people through spiritual awakenings and before joining us, she was stuck under 50 subscribers for years with a great message but no strategy. We gave her the system, the content strategy, the title and the thumbnail frameworks and hands-on coaching and she immediately grew to 9,000 plus subscribers and got monetized in a few months. One video hit 128,000 views and now she’s landing brand deals, right? So, she’s making money with her small channel. This is what happens when you stop guessing and start following our system. Just like Jen here is a healthcare professional who recently joined our program, she was in the exact same uh situation that you are right now just a few months ago. And before joining us, she was a complete beginner. She had no idea what to make, no experience. And in her own words, she said, “I hadn’t dipped my toe into YouTube yet.” And now she has about 30,000 subscribers and her channel got 3 million views already. Two of her videos already went over 500,000 views. And these are numbers that most creators chase for years. She’s making a full-time income just like a month or two after starting, right? And she built all of it on what she already knows, which is healthc care navigation. This is all stuff that she’s talking about with her patients on a day-to-day basis, like six things that seniors should never say at the doctor, right? This is stuff that she gives she talks about her, you know, this stuff to her patients on a day-to-day basis, right? And she just took that same knowledge and she just shared it on YouTube, right? So, if you’re a health care professional, this could be for you. or if you’re just a professional in general who has industry specific knowledge, a lot of the time you can just share that knowledge on YouTube. Another example of a really good niche and and healthcare just as an example. This is just healthcare, but another example of a really good niche is um uh navigating the Medicare system, right? So getting the most out of like insurance and Medicare and stuff like that. There’s people that help uh help others with that. And you know, very very valuable. It’s pretty obvious if you if you save somebody $100,000, it’s it’s pretty clear value proposition right there. Like they’re going to pay you money if you’re going to save them $100,000. So, this is what happens when you follow the system, guys. There’s tons of examples of people in our program that are talking about very specific careers uh or helping people with very specific subject matter expertise. Um, and this is just one of them. So, I know all kinds of different people who work in the YouTube industry. And I basically know all the different coaches, the consultants, the agencies, etc. And I’ll kind of tell you how this industry works, right? Usually the highest paid people, the best of the best, work with big corporations. And so they’re going to be doing like seven figure contracts a year. And in many cases, working with these big companies, it’s at least a six-figure contract, right? And the second highest tier of what you can offer is probably what’s called a build and release offer. So I have some friends that do this and basically they’re like, you know, one of the very few people that are actually really good on YouTube besides myself that really know what they’re doing. And they charge $300,000 to do a build and release offer. They’ve worked with like billionaires before and they just charge them like, “Hey, you give us $300,000. We will build out your channel uh for for 3 to six months. We’ll hire everybody for your channel. We’ll train them. We’ll get your videos off the ground, get them going uh doing really well. Uh we’ll set up all the SOPs, all the all the systems, all the processes, etc., so that your channel just runs like a machine without you. And at the end of those 3 to six months, we’ll release a functional YouTube channel to you.” Right? So, they hire everybody for the channel. They build it out. They figure out exactly how the channel works and they release it to them once everything is working and they’ve hired the team out for them to do it. And they again usually charge about $300,000 to do that. Now, I myself have attended four masterminds that are worth $50,000. Last year I was in two. This year I’m in another two. And these are also extremely valuable. I learned tons of stuff from these masterminds and I pass it down to you guys. So, there’s a lot of YouTube masterminds out there that are like $50,000 and it would easily cost you 35,000 mistakes if you were to try to do it on your own. And 25,000 is more than a fair investment to make to even get 1/5if of the knowledge contained in the content growth engine. But a special offer only for this workshop when you book a call within the next 24 hours, we’re going to be offering something that we’ve never offered before. We’re going to talk about some bonuses that we’re giving out. And by the way, go to shenanhome.com/coaching or click the link in the chat or scan this QR code. Bonus one, and this is a big one. you get a one-on-one niche accelerator call with me personally. Now, let me tell you why this matters. When I was starting out, I had a mentor named Sam. He was doing YouTube for his wedding photography business. And Sam showed me how to actually make money on YouTube, even with a small channel. And that changed everything for me. That’s when I started earning big, not because I got lucky, but because someone who already figured it out showed me the ropes. And that one relationship changed the entire direction of my channel and my life. And that is exactly what this call is. Everything that I have learned building a channel to 1.5 million subs at over 1 million in revenue applied directly to your niche, your channel, and your situation. And this is worth $12,000 easily. But this is only for five of the first people who sign up within the next 24 hours. So go to go.shinhome.com/coaching. Scan that QR code or click the link in the chat. And this is what the actual coaching looks like. I can already see people signing up as I’m talking, so don’t wait on this one. So go to go.shenhome.com/coaching. Scan that QR code or click the link in the chat. Bonus two is the idea. Hopefully I’m not lagging there. I think I might have lagged there for a second. Bonus two is the idea gen AI. This is worth easily $8,500. Now, if you sat down to find winning ideas yourself, researching what’s working, checking view counts, studying channels, you’re going to be looking at weeks of trial and error, uh, probably months, and most people still pick the wrong ideas. Hire someone to do it, a real content strategist who knows YouTube. You’re going to be paying $7,500 easily. So, we built a custom AI tool that finds proven video ideas for your niche in about 30 seconds. And this isn’t generic AI spitting out random titles. It’s built on the icon method. It finds what’s already working and it hands you a better version. The titles, the hooks, the angles, all of it. And you get it both ways, a chatbt and a cloud AI version. So, whatever AI you already use, you’re covered. And this is included as a bonus. So, go to go.shenh.com/coaching, scan the QR code or click the link in the chat. And here’s what it actually looks like. And whether you use chat or claude, we built it for both. So you give it a video that’s already performing. It reverse engineers why it works and then it hands you five high-converting titles and hooks for your channel. No guessing, no staring at a blank screen. The winning ideas are already out there. This tool just finds them for you. So go to go.shenhome.com/coaching. Scan the QR code or click the link in the chat. Bonus three is the advanced script writer software worth $7,000. This is the ultimate content creation tool. You tell it the goal of your video to inter to inform, to entertain, to sell, and it turns your spoken ideas into a polished, attention-grabbing YouTube script. It captures your tone, your style, your voice, so that it actually sounds like you. And just like the last one, you get it both ways, both Chat JPT or Claude, whatever you already use. If you hire a professional content team to do this, like a script writer, a content strategist, someone who understands YouTube, you’re going to be paying $3 to $5,000 a month minimum. This does it all in seconds. So go to go.shinhomus.com/coaching, scan the QR code or click the link in the chat and this is what it looks like. The same tool running in both chatbt and Claude. It walks you through niche validation, your audience, your format preference, dialing in exactly who you are. Then you tell it the goal of your video and it writes the full script, a real YouTube script with hooks, structure, and a tone that matches your channel. So go to go.shin.com/coaching, scan the QR code or click the link in the chat. Bonus war is the CGE donefor you thumbnail templates worth $10,000. Now, your thumbnail is the first thing that people see before the title, before the hook, before anything. If your thumbnail doesn’t stop the scroll, nobody clicks, nobody watches, and it doesn’t matter how good your video is. If you hired a thumbnail designer who actually knows YouTube, you’re going to be paying $1,500 a month part-time easily. That’s $18,000 a year. And they might make a thumbnail that works for gaming, but not for educational content, right? Because there’s a real psychology behind every thumbnail. You don’t want to just get views, you want to get the right views. So, this is my entire thumbnail system. the guide, the templates, the swipe files, the framework. You get it all as a bonus. So, go to go.shenh.com/coaching, scan the QR code or click the link in the chat. And this is what’s inside. On the left, you get the full guide, the secret of creating viral thumbnails, the psychology behind why certain thumbnails get clicks and others don’t. On the right is the thumbnail vault, fully editable templates in Canva. You click file, make a copy, and it’s yours. And you see those annotations. That is me breaking down exactly why each thumbnail works, where the face goes, how big the head is, the rule of thirds, the spacing, all of it explained. So, you’re not just getting templates, you’re learning the frameworks so that you can build your own. So, go to go.shenhome.com/coaching, scan the QR code or click the link in the chat. Bonus five is the upload settings validator GPT worth $6,997. You get the claude and the chat GPT version. Now, most creators hit upload and hope for the best. wrong tags, wrong description, wrong settings, and they wonder why the algorithm isn’t pushing their video. Now, think about that. What that actually costs you. A YouTube SEO specialist uh to review your uploads runs $75 to $150 an hour. And if you need and you need them on every single video forever, this tool checks everything before you publish. Your title, your description, your tags, your settings, all validated to make sure that you’re giving YouTube every reason to push your video. And you’re giving the advertisers who advertise on YouTube every reason to actually put ads on your video, which is a signal to YouTube that they should push your video more, right? Um, and it’s kind of like having a YouTube expert look over your shoulder every single time you upload. And one wrong setting can kill a video before it even has a chance to do well. And this makes sure that that never happens. So go to go.shenhus.com/coaching. Scan the QR code or click link in the chat. This is what it looks like. You get the claw and the chatbt version. Go to go.shenhum.com/coaching. scan the QR code or click the link in the chat. Bonus six is the backdoor access to profitable niches with live updates. Okay, this is worth $4,997. This is the one that everyone asks me about. What niche should I start in? What’s making money right now? Uh what is nobody talking about? Um this gives you backdoor access to profitable niches that most creators don’t even know exist. And we update it live so that you’re always seeing what’s working right now, not what worked 2 years ago. Now, think about what it uh would take you to do this yourself, right? You’d have to hire a market research analyst to dig up profitable niches and keep tracking them live. And this person would also have to be an expert on YouTube. Probably impossible to find, right? And that’s a full-time hire, you know, $60 to $80,000 a year for sure. And they still uh wouldn’t have the YouTube data that we have, right? But we don’t just hand you a list. We get your niche dialed in. We ask you the questions, find the exact niche that fits you and actually makes money. And this is going to help you find that perfectly, right? So go to go.shinhomeus.com/coaching. Scan the QR code to click the link in the chat. And you’re also going to see how these people are monetizing their channels too, which is great. Now, for those of you who stayed until the end, we made something special for you. This is the YouTube niche monetization accelerator. And this one is different from all the other bonuses. This is an AI tool that takes your niche and maps out exactly how to make money from it. Not just AdSense. We’re talking affiliate deals, digital products, coaching offers, sponsorships, the full picture. Because here’s the thing that most people get wrong. They pick a niche and they hope the money situation figures itself out later on. That is backwards. This tool shows you the money map before you even record your first video. Do you know exactly what you’re building towards from day one? And like every tool we give you, you get it in both catchy and cloud version, whatever you already use. Now, here’s the catch. This bonus is worth $12,000 and you get it just for showing up to the call that you booked. That’s it. You book the call, you show up, and you get it. So, go to go.shenhome.com/coaching, scan that QR code or click the link in the chat. The second you show up to the call that you booked, just ask for it. You get instant access on the spot. And whether you like Chachi Peter or Claude, you can use this either way. This isn’t some watered down freebie. It’s the same tool that we use inside of the content growth engine, and it is yours for life. So go to go.shinhomes.com/coaching, scan that QR code or click the link in the chat. Bonus 8 is the 90-day action taker advantage money back guarantee. This is priceless. Here’s how it works. You have 90 days. You follow the program, you do the work, you show up, and if it doesn’t work for you, you get your money back. We have a 1% refund rate in our program uh last month. Uh that means 99% of people who joined stay because it works, right? Uh we also sent out a survey for all of our clients and basically the respondents to the survey, we we we basically asked them, did you feel like you got an ROI from this? And the respondents to the survey, 91% of them said yes. So I’m not asking you to trust me blindly. I’m asking you to test it and see for yourself. So go to go.shinhomes.com/coaching, scan the QR code or click the link in the chat. So, let’s add this all up. Eight bonuses, total value, $61,494. Now, remember bonus one, the one-on-one session with me personally. That is only for five of the first people who sign up today. Once the spots are gone, they’re gone. And bonus 7, the YouTube niche monetization accelerator. You only get that if you book a call and actually show up to it. That’s it. Everything else is included free when you join. Now, this workshop special is only available for the next 24 hours. And after that, these bonuses go away. This exact package at this exact price with all the bonuses, you will not see it again. And let me clear something up really quick because I get this question every single time. The 24 hours is for booking the call, not for attending it. So if you book right now and the next open slot on my calendar is 3 days from now or even next week, that’s totally fine. You’re still locked in. You still get every single one of those bonuses. You just have to schedule the call within the next 24 hours. So if you if you’ve been going back and forth on this, now is the time to move. So go to go.shinhome.com/coaching or scan the QR code right now. Book your free strategy call. We’ll figure out if we’re a good fit to work together or not. Worst case, you get on the call, you get some clarity on your niche, and you walk away with a plan. No pressure, no hard sell. Like I said, we are oversubscribed. We only accept about 18% of people who try to work with us, right? So, you know, we’re not trying to hard sell you here, okay? Um, we only work with people that we think we can get a result for, right? If we don’t think that you’re a good fit to work with us or it would be really difficult to get you results, we’re not going to work with you. Okay? So, go to go.shinhome.com uh/coaching, scan that QR code or click the link in the chat. And one last thing, this is important. Once you book, you’re going to get two emails. Okay? One is from Calendarly, one is from the consultant that you booked with. Okay? Um, they’re both going to be titled CGE Masterclass Call. So, check your inbox right now if you just booked. If you don’t see them, look in your promotions, your spam, your junk, or your all mail folders. Sometimes they hide there instead of your main inbox, and those emails will have your call details. Additionally, after you sign up, you are going to be directed to a thank you page. It’s going to look something like this. Okay. Make sure you actually save this page and actually go over this. I mean, there’s a video here. I think it’s about 28 seconds long. This video, I don’t know why it’s taking so long to book. There we go. It’s about 28 second video. Okay, watch the video. You know, make sure you follow these these directions. They’re they’re not that difficult. Uh, one, this is something that goes into our decision if we work with people. If they can’t watch a a short video and follow some very easy directions, then we’re probably not going to work with them, right? Same thing with this one. This one’s a bit longer. It’s about 10 minutes, but just go ahead and save this and then follow the directions. Okay? And these ones are optional, but you know, if you have any of these questions, these are these are questions that uh we answered. These are frequently asked uh questions here. Uh and then just follow these directions. Very simple, right? Just confer your uh confirm your call with the enrollment team. You will receive a calendar invite via email, Google, Apple, or Outlook. It will look just like this one below. Just confirm your call here. And it’s very easy. And then at the very bottom there’s lots of uh case studies etc. I’m at this guy’s wedding right now just as an example. Um so yeah, you know, started off as a client, good friend now. And uh there’s lots of case studies examples down here. Now some of these case studies, by the way, these are case studies where they didn’t agree for us to talk about them publicly, but once you’re in the program or once you’ve signed up for a call, we can actually include these case studies. So, there’s a lot of case studies on here that we don’t talk about publicly. So, you’re going to go through these and um you know, you’re going to find somebody that you relate to, whether it’s like they have a similar background to you or they’re in a similar niche or they’re selling a similar product or a similar service or um uh like a a similar vertical like they came from the same career that you’re in or something along those lines, right? Um you’re going to relate to somebody on here. So, just as an example, um, uh, this is a B2B. So, Carla is a, she has a B2B business. She has a very small YouTube channel. She had a six-f figureure contract from a from a video that got like 200 views. She she landed a six-figure contract. That’s one great example there. Um, let’s see. Tiffany has a uh physical product business. So, you can definitely sell physical products on YouTube. So, you’re, like I said, you’re going to um you’re going to see example after example after example of people uh that you can relate to there. So, make sure you go over that. And with that being said, I am now going to answer questions. Okay. Um, by the way, guys, make sure you do the flashing thing with this. It’s like it’s to my right. Um, okay. Yeah. By the way, guys, almost all the spots have ran out, but we did open I think we’re opening up a few spots. Could you guys just do the uh send me a message if you open up a few spots? I know that I know we probably we we might not be able to open up spots, huh? Yeah, we might not be able to, but send me a message if we can open up a few spots, guys. And and make sure it’s flashing. Thanks. Okay, so we did open up a few new ones. How many new ones did we open up? Can you send it to me? Yeah, go ahead and send me the how many new ones we opened up. Okay. Anyways, yes, I am going to answer some questions now, guys. And one question I see is what is the price? Okay. So, I’m going to talk about the price one time and one time only. We’re totally transparent on pricing. We’re not trying to like bait and switch or hide anything. We have nothing to hide. But we but there is different levels and different different offerings that we have. Okay. So, at at the very top level, we’ve worked with, you know, 10 10ig companies. We’ve worked with multiple 10-figure companies. We’ve worked with nine figure companies. And typically what these companies want is they, you know, they’re way too busy for the founder to do stuff. So a lot of the time these companies basically, you know, want us to help help them set up their entire team. Um sometimes even affiliate type things where they where you train other people how to make the YouTube videos for them. Um sort of like user generated content type systems. Um, and so that basically what they’re setting up is totally different than than what anyone else like like uh than what I would be teaching, right? So, um, you know, we hire the team out for them. They come in, they they build the we build everything out. We build out the entire department. We hire someone to even record the videos for them. Uh, just on and on, right? It’s just like completely different offerings. And at that level, that’s going to be at least like a six-figure contract typically. Okay. Then down from that we have small business owners. So people that have maybe a six figure a couple six figure business uh to seven figure or even eight figure business. Typically small business owners do want to still be the face of their brand. Usually they want to still be the face of their brand and so they want to actually record the content themselves. Okay. So what we help them do is we help them set up a a good recording system so it’s easy for them to record and it fits into their time. It doesn’t take them very long. But we also typically they want us to hire a few people out for them. So, they want us to hire like a video editor for them, uh, that can edit the videos very easily and quickly, etc., etc. Um, you know, because if you’re a business owner, like even if it just takes you a couple hours, that’s that’s time that you don’t have, right? So, um, we we go in, we hire the people out, we set up the system for them, and we basically just build a system that makes it all super easy for them to do, and we build out the SOPs, all that kind of thing, and we and we teach them how to how to keep it going, right? So that right there is typically going to range some people literally just want us to do the work for them as well. So some people literally just want us to do like an agency offer for them. That right there is typically going to range from about 12 to $60,000 depending on what they want. Okay. Then we have people that basically just want us to teach them how to do it. Okay. So these first two offers, this was we we do it for you. So we fish for you. The second offer was we kind of build out the system that fishes for you. Um, this third offer right here is essentially we just teach you how to fish. Okay, so we or we teach you how to build the machine that fishes for you. Okay, so that is what the third offer is. That’s going to be probably about 80% of the people on on the call right now are that’s going to be the best offer for them. And that one is going to be $9,800 or about $1,000 a month. You can even get it a little bit less than $1,000 a month. We are very, very likely going to be raising our prices pretty soon. Uh again, we we try to keep it very affordable, but at the same time, we have to hire the best of the best coaches to make this happen. That’s how we get people incredibly good results is we set up a situation where it’s just really hard to not get results. Okay? And in order to do that, we have to hire the best coaches. We have to have the best best people on staff. Greatness on all surfaces is the is what we call it. Okay? So, um in order to do that, you know, we have 20 30 people working on the CGE side now. Uh they’re all really good people. Okay? So, there’s a lot of cost involved. So, $9,800 a month is honestly like really really fair for for that price. And we we’re probably going to have to raise the price very soon. So, yeah, that is the pricing. Um uh you know, totally transparent about that. I won’t be answering that question again though, but that is the pricing. Okay, so uh no more slots. Okay, so we ran out of slots on one day, but we opened up a more slots uh on a on a different day. Okay, so we opened up some more slots. Uh I know a lot of people don’t want to take calls on the weekends, which I totally understand, but we did open up a few weekend slots as well. Uh but yeah, so we we opened up a few more and so we should be good to to take on some more. Um and I know like a lot of people when we do these later on in the week, a lot of people are always like, “Oh, it’s not ideal because there’s only slots for the weekend.” That kind of thing. I I totally get it. I get it. So um okay, good stuff, guys. going to answer some questions now.

    Salvador, thank you so much, Shane. You are great and the best. I will apply for your system and learn uh from the greatest in this industry. You are blessed. Awesome. Thank you, Salvador. You’re you’re awesome. Good stuff. Salvador, what’s your what’s your background and where and where are you from? Holly Norris, I’m signing now. Awesome. Holly, good stuff. Yep. Sign up for a call, guys, while you still can. Steve, thank you. Shane and team, you got it, Steve. My pleasure. Mark, Shane and team, thank you for your time. You got it, Mark. My pleasure, Mike. And by the way, guys. Okay, so Mike is saying, “I’m broke. I’m happy to take part and I’m I’m learning. I’m definitely doing things wrong.” Thank you, Shane. You’re very informative. Enjoy watching your channel. Okay, so anybody who is in a situation where they can’t afford the program right now, which by the way, we make it very affordable. You can start for like less than a th000 a month. Really, the call is about figuring out if you’re a good fit to work with us. If you’re a good fit to work with us, if you pick the right niche and you’re a good fit to work with us, we know we with with pretty high level of uh certainty that that you’re going to be able to make money and pay us back in the future, right? So, if you’re a good fit to work with us, we’ll we’ll figure the money situation out. Okay? With that being said, if you truly are in a situation where you just cannot afford at all, like even a little bit, um check out our call uh on YouTube with Isaiah. Okay? So, Isaiah was a singing coach. He was in that situation. What he did is he showed up to these live calls where I answer questions for free, okay? And he did that for a while. He got results and then once he was making 20, 30K per month, he joined our program and now he’s in uh my my program and he’s getting even better results. Okay? So, I totally get it, guys. I understand. I was homeless at one point. I totally get it. I couldn’t have afforded a program like this. But that’s why I put the free content out on YouTube. I I have lots of free resources on YouTube. I do these live trainings. I don’t have to do these, okay? I do these live trainings. These help a lot of people out and uh you know you can you can get results from that and then you can join the program later on. But unfortunately we we cannot give a one-on-one coaching program out for free because if you guys know how much work one-on-one coaching is, you would know that we can’t do that for free. Um okay, let’s see.

    T, thank you. This was great. Awesome. No, it’s not 9,800 per month, David. $9,800 overall. I know. Screaming good deal. Um, signed up. Looking forward to it. Awesome. Had to cut my answer short. Holly, need to drop. Thanks, Shane. You got it. Re, my pleasure. I have to stick with free for now. All good. Wendy. Okay. Sorry guys, the the uh chat went up there. Now I’m getting back down to the bottom. Thank you. This was great. T Lambert, awesome. T, appreciate you. Jim signed up at 812. Awesome. Jim, good stuff. Okay. Um, yeah, guys, few minutes left to book. I’m probably going to leave here in about, you know, 15, 20 minutes, something like that. So, g get book it now because if, by the way, again, the one-on-one call with me, it is randomized, but if you sign up sooner, you’re going to have a higher chance of getting it. Okay? So, it is randomized, but the people who sign up earlier have a higher chance of getting it. And so, um, uh, basically, you are super early right now. when if we don’t fill up all the slots, we we always send out a uh replay email and the replay we we just I mean we have over, you know, hundreds of thousands of people on our email list. When we send out the the replay, like it’s, you know, it’s going to get filled up immediately. Okay. So, so if you’re here watching this right now, you are early. You are super early. Um, one of the reasons we like doing these lives is because we find that, you know, these lives attract the right type of person. I’m able to tell, you know, people do and what we don’t do. So, just as an example, we don’t really do entertainment content. We work with faceless channels, but very, very rarely. We usually turn away most faceless channels. Um, but there are very rare circumstances where we’ll work with a faceless channel. Um, that kind of thing. I’m able to talk about that in these lives. So, we track the right type of people um to the program that can get results. I guarantee you there’s people on this call right now that are like a few months from now, they’re going to be absolutely crushing it. Olivia, how can someone determine uh their niche? I have a lot of interest. So I guess lass lack of focus. Well, I mean one thing is to to follow the directions that we just gave you about 20 minutes ago uh for the niche hypothesis statement. That’s one. The second thing is uh download the niche validator which if you scroll down it should be probably posted by now in the chat. Uh the third thing is if you actually sign up for a call with us that’s one of the focuses of the call is making sure that your your niche is dialed in correctly. um cuz we want to make sure that the person at least has directionally is correct with their niche before they join the program. But then when they actually join the program um that’s the first thing that we do is we make sure we dial your niche in. So very very important people most people when we dial their niche in like they they essentially think that they got the the value out of the program immediately already, right? So yeah,

    Olivia, can someone deter How can someone determine their niche? I have a lot of interest, so I guess lack of Oh, sorry. That was the same one. Blended family budgets was a good place to start. Now we know. Good stuff. When Scott, I can’t seem to confirm I am human. Uh, spinning spinning blue circle. It can’t. Oh, okay. So, is that when you’re trying to sign up for a call? Maybe try to refresh. Yeah, Jim, isn’t that the most annoying thing in the planet? Yeah, I know. When you’re trying to sign up for a call. Um, yeah. Okay. Is is are other people having issues sign up for a call? Is there some kind of weird spinning circle? That’s that’s too bad. Um, Wendy, there you go. I’ll be like Isaiah. Awesome. Good stuff, Wendy. Love to hear. on. Hi Shane, could you briefly describe a day in the life for the 4 hour per day or week that we would be doing after we complete the training with your team? Uh 4 hours a day or week per topic? Yeah. So you can definitely start off on YouTube at 4 hours per week. That’s one of the beautiful things about YouTube is you truly can do it on the side. There’s a lot of things that people call a side hustle that aren’t really side hustles, right? So like an Amazon FBA business for instance, like I that’s that’s one thing like when I first started that people were calling it a side hustle. When I started doing I’m like, “Oh, this this is not a side hustle. This is this is a full-time business.” Like this is in fact this is harder than a full-time job, right? YouTube is something you can actually start on the side, right? You’re because you’re talking about a very niche subject. You’re probably already an expert at it. And if you don’t think you’re an expert on something, trust me, you are. Uh but you’re talking about a very niche subject. either something that you’re an expert at or something where you’re documenting uh your journey of becoming an expert and it’s something that you you know you you’re just making it’s almost like a video diary right think of it almost like a video diary right and that is why it truly is something that you can do on the side so my brother for instance worked about four hours a week uh to grow his YouTube channel to a full-time income within the first year and uh yeah so uh it is a side hustle four hours per week um that’s Uh yeah, that that’s uh hopefully that answers your question. Um so you can fit those four hours in anywhere you want. So just as an example, um and by the way guys, yeah, sign up for a call. Going.com/coaching, scan the QR code, click the link in the chat. So, just as an example, um uh you know, when I when I was working on my YouTube channel, um I would uh if if I wasn’t busy at work, you know, if I, you know, in my my pharmacy, if I had some free time, uh you know, during lunch or whatever, I would go ahead and pull out my iPad and I would start writing scripts, right? It’s like it, you know, it’s like an hour uh for your lunch. You can you can write scripts while you’re doing your lunch. So you know you do it you can do it with even time like that. Uh you can even write scripts on your phone now. So with chat with claude and chatbt you can literally just like write scripts on your phone and just chat to your phone and write scripts. It’s it’s insane how how much more efficient it is.

    Shel that’s fair. Awesome. Shelly Christopher how are we supposed to record video while at work? They will say it’s not safe or a conflict of interest. How do I video at work? Um I mean it depends on what work you do, right Christopher? It’s like I mean if you’re if you’re you can’t record any like you know client information for instance but there’s plenty of people for instance that like day in the life of a nurse or day in the life of a doctor or day in the like there are very safe ways of doing that where you’re not like putting client you know patient information or client information uh on there. But I mean the easiest way is obviously just with your phone, right? Just record with your phone, you know, if if you’re trying to like take B-roll of your work or whatever. Yeah, just record with your phone. It’s super easy. Um,

    Holly, I’ve been struggling

    and have a lot to offer. Yeah, 100%. There there’s, you know, we we have we have served clients all the way from 10 figure companies all the way to people who just want to make a little bit of extra money on the side, like $1,000 a month, right? And everything in between, right? So, uh, YouTube can be great for for all those different things. You know, YouTube can also be a great, you know, there’s a lot of people we’ve worked with that are in retirement or close to retirement and they use YouTube as just a way to keep busy. You know, they just want to, you know, it’s a great, like I said, it’s kind of like a little video diary. It’s just a a way to document their life, keep busy, that kind of thing. And, uh, some people start really successful businesses out of it. Paul, very helpful. I signed up. Awesome. Paul, you uh, glad you enjoyed it, David. Great. Awesome. David, Ariana, I will be attending your VIP class. Looking forward to it. Awesome. That for anybody who signed up to the VIP. It will be Tuesday at 6:00 PM Eastern Standard Time. Kurt, great stuff. Call booked. Awesome. Kurt Tony, don’t take this wrong. What is the thing I’ll learn one month is the real challenge obstacle. What is the thing I’ll learn in month one is the real challenge and obstacle. Um, yeah, the real challenge and obstacle is just getting started, right? Like people, it’s it’s really not rocket science, guys. Like, and this is why we put so much emphasis on the mindset section and the foundation section because like with the foundation section, we explain the business of like how YouTube works, like the actual like economics, the fundamentals of how YouTube works. And then also, we explain the mindset section at the same time. And you’re really going to understand that if you just upload videos, eventually one of those videos is going to take off. So I give you one example. There’s this guy um who is, you know, he just does everything wrong on YouTube. I think his name is M andJ Metal, right? He just does every everything you could possibly do wrong he does wrong on YouTube. And it took him about 400 or 500 videos before one of his videos took off. But then he went from zero to a full-time income. Right? So, it took him 400 to 500 videos before one took off, right? Um, doing everything wrong. Now, if you do everything right, it’s probably going to take anywhere between it’s going to take a lot less than that. Some some between zero and 30 videos typically if you do everything right. Okay. Um, but if you do everything wrong, it’s probably going to take you 300, 400, 500, a thousand videos. But it’s still eventually one of your videos will take off. And that’s the point that we make is it’s it’s literally at some point it’s kind of just a numbers game. If you keep uploading videos, one of them will take off. Now, we don’t want you to have to upload 500 videos or a thousand videos. But if you keep uploading, it’s almost impossible to lose because eventually you’re going to talk about something that just there’s just a bunch of people looking it up or or it’s the right topic at the right time or it’s just the right combination of thumbnail, title, intro, and it’s just going to take off. It’s just a matter of time. It will happen, right? And so that’s that’s what you’re really going to understand. And so that’s the big obstacle is people just don’t don’t post. They they overthink everything. They they think their editing needs to be really good. Even super intelligent people, guys, like one of my one of my really smart business owner friends, I was just on vacation with him. Um he is very detailed about his editing, but he’s like, “Oh, the editing has to be just right.” you know, and I’m like, and he’s not he’s not in our program, and I’m I’m trying to get him to to to follow our program, but I’m just like, dude, it doesn’t it doesn’t matter. Like, this this editing doesn’t matter. It makes like a 1% difference in the chances of your success. You just need to get more videos out, right? Like, I don’t who how many times have you watched a video and you’re like, “Oh, this video needs to have better editing.” Yeah. It’s very very few times. Like, you just care about the actual content of the the topic of the video, right? So yeah, that’s the biggest thing is just not uploading. If you upload videos and you follow our system, it’s just a matter of time before a video takes off and you have success. Like look at how simple, by the way guys, look at nurse Jen, right? Healthcare navigation. Look at how simple her videos are. She’s literally just recording with the webcam on her laptop. You guys see this webcam right here? The webcam on the laptop. She’s recording with that. This is just my This is just my webcam on my laptop. That’s how she’s recording with her YouTube videos. Just like this. Very simple. like it’s not super high quality. Uh sound is straight out of the laptop as well. And uh she’s using the simplest video editor of all time that does 80% of the heavy lifting with AI editing. And she’s just uploading consistently to YouTube, talking about important topics that people need to know, right? So that is the point is you your editing doesn’t need to be good. None of that other stuff needs to be good. What does matter is the actual idea of the video and that you’re actually giving value within the video. That’s what actually does matter. Okay. And it’s not that hard to do that. You don’t have to have fancy editing to do that. It It’s actually quite easy to do that. Okay. So, yeah. Um, Jim, thanks again, Shane and crew. You got it, Jim. My pleasure. Holly, been struggling to find a niche. Finally can’t stop thinking about it since your last webinar. I think I got it. Awesome. Holly, good stuff. Hopefully, you’re using the niche validator uh for that. Um, niche validator is super helpful for that kind of thing. But yeah, that sounds that’s exciting. Tamara,

    this may uh be a stupid question. It’s not. Um, but does a channel that focuses on weird history and scams count as education or entertainment? Interesting. You can make that in an educational way or an entertainment way and and really there’s no like it’s always a spectrum, right? So, it might be like 20% entertaining and 80% educational, right? So, it’s always a spectrum, right? So, you can make that an uh educational and or entertaining. Um and and that spectrum is going to be a little bit different for everybody, right? Um so yeah, I think you can definitely go in that direction and and make that uh uh make that uh educational. So like one thing that I find quite interesting is the nature of how markets form. So just as an example, when computers first came out, there was lots of hype around them obviously, right? But they weren’t actually that useful yet, right? they they because because in order for a computer to be useful, other people have to have a computer, right? You know what I mean? So, it’s like it wasn’t really that useful right at the beginning. Same thing with websites. So, there’s like the.com bubble was another example, right? It’s clearly like a a transformational technology, but it wasn’t that useful when it first came out. It was it had very specific use cases, but it wasn’t all that useful when it first came out. Um, and the same thing is happening with AI right now. So AI is a obviously like it’s clearly going to be a transformational technology. Um but the way that most people are using it right now, it’s just not that useful, right? And that’s why we’re on the cutting edge and we’re making sure that we use it in a very useful way. Uh I even hired one of the top AI experts and literally like rent the apartment right next to my apartment so that we can just work together every single day. That that that’s how cutting edge we are when it comes to the AI stuff, right? So so yeah, it’s really uh a transformational technology. and um you know yeah so so like stuff like that is is quite interesting I think you could talk about like the history of that kind of thing just how markets form um is quite interesting Barry great training can you explain the YouTube algorithm um the YouTube algorith it’s pretty simple uh to explain um there there is a few things to it but basically if you yeah yeah okay uh go to go to gosh.com/coaching uh scan the QR code click the link in the chat um so basically The simplest way to explain the YouTube algorithm is like this. Um, you there are people and there are ideas out there that that people have inside of their head and there over time the the demand for these different ideas changes and you want to post content that uh basically fulfills that demand that people already have in the market. You do not want to be a market maker. Okay? You don’t want to try to make the market. You just simply want to see where the market is and and and go where the market is. Okay? So an example of this is like water flowing, right? Uh if imagine the market is like water flowing, you just want to find where the water is and then put yourself in the water. Okay? Put yourself in the river. Okay? Uh you do not want to go to the middle of the desert and be like water should be here. Well, water is not there, right? And sure, you could, if you wanted to do a ton of work, you could divert a river and and make the river go into the desert or something, you know, um or you could make like a man-made lake or something like that, but that’s just a lot of work, right? You don’t want to do that. You don’t want to be a market maker. Just go where the attention already is and put yourself in the middle of it. Okay? That is really how the YouTube algorithm works. Okay? Um now, there’s a bit more to it than that. There’s some secret stuff with the YouTube algorithm. For instance, we always try to cater to the advertisers. Okay? So, we always want to make it very easy for the advertisers to figure out what the channel is all about. And that’s kind of for obvious reasons, right? YouTube makes their money from advertisers. Advertisers spending money on the platform. So, you want to make it as easy as possible for the advertisers to figure out what the platform’s all about. Pretty obvious on that one, but yeah. Um, that’s an easy simple way of doing it. Michael, how do we get access to the future live Q&As’s? Um, you just got to sign up when we do them in the future. Nikki, thank you. Awesome. Nikki, my pleasure. Steve, what makes you the most excited about YouTube in 2026, Shane? Uh, I’d say the most exciting thing to me about YouTube is how it’s becoming more and more localized. And so, uh, we’re seeing a lot of people in that are realtors, uh, dental cosmetic clinics, law firms, um, financial adviserss, etc. these types of more local type businesses that serve a local audience. We’re seeing more and more of them having success on YouTube. So, that’s super exciting to me because a lot of businesses, if you think about it, are local businesses, right? You like the local convenience store, the or your local plumber or you know, that kind of thing. And so, I think that’s really exciting that YouTube is getting more and more localized. So, that but there’s a lot of stuff there’s honestly a lot of stuff that’s really exciting. YouTube is making it easier and easier for people to monetize, which is great. uh historically it’s been, you know, they haven’t made it the easiest thing. Um and and so they’re making it easier and easier for people to monetize as well, which is great. And and by the way, when I say monetize, I mean all forms of monetization, not just the ads that show up on your channel. All forms. Um Nikki, is the 101 free? Yes. Zachary, is the one free? Yes, it is. Nikki, I signed up right away. Awesome. Nikki, good stuff. Holly, I’m so inspired. I’m trying to bring value to you as well. I appreciate you, Holly. Thank you so much. Uh Taye was hoping to do a pharmacist to pharmacist call. Uh you’re not gonna Yeah, guys, I I only work directly with clients, so you’re you’re definitely not going to get a call with me directly. Um uh you know, before you’re a client, for sure. Kurt, do you review our backgrounds, websites, resumes, etc.? Uh yeah, we we do look into people. We definitely look into people who who sign up with us. We ask you questions. We look into you, you know, etc., etc. Sonia, how much is the workshop? The workshop uh the workshop’s free, this is the workshop. It’s free. Uh and then the uh the call is for free as well. Um, and guys, I am going to leave here in a few minutes. So, go.shinhomes.com/coaching. Scan that QR code. Click the link in the chat. This might be the last call. So, I am going to be leaving here in a few minutes. Okay? So, uh, sign up while you can. Chloe, I was rejected for a call. This is something I want to do. What resource can you point me to now? Uh, my channel. Look at my channel. Look at the live uh the live calls. You can attend these. You can ask me any questions that you want right now. Um, yeah. So, uh, those those are some of the resources. And yeah, like I said, guys, we only work with about 18% of people who want to apply with us. That’s historical. I think it’s even going it’s less than that now. Okay. And this is this is the the amazing power of YouTube, right? Is we get to be very picky about who we work with. And no no offense to you if you weren’t a good fit. There there’s two reasons usually that it rejects you right away. One of them is you say that you don’t want to start right now. So you want to start like 3 to 6 months in the future. If you say that, it’s probably going to reject you. The second reason it rejects you is if you say you just have absolutely no money whatsoever to start. If you if you have no money, check out our career videos. uh you know get get a good job and uh come back to us at that point. Okay. Um because again it’s one-on-one coaching. It’s it’s very expensive and very difficult to fulfill on. You have to get very very good people who could be doing anything else like lots of other things with their time but they choose to do it because they enjoy coaching people. Right. John, thank you. Shane and team you got it. John, my pleasure. Christy, where do I find my niche validator? Uh literally the comment directly under that comment and the comment I think three or four comments above your comment. Um, Holly, I want to do lifestyle changes after 40 to live a healthier lifestyle. Scary. Had a stroke at only 42 years old. Oh, I’m so so sorry to hear that, Holly. Followed by several more strokes. Should should have been a wakeup call. Yeah. Oh my goodness, Holly. So, so sorry to hear that. And absolutely. Like, you could definitely share your story of of uh you know, the healthier lifestyle and and that could be very inspiring to people. I would say make a video just about that. like h having multiple strokes in your 40s. Something like that would be a lot of people would be interested in that. Denise, this call was worth it because it helped me find my niche, helping people like me that were laid off by Fortune 500 company to find their next job. Awesome. Yeah, absolutely, Denise. That’s that’s a great niche. Of course, you probably want to dial that in a little bit, but that’s that’s directionally. I think that’s uh that’s a good good way to go. John, um I am here sometimes under John R. Awesome, Ariana. Bob, I am too. Awesome, Denise. I find the resilience to survive the transition. Got it, Denise. Uh, Holly, but I’m realizing over half my life is likely gone. It’s time to start treating my body, right? And I’ve recently lost 140 pounds. Wow, that’s incredible, Holly. Oh my goodness. That is super impressive. That’s incredible. Good stuff. Jason, I’m good. Mine went through and I’ve received the email. Thanks. You got it. Good stuff, Jason. Scott Olsen, I have 30 tabs open. Lots of research. Awesome. Scott Jim, good questions about time. Good stuff. Okay, guys. So, listen. Um, again, last chance CTA. I’m going to I’m going to um last chance to sign up. Go. Scan the QR code. Click the link in the chat. Just going to say some things very quickly. Um, like I said before, do make sure you follow the instructions with a confirmation email. Very important you do this. There’s a chance we won’t even take the call if you don’t do this. So, make sure you check your spam, your trash, your junk, your all mail folder, whatever it is to confirm your call, okay? Follow those instructions. You did get an email 100% if you signed up. So, follow those instructions. Again, uh also make sure you follow these instructions on the thank you page as well. Okay? Uh watch these videos too at the end. These are going to inspire you. This is all the research you need right here. Okay? Do the do the research on these. If you’re doing research, this is where you want to do research. Okay? There’s videos that should pop up here. It’s they’re they’re not they’re just taking a little bit of time to load. But yeah, this is where you want to do your research right here. Okay. Um you’re going to see a bunch of really awesome uh testimonials here. Uh some some of them are relatable. We try to we try to do very relatable ones, people that are just making a you know $1,000 a month or something. And then of course we have some of them from people that have like nine figure companies. Okay? So everything in between. Um so yeah, uh do your research there. Make sure you follow these instructions, watch these videos if you have any of these questions. Um uh but yeah, definitely watch this first video. Very very important. And if for whatever reason you cannot sign up right now, go ahead and just screenshot this or click uh the link in or or save the link in the chat. So I’m actually going to just go ahead and uh copy and paste this uh link in the chat here. Um I’m going to post it myself. So I’m post I’m posting it right now here. Okay. So click that link in the chat. Also, if for whatever reason you didn’t um uh see the thank you page, okay, go ahead. I’m also posting a thank you page. Copy and paste that too. Okay, copy and paste that. Save that and make sure you go over it in the future. Make sure you save that in your browser so you can go over it in the future. Okay? Very important that you do that uh before the call. Okay? Um, and again, lots of really, really good uh, amazing uh, case studies on there that you can relate to. A lot of them we don’t even make public because again, many many of the people that we work with aren’t even public uh, because they don’t want competition for their niche, right? Very frankly. Okay, so yeah, you’re going to see some great case studies in there. Um, with that being said, guys, last call here. Go.coaching. Scan that QR code, click the link in the chat. If you can’t sign up right now, just go ahead and screenshot this. And uh with that being said, I am gonna have to jump off now. Hope you guys are having a uh great night. Hope you guys enjoyed the live training here, but I am going to have to jump off. Um and uh yeah, have a good one, guys. Looking forward to seeing you guys on the calls and uh yeah, take care. Thank you so much, guys. Going to enjoy Taipei today. Cheers. Have a good one, guys. Thank you.

  • 07/16/2026 – OpenCV Live

    am. And you know what that means? It’s time for OpenCV Live. We have another action-packed, fun-filled episode for you today. We’re going to be talking about navigating drones in places where GPS is just blocked, denied. Um, so it’s going to be really interesting. This is especially a important topic here because of you know things like uh disaster recovery when uh the increasing number of uh natural disasters you know floods, earthquakes, hurricanes um being able to locate and uh and help people is very difficult if you’re reliant upon say things like GPS which can be uh you know heavily influenced by natural events. So, uh, we’re excited to have Aleandro here to talk about it. And we’re excited to have Satia back from the void, whatever whatever that was. When when it when it reapplies your your your smart background removal, it kind of does this like, right, pretty cool. Um, but please uh as you join us today, let us know where you’re joining us from, wherever you’re joining us from. We are live on YouTube, LinkedIn Live video, Twitch, and on our Patreon account. Um, I uh then let us let us know where you’re joining and also let us know who you got in in the World Cup here. Uh, I think I’m all in on Spain, obviously. You know, I think you’d once once Mexico is gone, you just go with the Spanish speaking countries. Like that’s the solidarity. First it’s first and of course first it’s first it’s Latam, then it’s Spain. Like Spain’s at the bottom of the of the pecking order. But well then Argentina is should be your choice. Ah, I mean they’re they’re like the Yankees. I can’t root for the Yankees like um but yeah, we’ve got uh uh Petro from Saudi Arabia. We’ve got Vernon from Glenn Allen, Virginia. We’ve got Masimo from Florence, Italy. We’ve got uh Doug from Pompano Beach, Florida. Muhammad from Mali. We’ve got Hussein says, “Hi from Pakistan.” Hi, Hussein. We’ve got Eliia from France. Hello, France. We’ve got Meduse from Italy. Uh, we’ve got South Africa in the house. We’ve got Mario from Mexico. Ola, amigo. That’s going to be a fun one. We’ve got Nevada Tahas chiming in. I’m told that’s how they pronounce it. There you got Andy Andy Matthews from England. Uh, bloody England. Um, I’m glad that they lost, but I’m I’m sorry for your loss. I I I contain multitudes. I can see your sorryiness. Yes. Yes. I again, it’s England is sort of like the Yankees, I feel. that, you know, the in baseball the best case scenario is that the Yankees make it to like the second or third round of the playoffs now and then lose. That’s that’s the best case scenario for baseball. I think with uh with international football as well, I think the best case scenario is that England maybe gets to the quarters and then loses. Like that’s that’s the best that’s the best case for everybody. Um yes, got a Neil from Neil. does the uh you know the way England played yesterday. Argentina uh it went so boring right after the uh after they scored the goal they just became so defensive and Argentina does something similar. So I never want them to be uh leading. They play their best when they are trailing. Uh the best comes out. They they like to. So I I’ve noticed this as well and I’m I’m not like an expert of course. Um but I one of the things I actually really did I really do appreciate about Argentina and specifically Messi’s game is that like it’s so casual, right? Like the he’s he’s just sitting there with like his hands in his pockets. He’s sort of like Columbombo, the old TV detective where like he’s just kind of sitting there, you know, looking around with his hands in his pockets and then like 2 seconds later he’s halfway across the field scoring a goal, right? Like he he’s so good at just making you forget that the greatest player in the world is right there and you’re playing against him right now and then there he is. He’s doing his thing. Um, but they do like to kind of sandbag for 85 minutes or so. I noticed like they’re they’re they’re kind of waiting and waiting and waiting and then bam bam bam and so it’s it’s been a it’s been a pretty good World Cup. What I mean what’s your what’s your opinion on like the the games and stuff so far especially to previous years before we get started? No, I think uh it’s it’s the best World Cup if you think about it because um first of all we thought that if you increase the number of countries the quality of the game will go down. I don’t think that’s the case. It was very entertaining. I cannot really say about the quality of the game because it has gone up so much. Um, but if you look the the matches were entertaining. The seats were pretty much full, right? Even though people thought that that would not happen. Yeah, I was worried about that. Yeah, but but I mean I’ve been to one of these games and it was completely packed, right? Within within 5% of uh the capacity. So yeah, it’s uh and and the quality of the game is very high, right? And the top teams also made it which is you know I would have like loved to have an upset but uh the top teams uh made it to the semi-finals. So I I’m loving it. It’s it’s really uh one of the best World Cups and especially for me I’m I’m enjoying it with my with my kids and it’s it’s a blast. Yeah, really great to hear. Um, I think, let’s see, we’ve got Carlos says, uh, “Hugs from horrible, terrible, extreme hot weather in Baja.” Yeah, it’s like 30° C in in Baja California right now. Um, Natalya and her dogs are all like just Oh, wow. sweltering down there. Luckily, I mean, they got a couple mini splits in the house, so I’m sure the AC will be on today. Um, keep it keep it set. You know, I don’t know what’s the version of 78 is. I’ll I’ll mom donny you guys and tell you to keep it at 78.

    Anyway, uh now’s a great time to get started. Satia, let’s go. All right, let’s get started. Picked the perfect time to glitch. Hello everybody. Welcome to Can you Can you dump it and start again? Okay, I’ll start again. Hello everybody. Welcome to OpenCV Live. Autonomous drones only fly as well as they can figure out where they are. drop into a forest or a disaster zone and that gets a lot harder. The GPS signals they normally lean on just aren’t there. This week we will talk about uh autonomous drones with uh research engineers Alessandro Savilio Saviolo. Sorry, I I messed up your uh last name, but you’ll pronounce it right. About hunt, a navigation approach built for exactly the places where the usual solution fall apart. But first, we will as always with me as always is Phil Nelson, OpenCV’s director of content and creative. Phil produces the show. If anything goes wrong, it is his fault, including all the fumbles I made during this presentation. So, let’s uh let’s talk about uh just denied uh autonomous drones. Yes. Good morning, Satia. Welcome, Alessandro. This is going to be a fun episode. It’s me. It’s me. It’s phi lip. I am your co-host with the co-host, the second banana, who’s second to none. I’m also your plus one and only. It’s Mr. Nelson if you’re nasty, but you, my dear friends, can call me Phil. And I’m here to remind you of a few things we do on every single episode of this here program which you are most likely watching but possibly only listening to. I don’t know why. However, we’re doing a special trivia giveaway to you later in the episode. Wherever you’re watching, I will be asking a trivia question based on today’s presentation. And the first person to answer that trivia question correctly will win the OpenCV University course of their choosing. You can see what courses are on offer by going to opencv.org/ org/university. We’re also taking questions from you in the audience. So ask those questions wherever you’re watching on Twitch, LinkedIn Live, YouTube, or on our Patreon account or on Zoom. I will be monitoring the chats and bring those questions up as they make sense during the presentation. We’ll also save a little bit of time at the end of the show for those questions we didn’t get to. Um, before we get started though, I’m going to remind everybody here, Open CV is a nonprofit organization that makes opensource software. And as such, we depend on the support of our members and partners. I’d like to take a quick moment to thank those sponsors right now. Thank you. ARM, Futureway Technologies, Google Summer of Code, Rooflow, Orbit, The British Machine Vision Association, Jet Brains, Edge AI and Vision Alliance, Open MV, Tanggram Vision, Amped Software, Intuitivo, Rerun, Intrinsic, BearsDev, and Big Vision because every company needs a big vision. If you’re an individual, you can also support us and become as cool as the people you’re about to see on your screen on GitHub. Go to github.com/sponsors/opencv.

    For just nine bucks a month, you can get your name up here. I’m going to thank these folks as well at the tiptop of the show. We’ve got Zion Khan, Loick, Mario Berseron, Alberta Beef, Rooflow, Bears, Dev,

    Coer or Axel T81, DJ Greenwood on the one and the two, Techman, Dan Dogaru, Chonx Freze, Hugh I don’t know how to do that one, but I did my best. Stefan Sarnv, Luxronic AI, Alexander Vornov, Big Vision LLC, IPOP AI, Comet ML, Alexander Ismolof, and Masano Kita. Thank you so much. She’s a new one. I think our first uh Japanese um GitHub sponsor. So, thanks buddy. Really appreciate it. You can be as cool as these people by going to github.com/sponsors/openv if you’re an organization or a person and get your name right out here during the show. You can also join OpenCV’s official Patreon account and watch this show adree. None of the YouTube BS, no trackers, no nothing. Go to patreon.com/opencv for just seven bucks a month. DRM free downloads of every episode and ad free live streams of OpenCV Live. There will also be some future benefits that we’ll uh share with you all as we lock those down from our OpenCV members and partners. But that’s enough of my yapping. I think now we can go ahead and welcome Aleandro to the show. Welcome my friend. How are you doing today? Thank you so much and thank you for the invitation Phil and Sat good. Thank you. Yeah, I appreciate that. Who you got in the World Cup? My World Cup stopped in 2006.

    After that, it was a bit of Yeah. disasters. So, I think that was the best World Cup in the last 20 years for sure. Okay. Just a little bit biased. A little bit just just a bit. Okay. Uh we’ll go ahead go ahead and bring up your screen share. You can take that was the one where Zidan had headbutted, right? Or Correct. Yeah. Yeah. The famous in Germany. Right. Right. Right. The famous Zedane headbutt. Indeed. All right. We’ve got your screen share. Let’s do it to it. Grammar that is. So, let me see if I can play alo this video. Okay, here we go. Okay. So I’ll during this presentation I’ll be presenting my uh PhD research that I’ve done at New York University and which is titled drone autonomy GPS denied environments. What I’ll be talking about is vision based navigation for agile quadcopter like you can see in this video and the task is to enable this system to quickly traverse a completely unknown environment be able to avoid obstacles find the target and track the target at a safety distance. This task is particularly important uh for applications like search and rescue missions. Over the years, we have seen how drones have become a very useful tool for first responders for rescue teams. For example, helping finding stranded people in the forest at night. Or we even see saw applications where the robot was actually throwing life jackets to people that were drowning in the ocean. However, one key limitation across all these missions is that these drones were always human piloted. So there was always the need for a human expert pilot at the right time and the right place with this robot and this limitation comes from the extreme complexity of operating in search and rescue environments wield with u autonomy with this aial platforms. For example, if we consider a wildfire scenario for search and rescue, we we need to build an autonomy stack that is able to continuously adapt to evolving operating conditions due to fire, wind, smoke. We need to be able to continuously react to evolving terrain, evolving obstacles due to, for example, collapsing trees or falling debris. And finally, we need to be able to fully navigate with only onboard sensing and onboard compute because often we have for example canopy smoke that is completely denying any external link like GPS or communication. The traditional way of solving this problem with the autonomy is to build an autonomy stack that is sequential. It first localizes the robot in the environment. Then it maps the free space. Then it plans a global trajectory along the free space and finally controls the robot to follow this safe path. This works pretty well in structural conditions. It’s also modular, interpretable and designed around safety. However, it relies on three fragile assumptions. First, we assume that our dynamics are constant and known so that we know our braking conditions. We know how to accurately steer the robot to follow the safe plan. And we can also hyper tune our controller so that it works very well in those operating conditions. Second, we assume that our obstacle maps are reliable and up to date so that we know what is free space. We know where obstacles are and so we can plan a safe trajectory without hitting any obstacle. And finally, we assume that globalization is available and accurate so that we know where we are and where is our goal. So planner and controller can steer us to towards the objective and also as we build the map online we can make consistent updates to our map. However, as we saw before in unstructured settings like the wildfire example, these assumptions break in particular, they can also break all together at the same time because we saw that operating conditions continuously change that our map is outdated the moment we build it. And also globalization fails completely due to canopy and smoke cutting that link. And so throughout my PhD, I worked on different methodologies, approaches in order to refactor, reframe autonomy to sort of get rid of these assumptions or at least minimize them. And I worked on different line of works. The first one was building continuous adaptation of our dynamics and control so that the system adapts during flight to operating conditions. The second one is reactive collision avoidance trying to completely get rid of the assumption of having a map or even building a map at all. So no mapping, no global planning. Can we link directly perception into action and avoid and guarantee safety? And finally, instantaneous relative navigation for being able to get rid of global pose, global trajectories all together and only navigate with respect to instantaneous relative frames that we define based on what we observe. So for the uh focus of today presentation and for the sake of time I will focus on these two uh line of works and by the end we’ll show I will show a few experiments also in the wild where we can see the full traversal reactive collision avoidance and also finding a target and tracking it dynamically. If you have any question feel free to interrupt me at any time. Um so I start with the first contribution that is reactive collision avoidance. So let’s start first by defining what we mean with collision avoidance, how it’s done and how do we uh basically solve this problem. So collision avoidance is all about ensuring that we don’t collide with any obstacle in the environment. As I said before, it consists by first mapping free space, planning and then control. So if we have the perfect map of the environment, then we always sort of be we are always able to uh traverse environment safely and reach the end. However, if we consider vision based navigation, often we only have a limited field of view from our camera. And so in a dynamic environment like the Wi-Fi example where we have falling trees, falling debris, if that happens outside our field of view, our map is outdated because we consider it static. And so for navigating and structuring conditions, it’s a very strong assumption to have a map that is always reliable. In particular, because also updating a map is an extremely expensive process. In disaster response, we have obstacles, objects that have different shape, size, and number. And so we need a fine grain, a map that is fine grain enough to capture all these different configurations. And that typically is quite too expensive to run on board a robot. So in this first contribution, we try to completely have a design shift of how we consider obstacle avoidance. Instead of building the most accurate map and updating it in real time, why don’t we get rid of it altogether and we try to focus on can we still enable navigation and safety safety and collision avoidance by only bounding oursel to local observations. This is falls under the name as I was mentioning before of reactive collision avoidance. uh prior works focused on either idolized perception but then as you see in the video for example in the center on the second plot on the bottom left even in a very structur simplified lab environment all those red blobs are false obstacle detections. More recent approaches also more exciting approaches from reinforcement learning world learn how to map directly depth images into velocity commands. The limitation here is that they tend reinforcement learning by default tends to overfeit the training distribution. And the task that we’re focusing on is navigating unknown environments. So environments we don’t have any data about. So using reinforcement learning doesn’t seem like uh the right tool to to actually solve an unknown problem. So let me present you a different solution that instead solves perception on motion planning control problems. On the perception side, we use monop estimation to complete our depth. We extract highrisk collision points and we map them directly into our it’s a model pretty controlled framework as safety constraints. So from perception side again we have a forward facing camera. This is what you get if you go in a park with a simple D435i or D455 real sense camera. Just state-of-the-art depth sensors that solves ste matching and what you get is a noisy depth estimate because you have a basin of about 9 cm. So you see up to six 10 m in that and so that’s why you see all those uh black areas and so we need to do something to to remove basically these bad layers. One thing we can do is uh use a foundation model for vision for detect for predicting depth. This was about a year and a half ago. The state-of-the-art my opinion was that anything in V2 and so but we can use the same approach with any foundation model. We predict from a RGB image directly a accurate generalizable fine grain relative depth. This of course has a lot of advantages but comes with the main drawback that it’s a relative depth. That means that we know how far the two obstacles are one closer than another. But we don’t know how many meters or inches they are from us. And therefore we may have the closest obstacle at 1 cm, 1 m, 100 m far away. And so we cannot use it for obstacle avoidance. To recover the missing scale, we use a second order optimization problem that aligns per pixel the relative depth with the sense completed with the sense absolute depth. And we obtain three coefficients A, B, and C that we can use to scale our relative depth into an absolute completed depth map. This is fundamental in particular in any real world setting because for example here it’s me going around with the robot handheld with a D45 D455 camera for frontfacing and on the top right you can see the simple output from uh the camera from real sense you can see how many blobs of noise you they come out when you do 3D projection on the bottom right instead you see in real time the completed depth from our pipeline you can See how we are able to get rid of completely of all the outliers, remove the noise and maintain the same absolute scale and almost even see further beyond our baseline. So uh all this is happening uh in real time on the drone itself or where is the compute happening? Correct. So this is all running on an onin NX 16 GB all running in real time on the system. There is of course a lot of optimization from this is like you convert to NX tensor key you do FP6 conversion and then you use smaller image sizes so that you high uh like higher frequency this runs at about 80 to 90 Hz on the on and it doesn’t consume all the compute because then we have all the pipeline I will present you after in the next slides but it’s quite efficient uh that’s very good actually and the engine v2 uses the vit small not the nano. Right. Right. Nice. And so now we have an accurate representation in terms of black space. For collision avoidance, we need to also convert this into some notion of also time collision because we depend also on velocity. If we are static with respect to obstacle there is no risk of colliding. So we can take our depth map and divide by the robot velocity projected across all array directions of our camera and we obtain what I’m calling time to collision map. This is giving us all information we need to avoid obstacles because every pixel of this map is identifying a 3D point in 3D space and how much time it takes for us to collide with that 3D point. However, it’s also specially redundant. Uh we can down simple it with mean pooling very efficiently. We can project the robot size. So we only consider collision with points that are actually causing a collision with the size of the robot. And finally, we can sort the remaining points and pick the k points with the minimum time to collide, which are the k points with the highest risk of collision. So now we have k points. We can for each point define a distance function like distance between the obstacle and the robot. We can formulate a safety constraint by using that distance function and in in my case I was using as a formulation a second order control value function formulation because it both ensures that we don’t collide with the obstacle. This is the typical constraint that you use the distance is bigger than equal to zero but at the same time we also dampen the robot motion as we approach the obstacle. So we are putting a regularization factor on the velocity and acceleration as we go towards the obstacle. So we can achieve higher agility and a smoother basically trajectory when we dodge it. Now we went from perception into K collision point. You define safety constraints. We can formulate for example a nonlinear model control framework. This is the general formulation. You are going top down. You are solving a optimization problem to predict a sequence of states x hat and a sequence of actions uhat over a horizon of capital n to reach a desired goal that is x goal that can be for example a 3D coordinate in GPS or for example a target location and this problem is constrained by a function h that is our dynamics a function g that is actually a set of functions that are the constraints over state and action. So for example maximum and minimum torque, maximum minimum thrust and finally we have K dynamically safety constraints that is what we introduced so far. Putting all together from perception down to motion planning control, we have a full framework that runs so synchronously between perception that can run at the frequency of our camera creates K collision points that we embed as K constraints into our NPC and NPC can just runs at its frequency of like for example localization frequency and what is important to highlight here is that we didn’t put any assumption whatsoever about the environment the obstacle shape size and number we are purely mapping perception completing it into k points, k spheres in the 3D environment and at every time step updating those spheres and asking the controller to predict trajectories that do not collide with them. So let me show you a few experiments to to prove these things. One question before uh before the results. uh what is the you know if you go back to the uh to the minimization problem uh what what do you use to solve this uh solve this constraint optimization problem and how fast do you solve it so um great question so this is uh OSTP problem which solves so there’s multiple ways you can code this you can code it in Python it will be super slow you can code in CS also fast enough but uh if you rely on frameworks like kazadia OS you can generate C code that you can then write here run on your embedded platform. You can also use libraries like OpenMP to do GPU parallelization. And so this actually is extremely fast. So without the control by function it can run easily at a thousand hertz on the embedded platform. With the control bar functions active it depends on how many we activate. I made an ablation study on the paper. If we have 10 active we can run at 400 Hz. If we go up to 100 active counter value functions, it goes about 100 120. Okay. So it’s it’s a matter of how many counter value functions we want. So that k parameters and how many are active in that time stamp and u but throughout the entire experiment from here later on it will be always 10 contrab functions and that’s kind of quite enough because if we go back for example to the grid of mean pooling uh like mean pooling is already discretizing a lot our image space. So one sphere would be large enough to cover like a sufficiently big portion of the image. So the grid for me for example it was I think if I remember correctly it was like 16 * 17. So that’s the upper bound of how many K you can put. Right. Right. And and uh is this optimization done on the CPU or the GPU? So most of the experiments were run still without open. CPU based uh you can like simply turn on a flag and rebuild it on the platform. It will deal also with GPU. I I didn’t use GPU enough because there is already extensive like work for like collision avoidance etc. I didn’t want to have any uh delay on that part like the MPC side is extremely fast like the bottleneck is always dealing with like perception like this. Yeah. Right. Right. Yeah. Why why use why overload the GPU when all the heavy lifting is done on the GPU and the CPU if it can already do it at that the speed then you should be using the CPU right correct? Yes. All right. Thank you. Thank you for the question s and uh so let me prove you all these claims and and show you some results both indoor and outdoor. Indoor localization comes from Vicon, outdoor from GPS and the task is always to take off from one position and reach end position. The robot has no knowledge about the environment. There is no tuning whatsoever from here to all the experiments you will see. We will always be using the same parameters and I think this is very important because in traditional stack instead you need to fine-tune based on different configurations maybe of obstacles of lighting conditions indoor outdoor different heights. And so we show for example indoor first everything is running on board the robot we task it to just traverse we change the environment configuration we change the lighting conditions and it’s able to traverse the environment safely. If we look at like also error plots or for example the yellow plots on the bottom here are the minimum value of the 10 controller functions that were always active and you can see that the value is always above zero. So we’re always practically guaranteeing safety throughout all these experiments. We test also this outdoor. We traverse a soccer field. Um we try to dodge the poles of a soccer goal first and then we bring it to a sparse nearby forest where we just go with the robot on one side of the forest, take a GPS coordinate, go on the other side of the forest, take off and let it go through. And so it’s able to autonomously dodge trees, leaves, hanging branches, and achieve speeds of up to 8 7 8 m per second. And there is no cable connected to the camera to to interfere with with the socket. Yeah. Another very interesting thing from this World Cup that we’ll be talking about for years. Yes, you need to collision awareness for that as well. And so what I showed with this contribution is that we can still operate even without having to build an expensive map without doing global planning by directly mapping perception down to control through safety constraints that are dynamically defined. Now the second contribution will instead focus on the necessity for a global pose. We will see how we can also get rid of that assumption. Let me start first by explaining how what is a global pose and how do we get it traditionally. So global localization is all about finding where we are and where is our objective. And this is obtained by defining a state that relates our frame, our body frame B into a world fixed reference that typically is just defined on for example where we take off, where we start the mission. And at every time step, we try to find this global trajectory in terms of relative position, orientation, velocities that link our body frame to that initial position. This is obtained in vision based navigation by fusing information from camera and IMU. Camera works by detecting at every time step a set of key points like you can see in the bottom video and tracking them over time and then fusing this information with inertial data from my view. The limitation what is it is that many key points at every time step go outside the field of view. Some may be for example position on a dynamic object. Some may be may have error due to motion blur. Some may have for example maybe position on reflective surfaces. So at every time step we always have some error that unfortunately accumulates over time. And so what happens as you see in the video the red frame it tends to drift after a certain amount of time. And so you always need some sort of global correction that can come from either GPS, it can come from loop closure or any other global corrector. And this is a very limiting aspect. It’s a very strong assumption if we’re flying again in a known and unknown cluttered unstructured environment because we’re limiting the a kind of environment we can fly into. We cannot fly indoor. We cannot where we need for example GPS correction. We don’t fly indoor underground under the forest canopy close to buildings or even if we use lamb we cannot fly high speed in texture poor environments for example and so in this second contribution I will focus on having a another design shift instead of requiring the the global pose let’s focus on what we can currently observe from our sensors let’s try to instead of building a global trajectory with respect to that world reference that we fixed at part of the mission. Let’s forget about that and let’s just focus on what we can currently observe and still ensure mission success. So this idea is partly inspired by prior works on visual servoing target tracking where you have a target field of view. You want to either track it or you want to intercept it. And beyond simplifying assumptions of perception like I want to find a red balloon in the blue sky, prior works have only focused on the tracking task. And this has two key limitations. First of all, we cannot do obstacle avoidance very cleanly because if you want to avoid an obstacle quite often your target will be occluded and so the moment you lose your target you finish your mission. Second is that we are focusing on search and rescue mission in a noncluttered environment and search and rescue demands that the target is not already in our field of view at the start of the mission. And so it’s completely missing the search part of the search and rescue mission. This uh that middle video looks like you’re you’re training a drone to chase Minecraft Steve.

    Yeah, it’s very accurate representation of simplifying perception. It’s the all the outdoor images your videos you’re showing it just shows that you know you could just go for a hike and tell your advisor that oh I’m I’m I’m working uh collecting data or what not. That’s right. That’s right. Spot on. And so I will present in our own approach that redefineses how we want to build our state and our desired state. And it consists of two modes. One is for searching and one is for tracking. And in both cases, we are never building this word reference. We’re only defining these instantaneous relative frames. They’re I’m calling them at least instantaneous because we define them at every time step. So we don’t keep memory of them. And they’re relative because they’re only defined with respect to what we can currently observe in our field of view with our sensors. So let’s start from loing. Loing is defined we keep the same state components of position, velocity, orientation. Position is given by our barometer PZ. px and py are just zeroed out or you can leave like unbounded numbers below. We’re only focused on maintaining altitude in our position as accurate. Then we have velocity as optical flow and inertial data gives us our orientation. And we can fuse all this information with the traditional kma filter and centered calma filter in order to have one high frequency estimate of our state. And on the other hand, our desired state is to maintain a desired height, desired heading direction and desired velocity in that heading direction. Let me show you an experiment, an example that makes it more practical. So here we take off and we ramp up at 12 m height with the robot. We maintain a velocity forward of 7 km an hour and our heading direction is 0° with respect to the initial heading direction. having direction of zero means we want to maintain the same direction but it’s not necessarily the case. We can also show experiments where we for example follow the direction of maximum free space or for example the the direction of a low confidence target. And this is these are both experiments I will show you uh in a few seconds. Then we can switch in tracking mode. The moment we lock into a target, we can see a target in our field of view. We can switch from loitering to tracking. We maintain the same state components but now position velocity come directly from our object detection model and as desired state now we can define a desired distance in terms of XY so horizontal plane and a desired height with respect to the target. In other words, it’s like putting a cylindric area around the target and making sure we are always on the surface of that cylinder. So now if we continue the previous mission of loitering uh here we’re looking for a car and we have a transition at 0.7 confidence threshold from loitering to tracking. When it locks into a car it will switch into tracking mode and it will start moving and maintaining the desired offset of 10 m height and 10 m xy. And here the camera is frontacing with 45 degree pitch angle down. So the moment it centers in the field of view, it’s literally when it perfectly tracks it. So now what I presented you is a full redefinition of how we can define localization. We are defining it only based on instantaneous relativeity frame on local observation that we can every second observe. We can still the nice part is also that we can still use this framework with traditional GPS-based navigation. the moment the GPS is denied is corrupted or anything we can switch into lock mode we can switch into tracking mode and track these frames and so that’s why also one of the reasons why I kept the same state components of like 3D position velocity and orientation also we can switch between lo tracking based on detection confidence for example and the control of that the control I presented before for motion planning control for reactive collision avoidance can still work and still hold Even here we can still have the same NPC with constraint optimization with our dynamics function and our safety constraints for active collision avoidance. So now let me show you let’s conclude with a lot of experiments. First let me demonstrate tracking mission. So first we mount an mannequin on top of NTB so that we can move it around and we fly through a metallic thunder. This completely disrupts our GPS localization. But by using pure relative localization, we are able to smoothly track it. We test this at different heights uh different height offset offsets. Uh the previous experiment was at the same height as the mannequin. Now we add 6 m above the mannequin. So it goes about 8 to 9 m up in the air and we’re still able um what are the two things we are two views that we are looking at? Um sorry. So on the left is me falling with a pickup with a car and with a GoPro on top of the car. Okay. And so you see from the 3D perspective outside and on the right is the onboard vision of the robot. Okay. Okay. And then we can repeat the same experiment go on a nearby forest trail. Uh this goes about for almost a kilometer. And we can repeat the same mission, reach a speeds of up to, if I remember correctly, 50 uh kilometers an hour, which is the maximum speed of this ATV. And we can track it smoothly throughout the entire mission. And as you can see, we only have like 19 degree pitch angle for our robot. So it’s actually quite it doesn’t put much effort to follow the ATV. So we replace the target with now a pickup truck with good insurance. And we repeated the same experience. Now this was a model trained on Coco data set. So you have both the car and and the truck classes and then you have reflective surfaces and lighting like different shadowing. So as you can see there’s a lot of false detections. When you see the center bounding box with the green dot that is the output from the object detector. The outer bounding box that you see that zooms in and out that’s sort of like just a very let’s call it smart. It’s just a very basic mathematical technique in order to zoom in based on the last previous detection and zoom out when we don’t have detections. So this allows us to feed to the model just a small crop of the full image. So we give less clutter basically to the object detector and it’s much easier to do object detections. And so as you can see we were able to fly 80 km an hour pitch angles of up to 40 45° and follow the ATV both when it was speeding when it was slowing down.

    Nice then. So this proves the tracking performance. Let’s now focus on lighting. For lighting, we are mostly focused on can we show generalization across different environment conditions in different heights, different lighting conditions and etc. different texture for example. And again we’re using the same parameters across different across all the the same parameters across all the missions. Here we fly for example in the forest in above the military compound from the forest trail all the way over a gr some grass vegetation all the way in the military compound and the robot is always able to maintain this zero heading desired direction. As you can see here if we overimpose and create an arrow from the for example the zero heading and then we see in blue the actual GPS coordinate that was flown. You can see that we are able to follow accurately the trajectory. Then we move into the dense forest. We take off randomly and here the heading direction is given by free space. So every bunch of seconds we take the largest open area in our field of view and we take that as desired direction. And that’s the entire point here is that we we mostly focus on proving reactive collision avoidance while loing. So we don’t really care where it goes as long as it doesn’t crash into a tree. And so on the bottom right you can see the completed depth and the red bubbles are the 10 contra body functions that keep being defined at every time iteration and you can see how the robot smoothly transitions and avoid every obstacle along the way and even here that we have three trees that create a sort of a bottleneck it’s still able to bounce back and keep uh the mission going. Finally, last two videos. Uh, first we want to show that we are able to loitering and track and then follow a dynamic target. So, we go back to the the military compound. We take off at different heights, positioning the mannequin with different also angles and trying to increase the noise and going in circles around the military compound in different orientations in different like directions. And we we able to track it quite consistently and perform this mission over and over. And finally uh probably the most exciting mission of like sort of a search and rescue mission. Here we take off in a approximate heading direction. We put a mannequin 7 800 m far from the initial position. We t the robot to just move along that desired heading direction and we condition our heading based on the detection confidence. So the moment you will see in a few seconds it starts having a detection confidence above 0.3 it will start also aligning its heading so that we don’t really need the assumption that we are perfectly aligned with target we want to move in that direction. We can also sort of doing a mini exploration of if I see the target somewhere in my field of view, I can bias that and switch into that. And then when it reaches a confidence of about 0.7, it switches from loitering to tracking and it find the target. It locks into the target and it stops and maintains the safety distance. This uh video reminds me very much of the shaky cam from the Evil Dead movies, the famous Sam Ramy zoomin shots. In their case, I believe they used a uh 2×4 with a camera strapped to it attached to a dirt bike. So, it’s a little bit different. Yes. And um so the message I want to leave you with across this entire more technical presentation is that sometimes we don’t need to spend too many resources building expensive maps and expensive global poses in particular in those environments where those are not required or extremely too complex to actually maintain. We can ground our autonomy, we can ground our navigation in a lightweight autonomy stack that is adaptive, reactive and it’s grounded on what we can observe from our sensors. Of course, this comes also with limitations um by we we are focused on openstructor spaces. If we take this indoor in a constructor environment with like a loop for example, we end up keep looping around and one solution for this can be in the future to create some sort of object relationship memory or feature based uh memory of what we already observed or our safety is also limited to what we currently observe in our field of view of our camera. So the moment an obstacle goes outside the field of view, we forget about it. And so something like a predictive model like in autonomous driving, we predict where cars and trucks etc. move around us and when even when they go outside the field of view. So predictive model would actually integrate also very well with the current contour function formulation. And finally we lack high level reasoning in terms of if we are indoor, we are head we have a desired heading direction of zero. We want to keep bouncing around given free space. It’s very hard to find indoor and red car. So some vision action vision language model that given an input image can tell us you’re indoor you’re looking for a car you should aim your head interaction towards windows towards uh doors that would be extremely I mean effective and that would also integrate very well with our framework as it would just bias the desired heading. These are my choice. Based on that first uh video there, it it seems like uh perhaps this would not be the best solution for saving you from the back rooms. Correct. Yes. That would be too much of a structured space. The the first we need the first drone that will rescue you from the back rooms.

    So these are a bunch of publications that relate to the topics I mentioned and um that’s all for me from my side. Thank you so much uh for listening. Yeah, thank you. Can you go back to those papers real quick so folks can have a second to screenshot those? We’ll uh we’ll drop some of the uh we’ll drop some of these in the show notes as well.

    Cool, cool, cool. Well, thank you for that. Uh, great on the time. Uh, you parallel parked this episode in, uh, the correct number of minutes. So, thanks for that. Um, now we’re going to do our trivia giveaway here and then we’ll do some questions from you all in the audience. I’ve got a few in the hopper already, but if you have a question, now’s the great time to ask it. post that in the chat wherever you’re watching and I will bring those up on screen in a few minutes here. Uh but first, it’s time for trivia. Um if you need a reminder, the way this works is that I’m going to ask a trivia question based on today’s presentation and the first person to answer that trivia question correctly. Anywhere OpenCV Live is broadcasting will win the OpenCV University course of their choosing. You can see what courses are on offer by going to opencv.org/ org/un university. So, uh today’s question is going to be uh in continuing with last week’s theme of a little more pop culture in the trivia. Um I’m going to ask a question about the World Cup. We talked about it here earlier in the episode. Zedane’s famous World Cup headbutt happened in what year and against what team? Answer in the chat to win. We need both parts of this question answered in one message. If you’re watching on Zoom, make sure your messages are set to everyone and not just admins. We’ve got some questions. We’ve got some good uh Oh, you’re you’re close here. You’re close here. I don’t want to give it away. I can’t believe that uh this answer is not instantly answered. This question is not There we go. There we go.

    We’ve got I’m trying. Okay. I’m trying to decide. It’s a close one between YouTube and Zoom. It looks like It looks like Zoom was the one to get it first here. So, uh the answer we were looking for, we had a couple people say get the year right. The year was 2006. That was correct. However, a few people answered Germany. That’s not correct. I think it was maybe took place in Germany, but it was not against Germany. It was in fact against Italy. So 2006, Italy was the answer we were looking for. And the first person to answer that correctly uh was Masimo Lazeri. I don’t know. Gosh, I wonder how he knew the answer to that one.

    But congratulations, Masimo. Uh please send one email to Phil at opencv.org. That’s me with the name of the course you would like. You can find all of the courses that are available by going to opencv.org/university.

    Um, shout out to uh, Manuel on YouTube who missed it by just a bit and also Eric and uh, AGT Dash who were just a few seconds after our answer on Zoom. So, congrats. Um, now let’s do some questions here. We’ve got a couple of good ones. Let me pull up one from YouTube. This is always a question that’s on my mind when we’re talking about drones or edge devices. Um, how much power is needed from the Orin AGX when you’re running this? So, the that depends on the current board that you’re using and also the mode. For example, in if you use a NX, you have just 15 watts. If you use an R in an X, you go up to 25 watts. And recently in the last year there I mean for probably two more years um yeah probably two years because we graduated one year ago and it’s you can use some mode that is called super mode and you can use a carrier board and push 40 watts inside your car inside inside your and so I would say all these experiments were with 25 watts and but you can go up to 40 watts now with the super mode. Thank you for that. I’ve got Eric asks to avoid collision do you consider raw distances or are some filters introduced for avoiding collisions? We do only consider the distances coming from that completion. So we assume that that completion is consistent enough because our it’s still grounded on first principles how we get our absolute scale by solving stereo matching you know your absolute scale will be correct and so you can also uh measure what is the discrepancy when you solve your second order optimization to align predict the relative depth and absolute stereo depths. you can find also how much they are matching. And so if your error is small then you can directly consider those distances because you are confident that you only you’re still using absolute distances and you filled in those uh details like the all the noise and the outliers.

    Yes, thank you and thank you Eric for the question. Uh we’ve got another question here from u I’m not going to try to pronounce this name because I will get it wrong but uh did you set any distance threshold to factor and what if the obstacle is wide? How does the algorithm handle it? Like for example where the tree branches are um the name is David I guess so.

    It’s a great question. It’s what motivated our design. Um so typically when you do obstacle avoidance often you either have like voxil maps and you have these 3D boxes 3D cubes or you have assumptions about the obstacle semantics for example it’s a person so I can fit fit the person on a cylinder or it’s like a small box right so you put semantic reasoning in terms of what’s the class of the obstacle in this case we took a different approach instead of relying on semantics we are purely mapping pixels into 3D spheres And the size of the sphere depends on how close we are and how big is our robot. So for example, if another, for example, if we only have a small uh let’s say dangling branch from a tree with just a leaf, that will still become a bigger leaf. We will not get as close as we like as the size of our robot allows. If you remember that formula I was showing about maybe I can show it again quickly. Yeah. So yeah,

    still a little time to get some questions in folks if you have any questions left. I have a hard stop uh at 10:00 today. So no problem. Yeah, you guys can continue. I’ll unfortunately have to leave at 10:00. When Satia leaves, it becomes the Phil Politics chat. We’re going to we’re going to leave it all on the field today. Folks, can you see also my mouse pointer? Uh I can’t see your uh there it is. Your screen. Yep. I just I just brought it up here. Mhm. And the mouse pointer. I can see it. Yeah. Perfect. So every time we have an obstacle, right, we we create a 3D point in space. And that 3D point, assume, for example, we are doing our loitering mission. So we don’t have this position. It’s literally just taking that and make inflating it as a 3D sphere in the environment. And that size of the sphere depends on this radius that we’re defining. That in our case was the robot radius. So every point will become as big as basically the robot radius size. So we’re always making sure that we’ll be always uh not too close basically by our size to that obstacle. But we’re not putting assumption. It’s not reason in terms of what is the obstacle shape or semantics. It’s reason in terms of I’m mapping that into a 3D sphere and I’m avoiding that and the size is dependent on my robot size. That makes a lot of sense. Like you definitely need to factor in the size of your drone. Um yeah. Okay. Thanks for that. Uh we’ve got uh Hussein asked, “Is this work published anywhere?” I think you already answered that. Um but we’ll make sure to put that link to the papers in uh the show notes on YouTube and Patreon, etc. Maybe. So this work originally this is called reactive collision avoidance something was originally published two three years ago and then also the works after was also using reactive collision avoidance for lighting and those were nova and then hunt more recently. So if you go all the way to the back it’s reactive avoidance and then nova and hunt build on top and explain how to also improve it further. Okay thanks you for that. I’ve got one more here from Jeff on LinkedIn says uh let’s say no GPS available. Can you approximate relative positive from last known GPS or last zero position uh this way to both approximate mapping distance from original point of a known location? So it’s a lot of words but uh did you get the question? Uh yes I think so correct me if I’m wrong. Um so your your question is we are flying GPS at one point GPS is denied and in loy mode can we still build that representation of how much we travel with respect to the last known GPS coordinate. Uh so the answer would be no in terms of that would still require you to build so basically put a relative or word frame on where you were denied and then build a trajectory from there and that would go against the point of like building loitering mode with instantaneous reality frames because then you start using like slam and vio in order to build that global trajectory. So it if you use just off-the-shelf sensors like drones have right not rocket missile I use or space robotics I use it becomes very hard to actually maintain that uh frame consistently over time right yeah in other kinds of applications where you’re uh very high uh almost right then you can uh then people use uh you know satellite imagery to map where you are right so they match satellite imagery to your current view. And I know of companies who can go, you know, and these are uh primarily for military use. They can go about 100 miles uh without GPS, right? And and but they are very high up and they can look at uh satellite imagery and compare it to uh that. Yeah. The limitation there is that you you assume you have those satellite images and you have a sort of a dictionary in your memory and you can continuously query it. Yeah. The problem is that what what if you’re flying under the canopy of trees, right? Right. No. So, this is a completely different uh problem. Yeah. It’s trying to like solve solve it from a different perspective and a different angle and if we want to stay like low key in like in low altitude environments at high speeds that I think we need to refactor and remove like slam and like global process, right? Uh so, unfortunately guys, I have to leave but uh thank you so much. Uh this was amazing. This was amazing presentation and uh we’ll talk about it later. Thank you. Thank you Syia. Adios Satya. Um that was actually our last question here. So uh I have one note. I mean obviously of course if you if you run out of GPS and you can’t use satellite imagery, you just have to shell out for the Pokemon Go data set and then you’re all set.

    The most complete map of the world probably should write a paper on that. Yeah, somebody should somebody should maybe there’s some grant work in there if they weren’t shutting down the NSF funding. I think somebody could get some grant money to to work on that. Anyway, uh Alandro, thank you so much for joining us today. Do you have any final thoughts for the audience before we call it an episode? I think it’s sort of like summarizing what has been said so far in terms of grounding what we can currently observe is a great strategy in order to maintain efficiency and effectiveness in completely unknown environments but even when we don’t put any assumption about we don’t have the assumption of I have some prior maps I’m flying in a structure condition or I know my operating conditions or I have a satellite satellite image of my environment This is a great way in order to traverse that environment and maintain mission control basically and of course it comes with its limitations but I think there’s a lot of ways to to prove it and build on top of it. Awesome. Thanks so much for that great presentation. I you you presented very well and uh you spoke very eloquently on the subject. It can be very complicated but I think you did a great job here and the audience seems to agree. So yeah, thanks so much for watching everybody. We’ve got uh uh more open CV lives of course next week. Um same bat time, same bat channel. I am of course your co-host with the co-host. Reminding you one more time, uh OpenCV has some fresh new merch available. I’ll share the screen here real quick on our Spreadshop, OpenCV.spreadshop.com.

    You can uh go over there and buy the brand new OpenCV open- source nonprofit no [ __ ] shirt. Uh scan that QR code there and that’ll take you to the official store. We’ve got a few folks that have bought these since we launched them a couple of weeks ago. Mine is in the mail. I’ll be wearing one probably next week or the week after as well. Um it’s a great way to support OpenCV and let people know where you stand. So, please uh scan that code or go to opencv.mmyspreadshop.com and see what we got. We got shirts, we got hoodies, we got the classic NPR style tote bag. Um there’s also some uh other stuff on there like, you know, we’ve got hats, the import CV2 command, the the alltimer there on shirts and hats and things like that. We’ve also got pet bandanas and things like that, stickers, buttons with the official OpenCV logo. So, check that out. get your gear and if you send us a picture of you with your new OpenCV gear, I will bring it up on screen here on OpenCV Live. So, uh, if you give me permission, of course. So, please check that out and thank you all so much for watching. Um, yeah, take care of yourselves out there, folks, and take care of somebody else if you can. And have a great day wherever you may be. We’ll see you next time. Adios.

  • 07/16/2026 – Alliant Webinar – Social Security – The Choice of a Lifetime

    All right, it is 10:00 a.m. sharp and uh we will go ahead and get started and and let uh while the some of the stragglers uh log in. But uh good morning everyone. My name is Sean Fuesca and I am one of the financial consultants here at Alliant Retirement and Investment Services. And again, thank you so much for joining our discussion today which will be on the topic of social security which is the choice of a lifetime. Now

    before we dive in, I just want to share a quick housekeeping item here. So today’s session is for educational purposes only and it includes proprietary material. So to protect both the content and everyone’s privacy, we please ask that attendees please do not record or capture the presentation whether by video or audio screen sharing or AI tools without prior consent. And uh with that being said, we appreciate your understanding and and so glad you’re here. So now our team at Alliant Retirement and Investment Services is really focused on helping you understand the ins and outs of investing, saving for retirement, and so much more. So please take a look at our website aris.allcreditun.com alliancreditun.com to see our list uh our yeah our list of weekly webinars, our podcast which is called Investsavvy, our blog as well as other financial resources. Today’s presentation is focused on how to maximize what is for many the single most important monthly paycheck they’ll ever receive in retirement, their Social Security retirement benefits. I also want you to come away knowing that social security benefits provide a protected level of income that you can never outlive. And before we get into some of the details about what we’re going to talk about today, I just want to say that social security planning can be complicated. So you are not alone if you feel that way.

    All right. So when you decide to claim social security can make a huge difference regarding the lifetime income you receive. So in this example, assuming one earns $54,000 a year and their full retirement age is 67. If they start benefits earlier at age 62, you can see that their benefit income will be $1,465

    per month. compared to waiting at age 70, which then their income benefit is $2,634 a month. That is a whopping difference of 77% in income per month depending on when you decide to start Social Security. So, in this presentation, I’ll talk about why planning on when to begin social security is just so important and should be part of your overall retirement planning strategy.

    So, here’s our agenda for today. I’ll discuss why Social Security is considered the choice of a lifetime. I’ll talk about social security basics as well as guidance built for you in terms of the resources available here to you at Alliant to help you with the social security planning process. So let’s talk about why social security can be the choice of a lifetime.

    So you can apply for social security as early as age 62, which many people do with the maximum amount received at age 70. Now, a little background on the age group of 63 and 65, a fair amount of people that fall into that category did not plan on retiring that early, but were forced out due to health reasons, whether it’s their own or a loved one, or they were laid off. Now, these people were planning to wait until full retirement age, but unfortunately could not. So, this is just a cautionary tale when it comes to retirement planning. the whatif scenario. What if I am forced to retire earlier than planned?

    So, let’s take a look and dive in at an example of a married couple, Pat and Kelly. Here, we’re going to compare the scenarios if they took their Social Security benefit at the earliest age versus their optimized age. So the earliest age is the uh blue bar uh box there to your left and we’ll compare the optimized age there on the right. So if Pat and Kelly took their benefit at full retirement age or FRA, that’s how I’ll refer to it. Pat and Kelly would have cumulative optimized benefits of 1 million781,000

    over their expected lifetime. Now while if they filed for benefits as soon as possible on the left here they would have given them uh social security would have given them a benefit of 1,551,000 over their expected lifetime. So you can see that Pat and Kelly would have lost a cumulative amount close to 230,000 by filing early. And obviously this decision isn’t that black and white and and certainly it’s not a one-sizefits-all model. And while this is important, nobody really knows exactly when they’re going to die. So again, while important, I think there are other factors you’ll want to consider when looking at the timing of your social security. Now these are things like your retirement plan, your cash flow, assets, how your assets are allocated, your health, the health of your spouse and age, taxation and etc. That’s one of the many benefits of working with a financial consultant or an adviser just to help with putting all of these variables together to come up with an appropriate plan.

    Now, here’s a different scenario. Let’s meet Mary, someone who is not married and approaching retirement. And again, this is just an example of the range of what your total benefit amount received from Social Security can be. If Mary files early at 62, her cumulative benefit over her lifetime will be 353,452.

    Now, if she waits until her full retirement age of 67, she’ll receive 432,600.

    And if Mary waits at her optimal age of 70, she’ll receive 478,728.

    So you can see that by Mary taking her benefit at 62 versus 67, she is losing a cumulative benefit of just over 79,000. And by taking her benefit at 62 versus age 70, she’s losing a cumulative benefit of just over 125,000. Now, when we use the word lost, quote unquote lost in these examples regarding total dollars received, that’s what they’re referring to, the total dollars received. But you do gain the use of these dollars if you decide to claim earlier to either reinvest in something potentially lucrative or you can spend it making memories with your loved ones while your health permits. Everyone’s different. So for example, my mother who retired, you know, 10 years ago, for example, decided to take her benefit early at age 62 because that’s when she retired from nursing after almost 50 years. And she had the mindset that she wanted to enjoy these benefits as soon as she could, as soon as she retired, and wanted it as soon as possible. So again, it’s it’s going to be very subjective based on your your situation.

    And I do not want to minimize the importance of having a social security withdrawal plan. As you can see, for most people, social security makes up the lion’s share of their retirement income when compared to other retirement income like you can see here, such as pensions, retirement account income coming from your portfolio, or or maybe rental income. That’s why it’s so important to have a withdrawal plan before you retire, which we’ll talk about later in this presentation.

    All right. So, let’s talk about some of the basics with a little history lesson here as well.

    So, what does social security actually offer? It offers guaranteed lifetime income. So, you will not run out of income. This income is also indexed for inflation. So many of you have probably heard of the word COLA, the cost of living adjustment which is associated with this. Social Security also offers survivor benefits if you or a spouse passes away. And it also offers preferential tax treatment in which some or none of your social security uh income is taxed depending on your total income. Now, these federal tax tears, which is not on this board, uh I’m just going to let you know that you can take note of. If you’re single and head of a household, if you make under $25,000, 0% of your social security is taxable. If you make between 25 to $34,000, up to 50% of your social security is taxable. If you make over 34,000, up to 85% is taxable. And for married couples filing jointly, under 32,000 as a joint household, 0% of your social security uh tax. If you both make 32 to 44,000, up to 50% is taxable. And for those of you who are married and making over 44,000, that’s when up to 85% is taxable. And again, it’s not up here on the on the presentation, but just wanted to give you a feel for the the preferential tax treatment associated with social security. I like this slide. Now, Social Security wasn’t always around. It’s actually less than 100 years old. And if you remember learning at some point about the crash of 1929 and the great depression, that event created the law which is called the socially uh social security act of 1935 which created social security. That was 11 years later on January 31st, 1940. And this lovely woman you see here, this is Ida May Fuller. She was the first recipient of social security, believe it or not. And you can’t see the amount on the check there that she’s holding, but it was $22.54. First social security check ever. $22.54. So, just a little social security uh security trivia that you probably never heard knew about, but now you know.

    So what determines someone’s primary insurance amount or what’s called PIA? It is their highest 35 years up to a maximum amount each year which in 2026 that amount was $184,500 in in income. So again it is your highest 35 years of earnings up to a maximum each year. So for many if not most of you you probably know that FICA tax on your payub FICA that FICA tax comprises a total of 15.3% that comes out of your paycheck. Of that 15.3% 7.65 of that is paid by you and 7.65 65 of that is paid by your employer, which is that 15.3% total. Now, well, of that 7.65 paid by you, 6.2% of that is for Social Security.

    And for those of you who haven’t done so, I encourage you to sign up with Social Security directly so you can see your benefits as reported over your working life. It will show how much income you’ve earned in your working years as well as your projected benefit amounts. So again, I’m sure a lot of you have done this, but for those of you who haven’t done so, I strongly recommend you do it. It’s secure, it’s free, and you can sign up at ssa.gov/myacount.

    So, this report which or the statement is something they used to send out regular uh regularly by mail uh in the past. Now, you’re going to have to look online if you are age 60 or younger to see this statement. For those of you who are over 60, you would receive them annually right around your birthday. So again, a very good statement to give you an idea of of what to expect so it can help you in the planning process down the line or if it’s coming up in the next few years. Now, here’s a look at the age chart for full retirement age or what I’ve been referring to as FRA. This uh this is the amount that you would receive without a penalty and you are allowed to work without a potential reduction in benefits for those that retire early. And like I said earlier, for most of you uh on this webinar at least, your FRA is probably age 67.

    All right. So this slide highlights one of the most important concepts in my opinion in social security planning. It’s the age at which benefits are claimed that can have a significant impact on your monthly benefit amounts received. And in this example, the chart illustrates how benefit levels change depending on the age your benefits begin. So the percentages shown represent the portion of a worker’s primary insurance amount insurance amount or PIA that may be received at different claiming ages. The PIA is the benefit amount a worker is generally eligible to receive at full retirement age. Now, under current Social Security rules, claiming benefits before full retirement age generally results in a permanently reduced monthly benefit. I’m going to repeat that. If you claim benefits before your full retirement age, it generally results in a permanently reduced monthly benefit. Now, conversely, if you delay those benefits beyond full retirement age, this may result in delayed retirement credits, which can increase the monthly benefit up to age 70. Now, as shown here in the example, a person with a full retirement age benefit of $2,000 per month could receive approximately $1,400 per month by claiming at age 62 compared to approximately $2,480 per month by claiming at age 70. So, this example just demonstrates how claiming later may increase the monthly benefit amount. And this equates to essentially an 8% raise pay increase each year that you delay claiming social security at your full retirement age up to age 70. Now, however, it’s important to recognize that a higher monthly benefit does not automatically mean that delaying benefits is the right choice for everyone. The decision should take into account things like your individual circumstances, including your health, your life expectancy, employment status, cash flow needs, marital uh marital considerations, and other retirement income sources. Social Security claiming isn’t solely about maximizing a monthly payment, although that’s what it seems like. Rather, it involves evaluating the tradeoffs and determining how Social Security fits within an individual’s broader retirement income strategy. And again, we’ll we’ll talk about this later, and I’ll show you how this uh can be affected. The purpose of this illustration is just to help demonstrate how filing age may affect benefit amounts and to encourage thoughtful consideration of the available options before making your claiming decision.

    Now, let’s take a look at filing rules for these following different scenarios. We’ll look at surviving spouses. We’ll look at spouses and diverse sp uh divorced spouses.

    So, a spouse may be eligible for benefits based on the earnings record of a current spouse. So, in general, eligibility for spousal benefits begins at age 62, although claiming before full retirement age may result in a reduced monthly benefit. So to qualify, a couple generally must have been married for at least one year and the worker whose record is being used must have filed for their own social security retirement benefit before their spousal benefits can be paid. Again, to qualify, a couple must be married for at least one year, and the worker whose records being used must have filed for their own social security uh retirement benefit before spousal benefits can be paid. Now, for eligible spouses, the maximum spousal benefit is generally up to 50% 50% of the worker’s primary insurance amount or that PIA. The PIA is the benefit the worker would receive at full retirement age. And it’s important to note also that the 50% calculation is based on the worker’s PIA, not on any increased benefit that may result from delayed retirement credits.

    Now, a surviving spouse may be eligible for survivor benefits if the marriage lasted at least 9 months before the worker’s death. Although, there are exceptions to this rule in certain situations. Eligibility requirements can vary, so it’s it’s important to review individual circumstances carefully. Now, one important distinction is that survivor benefits have different rules than spousal benefits. A surviving spouse may be eligible to begin receiving survivor benefits as early as age 60. However, claiming before full retirement age generally results in a permanently reduced monthly survivor benefit. Now, if a surviving spouse who remaries after age 60 may still remain eligible for survivor benefits based on a deceased spouse’s earnings record. And again, different rules may apply if remarage occurs before age 60. But in terms of benefit amounts, an eligible surviving spouse may receive a benefit based on the deceased spouse’s earning earnings record. A lot of people didn’t know that this amount can reflect delayed retirement credits that the deceased worker earned by delaying those benefits beyond full retirement age. And another important planning consideration is that survivor benefits and an individual’s own retirement benefit can be evaluated separately. So depending on eligibility and benefit amounts, some individuals may have options regarding the timing of claiming these benefits. and the Social Security Administration are the ones who can definitely help determine which benefits are available and the amount payable under those current rules. That’s uh again, you can just see how complicated this can get. So that’s why Social Security is such a great resource for you to contact directly to start uh planning in advance your specific situation. And again, as always, Social Security claiming decisions should be evaluated based on each person’s unique circumstances, including things like your age, your marital history, and health considerations, um, and as well as overall retirement income needs.

    And lastly, let’s talk about Social Security benefits that may be available to divorced spouses. I get a lot of questions on on the divorced spouse uh benefits. Now, under Social Security rules, an individual may be eligible to receive benefits based on a former spouse’s earnings record if certain requirements are met. Now, generally, the marriage must have lasted at least 10 years. That’s the number, 10 years. and the divorced individual must currently be unmarried at the time they apply for divorced spouse benefits. If the divorce has been final for at least 2 years, a former spouse may be able to claim benefits even if the expouse has not yet filed for social security provided both individuals otherwise meet eligibility requirements established by the SSA. Now, it’s also important to understand that claiming benefits on a former spouse’s record does not reduce or affect the benefit that the former spouse receives. So, in addition, benefits paid to a divorced spouse generally do not count toward the family maximum that can apply to benefits paid on a worker’s record. And depending on circumstances, an eligible divorce uh divorced spouse may qualify for spousal benefits while the former spouse is living and may also be eligible for survivor benefits if the former spouse passes away. So eligibility and benefit amounts can vary again based on individual situations, your age, filing status, and other factors.

    So, how does continued work impact social security benefits? If you want to keep working and if you are under full retirement age for the full year, $1 will be withheld for every $2 above the annual limit. In this case, $24,480 is what you can earn. If you are working in the year of full retirement age up to your FRA month, $1 will will uh will be withheld for every $3 above the annual limit. In this case, the most you can make is $65,160.

    And if you are still working at your full retirement uh full retirement age and beyond, no limits. no limits on earnings and no uh nothing is withheld in terms of earnings and then earnings are returned. So just a reminder if you decide to keep working after beginning social security and if you’re subject to a reduc uh reduction of benefits SSA will recalculate the loss due to the reduction as a makeup at your full retirement age. So your loss is not permanent. Keep that in mind. Okay, now let’s look at an example of how a social security claiming strategy may be presented with a personalized analysis. And this example moving forward is very uh practical to what I do here and what we do here at Alliant as financial consultants and and financial planners. This is the type of analysis that we do uh for our members and and it’s very powerful. So in this illustration, the report estimates an expected life uh lifetime family benefit based on a specific set of assumptions and claiming decisions. Again, we’ll refer back to Pat and Kelly. This example shows one individual delaying benefits until age 70, which is Pat, and then Kelly waits until a uh claiming uh this uh benefit at age 66. Based on the assumptions used in this analysis, the software projects a specific lifetime benefit amount. And it’s important to understand what this figure represents. So the projected lifetime benefit is not a guaranteed outcome. Rather, it’s an estimate generated by our software using information provided by the participants from you, actuarial assumptions and current social security rules in effect at the time that these uh types of analysis are prepared. And the purpose of this type of illustration is to demonstrate how different filing ages can affect projected household benefits over time. Delaying benefits may increase monthly payments for some people, while other factors such as income needs or health considerations, employment plans, and family circumstances may influence a different decision. So, when reviewing these type of reports, it’s important to focus less on a a specific dollar amount and more on understanding the tradeoffs associated with each claiming strategy that we we were talking about. Now, this analysis provides a framework for evaluating available options and considering how social security fits into an overall retirement income plan. Because like I said, every individual’s situation is unique and a strategy that appears appropriate for one household may not be appropriate for another. So the goal is to help individuals better understand their choices and make informed decisions based on their own circumstances. So again, this example is intended to illustrate the planning process and to demonstrate how the analytical tools we use can be used to compare potential outcomes under different assumptions. Okay. So beyond evaluating claiming strategies, another important aspect of retirement planning is understanding how social security fits into this overall income needs picture. Right? So this report includes an income gap analysis that compares projected social security benefits with estimated retirement income goals. So this chart here illustrates the relationship between projected income sources and the desired spending levels throughout retirement that a retire retiree might want. And the purpose of this analysis is to help identify periods where maybe expected income may be lower than expected expenses or desired lifestyle needs. But recognizing these potential gaps can provide just an opportunity to explore various planning considerations and evaluate those available resources. So, it’s important to remember that social security is typically only one component of that overall retirement income strategy. And like I mentioned before, those other income sources may include employer sponsored retirement plans, IRA, taxable investment accounts or pensions, uh p personal savings, part-time employment. So, there’s a lot of things that can come into play. The analysis can also highlight how income needs may change over time. For example, retirement spending patterns often evolved due to factors such as health care expenses, inflation, your lifestyle changes, or the loss of a spouse. So, reviewing these changes can help individuals better understand future cash flow considerations. As with all financial projections, the figures shown are estimates based on assumptions and information provided at the time this report is prepared. So again, actual income needs, expenses, investment results, social security benefits, and future economic conditions may differ from projections. And the goal of this analysis is not to predict again future incomes, but rather to provide a framework for evaluating potential retirement income sources and identifying areas that may warrant additional planning or discussion.

    So, as we wrap up, it’s important to remember that social security claiming is often one of the most significant financial decisions individuals make during retirement. Hence our topic title the choice of a lifetime. The decision is not simply about choosing a filing age. It also involves understanding the various benefit categories that may be available including retirement benefits, spousal benefits, divorce spouse benefits, and survivor benefits. So each option has its own eligibility requirements and potential implications. And because social security benefits can represent a substantial source of retirement income, taking the time to understand available choices may help you make more informed decisions. However, there is not a one-sizefits-all solution. And so, the most appropriate approach depends on again your specific circumstances.

    So throughout this presentation, we’ve discussed tools and resources that can help individuals evaluate different scenarios and understand how claiming decisions may affect retirement income over time. And these resources are intended to support the planning process and provide educational insights into those available options. So the key takeaway here is that social security should be considered as part of a comprehensive retirement income strategy rather than a standalone decision. So by understanding the rules from a high level and exploring available options, you can make decisions that align with your unique situation and retirement objective. Okay. So again, my role here and our role at Alliant is to help educate and provide resources so that you can better understand your options. And now before a personalized social security analysis can be prepared, it’s important to gather this accurate information. You know, you probably are asking, well, how do we, you know, do this calculation for ourselves? Because it’s all about your individual current situation. And that’s where what’s our factf finder comes in. So our factfinder document serves as a data collection tool that helps capture key information needed to prepare a accurate and personalized social security assessment. So this information may include things like you see here uh you know 401ks your IAS uh we need to get your social security benefit estimated amounts. uh we look at your retirement goals, your employment information and other details that can affect these claiming strategies and your personal income planning. So the more accurate and complete the information provided, the more meaningful this result analysis may be. And because social security claiming decisions can be influenced by factors obviously like age and earnings history, marital history, retirement timing. Having this complete information helps ensure that the analysis that we do reflects your circumstance as accurately as possible. And just to be clear, the factfinder is not an application for social security benefits and does not constitute a recommendation of, you know, any kind. Instead, it serves as an information gathering resource used to create an educational analysis of available options under current social security rules. Okay. So once the information is collected, the analysis can be used as the basis for a conversation about retirement income planning, social security claiming considerations, and how social security may fit alongside other retirement resources because I I get this question all the time from clients over the last 20 years is when do I know when to start social security? And I wish I had just a simple answer for that. But in this presentation, it is a culmination of different things that affect your retirement that will help in deciding when you should claim you and which strategies to implement. Okay. So the objective for this process is really again to help you understand your options and provide a framework for making informed retirement planning decisions.

    And again, as we wrap up, I’d like to share this last part of our retirement analysis that in my opinion is a powerful slide. This is taken from our actual financial plan. And another benefit of a comprehensive social security analysis is the ability to look beyond benefit amounts and evaluate how those benefits may contribute to your retirement cash flow needs over time. So you can see that here. Not only does this analysis take into account social security, this is going to show you how your income is going to change over time with other sources of income with uh income taxes and expenses. Uh, so I would love to help you get started with creating this retirement planning strategy that can help not only determine what’s the best time again to begin social security, but to discuss how that’s going to affect your overall retirement situation moving forward. So, in a minute, I’m just going to ask all of you to answer a quick poll after this presentation because that really helps me with my efforts to educate our clients and members on financial planning topics. Social Security being just one of many. And when you complete the poll, there is a section that will ask if you would like a follow-up meeting with me personally. This is strictly complimentary. There’s no obligation. It’s a service that we offer where during our meeting, we can talk about your specific retirement and savings needs and how Social Security fits into this next chapter of your life. And during that meeting, we identify where you and your family stand in regard to preparing for that retirement. We review your timeline. We identify key retirement planning issues uh that you need to anticipate. And that comes along with deciding when to start social security income. And so coming out of that meeting, we can act as your resource moving forward and help you at least look in the right direction when it comes to social security. Now, naturally, we can help you with the key financial planning and investment advice as it relates to your situation, too. But at the end of the day, we just want you to be prepared, bottom line, and organized for this aspect of your life so that you and your family can have peace of mind knowing that you’ve got a plan. So, again, if you can please help and answer the poll, I would greatly appreciate it. And with that being said, that concludes my presentation and would love to open up for Q&A. So, let’s get started on these wonderful questions. And again, my information is up there. If there are questions that I cannot answer, uh I will be more than happy to look into that uh for you as well offline. Um, but I’m going to start with the questions. Number one, let’s see what we got here.

    How far in advance can I apply for Social Security retirement benefits? Great question. You can apply up to 4 months before the date you want benefits to start, but you must be at least age 61 and 9 months to apply. So, great question.

    If I choose to semi-retire after age 67, which is my FRA, and keep working on a part-time basis, how will this affect my social security income? Again, uh I’ll refer to my presentation. If you retire after age 67, no uh there will be no penalties for you to do that, no withholdings. it is if you start to work at before your prior uh your FRA, that’s when benefits are reduced. But if you continue to work at your full retirement age, you’re going to be good to go. And uh there are no earnings limits. It will not reduce or stop your social security benefits regardless of how much you earn. All right. What counts as earnings for social security calculation? Great question. Only active work income, earned income. So, uh that’s income from wages, uh employment. So, salaries, bonuses, commission, if you’re in service industry, if you have tips, uh and your self-employment income. So, anything like that will count towards social security. uh earnings for their calculation. So, great question.

    All right, I like this one. Is there a maximum amount that Social Security pays no matter what individuals have made? For instance, if a millionaire applies, is there a maximum amount they can receive no matter what they have contributed? That’s another great question. And the amount is yes. Uh, if you earn, hold on a second, I just lost my screen here. The maximum amount at age 62 is $2,969. No matter how much you make at full retirement age, the maximum amount of benefit is $4,152. And if you wait until age 70, that maximum amount of social security that can be claimed is 5,181. So yes, uh Michael, there is a limit to how much uh you’re going to receive no matter how much income you’ve worked uh in that 35 year earnings history. All right. Here

    question. After a full retirement age, does social security website benefit amount only twice a year before FRA every month? Sorry, don’t understand that question. My benefit amount has stayed the same for 6 months or so. I am past FRA. So, if I’m understanding you correctly, once you start your benefit, uh that should only increase if there is a cost of living adjustment for that year. So, there have been years where Social Security has made a uh what is this? A 7% raise for COLA, remember? Uh during COVID, but now, you know, it’s usually about a 3.2% cola increase. Uh but besides that that is the only amount that is going to affect your uh your income benefits there uh pandering. So hopefully that answers your question. Annette I will be 70 at the end of the month and purposely waited to receive the maximum amount. Kudos to you Annette. How long will it take for a benefit to be received? I am still working part-time. So, if you apply for a social security benefit, uh I want to say that amount or that time frame depends. Okay, I wish I had a uh an answer a, you know, hard clear answer for you, but usually it takes about 2 to 4 weeks. So, it it it’s not going to be crazy long that you have to wait, but your first check will typically arrive within 2 to four weeks after your application process. Alrighty.

    So I have a question here. I will be 70 at the Oh, that was the same question. So let’s see here.

    It looks like those are all of the questions on the Q&A. Oh, here’s one right Matt. Do the payment projections that you provided in the previous examples use any COLA adjustment adjustments? Yes. So all the um uh previous I guess uh incomes it won’t doesn’t really have a you know the specific cola adjustments but it does have the typical average COLA met of 3.2%. Um, so that’s what it uses and we can adjust that with our uh software. We can adjust cost of living adjustments for you if you’d like. So I have that’s a great point that you bring up. When I do these retirement um analysis, we can go ahead and change cola to be 4%. We can do it to be, you know, 2.8, 3.2, whatever that is. But yes, we can adjust the percentage of cola uh based on what your feelings are about uh how that’s going to change in the future. So um the examples in the that I provided are definitely uh you know cola is adjusted and we usually start that at 3.2 to 3 and a half%.

    All right, here.

    Let’s see here. All right. I know social security can be a a very uh hairy beast, I like to call it. I mean, there’s so many different scenarios uh within social security and I am by far, you know, not an expert at all when it comes to all of this, but what I’ve learned in in the 20 years of of financial planning is that, you know, social security, um, and I I I always alluded to this in the presentation, it’s not a one-sizefits-all model. So, you know, there are so many components that we have to assess before we can give you guidance on when to take, you know, social security. Um, I’m sure when, you know, I’ve heard from clients who are retired when when they were, you know, first claiming trying to uh apply for social security, when you actually go to the Social Security office, you know, they’re more cut and dry. I’ve I’ve heard that, you know, you tell them, you know, when you want to take it and that’s what they help you with in terms of the application. But when it comes to taking into account your comprehensive picture in retirement, that’s not something they do. And again, I think that’s the value of what we bring here at Alliant is we can take a look at that for you um in that analysis that I recommended. And again, it is it is complimentary. We don’t charge to do that initially. Uh so you know take advantage of that because it again it will give you a good uh blueprint uh to for what to expect if you’re looking to retire you know in in the coming years

    and sorry here Doug let me check Q&A here which let’s say my wife is receiving her own earned benefit of 2,000 per month and I’m receiving my own earned benefit of $2,500. 00 per month. When I die, she will begin to receive the higher of the two benefits, but not both. Doug, that’s correct. So, she is going to either take the higher of her own benefit or 50% of what yours is. Whichever is higher, but not both. That’s a great question. Um, and sorry, the the qu the Q&A uh chat got hidden from me on here. So, uh that’s a great question, Doug. Uh Jay, didn’t start my benefit yet. I was looking at benefit estimates the last six months. It has stayed the same. Now, that can be uh uh because of a few things. Number one, remember they’re going to take the 35 highest years of your employment. So, if your work record in for the past 35 years has stayed the same, you’re not going to see much change, you know, especially in the last six months. So, you know, I’m not sure if that’s the case, but uh again, your social security benefits will change due to uh your uh highest, you know, month years of of earnings. Joseph, if you are divorced and former spouse died after divorce, what benefit should surviving spouses apply for? Joseph, great question. When you go to the social security office, if again if unfortunately your former spouse dies and uh you know after divorce, they are going to let you know exactly uh what type of benefits to apply for. But the the fact is you have benefits to apply for. Uh so again, I would suggest going to the Social Security office or contacting Social Security to apply for those divorced uh or survivor benefits because you are eligible for that. And I’ve had numerous clients over the years who are unaware that you can file for those benefits if you are divorced. So

    all right, looks like those are the only questions and if there are other questions folks that come up that I again you thought of and I you know or I didn’t wasn’t able to answer please let me know and you feel free to contact me anytime. that’s what I’m here for um in in assessing social security uh you know options and not only that but again any general retirement questions that you have you know my we specialize here in in at retirement and investment services is the whole comprehensive financial planning aspect of of everything encompassing retirement whether that’s your 401k IRA investments whatever that is that’s what I’ve been doing here at Alliant for the past 17 years uh I’ve been in the business since for 20 years at at JP Morgan prior to this. So, this is all I know as as boring as it can sound. Uh, you know, I’m here as a resource for you. And again, I appreciate all of your time today. Uh, hope you have a great weekend coming up here. I just got back from Mexico with my family last night and uh I don’t know where all of you are at, but here in Chicagoland, we are in a dense, hazy advisory uh from smoke from Canada, so I have to deal with that. But hopefully you all are not having to deal with that. But again, uh look forward to seeing you all again. And uh again, reach out to me if you have any other questions. I appreciate you all. Thank you so much.

  • 07/16/2026 – Alliant Webinar – Roth IRA Conversions – An Effective Retirement Tax Strategy for Your Clients

    Okay, we’re going to go ahead and get started. My name is Kim Kennedy and with me today is Malcolm Horn and Malcolm’s going to be walking you through the Roth IRA conversion webinar today. Uh, but before we jump into that, just want to answer a couple questions. We get asked all the time if we actually work for the credit union, and we do. We work for Alliant Credit Union. We happen to be in the retirement and investment services division of Alliant. Malcolm and I are based in Denver. We have an office in the tech center and also over in Lakewood. We are happy to do virtual appointments if you’re joining from another state or if you are in Colorado and would prefer that would be fine as well. I’m seeing a lot of comments about a echo. I’ve seen a couple people that have joined twice. I don’t know if that’s the problem. I’m going to turn my mic down. Um, we will take all your questions at the end of the webinar today. So, please enter them in the Q&A or the chat box. You will get a follow-up communication from Malcolm or I just making sure your questions got answered and seeing if you need some help with your retirement planning efforts. We have a few webinars coming up to round out this month. The first one is

    there we go. Thursday, July 23rd. We’re going to be talking about IRA planning, just all the different IRA types and how you utilize those in retirement. And then the next one, the following week on

    there we go, Tuesday, July 28th, tax planning. just how your taxes change in retirement and we’ll go through all of that. And then lastly, we do have some resources available. Our website just has a ton of things on our events page. You can see the webinars not only that Malcolm and I are hosting, but what our colleagues are also hosting across the country. You are free to attend any of those that you’re interested in. We produce a in-house podcast and we store all those historical podcasts on our podcast page. So, if there’s a specific topic you’re wanting to get smart on, check that. It might be there. And then lastly, both our website and our blog just have a ton of financial information. So, again, if you’re trying to get smart on a specific topic, uh, go ahead and look there. And with that, I’m going to turn you over to Malcolm and he’s going to walk you through the webinar today. Thanks for joining. Thank you everyone. Um before we do get started, if you do hear a echo, you might be signed in twice. Um so just double check that. I don’t hear echo on my side, so I’m not sure exactly what’s going on. But anyways, let’s talk about today’s topic is we’re going to talk about Roth conversions. But before we jump into kind of Roth conversions, you might be asking, well, why are we talk why why are you doing webinars on Roth conversions? Well, one, we think Roth conversions can be a very important kind of strategy when it comes to a person’s financial situation, especially with kind of the environment that we’re in. And because if you think about this, let’s first talk about make sure we’re okay. Let’s first talk about the national debt. I pulled this number up last night. Currently, the US has $39 trillion. Think about that. $39 trillion in in debt. Well, just like anybody’s debt, how do we pay off debt? We either make more money to pay off our debt or we budget properly and save money and pay off our debt. So, if you think about the US national debt, if they’re going to increase their um if they’re going to try to pay down this debt, they’re going to increase their revenues, which is increasing taxes. But if you look over the last 5 years, they’ve been running a deficit. and a deficit. The simple way to think about this is if you make $50,000 but you spend $70,000, you’re in a $20,000 deficit. And you look at the US government and right now they’re in a 1.5 rough estimate deficit each year. So we are spending more than they’re collecting. And it’s projected that come 2031 that the revenues that they have coming in is just going to cover the um come 2031 the revenues are just going to cover the social security, Medicare, Medicaid and debt interest payments. Um snooze sorry I got a noticing my computer was going to be reset. Um sorry about that. So think about this. Come 2031, if all the revenue is coming in and just covering social security, Medicare, Medicaid, and debt interest payments, they have no other money to cover defense spending, infrastructure, or those other items that we rely on. Now, last year, there was this thought that in 2026 taxes were going to go up, but that did not occur. They came in and signed the one big beautiful bill act and they came in made some permanent changes. They came they kept the current tax hurts the same. They increased standard deduction. They eliminated some of the personal exemptions. They gave us a higher mortgage interest deduction. Um they also expanded some of the qualified business income deductions. And then they also put in some temporary changes. temporary changes for the senior bonus deduction, the salt deduction, car loan interest deduction, and you can see in this list. Now, when it comes to permanent changes, that just means there’s no expiration date on this. The temporary changes mean yes, there is an expiration date on that. So, just know the difference between these two. Now, come 2028 or 2032 or sometime down the road, they could change these permanent changes, but it has to be an act of Congress. So, again, as I mentioned, we thought taxes were going to go up, but they ended up staying the same for 26 and going forward. But if you look also at the top federal income tax rate yearbyear, you can see that you know back in the 70s the top marginal tax rate was 78%. Today is 37%. So you couldn’t make the argument that we are still in a low in low tax environment. And will that tax environment will they start taxing us more? Who knows? No one necessarily knows what’s going to happen down the road. But when you think about Roth conversions and thinking about we’re in a low tax environment, it might make sense to think think about this strategy. There’s a guy uh Ed Slot. He’s been talking about talking about taxes are going up, taxes are going up. He’s been talking about taxes going up for the last probably 15 20 years. And he’s been talking about doing Roth conversions all these years. And you can say, well, taxes have not gone up. His argument on the flip side of that is, well, look what the market has done over the last 20 years. So, another benefit of the Roth Roth IAS is the tax-free growth within that vehicle. So, think about it. 20 years ago, if you had that money invested in the market, 20 years ago, back in 2006, the S&P 500 was probably around a thousand. currently is trading almost at 70 a little bit over 7500. So that growth that you saw the last 20 years has been all now tax-free to you. So

    let’s dig into Roth conversions and it’s you might hear about hey asset allocation have a little bit of money in each category of the market. Well, let’s talk about tax diversification, too. And think about these three different buckets. You have tax now, tax later, tax never. The things that are in the tax now bucket are if you’re invested in stocks, um, and you’re receiving a dividend or you sold a stock at a capital gain, you’re going to be paying taxes on that today. CDs, the interest you receive, you pay taxes on that when you receive that interest. tax later items are IRA, 401ks, or even non-deferred uh annuities. Basically, you’re saying, “Hey, I want the benefit today. I don’t want to pay taxes on it today, but at some point down the road, I’m going to have to pay taxes on it.” The tax never bucket is Roth IAS, MUN bonds, and HSAs, health savings accounts. These are buckets of money that will never be taxed. So again, when we’re talking about diversifying our investments, let’s diversifying our our money with these different buckets. So again, we’re here to talk about Roth IRA conversions, and that’s what we’re going to do today’s agenda. We’re going to talk about the basics of it. We’re going to talk about the original owner, IRA owner, the benefit of that benefit to that person, the benefit to a surviving spouse, and benefit to the beneficiaries when it comes to Roth conversions. So, let’s talk about the basics and then we’ll kind of progress over time. The basics, Roth IRA, what is it? The money you put in is not deductible. So you’re putting after tax money into it. The money grows tax deferred and as long as you’ve had that account for 5 years and you’re over $59 and a half, all earnings and interest come out taxfree. Now the contribution limit for this year is $8,600. If you’re over 50, if you’re under 50, it’s $7,500. There is no age limit. There used to be an age limit, but now that is no longer the case. Now, you have to have earned income to be able to contribute to a Roth IRA. So, if you’re 80 years old and you’re still working, still have earned income, you can contribute to a Roth IRA. Now, there are income limits, meaning that if you make a certain amount of income, you are not able to contribute to that. So, as a single filer, if your income is over $168,000 modified adjusted gross income and or and if you’re a married couple and or a married couple and your income is over $252,000, you are not able to contribute to a Roth IRA. But if you’re below the 153 and below the two $242,000, you are able to contribute to a Roth. Now, one thing that people do forget about is a spousal contribution. Spousal Roth IRA contribution. And that’s where, let’s say you’re a married couple. One spouse is already retired. The other spouse is still working. You come in and say, “Well, I can’t contribute to a Roth IRA because I don’t have any earned income.” But you are married to someone that has earned income. And if that’s the case, then you can still contribute to that Roth IRA. Now, you have you still have to meet the the income limitations, but if you’re below those income limitations, then you are able to contribute to a Roth IRA. Now, I’m not going to get into a a very much detail of this, but another way to put money into a Roth IRA if you are over those certain income limits is something called a backdoor Roth IRA. They at one point talked about closing this door, closing this loophole. They’ve never closed it. And what a backdoor Roth IRA is, if let’s say you you’re over those li income limits and you can’t traditionally put money into a Roth IRA, there’s something called the back door where you put money into a a traditional IRA. You don’t deduct it and then you turn around and convert it to a Roth IRA. Well, the money you put into the traditional IRA, you didn’t deduct. So when you convert that amount, you pay no taxes on it. But now all of a sudden, the contribution that you put into that traditional IRA and converted over to the Roth IRA is now sitting in the Roth IRA. Now the one thing to be watch out for, there’s this kind of gray area. It’s called a proa rule. If you do a backward or Roth IRA and you have other IAS, there’s this calculation the IRS requires you to do to determine you might still have to pay a little bit of taxes on that amount. But if you have if you’re a person that all of your money’s in the 401ks and you have no other IAS, a backdoor Roth IRA is very uh very efficient, very efficient. Okay. So, again, Roth conversions, it’s when you have money in a traditional IRA that usually is all pre-tax. You’ve kind of deducted that money and all that money is pre-tax. You move it over to a Roth IRA and the amount of money that you move over, you pay taxes on. So, the example Jill converts $100,000 in IRA to a Roth IRA. that $100,000 that she moved from her traditional IRA to the Roth IRA is now added to her taxable income. Depending on what her other taxable income is determines what her tax liability is on that $100,000.

    Um, if a person is under 59 and a half and you do a Roth conversion, that 10% early withdrawal penalty is waved. So, be aware of that. So again, you do a conversion as long as you’ve had that account for 5 years, you’re over 59 and a half, all earnings and interest are going to come out tax-free. Now it’s 5 years and 59 1/2. So even if you’re let’s say you’re 61 61 years old and you decide, hey, I’m going to do a Roth conversion, you still have to wait 5 years for all earnings and interest to come out taxfree. So if you convert at 61, you have to wait till 66 for all earnings and interest to come out taxree. If you convert at age 50, you have to wait till 59 and a half to be able to take that money out all taxfree. So the time frame is a little bit longer. So again, it’s 59 and 5 years. 5 years and 59. Who can do Roth conversions? There’s no age limits. There’s no income limits. And there’s no requirement to work. At the end of the day, when you do a Roth conversion, the government collects taxes on that conversion. Now, they like collecting those taxes. Don’t get me wrong. They like collecting those taxes. And this could be one of the biggest mistakes that they ever make because 30 years down the road, you’re going to have these Roth IAS that are going to be massive. And the government’s not going to be able to tax any of that because they come in and said, “Hey, let’s collect the tax today on doing that Roth conversion. Fine, we’ll let them have that tax-free growth. We’re okay with it.” Now, something that I still bring up that was changed in the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act, um, was that there was a rule that had to do with Roth conversions. Prior to 2018, you used to be able to do you used to be able to do a Roth conversion and then decide later on to say, “Hey, I shouldn’t have done a Roth conversion and I just want to undo it.” And kind of treat it as it never happened. Well, the Tax Cuts and Jobs Act eliminated that your ability to do that. So now going forward whenever you do a Roth conversion it is done you that conversion is done you there is no redoss. So again just be aware that when you do a rough conversion even down the road if you’re like oh man I didn’t I didn’t plan taxes properly or whatever the case is market went down and you want to do it you can’t do it. The other benefit of Roth IAS is there’s no required minimum distributions. Meaning that you decide when you want to take money out. You can allow that money to grow taxree for the rest of your life. This money can also be passed on to your beneficiaries taxfree. So again, you have a lot of flexibility when it comes to Roth IAS and how you use that money versus traditional IAS. You’re required to take the money out at a certain point.

    Also, with doing Roth conversions, it helps reduce the risk of raising rising taxes. Again, I don’t know what taxes are going to look like in 5 years, 10 years, 15 years, but if you’re a betting person, chances are taxes are probably going to go up. So, if you know what the current tax code is today and you’re comfortable with paying the taxes, it’s a hedge against rising rates and you’re paying today’s tax rate. But you can also manage yourself ma help manage reduce some of the tax liability on social security and Medicare Part B premiums. Let’s talk about that a little bit. Whenever you take money out of IAS, all of that money is going to be considered taxable. It’s included in your provisional income, which determines how much your social security is going to be subject to tax. It’s also included in your modified adjusted gross income for determining what your Medicare Part B and D premium is. When it comes to Roth IRA income, it’s not taxable. As long as you’ve had it for 5 years, you’re over 59 and a half. It’s not included in provisional income. It’s also not included in your modified adjusted gross income for Medicare pricing. So, if you think about it, if all of your money is in Roth IAS and you start creating income off of your Roth IAS, chances are you’re going to be very paying very little or none, no taxes on your social security benefits. So, again, it’s a huge benefit. Now, again, I’m not telling everybody go out and do Roth conversions. Me and Kim have definitely sat down with people and said it doesn’t make sense. It does not make sense to do Roth conversions. It just doesn’t. So, everybody’s situation is completely different. Now, I’ve talked about not necessarily knowing knowing what taxes are going to look like down the road, but we do have the ability to hypothetically kind of run a plan for your situation to understand what is your current tax create tax rate today and if taxes stayed the same, what does it look like? And this chart shows that this is someone that is going to retire at 70. So they have two more years of where they’re going to work. Their effective tax rate is in the 20s, but once they retire, they’re paying very little taxes. And when RMDs kick in, required minimum distributions kick in, their taxes increase. So, we do have the ability to kind of run this hypothetical about, hey, where are you at today regarding taxes and where could you possibly be down the road in regards to what your tax liability could look like? And again, there’s always these two tax perspectives when it comes to Roth conversions. You know, if you think you’re going to be in the same or higher tax bracket in retirement, you know, maybe Roth conversions make some sense. If you’re thinking you’re going to be in a lower tax rate in retirement, maybe it doesn’t make sense. So, you have to think about every moving piece when it comes to Roth conversions. What are your income taxes? What do you think your Medicare premiums are going to be? There’s something called a net investment income tax. If you’re a single person over $200,000 or if you’re a married couple with income over $250,000, there’s this additional tax called net investment income tax that basically taxes passive income, dividends, interest, rental income. So again, by doing some Roth conversions, maybe it helps you lower some of the tax liability you have down the road and reduces some of the net investment tax that you would be subject to.

    Let’s talk a little bit about kind of brackets and how much income before you jump into the next tax bracket. So this is the tax bracket for someone that’s under the age of 65. Married filing jointly under the age of 65 and just uses this standard deduction. The first 32,200 is your standard deduction if you don’t itemize. That’s the amount of income that you can have and not have any tax subject to it. You can have an additional 24,000 almost $25,000 and be within a 10% bracket. So you could have a total of $57,000 and be in a 10% bracket. You can go all the way up to $133,000 and be in a 12%. and then you can go all the way up to 243,600 and still be in a 22% bracket until you go into a higher tax bracket. Now, one of the new changes that we saw a temporary change when it comes to the tax code is they added the senior bonus deduction. So, anybody over the age of 65, it’s a temporary deduction, expires at the end of 28. It says, “Hey, we’re going to give you an additional $6,000 per person for this additional senior bonus deduction.” Now, if you make over a certain amount of money, that that bonus deduction is completely phased out. So, as a single person, it’s 175. If you’re married, it’s over $250,000. So again, if you look at this, if you’re a per uh let’s see here, a single person below that $75,000 or no, this is a married couple. Sorry, married couple and you’re below the $150,000 and you’re over the age of 65. You get the standard deduction 32,200. You get over the age 65, another 3,300. You get the 6,000 times 2, so additional 12,000. So you can have a total of $47,500 of taxable income and not be subject to any taxes on that with this senior deduction. As a single person, it increases to 24,150. So again, going back to that example for married couple over the age of 65, if you’re just using the standard deduction with the senior bonus deduction, you you do not go into a higher tax bracket until you’re over 72,300. 12 148 and then as a 20 in a 22% or 148,300 in the 12%. Anything above that, you’re going into a 22. So why I bring those up is because when we talk about one of the strategies when doing Roth convergences, you can fill up a bucket. So going back to this example and let’s say let’s say hypothetically you’re earn $120,000 of taxable income. You have another $28,000 that you could convert and still be in a 12% bracket. And that’s something called filling up the bracket or filling up the bucket. when you do a conversion up to that top tax bracket. Now, one thing to be aware of, and that’s why in this last example, I didn’t show you a 22, is that as a married couple, when you go into a 22% tax bracket, you will see your PartB premium increase. Part B and D premium increase because of Irma. Irma is always a two-year look back. They’re looking at what your income was 2 years ago. And so if your income as a married couple and they look at modified adjusted gross income was 220 two years ago, your part B is $284. So again, when you’re looking at doing Roth conversions, not only do you look at the tax bracket, but you also need to look at the Irma bracket and understand, hey, if we do a conversion up to this amount, we could be paying higher part B and D premiums for Medicare. So again, it’s just something to be aware of kind of that side effect when doing Roth conversions. You also should look for a hunt for low income years to do bigger Roth conversions. Let’s say you retire at 65 and you’re going to delay social security to 70. Well, you have five years where you might be in a low tax bracket and maybe it makes sense to do Roth conversions in those years and pay lower taxes. Maybe you’re a business owner and you had a slow year. Maybe it’s a good year to do Roth conversions in those years. Um, maybe you have non-recurring medical bills that will help you reduce your taxable income. And this is a really good example like looking at is that right now when it comes to medical expenses, you can deduct over 7 12% of your adjusted gross income when it comes to medical expenses. So, let’s use an example of a mom. You know, let’s use an example. 80-year-old widow in a nursing home. It’s cost her $120,000 a year to to be in kind of a memory care facility. Her adjusted gross income is $60,000. She has 500,000 in IRA. She has $500,000 in a non-qualified account, investment account. So her income is $60,000. She’s able to deduct anything over 7.5% of her adjusted gross income. So her her medical expense deduction is $115,000500. So with that case, she pays no taxes. Now, if you came in and said, “Hey, let’s think about doing a Roth conversion. Let’s do $60,000 Roth conversion.” So her total income is $120,000. She she’s able to do a medical expense deduction and also take advantage of the enhanced standard deduction deduction. So, it’s a total of $117,000 that she’s able to deduct. So, her taxable income is $3,000. So, she pays $300 on taxes on basically almost $120,000 of income. So, again, with high nonrecurring medical expenses, it’s worth looking at that to help reduce your reduce your tax liability, but also do Roth conversions. she still has access to that money in that Roth IRA if she needs to use it at some point. But if she never needs to use this money, that passes on to the beneficiary taxree versus just letting the money sit in the IRA and becoming taxable, the beneficiary having to pay taxes on it. Okay, let’s talk about the IRA owner and the benefits of doing Roth conversions.

    Now, as a IRA owner, you’re subject to required minimum distributions, meaning that at 73 or 75, you’re going to be required to take money out of your IAS. Now, depending on how much your accounts grow to, depending on how much you have to take out, the first year is around 3.77%.

    If you don’t take that money out, the IRS could come in and say, “We’re going to penalize you 25% of whatever that amount was.” So, if your RMD was $10,000, they could come in and say, “Hey, since you did not take that out, we’re going to penalize you $2,500 for that.” Now, whenever you take money out, required minimum distributions out, it becomes taxable to you. Also, when it comes to RMDs, they do increase each year. Every year, that percentage increases because of a couple things. your life expectancy. The RMD is based on your life expectancy and what the account value was worth the prior year on December 31st. Every year you get a little bit older. So the IRS comes in and says you need to take a little bit more money out because you have a shorter life expectancy. So someone age 90 has to take out 8.2% of whatever the IRA balance is. Now, if you hypothetically at age 65 get a 5% rate of return on your IRA and you have a million dollars in your IRA, at age 73 when you’re required to take money out, that’s close to $56,000. A little bit over $56,000. At 83, it’s $85,000. At 93, it’s over $113,000 that you’re going to have to take out of that IRA. And that money is added to your taxable income. added to your modified adjusted gross income. So, it could put you into a higher tax bracket. Now, think about it this way. If if your 5% actually increases with inflation also and you’re getting more like 7 12% over that time frame, your R&Ds are even higher than what we’re estimating, which is possibly causing you to pay more taxes. So, Roth conversions might help you reduce what you’re going to be required to take out of those IAS.

    So, again, could be a viable strategy when it comes to using Roth IAS to help you reduce your RMDs to help you reduce your taxable income down the road. Here’s an example of Bob and Mary. met with Bob and Mary and based on the social security and their pensions they’re receiving that they’re not even spending all of that money and they’re we’re just living on social security and the pensions we receive. But at 73 which is this dark orange that shows them what they’re required to take out. And it’s amazing how many people actually don’t know what their RMD is going to look like. And when you plug this in and run this analysis and look at this, it’s coming in and saying, “Yeah, you basically pay no taxes at all because social security is very tax efficient. Um, social security is tax efficient, but when you when you turn on RMDs, your tax liability increases.” So he said, “Okay, let’s consider something. Let’s do a Roth conversion for the next 8 years. Let’s just look at $60,000 and see if there’s any benefit in doing so. Yes, their taxes increase in those eight years that we’re doing these Roth conversions, but all which is the red, but all the gray represents the reduction in taxes they see. So, when you look at this and say, “Hey, what was the benefit of me doing those Roth conversions?” Well, over your lifetime, you save over 140 about $141,000. That’s $141,000 that you are not giving to the IRS. You are keeping within your portfolio and increasing your net worth.

    All right, let’s move on to surviving spouse. When it comes to surviving spouse, you know, again, I’m focusing on a married couple. If you’re a married couple and you let’s use an example, married couple, you’re you have pension and IRA distributions of $58,000. Both of you receiving social security of $32,000 each. Your after tax income after taxable after paying tax is about $115,000. So you’re in a 12% marginal tax bracket and you pay a little bit over $7,000 in taxes. the as a married couple the reality of it is at what at some point in time one of you is going to pass away and when that occurs you that person now will have to file a single tax. So now look at that situation. When one spouse passes away, if we want to keep the same amount of income, $115,000 coming in, that means that we need to take more out of IAS to satisfy your your your income goal. You lose a social security benefit and your in your taxes increase by 152 thou 152%. So now you’re in a 24% marginal tax bracket. And this is this is the reality. You know, again, I don’t know what the probability of a married couple passing away at the exact same time, but what I’ve seen even with like my mom or my wife’s mother is the husband passed away first and now suddenly they’re filing taxes as a single verse married filing jointly. This is a reality. Even if we saw taxes stay the same, your taxes will increase if you’re a married couple and one spouse passes away.

    This is an interesting chart just to show you is it’s a compression of taxes, a compression of the tax brackets. So, as a married couple married filing jointly, if your income is around $200,000, you’re in a 22% tax bracket. But if you’re in the $200,000 with filing single, you’re actually in a 32% tax bracket. So you can see the compression of the tax brackets going from married to filing single. This is a great example. If if someone’s, like I said, in the $250,000 range as a married filing jointly, you’re in a 24% marginal tax bracket. But if you keep that same, you know, 200, we we’ll use the 300,000. 300,000 300,000 you’re in a 35%. So 300 as a married filing jointly, you’re in 24%. 300 as a single person, you’re in a 35% tax bracket.

    Let’s move on to beneficiaries. So there we used to have the ability to stretch IAS, meaning if you’re a non-spouse, you inherited IRA, you had the ability to stretch that IRA out over your life expectancy. So in this case, Carrie um inherits a million dollar IRA. She has $90,000 of uh earned income. And in the old rules, she would just add $25,000 to her taxable income cuz she’s going to stretch that over her life expectancy. Well, now with the new rules, she has to take that money out over a 10-year period. So, if you spread that out over a 10-year period, she has to take $123,000 out each year to make sure by the 10th year that inherited IRA is completely liquidated. So, you can see like at 90,000 if you add 23,000 to it, like yeah, she’s in a 24%. But now with the 10-year rule, adding $123,000 puts her puts some of her income at a 32% rate.

    So, let’s think about an example. Mom and dad, they have a son. uh they have a IRA that’s 250 $255,000 in it and they’re going to convert $50,000 over the next 5 years and they’re using a 7% rate of return. Mom and dad are in a 12% bracket, the son’s in a 24% bracket. So ultimately, you just look into this face level, you know, it probably makes sense for the parents to pay the taxes on it because when the son inherits it, there he’s going to have to pay a lot more taxes than they would. So when you look at this and say the green line is the owner. So if the owner passes away and the son inherits it after paying taxes, they’re going to get much less. But if you come in and say hey let’s convert it which is the owner which is a yellow line and then the blue line is the beneficiary if the dad passes away what they would receive. So you can see like over time in year 15 that with doing the Roth conversions upfront that in year 15 when they pass away the son gets the exact same amount and it’s all going to them tax-free. Now, so there’s $56,000 benefits in year 10 and over 110,000 benefits in year 20. Now, the mom and dad still has the ability to use that Roth IRA if they needed to. So, it’s not that they’re not reducing liquidity for themselves, but they’re coming in and saying, “Hey, this is this makes a lot of sense to pass this money on to the son tax-free so he doesn’t pay have to pay the higher taxes.”

    Okay. Some considerations when it comes to Roth IAS. There’s no income limits. The amount you convert is added to your it’s taxable at ordinary income tax rates. the deadline to do it is September 31st to be added in that year’s taxable income. So if your intention was, hey, in 26 I want to do a conversion, but you don’t get around to doing it until March of next year. Well, March of next year, it’s going to be taxable in 27. It’s not like the contribution limits, contribution rules. contribution rule says that hey you have up to April of next year to make a contribution to the IRA and count it for 26. That’s not the case when it comes to conversions. If you want that money to be added to your to the yearly taxable income, you need to do it within that year. There is no pre-age 59 and a half additional tax for doing conversions if you’re below 59 and a half. Uh and just be aware of unintended consequences when it comes to Roth conversions. you know, maybe you pay more taxes on social security over or your Medicare premiums increase. And of course, there’s no guarantees that the Roth conversions will meet your objective. Now, let’s use an example of Richard and Deborah. And this is some of the planning that Kim and I do. So, Richard and Deborah came in. Uh they’re going to retire in the next year. Richard said has some health problems. So, you know, we’re using a life expectancy of 85 for him. Deborah’s going to have a long life expectancy. We’re using 95 for her. They have assets, you know, 401ks. The house is completely paid off and they have money in savings. They they have income in last year of income is around 300,000. So, they can’t contribute to a Roth IRA. This is their social security amounts. We plugged that in. Richard used to work for United, so he’s going to be collecting PBGC um amount. They want to live on $5,000 a month in retirement. We need to take into account the cost of health insurance and they’re going to do some travel and we’re looking at federal and state taxes for their situation. They are maxing out their 401ks and could receiving a match. So once we put these pieces together for them, we have a clear idea of what their cash flow looks like, you know, yeah, the first year they’re working, so it covers all their expenses. The next year, social security, the pension, and they have to take a little bit of money out. So social security is the dark blue, the teal is the pension, and the yellow is like they’re taking a little bit of money out to cover their total expenses. The dark red is required minimum distribution. So you see anything above that red line is excess income that they’re just excess income that they’re reinvesting. And even when Richard passes away, we lose the social security, but based on the RMD that’s coming in, we’re still able to replace Deborah’s income throughout retirement up to age 95. Their assets continue growing and that’s what they want. They want to grow their assets and pass it on to beneficiaries. So we said okay let’s let’s let’s consider Roth conversions for the next 3 years and stay within a 12% bracket. By doing so we get a general idea of like how much we can convert and get a sense of what is the benefit if we wanted to stay within a 12% bracket. So by staying within a 12% bracket we’re actually saving over $100,000 in taxes. That again, that means that’s $100,000 that you’re not giving the IRS for them to spend any way they want. It’s money you actually get to keep and increase your net worth, which was one of their goals. Yes, the red is additional taxes that they have to pay, but that 100,000 is taking that into consideration, but all the gray is the reduction taxes that they’re not going to have to pay because by doing Roth conversions, we’re reducing what they’re going to be required to take out.

    So, you know, in conclusion, and again, kind of going back to this, this is some of the planning that Kim and I do when we work with our members of the credit union to give them a full comprehensive plan to say, “Hey, yeah, you don’t have any concern about running out of money.” Great. But let me show you the amount of taxes that you’re going to have to pay if you don’t watch out for certain things when it comes to in the future. Our accountants will always look backwards and say, “Hey, I’m going to do your taxes and we’re going to look backwards.” We want to look forward and say, “Hey, how do we reduce your tax liability?” So, we don’t know what the taxes environment is going to look like in the future. Chances are taxes are going to go up. So, Roth conversions can be a ve very effective tax tool diversifying tax allocations. They’re not subject to RMDs. A very taxefficient way to leave money to hairs. Um, so it is a Roth conversion is a very important consideration when it comes to retirement strategies. So ultimately we’re here to help. We are part of the retirement investment services division. We do comprehensive planning and we’re able to answer a lot of the financial questions you have in regards to like, hey, should I do Roth conversions? What’s the best way to create income? Should I spend IRA money instead of delaying should I spend IRA money and delay social security? to a later point. What is the best way to pass money on to beneficiaries? So, there’s a lot that we can help you with when it comes to your financial situation.

    The other thing I want to mention, this is something new for clients that are part of the retirement investment services division. Um, we do have the ability to help you get your estate planning done at no cost. And that basically is a will, trust, power of attorney, living will, HIPPA, authorization. We have tools where it’s an online tool. You go in, plug in all the information you want in regards to who’s going to be your POA, what do you want to happen if something happens to you. This is something that we are offering to our uh clients that are part of the part of the retirement investment services division of the credit union. Okay, with that I’m going to open it up for questions. I am going to post a poll out there. So, the poll is just saying, hey, if you’d like to schedule a meeting for with one of us, um, please indicate that. We’ll reach out to you, put something on the calendar to help you kind of help you with going down the financial planning process. Uh, with that, um, we do have some questions. Questions. Let me just get through all the echo comments. Is it better to do a backdoor IRA the year you retire or later if you’re a high income earner?

    So when doing the backdoor IRA, you still need to have earned income. So, if you’re a high earnner, um I guess it’s just a the backdoor IRA is just a way to put money into the Roth. So, it doesn’t really matter when you do it as long as you have earned income that allows you to do it. I don’t Yeah. Would you add anything to that, Kim? No. Well, I mean, if your goal is to get money in the Roth after you retire, you could do a conversion and maybe get to do more than just the backdoor Roth that would be limited to the contribution amount. Um, does the amount we take out of the traditional IRA become part of your AGI for eligibility?

    Repeat that question. Does the amount that we take out of a traditional IRA become part of our AGI? And then it says for eligibility.

    So yeah, so whenever you take money out of your IRA and if it’s all pre-tax, it’s going to be part of your adjusted gross income. I think she says meaning the max amount contributing for a Roth. So yeah, when you’re pulling out of your traditional and going to the Roth, that’s a conversion, not a contribution. Mhm. I’m not sure. Um, also, should you do a lump sum or an amount I think I will need five years down the road?

    A lump sum for what? I’m sure a Roth conversion, if they’re talking about five years down the road, I would assume. Yeah. I mean, when it comes to Roth conversions, it’s just a matter of how much are you willing to pay taxes on? I mean, that’s I think that’s really when it comes down to it. I mean, I could show you the the best best Roth conversion strategy ever. But the biggest hang-up that we see is people writing the check to the IRS. When I come and tell you, you need to write a check for $45,000 to the IRS, people say, “Oh, I don’t want to do that.” In my career, I’ve had one client that had a child, one child, and they didn’t really need the money and they just wanted to convert the IRA for their kid and she moved a half a million bucks and paid tax on it. But that is the exception for sure. Yeah. Um, and kind of on that, she asked, “If I make a h 100,000 and I take out a hundred, is that too much to open a Roth?” Again, there’s not it’s all about how much you’re willing to pay tax on. So, if you can do it, do it right. If it makes sense. What is the process and cost of joining Alliant Retirement and Investment Services? What is the process and cost? Yeah. So, let’s talk about the process. Um, Kim and I always start with the plan first. And our first initial meeting is gathering information. We would send you an email giving you a list of questions to kind of think about and a list of things to gather so that our first meeting is very productive. We’re asking a lot of questions when it comes to your situation, getting all the information that we need to build a comprehensive plan. Then we would review that plan with you and show you what’s good, what’s bad, how do we improve, what are things that we need to watch out for. And then at that point, we’re going to decide, hey, do you want to hear recommendations or not? Up to that point, there is no cost in doing any of that. But if you decide, hey, yes, I do want to hear recommendations, see what you have for me, we would talk about recommendations and the cost associated with it, implementing that based on the planning that we’ve done for you. And so, everybody’s situation is completely different and everybody’s situation is a little bit different in regards to what they want to accomplish. But it it’s it’s a person byperson situation when it comes to, you know, what is the cost and what’s the recommendations. It it just varies. And the word recommendation means we’re putting together an investment proposal to show you how if you had your money with us, how we would invest it and how we would invest it differently than what you’re currently doing for a couple reasons, right? Do you need better diversification? Do you need less risk? Do you need more income? you know, all those things come into play and then we would uh make the case for why we selected the investment we selected and talk about, you know, fees associated if there are fees. And then at that point, you say, “Yeah, Kim, or Malcolm, we want to work with you.” Or, “Thanks, but no thanks.” Or, “We like this piece, but not that piece.” Or, “We’re willing to do this portion, but not the whole the whole farm.” So, that’s kind of how the process works. Um, next question. Your example for Richard and Deborah showed they made 300,000 in income and you said they were not eligible for Roths, but your recommendation was to do Roth conversions over the next few years. Thought you said they were not eligible since they made 300. Please clarify. Yeah. So the 300 since they were over 300, they weren’t able to contribute to Roth IAS. But based on doing Roth conversions, anybody can do Roth conversions and there’s no income limit to do Roth conversions. So when I mentioned that it was had to do with making contribution to Roth IAS, two sets of rules. Yeah. Roth contribution rules are different than Roth conversion rules. Okay, let me get to this page. Uh did you say an inherited IRA is taxable? So when you inherit a traditional IRA, majority of the time that money is all pre-tax. So when you start taking the money out, you do have to pay taxes on it. If you inherit an if you inherit a Roth IRA, then there is no tax liability because it’s a Roth IRA. Uh, somebody’s asking if this webinar is recorded and no, we don’t record, but we do have about six or seven topics that we run through. So, we will do Roth conversions again. Just watch your emails and you can sign up again. Uh, I have a question about the five-year rule on conversions. If I’m over 59 and a half years and have held original Roth accounts more than five years and I’ve made several conversions since the five years, does each conversion have its own five-year waiting period? Yeah, you’re over 59 and a half. So that fiveyear waiting period is it throw it out the window. It it doesn’t apply anymore. Um as long as you’ve had that Roth IRA for five over five years, then you know all earnings and interest come out taxree. Now now think about this. Think about this. If you put money in, let’s say you started the Roth IRA in 2021, so 2026 is now here. you’re you’re 5 years in. So earn all earnings and interest come out taxree. The money that you put in like last year, there’s probably not much earnings on it. It’s just one year of earnings. So, you know, again, the 5-year rule doesn’t come to play because you it all it’s all based on when you started that Roth. It’s not a rolling it’s not a rolling period. Fiveyear period. Yeah. If you’re 59 and a half, that rolling thing goes away. One Roth IRA open at least five years. Any conversions you do after that, whether you drop it in that Roth or not, same thing. No fiveyear. Okay, next question. Um, I’m 46. I’m converting a million dollars from a traditional 401k to an IRA to have wider investment options. Not really a conversion, that’s a rollover. From here, my plan was to start a Roth 401k from now until retirement. Um, upon retirement, is it best to withdraw from the IRA before the Roth? What’s the best strategy for withdrawals? Yeah, we need to run your plan to tell you that we, you know, a lot of that’s going to depend on your expenses and your tax liability. Uh, general wisdom is people spend the Roths last, right? That’s nice to have a bucket of money that’s taxfree. somewhere down the road you want to buy a car and you don’t want to increase your taxes, you pull it out of there. Uh but we our software can we can run it and and actually optimize which type of money you should spend first. Um next question. What if you have a stock account? What if you have stock accounts called Roth IRA? I’m not sure what the question is. Yes, you can have a Roth IRA and have whatever you want in it. It could be stocks. It could be bonds. It could be mutual funds. whatever stock accounts called Roth IRA. Not sure what that question is. Um, can you withdraw from your Roth the basis, not the income within the first 5 years over 59 and a half? Yeah. The cool thing about Roth IRA is it’s first in first out. So, if you think about it, if you’ve contributed to a Roth IRA, let’s say, you know, you’re 25 years old and you contribute to a Roth IRA uh for a couple years and you need that money for to help purchase a house. Well, you could take your contributions out. It’s because you’ve put it’s after tax money you’ve put into it. It’s the earnings and interest that would be subject to tax liability if you’ve had not if you hadn’t if you don’t have that account for 5 years or 59 and a half. So yeah, first in first out what your contributions that you put in can be taken out any time and not have any tax liability. Same is true for the converted dollars.

    Go ahead. Never mind. I’ll just go to the next question. Are the rules the same for 401k conversions to Roth 401ks?

    Are the rules the same for Yeah. Yeah. There’s the the rules are the same. Check with your plan. I mean, sometimes the plans have different rules and don’t allow it, but in terms of taxation and such, it’s all the same. Uh, I’ve been retired for a year now. Most of my money is in tax deferred 401ks. Do you handle this situation? We sure do. Yep. Sure do. Uh what are the fees for recommendations dur discussing Roth conversions and what would be appropriate in our situation? Yeah, we don’t char So right now and the way the credit union you know again we’re part of a line credit union. We’re employed by a line credit union. We’re a nonprofit. We do not charge financial planning fees to help people with their financial situation. Could we? I mean, I guess we could, but I mean, a current CEO wants to provide additional value to members of the credit union. So, we we don’t charge Yeah. We don’t financial. We don’t. But clearly our hope is is as we go through this planning process and model these Roth conversions and investment strategies and different things is that you know you think you you think you can get a sense that we have an idea of what we’re talking about and maybe we could be the ones to help you do the investments for your monies as well. Uh,

    it is easy to wonder at 3:00 a.m. while I’m lying awake, oh man, I wonder if I if I had just not done a Roth conversion, would I have more money? Now, can you speak to the situations in which this worry would be valid?

    I mean, at the end of the day, we tell people all the time, I mean, not all the time, but we do tell people it doesn’t make sense to do Roth conversions. So, it there has to be a a benefit for us to come in and and tell someone to do Roth conversions or not. I mean, at the end of the day, you still need to do the Roth conversion. You’re still the one paying the taxes on it, but there’s no benefit for us to come in and be like, “Hey, there’s no benefit, but I’m going to recommend you do it.” Like, there’s no we’re going to come in. We we hold ourselves to a fiduciary responsibility to do what’s best for the client. That’s our our main objective. And if Roth conversions make sense, we’re going to talk about it. It’s going to be up to you if you want to do it or not. I think I think where that question, you know, how I might answer that is, you know, if you did, let’s say you did a Roth conversion now, you know, and you paid taxes, let’s just say 100 grand, and then the market tanked, right? Clearly, it would have been what better to do the Roth conversion when the market tanked and you were paying tax on 70 grand instead of 100. But, you know, that’s just a risk that you have to take because there’s no way to undo that. There used to be, but there they took that rule away. Uh, there’s a couple more. Let me go back over here. Are you 100% fee only fiduciary planners? Do you act in the client’s best interest? I think Malcolm asked that, answered that already. Do you make any commissions off any of the recommendations you might offer? So, we’re not 100% fee only. We do have investments that uh do pay a commission to us. They generally don’t come out of your investment money. Uh but it really just depends on what’s appropriate for your situation. You may be in a situation where everything you have should be in just 100% fee only and some people may not. kind of depends on risk and liquidity and what you’re trying to do. More and more we get people that are close to retirement and they they’re less worried about making a 20% return and more worried about keeping what they’ve accumulated. Uh is there a max amount for conversions?

    Just the amount you’re willing to pay. Yeah, write that check to Uncle Sam. Uh, do your what if calculations include Medicare increases and if going into the next tax bracket makes sense dollar-wise? We we have um run so our software doesn’t necessarily like automatically um increase the Medicare premium once you go into a higher tax bracket. But we when we look at the planning and we look at this, we do take that into consideration based on the taxable income that we see down the road. So that is something that we do look at when we do these plans for members. Yeah, we we just add an extra expense for Irma. Uh but to about the next tax bracket and if it makes sense, absolutely you can compare one scenario to another scenario and compare tax brackets. you can see how much more or less you’d pay cumulatively in taxes and what the impact is on your overall portfolio over time. Um, one more question. When you have medical expenses of 120K, you mentioned for memory care, does that 120 lower your AGI by almost 120 or does it lower it by much less? For this example, let’s say your AGI as a married couple is 275. So that 7 12% medical expense you the first thing you do is you take your 275,000 of your adjusted gross income and multiply that by 7.5%. That’s going to give you 20,625. So everything above that you’re able to itemize. So, if your memory care is $120,000 minus the 20,625,

    that means you’re able to do a itemized deduction of $99,375.

    So again, it’s 7 12%. Anything above 7.5% of your adjusted gross income is what you’re able to itemize. So in this case, if your your adjusted gross income was 275, you’re able to deduct 99. So it’s going to drop your taxable income now down to 175,000. So it’s not a dollar fordoll reduction. Still good though if you’re paying, right? Okay. Uh I am currently 63 years old and retired with a pension of 74K a year. I work part-time, pushing my total income to about 160. I want to start converting money in my IRA to my Roth. Should I stop working part-time so I can do bigger Roth conversions? And I want to limit my income to avoid Irma li and limit my income to avoid Irma limits. The first question I would ask is, do you like your your part-time job? I mean, I’m not going to tell anybody to quit their part-time job to do with bigger Roth conversions. I mean, if you there might be a reason why you’re working part-time. Maybe you like it. Maybe you like being active. I mean, that you’re the only one that’s going to be able to answer that. Um, so, but I mean, we can run multiple situations and say if you worked if you continue working part-time, this is what it looks like. If you stop working part-time, this is what it looks like. So, I mean, we can run through different scenarios for you. And I’d add one thing about the Irma, right? I mean, we hear all the time people just want to avoid Irma to the nth degree. I mean, if you didn’t do any Roth conversions, you’re not going to hit Irma till you’re RMDH, right? And maybe you got a big RMD and your Irma jumps up multiple multiple steps. But sometimes, you know, paying Irma for a year to convert a big chunk of money might be worth it, right? Because whatever Medicare uses, it’s one year. I mean, it’s a two-year lag, but you’re only using that for one year. So, sometimes people don’t want to do Roth conversions because they want to avoid Irma. Well, they’re not going to avoid it anyway by the time they get to RMDs. So, it may be better to hit take the Irma hit one year for a big conversion to lower your RMDs for the long haul, if that makes sense. But, okay, I think we have everybody’s questions. Awesome. Great questions everybody. Thanks for sticking around and asking those and we look forward to talking to you soon. Malcolm, anything else you want to add? No, that’s it. Okay. Appreciate it. Thanks everybody. Enjoy the rest of your day.

  • 07/16/2026 – AIGENT VIP UPDATE Session – New Upgrades to Aigent Suit, Aigent 72 and AIGENTMATE AIOS

    Alexander Y. Malinson and a group of 10 other local investors. Wow. So

    yeah, pretty cool. So this book anyway, long story short, I thought, okay, this book here like shows the importance of h of how it can be a huge value ad. So what I did, I got and you can do this yourself. You can even do this to school yourself if you if you didn’t want to do it the way they just done and dusted where I’ll give you the actual copy and paste code. Take this like go through Google and and even just go into court and say, “Hey, this is how I did it.” Well, cool. It’s done. It’s opened it for me here. Let’s go and

    open it. Why can’t you just open in a new link? Please open. Let me see if I can just copy this here.

    Okay, cool. Um, you all you need to do though to create what what I’m doing here is you just Google that book or any other book. Say you want to do like Rich Dad Poor Dad or something and you want to create a skill around that. Say go out and scan Rich Dad Poor Dad. Learn about this book. Go on YouTube. Here’s three YouTube videos in their transcripts. listen to it and write down uh the core principles that you found about this book. If you have the actual uh digital book, a digital copy, upload that. Uh what I might even try to do is somehow get you guys a repo uh of as many books as possible um that are borrowed uh maybe from a digital library or something. I I don’t know. some way that I can do it without um knowing the legalities or or at least sharing where you could find maybe these books to do to upload. So have your Claude learn these things anyway. Um you can but you can just do it with just the overview of the concept. So have it go out and learn about rocket fuel and then say please create me a skill based off of what you’ve learned and then have this be based around the models fable include and uh codeex’s 5.6 six model. Uh was it Luna? What? Terror. The Terror model, right? And oh no. So soul, sorry. Soul the um 5.6 soul model for the best quality for serious coding and whatnot. And it then will then create this uh beautiful prompt essentially that will allow any project that you have in future. Let me share with you how this actually works. And this is what it’s done. And this is how you how you’ll download it. So Claude runs the visionary side of things, the Steve Jobs side of things. Open AAI does the was an act side, the building, the actual coding, and they argue with each other until the plan is actually right. Here’s the book it comes from and how to install it in 5 minutes. Started from the business book. Rocket fuel visionary integrator.

    Same seats, different brains. Interview you and writes the vision. It drafts the plan and sets the standards. Makes the hard design calls and runs the final review. The integrator does attacks the plan and executes the build and integrates the parts and resolves conflicts. Reports honestly, wins ties and executions on detail. one seat per brain. While coex builds, Claude does not touch the code. That separation is the whole point here. That also saves you so many tokens, guys, from not having fable usable. Codeex is much cheaper for a pretty good, if not as good model. Arguably, no code before same page. One AI will agree with you all day long. Two models from two different companies will not before a single line of code is written. Codex adversarily reviews Claude’s plan in the same page meeting. It pokes holes. Claude argues back and it only ends when the plan earns a verdict. Same page. Most AI builds follow fail at the plan, not the code. This kills the bad plan before it costs you a day. Right? Give me a thumbs up if that makes sense to you guys. like this is like big and this does a way better exam this PowerPoint is way better explaining this than I was going to explain this to you guys. uh you talk it picks the right mode so it’ll build off if you said build me a habit tracker the the new project will have interview v uh vision document plan meeting build clarity break this repo is a mess clean it up it’ll audit and it will audit the existing projects pick up the fixes build them same page meeting review the plan codeex adversarly pressures tests any plan or pa that you point at point pointed at and then it’ll build a rock have codeex build X one scope task handed straight to the integrator. So three things before you install. You need claude code install and working. This is where the skill will live and where the visionary runs a chat GBT account. So codeex is open AI’s coding agent. A chat GBT plus or pro account as uh powers the integration seat. So, you must need one of those paid like a paid level to use uh the actual um uh 5.6 model at the moment anyway. Um and it’s much cheaper and and your and your tokens will last way longer. I often would say rather than up upload up updating your claude to another tier higher, if you just need it for coding, get a chat GBT subscription for the cheaper model and for a cheaper level and have that do the coding ongoing for you from if you run out from CL. Um, and then the codec, one command to install it, one command logs it in, and that’s the whole setup. So install the codec cli then log in with your tgbt account right. So you just copy and paste this into your actual claude or say hey can you can you install the code codeex CLI literally here if you went to like new chat let me even do it uh can you install the codeex cli if I enter then that’s what you would need to do that’s that easy right and then uh after that’s done you it’ll ask you lo in with your TGBT account and then it will say install the skill in two commands. Copy and paste this and I’ve I’ve had it added to uh to GitHub, right? And then link it into your Claude code skills folder. That’s all you need to do. Copy this. And I’ll even just paste this over in the document for you guys. I’ll paste it down at the bottom. I’ll even put this presentation there for you guys. But let me actually just make that way smaller.

    Um

    1. Oh, what’s going on here? Normal text.

    Um

    into claw code. And before that was just the

    uh

    copy

    15 normal.

    Okay. Step one, copy and paste this

    Step two, cancel. Where? What have we done here? Racing. Step two. And then once you’ve done that, you’re pretty much your skills done. All right. Then restart Claude. Says on Windows, skip the link command and just copy the rocket fuel folder. Make it sure it look make sure it took. So open a fresh Claude and then type for/roet fuel. On the first run, it’ll check the skills. uh it’ll narrate every stage and etc etc. If it complains about the authenticating just run the codeex login again or just say please connect me to codeex. Uh if it isn’t found rerun the npm install from the from the last slide just copy and pasting what I’ve shared with you already. Your first co-ender meeting say rocket fuel rocket fuel I want to build a lead magnet quiz for my audience. It’ll interview you, write the vision, codeex will build it with Claude verifying it. Um, and you only made three decisions. The interview answers, the rare tiebreak, and a final yes before anything is even committed live online. Every decision written down um and come back and um you’ll see the yeah, it has the vision plan and every round of the argument between the two eyes. Come back in a month and you can see why every call was made. Um, and two brains beat one every single time. Grab the book, install the skill. Um, and you can see that’s how simple it is. So, I’ve got it here. If I want to use it right now, I could say for/roet. And by the way, if you update your your AI uh your agent agent suite, sorry, agent suit, this is already installed for you. So, you don’t even need to even do any of this. But I’ve already done it for you. Rocket Fuel, can you do um can you build me a uh one page optin for my personal brand giving away a high value lead magnet to my Instagram followers to get them started at AI? Perhaps a large getting started repo of free um free sign up plus bonus affiliate links to key affiliate

    tools and

    and then I would go and make sure it’s on Fable because this is all about Fable, right? You’re using Fable. Boom. Hit paste. Let’s see what it does

    and um you’ll be good for there. So, if you guys have any more questions after that um let me know. But again, is that cool? You guys happy with that for today? We’ve been here for a while, so I appreciate you all. And um and yeah, not not selling any anything new. I know I shared the links to the other ones, but I hope you don’t shoot me for sharing the links. I know I genuinely just was showing them cuz I know some of you haven’t seen them. It’s not because I’m here to hard sell you on anything. Um, but I uh appreciate you. Oh, yeah. You can’t you can’t see my screen here right now. Share entire screen here. So you can see here I did the forward/rocket fuel and did the build me a onepage personal brand uh giving away a highv value lead magnet to my Instagram followers to get them started with AI perhaps a large getting started repo of free sign up and bonus affiliate links that and key tools that they can use. So, what for does it come in as a hosted resource hub page or a downloadable thing or a notion document? Um, maybe like yeah, let’s do a hosted resource. Let’s see what it does. But yeah, it’s now using both Claude and um and OpenAI. Um, where do emails and how do they go out? Get response new list and autoresponder. We could say no email. Um, so here it wants to build the autoresponder out too and create a list and draft. Let’s just do that

    and let’s see if it’s got any more questions before it builds it out. And I’ll show you this on the on the replay on the next video. Look, look, look and feel. This is your personal brand. Um Um

    Let’s go ahead and let’s do a fresh IG native light look. Maybe um I’ll say I I can say do both an example of the top or AU [clears throat] personal and the fresh IG native look. I am always happy to try new things and looks

    and

    two more questions it’s got. And any and if you guys have any more questions, chuck them in now. Um, where do I want this to live? IG buy. And here, look, netify. That’s what I shared with you before. Again, you can get your own account. Lukeworld.com/free site. It will ship both variants. Um,

    let’s go ahead and try that.

    Yeah. Boom. And that’s now let’s see what happens.

    Um, that should be all the questions now anyway. Last one and I write the revision doc. What do we call the freebie AI starter pack? Um, instantly understood. Yeah. Done.

    You know, I just think of like two like angry CEOs now. Every answer I give them just arguing about my answer. Um,

    and look at this. It’s only used 2.3,000 tokens, which again, if you ever watch how many tokens you use, and this is something you can add on. Uh, I don’t think it comes with normal Claude, but you can actually say, “Hey, can you show me my tokens on each run?” Or you can create a skill that does it. Say, “Hey, I want to track tokens on each uh run that I do. Uh, please let me know.” And I did one the other day. I asked it to do a deep search on something that I didn’t care about. It used millions of tokens. It’s the most it’s ever used on anything. I couldn’t believe that it did such a deep search on whatever it was doing. Um, so now it’s like, but again, if this was just using Fable, oh gosh, this would be such a high number by now. Um, but I just want to show you that this works and the actual Claude’s working in the background here. Um,

    can I go over where where to save the skill and claude again? So, you just literally do it in a brand new session. So, you go new session or even in in an ex existing session, you can if I pull this up here, if I go back here, you just literally

    copy this install, paste this into into chat. Then you’ll copy this install skill in two commands. Command one and then command two.

    Um, and you can literally just copy all of that at once and paste that as one big prompt in in in a chat window. in this window in a new chat with session window up here. Um,

    you could even just say install this and copy this, copy that across, right? Or if you want to create your own version of it, literally just like I said before, uh, get Claude and copy copy this book to it. So, learn about this book and write a skill based on uh the principles behind it and then apply it to create a model between Claude Fable and uh Codeex 5.6 six soul uh um to help me build products more um builds more efficiently and effectively using two brains uh instead of one while also saving me tokens in Fable if that if you do care about saving tokens in Fable that is um so CEX is about to attack the plan. And this usually takes 2 to 4 minutes.

    And fresh one, it’ll be read only.

    And you can watch it have a uh it’ll battle it out. So I’ll turn my camera up again here, guys. Um, take it a bit bigger

    and um,

    what I’ll do is at the what I’ll do later on is I’ll share the end result with you. But again, this just works extremely well. It’s efficient. It’s fast. Um, the other thing I’ll share with you next time is Higsfield. Something that I’ve been I was actually using it last night on my for my mom. She sent me all these old photos of her, right? Um,

    where is it? Um, um um

    from back in the day. And I and I used I used you can upscale photos instantly, right? You upscale photos instantly inside of Claude. So, this is like a picture of my mom’s school. I guess this is my mom here on the third row back, second from the right. Um, or second row from the back, second from the right. Um, but you can see kind of like oldish photo. And then you can upscale it here with Claude, which changes like the the the um the the saturations and colors like that. Just just mess around with the settings that already exist. This is a 3x enhancement again of it. Um, but then as I scroll down, you can then have Higsfield, which is a new tool that I’ve got. I’ve just got access to it. And this actually goes in and rebuilds the faces. Look at this. It says um 4K generate generative upscale where what that does is uh it can do generative enhancement, meaning it actually reconstructs facial detail rather than just sharpening what’s there. on an old photo like this, it can make individual’s faces dramatically clearer. Want me to run through it so you can see um how much clearer these faces are. And then I I had the option down here somewhere to make a color. Um was it here?

    There was a color version somewhere that they did that was pretty cool. Oh yeah.

    Isn’t that cool? Bringing all black and white photo back to life. But you can see some of these faces, like my mom said she didn’t look exactly like this. And if you zoom into some of these a bit more, it gets a bit creepy. Like you can just tell it’s a bit of AI [laughter] somewhere happening. So then I said, “These are my mom in photos. Can we now make sure that we stick with that look?

    And I can take it one step further and then turn that. Then look at this. I can now highlight these, right? And I can even now animate this into a video if I wanted to. So, or edit it, you know, play around with things. This what I’ll show you on our next webinar, uh, how I tie this in together and also to get you the best deal with that, too. Don’t go and and join it before I share with you how I’ll get you like 60% off because they’re they’re one of those companies unfortunately that they offer you better deals the more you don’t buy. So if you’re if you if you buy day one then you’re basically the the the idiot that shouldn’t have supported the company. Like really in my eyes you should get the best value because you support them day one. You should get the best deal not the worst. And then they’ll give people that haven’t signed up and that don’t even want to and that go no no no no. They’ll literally give them up to 60% off just to get them on without without then saying to the people that sign up day one, hey, you know what? We we don’t we want to give you this as a bonus and make it even. No, they just pocket the extra money. So, I don’t like that about them. Uh I’m just trying them because they are a main player in this space now. So, but yeah, I’m going to try to find some other options, too. So, in saying that, guys, um let me know if there’s any more questions. Uh look, we we’re down here. Plans fixed. Um it’s on the first round now, the meeting log round two. Only 13,000 tokens and that we’re it’s still going. Um a don’t worry if you’ve already got it. Uh you let me know. just let me know how much you’re paying and then I’ll tell you how to get onto a lower uh tier where you’re not paying as much. Um

    um since these models continue to charge for the better, will the dual model GBT charge GBT and claude change automatically or will we have to manually do it? So, um, if you post it as a prompt and you and you launch that skill, it will it’ll run it’ll run the whole thing under Fable, but as a background agent. If you don’t have it set to Fable, if you have it set to Fable down the bottom, it will then here, uh, it will manage, it’ll run it, um, where you can see every line of text, what’s happening, where it’s at, just like this. If I had it set to like Opus 4.8, it would say, “Okay, running Fable in the background.” And it would then have a little text box kind of like this down the bottom here where it’s editing now. But you wouldn’t be able to see all these steps. [snorts]

    Um,

    cool. All right, guys. I appreciate you all. Um, Aqua, don’t go buying any more products. Ask me first. I’ll tell you where you can get them cheaper. I almost can guarantee you there’s some things I can get you that that that or that you can cancel other things and just some cool things that deals that are out there. If anyone here has like a budget that they’re wanting to invest into AI uh tools, like I’ll let me know cuz I’ve done it. I’ve probably bought it already. I know the best deals, the best bundles. There’s lots of people out there that that have these one-off deals that no one else has. that you can get like 10 key tools in one small subscription that that would normally cost you 10 grand to do normally. Like just let me know and I can share them with you. I’m not associated affiliated. Don’t make a dollar off it but just here to help you save money. So um yeah, let me know. Send me a message. Again, my WhatsApp is on the screen. I’ll share this link one more time of the messages here of today’s chat in the chat.

    And yeah, hope you guys enjoyed that free value one. More more updates coming. Um, I saw I’ve got to get to one or two people that were in the chat to make sure you get your install set up. Okay. Um, but until then, let’s see. Um, let’s Oh, where’s my WhatsApp number there? Message me on WhatsApp. Anything you need. All right, guys. Um, I’ll chat to you really soon. Have a great one. Have a great afternoon and uh weekend and I’ll speak to you uh soon, guys. Thanks. Bye.

    So, I got webcam on. I put it say bye. Bye, guys. [laughter] See you.

  • 10/07/2026 – AI INSIDERS – Upgrades, How to replicate any AI tool + latest AI tehcniques + tips

    Everyone, Luke here. Sorry about the extra minute delay this morning. How are you all? Let me go ahead change the screen here. Stop this player from playing there. Open up a nice fresh Google Drive link for today before we get into the session. Um, let me know how you are. Let me know if you can hear me in the chat. Uh, what’s been happening in your world? Ken, I saw you in here bright and early today. Congratulations for the I think you’re the first one in this morning. Um, and we were just waiting for the last few people to come in now. And uh, yeah, I hope everyone’s going well. I’m doing good. I uh, my son didn’t want to go to school today. He was exhausted. Uh, he’s he’s definitely gone to school. The fact that he didn’t want to didn’t change anything. Um, but it just took me a few extra minutes to get him out the door. So, let me go ahead and share the screen quickly here. Here we go. Cool. And you know what? I’ll turn my camera on as well.

    We got a few cool things we’re going to be covering today. One second here. Let me go ahead and unpause that for you all.

    Zoom.

    Awesome. Awesome. Awesome. Awesome. And you know what? Let’s just change this over like this here. And I’m going to pause that. That’s going to be annoying.

    something. There we go.

    Cool.

    Now, so 8 7th of Dece 7th of October. Can you believe that? Already the 7th of October 2026. We are almost at the end of another year, which is crazy, but it is also my favorite time of the year. Why? Because it’s uh the most popular time of the year where people give up on internet marketing, which is the silliest because it’s it’s two main things, right? The last three months of the year is when

    Um most amount of people give up on online marketing

    and this is usually due to things like going into holiday mode, thinking about Christmas, New Year. will start again next year and basically being exhausted from the year that they’ve already had. Right? Then the other thing though about this time is those that don’t give up

    um dramatically increase the chances of them making money online. And I make I’m almost like I want to make an actual bet on this that if anyone releases a product that’s been built with AI uh in this coming 2 to 3 months, you will make sales guaranteed. Why? because this is the busiest time of the year

    uh um for impulse spending and sp and spending in general actually impulse spending uh as well as just spending in general.

    We have all of the holidays Christmas, New Year’s, um many public holidays around the world, right? Which are all to generate money. You know, here in Australia that on Monday, we had the king’s birthday uh holiday, which I don’t even know if it was King Charles’s actual birthday on that date. What date is King Charles’s birthday? See, November 14th is his actual birthday.

    So, but here in Australia, we celebrated it the other day, which again, no one really celebrates and goes out partying for the King of England here in Australia that I know of really anyway. I’ve never really seen it or seen it being advertised. It’s just an extra day off that everyone can go do whatever they want. Um, but yeah, I thought it was interesting to to mention. Um, let me go ahead and unbold this. And yeah, most people are going to holiday mood so that so they just naturally want to spend more money. Right now, this is also just as a side tip. Let me go ahead. Actually, um I’m just going to turn these lights on in this office so you can see me. I’ll take this jumper off real quick because it’s hot now.

    I had a freezing cold shower to like really like wake myself up this morning and then I was so cold so I put a jumper on and now I’m absolutely heating sweating it up. Can you give me two seconds? Um All

    right. I kne I knew there was something wrong with my um I must have turned the air con off to this office room. It’s so hot in here. Um now I can chuck my camera on here

    for you guys. Where are we?

    Oh, let’s um

    turn that on there.

    Hopefully it’ll pop up in a second for you guys. Cool. What is up? Know it’s a little dark in here at the minute, isn’t it? Let’s go ahead and turn some lights on.

    Hopefully that’s a bit better for you guys. There we go. Cool. What’s up, guys? Um, so yeah, uh, it’s been it’s coming into the most high spending time of the year, which means your ads convert better, your traffic sources convert better. You need less people coming to your websites that are then going to spend more money. It’s also why it’s also just a bonus hint. when you go traveling.

    And the hotel website asks, “Are you traveling for business or for holiday?” Right? What’s the answer that you should always say? Let me know in the comments. Do you know what the answer is between the two? Are you traveling for business or are you traveling for holiday?

    Exactly, Adam. I think you might have been in some of my travel webinars earlier in the year. Awesome. Yeah, that is right, Jeff. as well. Um, so Adam Trent or Adam Tron got it right. And um, Peter, I’m going to write this on the screen. Can you guys hear me? Okay, if you can hear me. Okay, I’ll say Peter, turn your speakers up or log back in. Write yes if you can hear me. Okay, team.

    Um because I just asked if people can hear and look. Yeah, you guys are all good. That’s good. Cool. Anyway,

    so yeah. Um, but those that said business unfortunately uh not uh correct in this instance with or at least in the way that I’m thinking of it, right? Um, it might and depending on what your goal is, right? If you want to be separated from everyone uh that’s in the main sections on the on the best floors and you just want the quietest part of a hotel, that might be better for you if you’re traveling on business. Um but even if you are traveling on business, let the hotel know that you are traveling on holiday. Right? This says to the business, okay, this person is in a spending money mindset, not a saving money and making money mindset. When you let a hotel know that that you are traveling for any type of reason. You usually even try to make up a good reason. Uh you could say it’s your anniversary. You don’t even need to say what for. Right? Just say it’s your anniversary and you wanted to try somewhere brand new to stay, right? Uh and your anniversary of the last time that you tried a new hotel could have been five years and six months ago, right? um make some white lie up to yourself about it, but just uh no hotels again that charge hundreds if not thousands of dollars a night aren’t being kind to you. So, uh if you can get an edge and get more for your money, 100% do it. Um it’s often like a little game in my head of if I can actually make the value uh of the hotel room in dollar in a dollar value, can I get that back in freebies, add-ons, upgrades, all that type of stuff, right? Um, but yeah, always always travel for for uh for business. Sorry, for holiday. For holiday, because um the second the second you say business, they’re going to think you’re not there to spend money. You’re not there to uh experience the restaurants, experience the entertainment that the hotel might have, uh the leisure activities. Uh and you’ll end up getting like massage vouchers. you’ll come to your hotel room um and there’ll usually be some sort of like welcome uh pack, if not even suggest it. If you say your anniversary, then you’ll almost always get something whether it’s chocolates or champagne or whatever it could be. Um that’s a really big uh tip to do when you book online. And then when you check in, check in. Make sure that you don’t just do an online check-in, check in in person. go speak to someone at a desk and also ask if they can meet if you can meet the manager on duty uh just to introduce yourself. Send let them know that you’re there on your anniversary. It’s all you need to say. Uh and see how much better your hotel gets, your hotel stay gets. Um, now those actually just two um two uh tips from my travel hacking webinar which I haven’t done in about a year almost now, maybe 10 months in terms of a webinar on it. Put number one one in the box if you’ve never seen or heard of my travel hacking um webinar series. Let me know because um I’m going to be doing a big update on that too for everyone. uh we’re going to migrate the website. Um and since AI has come out, there’s some seen some pretty crazy travel uh hacking tools out there that can really make a big difference.

    Cool.

    Um, and Peter has ended up getting getting the audio to work. Great. Perfect. So, today what I want to talk about a couple of things, right? The first is being

    three key things.

    Let’s we’ll do a

    general follow up from last week, right? We will I want to make sure everyone’s got their bonuses. If not, where where you go to get them? Um and make sure you’re set on those. Uh also I want to make sure everyone has seen last week’s trading. So uh that’s the first and foremost. Then we were going to go into uh the latest additions and updates in AI over the past week. Then we’re going to go over how to replicate any AI or any sorry any software product

    um tool app game um solution

    um

    both manually and automatically or automated for you way. Um then if we have time I might share a sneak peek into um something that I’ve created for you guys to use uh ideally for your support for forums, right? For for most people, doing support is one of the most frustrating, timeconuming, manual, monotonous tasks anyone in business does. It’s also one of the best places to find out how to improve things in your business. Now, I used to run all every single support ticket myself um for all of my tools. I then uh outsourced um everything. Well, no, I even outsourced. I I first uh hired an agency. So I did outsource it but then I took one of the guys from that agency and he works for me for the past 10 years as my head of my support. Now with AI though there are so many questions that can just be answered u because they’ve been answered in the past and AI can literally learn and do this. Um that’s something that’s been happening for a little while now. Same as like as you see like live agents on on a support site and whatnot. These are cool but I wanted to see if I could take things one step further. um the um yeah, if I think things one step further and create something or try to find something first and I couldn’t find a tool that did it, so I decided to create it. Um and we’re almost there. a tool that not only answers um that not only answers tickets but actually will go in and do the um fix answer upgrade um license number look up or essentially the task needed to be done by the actual customer for them. So, normally with the customer support reaction or like interaction, uh if you’re using an AI tool, especially um to do your support, you’ll just basically answer from a list of um things that that you’ve that the AI tools researched about about that actual business. um in terms of getting things done and doing tasks like um say if if uh you emailed in asking for a license key um and to change an email address from one to another in in u for your login address. Normally that type of ticket is going to have to get updated um or or sorry um that type of ticket will have to get sent to a human from the AI. So the human can go into whatever um tool that they might be using to uh manage the registrations of that actual software. Now I didn’t want that to happen. I wanted the AI to be able to actually figure it out, go get that information, do the job, and tell the user that it’s done right. So that’s one example. Another example might be uh say you’re trying to install something and you’re having a hard time doing it and you reach out to the um support team and either a human says let me know where you are. Can you sh send me a screenshot and you go back and forth over a day or two or however long it takes with screenshots to get get an answer and you might it might mess up for you again, right? um and it gets frustrating and uh it makes you just not even want to use the tool anymore before you’ve even got it installed, for example. Well, this would have the AI say, “Let me take a look for you and I’ll help you set it up.” And it will literally then allow uh if you allow it, it will then actually do the install on your computer for you uh seamlessly. So it actually not just responds but solves and completes uh the entire um resolution of whatever the original problem was for that actual customer for every customer and you don’t have to do a single thing. Right? Uh, and I’ve got it set currently. The way I’ve got it, um, where it’s at is that it basically will do everything for you except for refunds or chargeback responses. Uh, but there is the option to actually select and let the AI do that. I just never like having AI touch things that are money making decisions um or deal with my customers direct um ability to cancel their access ban them or anything like that. I only want to be the I want to be the only one with access to that. I think it’s smart. Um but yeah, so if we have time, we’ll go go ahead and we’ll do that. Um but first and foremost, let me know if that sounds good. Put a five in the box if that sounds good. and Jacqueline. Yeah, that’s perfect. That’s the perfect box to put your questions in there.

    But yeah, awesome guys. I appreciate you. Thank you guys for um being so interactive and engaging in here as well. Um now, actually, let’s do a little surprise first. Um brain mate update, right? who here um has who here have watched last week’s webinar where I gave you a sneak look into and even access to actually to my software called Brain Mate. Is that you? Let me know if that is um if you’ve had a look in at Brain Mate at all. Let me just go ahead and pause this for a second. I’ll turn my webcam off

    and let me see if I can find the I’ll pause this here. Let me see if I find the bonus

    training from last week.

    Hold on one sec.

    Um,

    one second. One second.

    Yeah, this this is a good one.

    Um, cool. Okay, so a lot of you um put number put number three in the box. If you have no idea what Brain Mate is, you do not see the last webinar that I shared out with you all. And um you might want to check it out at some point in time.

    Um

    all right, cool.

    Now, let me go ahead and share this then. Hit play. So, this is last week’s webinar training. If you guys didn’t see it, I took you through how each of my eight um

    current current tools that I’ve shared with you guys. Uh I went through and upgraded every single one of them with new features, new tools, um new upgrades, all from the get- go. Right. So, I’ll share the link for this session here um for you guys. I don’t know if it’ll be set to 1.2 times, but if it is, you can always maxim you can always lower that down if you need me to speak slower or raise it up if you need me to speak a bit um a bit louder or sorry, a bit faster I should say. Um in this webinar, I took you through all the different tools. Actually, let me see if I can actually show you all of the upgrades that we had. Um, here we go.

    Cool. Yeah, I should be able to see this. All right.

    Um

    so yeah so here we’ve got um

    the brain mate tool which we’ll break down in a second but you can see here like I like our tool perfection right perfection one of my favorite tools I’ve ever created because it makes literally everything that you do everything everything that you create online with AI This makes it better. It makes it better that it’s just that simple. Uh then again, I’ll share the link with you here. You can check it out.

    I’ll show the link in the chat for perfection as well. Um essentially it goes in and it runs um like on once you’ve built something a website a software an app what anything and everything in AI whether it’s in claw chat GPT codeex does not matter um you’ll see so you can see your sales page websites product UIs uh video or absolutely everything and anything you can think of. It will then go ahead and launch individual judges that it believes would be the best type of people to judge how good that product’s going to perform overall and what and how and essentially what could be done to perfect it even more. And these judges, they’re not biased. They’re not like an AI tool which is going to say everything you build is great because the whole goal of it is to um is for them to keep you in having business with them. If they said what you’ve built’s no good, it looks bad on their platform and them and it would you’d be much more happy hearing you’ve done a great job here even if um the AI is lying or being a bit too one-sided. Right. Anyway, uh you run this tool in literally inside of clawgbt codeex whichever one literally let me even just show you how how to do it. Um, and you can see here it will take a build from say 6.92 to 7.84 in this case after one after four rounds. Now, that’s still not at a level that I’m happy with. Well, neither is the AI. The AI is not happy with it at that level um either. So, let me actually pull up Claude here and show you an example of this.

    where I’ve just I’ve literally run this in the past few hours, I believe.

    I know you can’t see my screen just yet, but I’ll pull it up for you in a second.

    Okay, cool. Let me even share this here with you.

    All right. Here in the background you can see the judge founder um sorry the different founder pages have passed the expert judging originally in round one. So when I built it out directly from cord this tool for design 6.1 out of 10 ease of view 6.1 technical 7.2 out of 10 wording 5.8 out of 10 after four rounds of going back and forth. So going back fixing the the fixes that each judge told me to fix and then going for another round. I have now passed what it considers to be a pass mark. And uh I’m still I’m still going to do another one or two rounds. Right. to get to where I want it to get to. But I literally use this tool on everything that I build. Anything that’s going to be shown to you guys gets run through perfection. Now, the reason I shared that with you here just now is because in last week’s webinar, we went through where is it? Uh here. And normally that’s like a,000 bucks, right? And again, we have other tools like overlay, mate. We have my AI operating system, which again, I rebuilt the AIOS or agent mate if you bought that 6 months ago. You get the brand new version 2.0 fully rebuilt from scratch. We walk through all of that. Billboard mate, which again um is my billboard tool. You’ll see here I used it in today’s webinar as well. If you did not click on the link to this webinar via the email I sent, right? Um I sent it out saying doors are open. Come and say hello with this banner after this replay is over. if you have not opened that actual webinar yet or that email um yet when I maybe wait an hour and just in case I forget to do it straight away, but I’m going to change it over to say missed the webinar, join the next one on Wednesday. Or I might have it say um wait for the replay link later today? Here’s where it’ll be. And then you’ll then see I’ve been able to change an email that I sent hours earlier that has been received by you, but I’ve been able to change the inside of it. So, it’s not just going to say we are live and it’s completely useless for the person then because they’ve already missed it. They’ll actually be able to still get value from it because I’ll change the banner inside. Now, uh again, you have to not have opened the email for that to happen. If you’ve opened the email, it means you’ve already got the value that was relevant to you at that very uh exact point when I opened today’s session. Um, and there’s no need to go back into that email cuz you’ve got all the value, right? But if you’re asleep and you wake up and you see this email, right, it’ll be frustrating opening it to see that you missed it and there’s no other value there for you. So, this is a great way to keep positive um attention and people so people don’t unsubscribe, too. So, um, yeah. So, essentially there’s there’s these different tools that we had and you can see all the upgrades for them on last week’s session. But what I did was I actually um I actually uh at the end here put together an option where people can put can grab either two any two of these tools or any three of the tools for these two prices. So any two tools for 797 any three tools for 997 out of these tools that we have here. So, Brain, Mate, Perfection, Overlay, Mate, Agent OS, and you can basically select your three. When you select your three, you’ll then be sent to a checkout page. This literally makes up to like three grand normally or over three grand in in um in costs just for um either the two two the two for one deal basically or um or like this is the like a buy 1 get two free deal almost any three tool option normally. So this is only for my top 1% by the way guys and it’s only for you. I’m not sending this out to anyone else. The people that are getting this as well are people that have multiple of my tools already that you might just have a couple that you just want to knock off and get everything um or there’s something that I’ve just released that you haven’t got yet that ties in perfectly for you. So that’s this actually is was set to end at the end of this webinar. So if you want to go grab any of that, you can still do that. Um, look, you guys are in my top 1%. If after the session you watch it and you decide to, then I’ll still honor it. But try to get it in cuz I have to manually set everyone up. And I’m not going to keep emailing about this. Everything’s going to full prices. Uh, oh, and that’s again because it’s you guys, my top 1%, everything here is literally uh a one-time deal. Nothing is recurring at all. Even though some of these tools need recurring income to function long term in terms of what I need to cover, luckily I’ve got other tools that have recurring income that can cover this uh and whatnot. I just want to get you guys in using it, getting results, and um literally in the past week. Uh some of the results I’ve seen you guys get has just been insane, especially with how how perfection is literally up people’s work here insanely. and with Brain Mate, right? Brain mate um is essentially the most simple tool ever in the sense of like the concept of it, but it makes so much sense. And if you picked it up again, can you put a one in the box if you did get Brain Mate? Um essentially this is it. I’ll share it with you. A quick little walk through here. Brain mate.

    Um, framehq.com

    I believe is where. Oh no. Let me go ahead actually and get Claude to open up this site then

    and Chrome.

    Now, this is literally inside of my um Braaymate right now. But let me go ahead um and just pause this for a second while I get the actual sales page up for you. Um because if you did pick this up, I want to share with you already upgrades on it. Massive actually, massive, massive upgrades that I’ve added to this. uh just three of them, but they’re massive in terms of what it does now and turns this tool into an even bigger absolute monster of a tool of like a without the most simple beautiful UI ever. Here we go. Hold on. Let me share this with you. All right, here’s the um here it is. Let me turn my camera off so you can see it bigger. Okay.

    One memory for every AI one. So it’s essentially one shared brain. So switch tools without starting over. Finish a step in Claude. Open and chat GPT and it already knows what was done and what’s next. No reexlaining uh your project. No two AIs doing the same job twice. Work with Claude Chat WT Codeex Cursor Gemini and the rest. I have this set at the lowest deal ever. I I’ve done it too low, in fact. Um, but it is what it is for now. Essentially, every AI tool you can think of. You can see I’ve got Claude, JBT, Gemini, Codeex, but there’s so many more that that you can add in here, right? And as I scroll down,

    it’ll show you what normally happens. Normally without having brainmate what brainmate does is um it will literally have zero connection between each AI tool. Each AI tool literally is quiet to each other. Right?

    So the concept behind this is normally normally with AI tools they’re obviously in competition with each other. They all think they’re the best or they all want to at least market themsel as the best. They want your money. They want your time using their tool. It’s what makes them some of the biggest companies in the world because you spend so much time using them that that’s hugely valuable to that company. It’s worth a lot more than than the timing subscription that you’re paying uh in terms of real money that the actual use time on an AI is far greater and they don’t want to ever ever lose that. Now what happens normally each tool competes against the other. If you work in chat GBT, Claude is going to know nothing about what you’ve built in Chad GBT. Same as if you’re working in Manis, which is Meta’s AI tool. Same as if you’re working in Gemini, right? They’re all individual like countries for example you could look at it like and they’ve all got their own little armies and they’ve all got their ways that they do things and there’s no there’s extreme bias in some of them as well in who’s better than who and what model’s better than what um and they can be very nitpicky and whatnot. What Brain Mate does because you might use a lot of these different tools, right? I know for for just for me two core tools that I use a chat GPT and Claude even that alone uh I wished for so long there was a way that I could have both of these tools work together seamlessly uh and not just connect to each other if I told it to go do something. I wanted it to be able to actually know when is Claude actually not as good as chat GPT at doing something and when is Chat GPT or Codeex not as good as Claude at doing something and then how can I allocate the work to both to ensure uh there’s no um mixups and I get the best result overall from each place um for my final output. Right. And um it makes a huge difference when you can have AI tools working together seamlessly because say for example in in say Claude they don’t have their own image uh creation tool right they have a design suite but they don’t have an image generation setup they have to use third party tools to do that. Claude has Nano Banana Pro, Nano Banana 2, uh has its traditional chat GPT image generator. It has many options which all come within the subscription itself. That’s just looking at images. Uh video also another thing that chat GP that claw does not have. Now, let me even share with you quickly an example of the difference in in work, the quality of work that you can get when you have um your when you have multiple AI tools working together for you and you being the the essentially the leader of your little army of AI tools that are all working for the same goal, which is getting you the best results. Let me go ahead and open this up real quick. Um, can you open both versions of the overlay mate? Um, website.

    Now, this is this is massively

    massively different. Okay. Now, they’re both decent, but one’s way better than the other, right? Let me share this with you here. So, this is my software tool called Overlay, Mate. You guys may have seen this already. It’s basically a tool where you can Here’s the sales video itself. It allows you to put a uh overlay on top of any video, whether it’s yours, a YouTube video, uh one that you’ve uploaded to Loom, what whether it’s someone else’s video, anything, right? And you can then literally pick a goal, put and then start adding different elements onto the video. So, at 10 seconds, you might want an opt-in form to pop up, and they can’t watch any more of the video till you’ve opted into it. Then at 30 seconds, you could have a Instagram follow button pop up where they have to follow for it to keep on going. Or you might want to do a scratchy like a scratch it reveal popup when you find that they’re going to exit the page. It says, “Hey, hold on. Scratch this here.” Uh, and win whatever is behind the scratch it. Test your luck. Um, basically different reasons to stay and watch the video. Now, I could go into it more. I’m not going to do that here, but you can see here, this is the sales page that Claude just made by itself. Um, it didn’t make the sales video, but it went in and it chose the goals and it went and took screenshots of the software itself and included it. Oh, wait. You guys can’t see it yet, can you? Or can you see it so far? No, you can’t see it. My bad. Sorry. Sorry. Sorry. Let me go here and I’ll um resume. I won’t do that again. I apologize, guys. So, this is the page I was just saying. I just said here this is the video here um that it shows you kind of what the tool does. So and then step one pick a goal and then what you want to add on to the video itself you can choose the different elements like an opt-in box. See here look at this. You can also add in a buy button. So on in the video itself you can like if the video goes so what are you waiting for? Buy now. Uh click the link on this video and then the pop-up will come up with the product. You can then hit buy and then you can check out directly in the video, right? Which is crazy because it it takes the number of steps to check out page to zero. They can check out in the actual video itself. Uh or I said like the email lead say here pop in an pop in a uh email optin and and if they want to keep watching the video they need to opt into the video here and then then they continue watching and then that’s what will happen from there. Right? You get the idea. But in terms of um of how this is built, this was built just with um with with Claude. Right

    now, let me I share this with you in the chat over here. Right, this is version one just with Claude and I’ll even put it over in our in our text documents for today.

    Now, this is version two um with brain mate turned on. And to be transparent, I did run it through perfection, but a lot of this was already here prior to the perfection run. like it would literally had um all of the designs, animations, everything that you’ll see. And this is what happens when you use multiple AI tools together to build an outcome. Right? I’m going to go ahead. I’m going to pull this up.

    Now, what I’ll do is turn my camera down.

    All right. So, it’s built it out like the tool itself inside. But look at this already in the bottom right hand corner. Live widget. If I click on this, I can then hear an actual live guide that it’ll walk me through what the tool does. Right. This little character here is also the character that’s in the actual sales video. So, I decided to build that out.

    Yeah.

    And actually, I may make this bigger for you guys.

    Cool.

    Now look at this. So instead of just showing you screenshots like we’re doing like over here of each just some some of the different features, this includes all of the features. So I can do an inv video checkout by look at this. Clicking on it. It shows me the inv video checkout. I can click buy now to stay in the video. Boom. Check out example. I pay directly in the video itself. Buy button itself.

    Right. Boom. To the website. Call to action bar. Discount reveal. Countdown timer of how long until the until it actually expires. End screen. So when the video ends, you can send them to an actual call to action page. Right? I don’t know why people haven’t done that for years. Email optin. free download, phone optin, quiz, book a call, progress bar. So, it actually see the bottom there, it shows you the you can set how long parts one, two, three, and however many parts you want to include there. That makes people watch a video for longer cuz they can see how far they’ve already got on one just one section. So, they can estimate how much longer the video has to go. Captions, smart autoplay. So, this means the video will start to play by itself automatically when someone lands on the page, but it’ll play so on mute. And then if they go, “Oh crap, I need to hit play.” They’ll hit play and the video will restart from the beginning unmuted, right? Pick your path. You can send people to different videos at different sections. If they’re about to leave, you can you can drop a quick offer in quickly that they might miss out on if they don’t opt in. Now, scratch it. One of my favorite little ones. Um, how do I get out of here? Um, here we go. Look at this bonus for watching. I can scratch this,

    right? How cool and interactive on a video reactions.

    Every spin wins.

    All right. Share buttons. follow buttons to social media that they can actually click on and it’ll link or it’ll follow directly on those platforms. Um having your logo and brand up in the top corner. Uh password lock your videos and follow to unlock the actual video itself. like you know these are just the ones here right now on the and again this playground I guess you could call it built straight into the into it and then boom look at this the same tools but revolving here to show you what actually um

    what actually it does and you know I like this revolving look I might even put this up in the headline behind this somehow as like a revolving sharing the different options that it can do. Now, this is where it gets crazy. Zero redex between what I want and um buying it. Catch the leads before they click away. Find the exact uh second people quit. Then auto play the fix.

    And look at this. All these video, everything here was captured and gathered by the AI, not me. These these videos that it’s using as examples. It grabbed them, not me.

    Now, this to me like looks like probably one of the highest quality sites I’ve probably ever seen for a SAS software. If you put a one in the in the in the in the uh chat if you agree like if you saw more sites like this would you feel more confident in buying the products that are being shared right now that’s that here after I’ve connected my AI tools together and run it through perfection. Take that versus what I would run a software launch through only a year and a half ago. Right? Let’s have a look at this. URLfam.com. Now, while still a nice site, doesn’t this start to look very dated,

    right? It’s still okay. It’s still clean and very traditional.

    and it still works really well. But I’m sure you can see it’s soon the days of this is really kind of like gone in my opinion. All right. And I used to take these screenshots and then try to find the screenshots to put on top and then send them to designers. This was made by a professional designer for his full-time job was doing this. And to get him to do this little section here was a nightmare.

    Now, from that, which took me it took weeks to get them to do it to this, which was built out literally maybe in like 2 days of like intermediately playing with it with it. Crazy right now.

    Now having a look through here. Um Alan, I’ll touch base on your point there shortly. Um

    but yeah, so basically if you guys did um what what I should say is that this is here um was from using um brain. Wait, where are we?

    I thought I got that page up for you guys.

    Yeah, Braate. So, this is the Brainate tool here, right?

    And the coolest thing about this is you literally come in. This is the page. You literally click on add a new social platform to connect to. It takes you over and you then click on the different AI tools to sync. So Claude, Claude called Code, Chatbt Codeex, Cursor, Manis, um, and and I’ve got a few other ones integrated here already right now. But that was essentially what the tool was going to do. And then if I come down here, it would then show you um, some of the things that it’s been doing recently that are known across my other AI tools. So, right. The most recent thing we’ve done here is um set up some replies in Gmail. Um

    and then also the cool thing is uh the Brain Mate will also keep all of your all of your images, files, content that you generate across any of the AI tools in one library here as well. So, one one place to store all of your shared um messaging was with any and all of your AI tools. So, they all know what’s going on at the exact same moment. It means they’ll never work on the same job if you’re building out a project together. It’s all just done seamlessly separately. And you have one library for all of your images and and content. So, you can then have everything synced. So, each AI tool can then grab the resources it needs. So if Chat GBT develops an image that Claude needs to implement on a sales page, it can do that and it grabs it from here. All right. So that’s pretty cool. Now while you um obviously I was mentioning I’ll send these links here too um in the chat. This is for the grab the start and see updates.

    But then also what I’ll do is here’s the replay for last week too which also oh yeah I should have just done this actually actually

    use this link here and what I’ll do I’ll be like I’ll put it over here too grab your two or three bundle offers here and I should grab this other link here. I don’t know if I made this public for you guys yet, but I’m about to push this one.

    I’ll put the links at the top here and I’ll share this quickly across to you guys. Uh, eighth alt right

    now. Copy this. Now, the reason I shared that here as well isn’t just to go through that, but I don’t want you guys to miss out on that. That’s the first thing that’s that’s going to be ending um, literally if not on on on in the middle of this session. It might even the page might go down. If it does, uh, I’ll put it up again for a couple more hours. But, um, grab anything right now if you want to because I put limits on them as well. Like, for example, Brain Mate, uh, if you go to the page, if you just want, and if you just want to get Brainate by itself, you can do that as well. Just go to the actual sites, um, which again will be on that link. Um, and you can pick up Brainate directly. It’s just going to um that there’s a there’s a limit of how many one-time deals that will be left there, right? Nor normally it’ll be yearly or monthly. And you can even sign up to the monthly now if you wanted to, but when there’s an option there that’s that’s already been heavily discounted for, you know, literally um a one time deal for next to nothing um with how much value this brings, right? Insane. Now, if you pair that with perfection, boom, killer two tools together. Now, I wanted to share this. I took things one step further for those that went and picked up um Brain Mate. And you’ll see me do this with all of the tools here. I don’t stop. And we’re not at this at the phase where I’ve publicly launched this out to a wider audience, which is really good for you guys cuz you’re the only ones in the world that can do these things. There’s not other tools that do that do these things. It’s why I’ve built them um because I’ve wanted to do them um for my own business. So, you’re in a very very unique um top 0.1% place where you can do things that the majority of the world can’t here. Um, and yeah, I will eventually be releasing them um publicly as uh recurring offers and whatnot. Um, but the whole goal when I do that is you’ll be an affiliate for that. So you can you can actually sell it and make 50% commissions on anything that they on every subscription ongoing forever. So more on that later. But for Brain Mate, if I I had some new ideas that I wanted to add to this tool and well and I was actually going to create a separate tool, but I thought, you know what, that this makes sense to go with Brain Mate. I’m going to add it there. Then I’m just going to charge you guys a onetime 5 grand upgrade fee. I’m kidding. Kidding. Kidding. Kidding. Kidding. Kidding. I’m absolutely joking. I just wanted to see if anyone was halfway like sipping a coffee and then spat it out being like that’s ridiculous. I had some ideas and I was and I’ve decided I was just going to give them to you for free inside of Brain Mate. So, here is um the upgrades. Right. Here we go. Not this one. But

    yeah, your AI just got smarter together. All right, I’ll turn my turn my camera off again so you can see it bigger. But I just wanted to make sure that you know I’m not actually doing that. No five grand anythings.

    Cool. So brain already gives your AI a shared brain. These upgrades make that brain look after your plans, show it, um, show its work, and then pull the right memory first. Um, so here’s some of the things that we’re going to be adding in. Uh, a step finished in Claude picked up by chat GPT. So this is again kind of how it works just basically as well, right? So if I hit play here,

    So, I just got a quick little example of that. But here we go. Here’s a big one that I wanted to include. Plans the reset reminders. So, what does that mean? Each AI tool that you have has a subscription and every single month um it will renew right now. Every single day, every single day that that you literally run your AI tools, you will be getting uh a daily usage of tokens or a weekly usage of tokens. Uh, who here would say that they have 100% used all of their tokens every day by building out things and there’s and that there’s never been a week that they’ve they’ve actually missed out on using all of their tokens. Probably no one, right? more likely you probably have a few AI tools or even just software in general and you don’t use the actual tokens that are given to you each week or each month in full, right? Um, some months you might, other times you won’t. But I wanted to create a way that you could actually uh first and foremost check when your different subscriptions and your different AI tool plans when they actually expire. So, um, if I know that, then I can say, okay, well, in the next 3 or 4 days, there’s going to be all these tokens that they haven’t used are going to expire, and the new month’s brand new tokens are going to come in cuz they don’t roll over. So, I want to like what tools does this person have in their brain mate set up across different AI tools that we could then use all of these chat GPT tokens for the month that have 3 days left. Where can we implement these right now and do some powerheavy builds or fixes or changes or add-ons or automations for this person? Uh and then um vice versa have other tools like say Claude, you might have been you might be getting close to finishing all your all your tokens for the month and it’s way too early. Well, instead of just stopping and waiting for um the new the new subscription to start um on the weekend when it’s your weekly limits up, uh instead you can have Claude come in or sorry, you can have Chat GPT or Gemini come in and take over the work that you would have had to have either paid more money to Anthropic for to get more to get more Claude tokens. um even though you’ve got all of these other uh AI tools that could perfectly do that that specific job, right? So creating a way that we have um a way to to actually track when your when your plans are renew and how many tokens you’ve got left and then an actual way that comes up with ideas of where to send your AIS to um to use those tokens up. Now, flip side of that, the unused plan check, right? For me, I’ve been pay It says I’ve been paid 47 bucks a month for Manis and haven’t used it in 3 weeks, right?

    Have not used it in 3 weeks. So, bit of a waste of money for me right now. Now, I can cancel it then directly inside of my tool. And often these are the little subscriptions that then end up sticking there for months or even years and we wished we could have just cancelled them. I I and they’re the ones that you see every month and you go, “Oh, I should have canled that.” Then you forget to do it again, right? Put me in the box if that’s happened to you before. Happens to me literally every month with things still. And I was over it. So now it’s not going to happen anymore. Um

    now I also wanted a way to track these different movements. So, cuz if I’m giving out access to my AI tools to then say, “Okay, these tokens can be used in different ways uh on different projects and different planning and um because essentially uh um I’ve set it so that if you have leftover tokens in one of your AI tools over the month that it will actually help create either uh improve what you’ve already built or automate tasks that you’re already um doing or create assets for projects that you’ve already talked about building or have built out already. I haven’t got it going out creating brand new software to launch in your industry or niche or field or anything like that. Uh but there’s going to there’ll be a way you can customize it to say if there’s ever leftover tokens, this is the order of how I want you to spend them. We’ll have that there soon. But for the receipts and and um and your thumbs, a new receipt screening will will share every handover and every job sent to the specialist AIS um each with one plain line saying what why it went there and where and where. Now the other big thing here is that we’re adding in is called smart recall. the right memory first. When your when one of your AIs asks the brain a question, Brain Mate now reads the best matches and puts the one that actually answers it at top at the top. Your your latest decision beats last month’s brainstorm, right? So, in the past, an an example might be is what did we decide about pricing for that product? Normally if you type that into your brain into an AI brain or even into Claude or into Chat GBT or anything like that, if you asked the software that say hey a month ago we were talking about pricing, right? Like what was it? What would happen in the past is it would do this. you would go up to the search bar in Claude, type that type the question in and whatever the top result that Claude provides you where it might it might match the words um pricing in a previous chat. It doesn’t matter which chat it was that says pricing. However, it’s decided that that’s going to be the first one. That’s going to be the answer that it gives you, right? But the answer might be the third one down. And and a real quick example on what I mean by that. If I typed, let’s go.

    If I go into here, if I went up to new chat and I went to search and I said, um, what pricing model was my website going to be? Right? It’s 100%. And this is what AI would do normally in answering your question. It would go to this very first this top response lama pricing and alternative AI models and it would try to bring something out of this chat where my actual answer might be this third one down AI tools dashboard with pricing and deals tracker. that might be have the answer in it, but normally it would just go for this very top option here. That’s if you’re just using Claude or Chad GBT or any of them. That’s how it would normally make decisions for you, right? That’s not going to happen anymore when you have this in setup. Uh what will happen was it’ll say what so when we say when it when it asks what did we decide about pricing when you ask that in an actual conversation. So literally um I could do it directly here. Um what did we decide on pricing for the X product launch or whatever. What would happen is it’s then going to um find out the actual decision of what actually the pricing for that item was. Now,

    let me go ahead and I’ll open this up further. Let me just minimize my camera for you guys real quick.

    Now, autopilot, you have the option for this, too. So you can actually have uh everything um Oh yeah. So that’s what I was going to mention. Everything in the above also works without having to set up anything else. Um but and you and you can literally have these settings not included at all if you just want to use the original sharing. But you can come in here and you can go into settings and then you can decide what you want to add and what not. Um,

    so you can then have in the settings saying, “Tell me, tell my AIS when a plan is about to reset.” So, Brain Mate will say to Gemini, “Hey, letting you know you got one week till you reset.” Um, or Claude, you got 24 hours left until your usage resets. Same as a Gemini. So, if there’s any um or or we might say there’s 3 weeks until we um use all our tokens here at Claude, but we’ve got 3 days to use all of these chat GPT tokens. Um Claude, uh what what projects can we use? Can we get Chat GPT to help us with directly inside of um Claude here? because um I don’t want to run out of claw tokens again at the end of the month and since we have a lot available that will just expire otherwise how can we have drag GPT do some of this work for us right now that’s essentially what gets asked in the back end you just need to turn on a few switches or one switch actually and you are good to go now some other features as well Um, faster starting. Your AI loads their memory about 40% faster at the start of each chat. Honest home screen. Tools you remove no longer hang around as quiet. When it says everything’s in sync, it is fresh new look. New brain mate logo. Um, and with two AIS, one endless shared memory in the middle, uh, which is the logo design. Um, Mortals Manis now connects in one click alongside claw chat all the other ones too. We did a big security update and all of these are free for you upgraded updated inside of your account. Um, and it’s that easy. So, I’ll go ahead and I’ll share this with you guys over in the document too. So, who here put a one in the box if if that’s if you if you think that’s cool. If you and if you have brain mate, I’m I was going to say put put a one in the box if you’re happy with that. You’re happy that you get that for free. I’m sure everyone’s happy with that. So, I’m not going to make you do something like that, but I hope you appreciate it, right? Um, and that’s just going to continue, guys, with all these tools. If you if you’re a part of them, you you’re you’re getting these at the founding stages of these tools. So, anything new I do, I just give to you guys. I don’t charge you more. I just give. Um cuz I appreciate you supporting uh me there. Right. So, let me see over here real quick.

    Um,

    cool. Let me go through some of these questions real quick. Um,

    can I use uh a bonus uh on this? Look, with if anyone’s got bonus coupons, for example, you can definitely use your coupon on these, but not on a a uh bundle that’s already been or sorry, not already on an offer that’s already got a current discount running on it and then it’s then bundled on a even bigger discount running on it and then a uh coupon on top of that. Essentially, if you just take the the actual cost of the product and you can you can then apply your equivalent to that for sure. No problem. But it’s best just to see what the best deal is overall for you. And um but it’s but yeah, like I can’t put on um multiple like two or three coupon codes on one actual deal because then it’s literally going to like make it cost me a lot of money overall to actually even provide these. because these again these are onetime deals. Eventually I’m going to have to cover the cost um to run everyone’s year which is fine. Again I’ve got luckily I’ve got other um tools that have recurring incomes that can cover uh me doing this for my top 1% cuz it’s a very small amount of you that actually get to see these deals again. Right? And everyone else is only going to see recurring, right? So, um, me sharing it for a week or two, these tools in the lifespan that they’ll have as, you know, one or two weeks of them being at a one-time deal and then not again, it’s not a huge um thing in the long run. But right now, when I haven’t launched them out, all right, I want to make sure you guys get the best deals possible. And that’s also when I have these coupons and these bundle deals, I’ve already reduced the prices on them a lot overall. Um, and again, especially for a one time one-time access deal that I just am doing it almost just at a way for you to get in and um get started as quick as possible because for me, I’d much rather all of everyone on recurring cuz it’s just a makes my business more valuable. People stay together that you end up spending more money than just the onetime deal. But um yeah, I’m happy to do it for you guys. Um, and if and if you so if you do have a coupon and and you want to see the best way to spend it, um, you can come on to the pages here. Go and have a look at the each site and see if they’re running a sale. Like right right now, Brain Mate has a sale already. It’s at 397 discounted, right? Um,

    so

    um, what I’ve let you do is you can bundle these two together. So um, Brain Imperfection. If you want if you want a Braman imperfection, click them both here. Go to the checkout, pick it up. Um, and what I’ll even do is

    Yeah, you can um go ahead and do that here now. And I know a lot of you have all of my tools. So, what I’m going to do is actually share with you at the end of this a sneak peek into something. But yeah, I wanted to share that upgrade. Everyone gets that here. If there’s any questions on that for Brain, Mate, let me know. Otherwise, what we’re going to do is move into the next section here for today’s training. Um, which I’m excited for. I’m just going to pause this for a second.

    Give me one sec, guys.

    I’m just pulling something up here in the background.

    Okay, cool. Now,

    let me grab this real quick and get this file up here, guys.

    Where did I put this chat?

    One second, guys. Um,

    there’s a few things I I’m getting here to show. It’s been pretty cool in what’s been happening in the past week with what you can now build um in the AI um with some of these different AI tools um

    For some reason, it didn’t go ahead and actually build this out for me properly in chat GBT just before. But what I’ll do Oh, it says it’s done it. Um,

    what I’ll do, I’m going to go ahead and share with you. Okay, let’s see if it’s going to

    download the PE PowerPoint. And what I’ll do is I’ll share it with

    I’ll share it with um Google documents and then I can open it that way and I can share it even with you guys if you want it. Let me just make sure that this turned out as I wanted it to because you never know with these. See? No, it’s in it. Okay, cool. So, let me even share with what’s happening right now. I asked DBT to go ahead and create me a um a actual breakdown of some of these key points. Um and then I asked it to do a general one just just some of the latest AI points that I wanted it to cover. And this is the presentation it made me. So, I’m going to copy this and back into here. This is what you made.

    So, it’s going to go ahead and rebuild it.

    So, while it does that, a few things you might you can play around with in the latest chat GBT is on the left hand side. This is on the desktop app. If you hit that, there’s this little icon here called space. Don’t know if you’ve ever used it before, but it’s a new home to create, share, and collaborate with your team and chat GPT, right? And I’ve actually never even used this yet. Let’s go ahead and click continue to space. Oh, that’s pretty cool. Um, oh, cool. So, just a way to manage your different files. So, you got your guides here. There’s a to-do list of what the priorities are for me to do today.

    And now it’s gone here and it’s doing this automatically down here to figure out my um morning 6 a.m. updates daily that I’ve asked it to let me know about

    and I can create a new page if I wanted to. Pages I guess are just different key things that we have here. different websites for different site examples that that I want it to build out for me. It’s basically just like a management tool for the different end end final projects that you’ve then created in your AI space. You could then got a project tracker. You can actually see where you are with different things. It’s almost trying to trying to tie in what notion does, right? like a notion is almost like a live board of different things like this um into chat GPT itself, you know, and I like that chat TV is doing more and more of this, bringing in multiple competitive tools into one. Um

    there’s also direct integrations with with look at this Higsfield’s now directly integrated into chat GPT here. So I can even use this to create different things

    via different workflows here.

    Now, again, you need a spec, you need to either pay per use with a Higsfield or have a very expensive subscription, but um if you guys do want a special link for Higsfield access, uh let me know. Something I’m going to be starting to do now for you guys as well is with any tools that that are like third party tools, if I have to share them or if they’re ones that you do need, uh if you pick them up from me, whatever I get paid as a referral fee, right? If I give you an affiliate link just to like say say it was Higsfield or say it was any like big company, if I give you an affiliate link for it or if there’s a tool that you’re going to get, let me know um what you want and I’ll get you an affiliate link for it. Um and essentially any software is what I can do this for. What I’ll then do is whatever the commission I get paid, I’ll then give it back to you in the form um in the form of money that you can spend on any of my tools. I’ll give it to you in the form of credit, right? So, I can’t give it like if I gave it to you back in cash, that’s that’s breaks a lot of these companies terms of service doing it that way. So, um, but what I can do is, uh, if you picked up, say, any tool, it doesn’t cost you any anything more, but if you pick it up from me through my special link, um, I’ll then be able to give you back um, that money as a coupon, right? So, let me go up here for an example. Let’s say I pull up Higsfield affiliate

    program.

    And I’ve already applied.

    I think I’ve already actually applied for them. But

    let me log in here actually.

    So yeah, here we go. So anyone that gets this link, I’ll get paid if anyone ever joins it, right? Um through this link, I’m going up to 25% commissions, which means up to so I don’t know what that exactly means. So,

    all right. See, look at these ridiculous calculators. Say I only did 10 a month.

    So, that’s actually not too bad either. So, you you can make a bit of money back um with this. So, let me go ahead and I’ll type in Higsfield here

    to support me and let me support by giving you the connection back in credit. Now, that’s just one tool. What I’ll do is I’ll make a database with all of them on there, all the different AI tools that I can think of, so you don’t have to always ask me. I’ll just have the link set up for you. Um, and I’ll make a tracker as well that will track how much uh you’ve got. Right. And again, I’m not saying do this to go and get Higsfield right now. If you don’t need Higsfield, don’t even get it right now. I’d actually recommend if you don’t need a subscription for Higsfield, don’t get one. Use the API and pay for what you use. If you only need one sales video, don’t go spend 40 bucks a month on a subscription. that’s just going to be credits that are going to be wasted. Right? And that’s the other thing I’ll always tell you if you need something or don’t, right? If you’re in a position where you um where it makes sense that you need more usage and it and we can work it out pretty easily to see where it’s at. Um if a subscription is going to save you more money or not, I’ll let you know. And if it’s not, I will honestly tell you don’t buy it. I told someone yesterday, don’t buy any of my tools right now because if you’re on the verge of bankruptcy and you’ve just found me and you want me to help you make x amount of money by next weekend so you don’t go homeless, like buying internet marketing anything and trying to make a business in 5 days is not what you should be doing, right? It’s putting a burden on yourself. It’s it’s only thinking about yourself and you’ll never make money if the goal is how do you make money instead of you focusing on how do you make help others either make money or have the best experience ever that they then exchange that experience for money as a byproduct. Right? And right now that person was only in a place to that that I said just get a job and or work more hours and save more money uh where you’re at before you go out and uh investing in yourself um in in terms of a business, right? Um and I’ve had to do that a few times. Sometimes I get absolutely sworn at saying, “What? You say you don’t want my money?” Um, how dare you? And I’m like, wow. No, I just don’t want you to like absolutely ruin yourself. And um, like if you still got money, don’t go blow it on on a on a on a Claude subscription that you then still need to learn how to use. And all of this in 5 days isn’t going to help you. I’d rather you have food on your on your on your on your plate. All right. But yeah, it’s um crazy sometimes things like I see. Um but yeah, all right. So, we’ll do that for now. Back over to Chat GPT

    um on the left here, we also have obviously in the top left, if you click on the dot right,

    um here where it says your dot. This here is a essentially your AI um

    AI uh agent, right? So, you can actually speak to your agent here in your dot and you can create um more dots as well and you can have them work with each other, talk to each other. Um but I might call this one

    Mr. Doy, right? And the cool thing with Mr. Doy

    is I can call him. I can Let me show you some of these other things. I can open up his profile here. I can call him on the phone. I can message him on Slack on the desktop. He’s also got his own computer, right, which he can run like this, right? So, this is his computer that’s open 24/7. Now, this is just in in your in chat GPT. You can access his computer and my computer.

    Um, it also means

    let me go

    if I want to go ahead and connect it to my um,

    where are we here? If I want to connect it to my SMS, I can actually connect this to my phone. So, I can text doy right now. Think about this. When I’ve got I’m like, “Hey, do um how can I text you via my phone?

    What I can get it to do is I can actually have it I was getting it to do reviews for me, look at different sites and whatnot um to see what it thought um of different products. But um what I can actually have it do is I can text message it via my phone. I can even have it I can give it a phone call. See it says call. Give it a call. I can speak to it right now and um have a full conversation with it and um also even do it on my phone and say, “Hey, can you just jump on to my computer and go access Claude for me and get Claude to go ahead in Claude Code and run the latest um overlay mate update that I was meant to do, but I forgot to get granted permission before I left.” Right? Then it would say, “Yeah, sure. Well, no problem at all. I’ll go ahead and do that. Right. It’s pretty crazy. Now, they’ve stolen this whole concept as well from Crockbot, which again, Elon’s tool. Very, very similar. Here, let me show you. Turn my camera down a bit. Right here is my Where’s my uh CEO agent?

    a developer

    here, co boss. So this is my head agent up here and it delegates work to my different actual side bots here. So these are all the same. See right now my Gmail manager, I could have it go out and respond to emails and stuff that go come to my Gmail directly. So I can go yes, connect email. Let’s go ahead and do that. And while this is happening, right, let’s actually go up in here and connect it to my brain, mate. Let’s go. Grockbot

    connect.

    Now, I’m going to go ahead and copy this. And I’m going to go back to Grubbot. go to my CEO and I’m going to enter this here. It’ll have a it’ll have an actual key in it that I don’t want it to see. Right? So, I’m going to go ahead and hit pause here just so it doesn’t share that code with you.

    It basically has just said add a custom MCP server which it’s doing

    and boom. Look at this. I’ll share I’ll share this with you in a screenshot here. One second.

    Now let me actually resume this. There we go. I copied and pasted what it said and it says here, look at this. Brain mate is now connected and it’s 15 tools live. So I can use them from your next message onwards. One thing to know is the BM part of the address works as access key. Keep it out of shared screenshots and webinar demos. Luckily I did that just then so you didn’t see it. Um,

    cool. So, now what I’m going to do is pause it again and make sure I remove that message. I know I forget to

    Okay. It says it can’t delete that for me. So, I’m just going to disregard that for now. And what I’m going to say is

    I’m going to ask him to do one more thing. I’ll be like, “Okay, um, how can I set you up on my iPhone to call or message you?

    You pass it to the correct agent to teach me.

    So basically it looks like the way to do it is I’d have to go ahead and um set it up in Slack. But the way what it’s done here, it’s gone ahead and taken that message and it’s passed it to my stack boss. So, let me show you this here. I’m going to go ahead and go resume the see at the top. It’s taken that message of what I needed to do and it’s now passed it down to my stack boss here with how I can go ahead and set it up as a call. So, I’m going to go ahead and install the Grockbot app. I’m going to sign in with it. It’ll then find my bots for me. And also the cool thing is with Grockbot you can you can actually combine these all together as um or or create group conversations with each one. So if I selected like one two three

    I can go move to a new se section. I can go ahead and pin them. I can take create a conversation, a brand new conversation, and add them all into it. Um, and they all will work for me 24/7, which is pretty cool. Uh, here I’m going to authorize my Gmail here, so my Grockbot can go ahead and set it up. And I’m going to say, let’s say, let’s do competitor research here. I’ll say how does Grobbot compare

    to GBT’s dot system share the positives and negatives of both

    Let’s go high.

    And the other place that you’ll find these type of agents is also in Hermes. If you have access to Hermes, um then you will find that is also something that’s there. Oh, look at this. It’s already got back to me. This Grogbot’s fast. Um

    and again, each one of these two also has its own computer. So here it’s got its own Where are we? Whoopsies. Where did I hide that from? um

    there we go computer. So if I click on this each one of these Grock bots has its own

    live access computer. This means that when when these when these are you can see here I can access Chrome on its computer. It’ll open it up. It means that my computer can be shut and its computer can be up and working. I can be logged off the internet and it will run same as on GPT, right? And I can teach it task as well. I’m going to minimize that here for now.

    Um,

    Yeah. So, it say you can’t have to do it via call here, but I know there’s a way you can do it through Slack, and you can have Slack be a something you can save on your phone. So, I’ll share that with you later, but let me just show you a quick call with it right now. Let me see if you can hear this. Let me know if you can hear this. Okay.

    Good morning, Luke. What’s on your mind today? Hey, thanks so much. I’m just trying to see what um took you so so long to answer me just now. Fair question. I was just quiet for a beat, making sure I had the right context before jumping in. Go on, tell me what you need. Um, I’m just trying to see, can you give me a rundown of what the best and the differences are between um, say um, the dot uh, platform here or between Grothbots um, agents over there? They seem to be quite similar in some ways. Um, and I’m just trying to see what’s the main differentiator between the two different platforms. Well, let’s talk through that. Let me check a couple details while we chat. The heart of it is how well each one remembers your context and follows work through. Just checking which Grock agent platform you mean. Luke, you’re right. They’re quite similar. I checked Grockbot’s current docs and it also has a persistent cloud computer memory connected apps and routines that keep working after you close your laptop. So, it’s not a simple one access. Hi, sorry. I’m going to interrupt you. I’m going to interrupt you here. Can you go ahead and just send me a message just of the quickest top three things that it’s better at and top three things that Grockbot’s better at. And that’s it. Thanks. Sure. Cool. So, you get the idea how that works hopefully. So, now let’s move on. While this is doing that, what I want to do now is share something um pretty cool with you guys. So, I’ve realized over the past week a lot of you had accessed uh had picked up pretty much all of my tools so far and um have been wondering what else I’ve been working on. One big thing here uh I’ve talked about is how you can actually replicate other tools and software online. So, who here and I want to show you two different ways you can do it. one’s just a free way. You can do it completely yourself and I want to show you a hands-off method as well. All right. So, how to replicate any product online software tool app um plugin,

    iPhone game, site, etc. Right? whatever you can think of. Uh there’s two ways to do to do this, right? So, who here would like to know like to see this, right? I can run through this with you guys pretty quickly right now. If you guys are interested, let me know. Um,

    cool. Give me a thumbs up. Cool. Cool.

    And Joel says, “What type of Mac am I using?” Yeah, I’m using a Mac Mini right now.

    And what do I have in it? Um, as in like what’s my build? Like what build is my Mac Mini? I can show it to you in a minute if you want to see.

    Awesome. Okay, so there’s two ways you do things here, right? You either take any tool or product and you bring it over into one of your AI tools. Well, there’s three ways really. Anyways, you pay an a developer big money to develop your product usually from Upwork. right now. Upwork is a site.

    Let’s go upwork.com

    where you can actually go in and post jobs and and developers and designers and all of the above will go ahead and apply to build out or to create your actual thought and they’ll charge you a lot of money. The coolest thing now with AI is you can literally go in and build out AI solutions for people’s businesses uh where they’ll be asking for something to be created for their business and you know that you can get it built in AI can have that job done in hours for them and you can make in money by just literally taking um taking jobs um directly from Upwork. And actually, you know, let’s even do this on on the side here. This will be fun. I’m going to open up um open up Doy again and I’m going to call it and ask it something here. Right.

    This is taking a minute as it did the first time.

    Are you there?

    Oh, hi Dan. What’s up? Hey. Um, I want to uh uh do something different here. Thank you. I want you to go ahead for me and either in um in chat GPT chat or in work or even in codeex let me know the best way place to do it or if you can just do it for me. Uh create a basic tool. It can run in the background. It doesn’t even need to have a dashboard if you want to just control it for me. Um, but I want to create some sort of tool that can actually go onto Upwork as a um as if I was the developer looking for work to do the jobs of either a developer, a graphic designer or anything that I could then actually use my AI skills so far to actually then create an outcome and a happy completed finalized job for um low picking fruit I should say. I guess I should say on Upwork. So maybe basic development builds um specific um um either plugins or specific little tools that uh AI AI can easily create on either claude code or on here in in chat GPT. Um and just um or even just graphic design stuff that I could use Higsfield to create. But again, nothing overly complex, just the lowhanging fruit that me or the everyday person could literally take those jobs uh that you provide then and then we feed them into um our AI tools here. Um and and in this case, we can use Brain Mate to uh segment off what tools or what builds should get done on what platforms and whatnot. But let’s um let’s I’ll let have you have a look at these different um proposals from people every single day that that are requesting things to be done and make a hit list for me um when these uh come up uh on Upwork. Is that something you can do for me? Let me take a look at that. Just a sec.

    That’s okay. What I’ll even let you do is I’ll let you um get back to me in the chat window here while I just continue on this webinar. Um and I’ll come back shortly to see your response. Um if it is a go ahead, I’ll let you go ahead and launch the right chats in the different um chat windows and start creating this. Again, um I’m happy to do it. So, there’s like a dedicated chat where I just ask you for the latest updates. But again, you could create a me like a dashboard if you wanted to as well that I could check in on daily or something like that. Got it. I’ll get that set up and start the scan. Thank you.

    Okay. Pretty cool, right? So, we’ll let that do its thing. Now, I’m doing this so you guys can literally copy what I’ve just done or even just give it to you guys for free, right? If it builds that setup, I’ll just give you that exact uh whatever it builds so you can implement it yourself. Put a one in the box if that sounds fair or a thumbs up if that sounds fair. All right. And what this will then do is give me jobs that you can then start providing solutions for and get paid for things that you’re going to take content from point A and paste it in point B. have AI build the thing and and then take that and deliver it back to point A. And in fact, I’m sure I could even get Claude or Chad GBT to even do the creation and the sending back of the actual finished product to these different um jobs, right? That should be a bit of fun and and a really cool easy way to make money um online. Um, and so all right, so we’re going to do that. Now, there’s replica mate is what I’ll share with you in a minute. But that that’s the first way, right? People people would normally come on here and post a job to get something built, right? And in this case, we’re going to look for people that are doing that and we’re then offering them the solution because remember, while you guys know so much about AI already, most of the world knows nothing. zero. They don’t know what claw is. They don’t know what chat GPT is. They don’t know what a plugin is, right? They don’t know what a desktop version of Chat GPT and Claude is versus a computer version. You say the word Higsfield to them, they think you’re talking about a Sherlock Holmes spin-off movie from some 1800’s time period. Maybe not. Maybe that’s just me when I when I first heard the word, but um but yeah, right, you get the idea. Now, uh the second way is you find a product you want to actually replicate and then you bring it into one of these tools and you say, “Hey, create me a copy of this tool.” What will happen a lot of the time is it’ll just say, “No, it’ll say no. I’m not I’m not letting you do that. not I’m not allowing that. We cannot just copy business’s tools and scrape their their pages and you know even if you got access to the tool we’re not going to like log in and then basically steal what they’ve done right. Um that’s not what’s I would suggest doing now.

    The second way though to actually build something and not get in trouble. That’s the key thing here and it’s one of the biggest things that I am really big on. I’ve always been really big on this guys and it is so important that I’m all for pushing limits in the gray area if it’s not one affecting anyone else’s business and making other people uh lose out because you’ve done something that’s like a bit unethical or or it could be deemed unethical. And by you, I mean I or anyone, right? I don’t want to ever do anything that could be seen as something bad to someone else. That’s not what business is about. It’s not how I do business. And you’ll find other marketers that will just show you that this is how you can crush competition. You can crash their sites. You can steal their products. You can do all of this stuff. And I’ve never seen that ever ever work out as being a positive thing for anyone ever. Now what I have seen though is people that that think and they put their mind to things a bit more. There is always a way you can create something that the competition has already created. you can do it better and you can do it cheaper and you can help the market at a higher level than what’s currently being done, right? And you know, people might say, why replicate a product, right? Why replicate a product like or if there’s already a market share, why would I go and do that, right? Well, depending on on the industry, if it’s in the AI space, you know, things are moving fast. If it’s in any niche whatsoever, right, you there might be one or two big players and that’s it. You might want to offer a much more affordable version of something that does either a handful of things or a lot more things uh and do it at a way better price. A lot you’ll often find, especially in niches like in legal, say legal and law. Is anyone here in law or in the legal field and you use any legal softwares or law softwares that they cost your your um your law firm probably thousands of dollars a month uh if not tens of thousands of dollars a year and they’re literally like Excel documents. Like they look like the worst software ever. or if you go to an old school doctor that hasn’t updated his stuff since the 90s or like 2000s, you’ll see even even if it has been updated, actually a lot of them are just again horribly built tools. You you’ll never see them using it on a Mac re rarely anyway. Um cuz they’re only built for desktop and and PC and even dentists are the same, right? Um but yeah um what I’m trying to say here is that these um there’s always opportunities in anything and uh the way you actually build out a tool that does that works better um let me show you here when you replicate something uh I should say this first the biggest advantage of why you would ever do this you already are winning because you know there is 100% a market for the tool you are creating

    right if other people have built solutions there’s already a market there so you know it’s a good thing to do right Now what I want to um do here is um share the next key point when you know it’s a 100% a good thing to do uh because it’s already been proven in the market. The goal is and then this is the only goal you should have if you’re going to replicate something ever is uh one don’t copy anything codewise. Right? it can be very easy to go and wanting to try to copy code or getting a tool to look into something because it might save time and back in the day uh when developers had to hand code things. This might have been things that certain developers would try to do but now with AI there’s no need to. In fact, you can probably write much better code than what they’ve already got. Um especially if they have a software that was originally written by hand and they’re trying to move and upgrade to the AI times, right? So don’t copy any code. to create the creme de creme version. I said that wrong. Whatever. What did I say? create the best version of your app software product or essentially like like the way I like like to define this is be the Apple of the phone industry, right? There was Nokia 3310 and and then there was the iPhone that just destroyed it. Basically, it went to like it’s like one of those crazy time period change. There was the Discman, then there was the uh iPod for listening to music as your music personal music device. Now, on a subniche, on a sub level, Apple’s done this again recently. who has seen where Apple has become the best of the best in a space that has been already been entered by competition. It’s been it’s already been in play for years, right? It’s the new Apple Fold. And and I just want to share this as just a good example, perfect example actually, Apple Fold, right? This is the new Apple iPhone. I don’t know when it comes out. Obviously, very soon. Um,

    so let’s copy this real quick. Copy.

    Now, this is a fold phone, right? This fold phone concept isn’t new. Let’s actually find out when when did the first Samsung fold phone come out. 2019. 2019. Right. Per. So

    2019 Samsung released the first fold phone in its line. It’s now 26, right? like seven years, almost a decade later, right? But I can guarantee you, and everyone’s already said this, that the iPhone fold will be the best um phone fold phone ever to hit the market. Even with Samsung’s 6, seven plus year head start on technology and whatnot. Um things from like the crease in the middle of the phone is like next to is like non-existent. Um, and what it does, what iPhone does and then had did it iPhone watched the market, looked at all the main problems Samsung users have had and still do have in their phones and then like being served on a dinner plate like Apple’s just been given the information and now they can just serve up the best perfect meal for the buyer, they can then go ahead and go um

    and create um a version that fixes all of these. The other key thing that uh I’m sure Apple did was it looked at other fold phones and just like what you should do with software, look at other competitors in what your software that you’re trying to build is, if there are any, and see what their product stack is, see why they are even in business. And you’ll often find if there’s one main competitor and a couple of subco competitors, the subco competitors usually have um

    they usually will have um like maybe like one to three big key features the main one in the field doesn’t have. Right? So now you can take these three one to three big features, take all the request requirements that people have wanted to have and fix all the problems that users have had in the past, giving you the ultimate done for you like best version of the iPhone in this case for a folded phone and your app, right? So going in and asking Claude to chat to do this research uh and figuring out how it can then build you out whatever competition tool competitive replica tool that is. Now we’ve taken I’ve gone ahead and basically created this exact concept uh plus some extra things that I haven’t shared here but I wanted to just share this with you. It’s a tool called replica mate. It has not been released yet. I’m not even like going to like even like drop it today or anything, but I want to share it with you guys. Um, and if you want to get in on it, like I’ll give you the ability um to be the first ones, put your names down essentially for it. Um, but it’s not something that’s live literally today. I can probably get it up in the next like day or so um for other people if I wanted to. But uh I want to do a bit more testing unless you guys are cool with it. Um essentially though this is the tool where let me actually see if I can share with you a better example of the page. Let me go back here quickly.

    Um,

    cool. So, here we go. Let me go ahead and actually make this uh wider. And again, this was this site was also built with um Brain Mate and the perfection skill. Let’s go ahead and go videos. Oh, wait. Not videos. I don’t have any videos to share. Going to go ahead and share something else. Window. Oh, and by the way, are there any questions up into here? Let me know if there are. Right. And this is the same process that you can then now take when you build Upwork software. And this is cool because you can then get some of the bigger contracted work because everything will be done via AI. You hands off completely. Uh I’m going to turn off the camera.

    Uh and Jeff says, “What Mac Mini do I have?” Um there are a lot of different build mo models. I’ll share it after I’ve shared this. So here, launch the flawless upgraded version of any app, right? Um they spent years providing you the idea. You walk away with the better version, a complete original app under your own name, ready to launch today. No code, nothing technical, nothing to install right

    now.

    Boom. I love that little animation.

    So try yourself. Type a name, press one button, get an app. And this is the way the app actually works inside. You literally name it.

    You then add anything you know about the app. You’ll then press build. and it will go and build the app.

    After that, you can then launch it live. And this is the way it works, too. This is this really, really cool. It uses nine expert helpers to do the work. You press just uh one button, right? Just one button. you press and it does the rest of the work for you.

    Now, it’s got the scout, which essentially is uh it’s going to read the different pages of of the app that you’re trying to beat. So, you give it the the competitor tool and its competitors uh and it’ll go through it’ll look through the the pricing pages, the help pages, competitor tools, it’ll do its own research on Google. It’ll try to find different reviews people have done. and it’ll look at screenshots of how it’s built, all of the functionality and features of all of the different tools. It goes and does a full-blown online updown research of the entire app itself. It then passes that information to the listener, which again goes out and reads the public reviews and different threads on Reddit and whatnot to find out what people complain about and what people are wanting.

    Right

    from there, it goes to the tear down where it then maps every screenshot of the build and every weak spot that you might have. It’ll then try to patch those by taking it to the art architect which will plan it better from the original version. It’ll it’ll essentially try it. goal here is to make your tool better than the main uh competition tool out there that you’ve given it.

    Right? Then what we’ve got um

    is the builder. So it’s going to head over to the builder next.

    Now in the builder, it does exactly what it says, right? it goes ahead and it will create the actual build start to finish. Once it’s built it out, it’ll get passed over to the tester. So, the entire app will be tested from start to finish as well. It looks for any problems here. It’ll then try to fix things as well. and then

    ahead and fix any of the things that people hated in the old competitor tools and and other versions that are out there and uh really smash that complaint list. Um so it won’t be done elsewhere. Let me go ahead and actually close chat GPT here because it’s going to it’s going to look like it’s going to freak out of me for the minute. Let me go ahead and force quit. Um, that

    heavy memory. Let me just quit that for a second.

    Let me just So that’s still working there. Let’s just um I’ll let it run for the minute then. Um sorry guys. Hopefully you can still see my screen here. Yeah. Um so it goes to the improver picks things that people hate about the old version. It then goes to the brand smmith. This is where you’ll get the brand. It’ll give you a brand new name and selections of those. It’ll look for domain. See what’s available um based on what you’ve let it know. Do you want do coms dot dotis dot app dot what do you call with uh using um my opinion always dotcoms or dot um AIS if it’s an AI app right for pretty much everything else uh and if it’s not available in.com get get creative like for brainmate I had to use brainmatehq.com

    or get brainmate I could have used um cuz brainate com was taken. There’s nothing on that site, I don’t think. But um yeah, now after you get the brand and everything done, it will then uh wrap it up, finish it off and then ship it for you. Finish. You have two ways you can then launch it. Uh and one is just a simple um connect it to three different different tools just by oneclick connection. literally the same as here like as if I was inside of one of like here and then I wanted to connect to like Grock how I did before and I copied and pasted that across just as simple as that to do. Um but I’m not copying and pasting anything. I’m just clicking clicking connect and then it’s done. Right. And

    um and then I can hit launch and that will launch uh my entire site for me. Right. It’s literally going to be the cheapest um and most done for you, hands off, no code, no messing even with AI tools. It just does it all for you inside this single um single suite. So that’s pretty cool so far, right? Are we are we all on the same page of how this works now? Um so it comes with these nine different um expert agents here, right?

    Um,

    so one second here. I’m just looking at the questions before we move on.

    No.

    Cool.

    One second. The last thing I need to do before I move this part on here too.

    Cool.

    Fix call fix. Just making sure this is right for you guys after.

    And cool.

    All right. So, moving on from here. Watch the full run start to finish. So, this is literally what it does. Look at this. It’ll do the research and and you can literally watch it build it build this directly in front of you.

    Lance says, “Can this screen app have your own idea from scratch?” Yeah, if you have your own idea, you can um uh build it using this process too if you wanted it to. But um essentially if you’re going to build your own app, you could literally um like like essentially what what it so let me pause this for a second here. So basically if you wanted to um let me turn my camera on. If you wanted to build your own app with this, you could do the same thing, but you would be putting in competitor tools to what’s already being created. Now, there’s no point having a lot of these different um different workers if there is no competition to compare what you’re creating to. So, for example, me with um say overlay mate, I could have built overlay mate v with this tool and I could have shown other video tools that had some features of what I was after, but I had my own key features that I wanted to be a part of that tool. And yes, you could do that directly here inside of Replica Mate by adding those key features in. If it’s something that’s so brand new that you don’t have any reference material of what you like or other tools that are out there that you want to include similar features to or similar anything to, uh, then there’s no need for it to go out and looking at like tearing things down and looking at online reviews and and because you won’t have any competitive tools to enter and whatnot, right? If you’re wanting to just build something, that’s when you could just do it directly inside of Claude. Say this is what I want to build and build out just a basic tool if it’s the first completely like brand new thing, right? Otherwise, um for some of these tools though, you could have it run this way and and I can add in a feature if you’d like for that where it goes out and it’ll listen to what you want. It’ll architect it for you, build it, test it, um, uh, improve it, and then brand brand it, and then launch it. Yeah, you could, it definitely could do that for you. That’s similar to what I’ve got in my agent 72 product as well, um, with the done for you oneshot prompts and stuff like that. But this is about replicating and not just replicating, but improving on the best tool out there for a specific niche, right? So turn that off

    now here. Yeah, it’ll it’ll go from Okay, it looks like it’s GPT is messing up again on me. Um, let’s see.

    No.

    Okay, let we’ll let this keep running. Look, it’s doing it’s actually doing the work right now. It’s found 55 offline assets. So, it’s it’s creating an Upwork job scout. All right, we’ll come back to that in a minute. You can’t see that right now, but I’ll um share it. I’ll share it shortly with you um of how that’ll that’s working, but yeah. All right, so you guys get the point here. Scout to the listener. You can see building it out. Looking at the reviews that people have, it’ll tear it down, build it out, test it, improve it, brand you up with the branding board, logos, etc. Launch it out live. Skip years of guesswork and start where the leader um and start where the leader is weak. This is the tar end. We study your app and find the the find where the users are unhappy. Replicate mate reads the pages anyone can see without signing in plus your notes and then hands you the plain English road map plain English map of where it is strong where it lets people down and what you can charge can charge for you see the gaps before you spend a dollar.

    skip, I’m sorry, ship what their users are begging for on day one. Their users said, uh, these examples are just reviews that they that people say about other people’s businesses. So, this is the research it would find out about the product that you’ve put in as a competitor. Here is what it will then go ahead and ship. uh understanding these 18 compliance complaints. These are the top ones here that that we suggest that we work on first as being core assets to solve and then a complete app you can launch today that’s yours not a clone. Out of the forge comes a a finished product with its own name looking code faster, cleaner, smarter, and fairer than the leader on every weak spot from the mine. Because every line is original. Nothing is copied and nothing can be taken down. Download it or put it uh in put it all in one click. Right. And I love like this play on words with forging and it’s created this crazy video image like this has been created purely for this page because of the way uh Brain Mate set things up and I believe it it decided to use Higsfield to create that video image there. So again, proven idea known kings and then plus the same job every floor fixed from finish to web app live on the web with nothing technical at all. These are the two ways you can it’ll finish the product with give you all the files. You can download and upload it to your own servers yourself or you can do it in the easiest way in a three-step process. Uh three-step process where we connect your um your code account to GitHub which is free. We connect it to a web host uh the place where your web where your uh app lives. There’s free versions of those out there too. And then we launch it. Boom. Live. All ready to go. made to build web products. So, web apps, tools, dashboards, um

    for dream apps, which one is yours? And here’s some different examples of like a booking page for your clients that they can use at 11:00 p.m. at night for for a booking salon. uh every client what they owe and what’s next on the screen for a solo agency and freelancer juggling dozens of clients. Your course, your members, no platform taking a cut. Uh for a coach or creator selling what they know. Uh so yeah, you might want to build your own membership area. So, or site that has a membership area in it because you’re paying for these different tools like that charge you hundreds if not thousands of dollars to lock and protect your content and really messy delivery ways to set up links and protect the next video and all of this stuff whereas you just build it out here a shop that sells while you sleep. So from for a a maker selling a small range of products.

    Now that’s just a demo at the end there because I haven’t launched this yet. The if you want to see a live example of this, I can run through this really quickly. Now we can actually set one up and launch it if you’d like to see. Put a one in the box if you’d like to see a quick example of how quickly I can do this. Um

    now let’s have a look here in the chat. Awesome. Awesome. Awesome. So, um basically once you’ve logged in the first time, this is where it’s at, right? And things are still going to change and they’re going to grow, but I wanted to keep this so simple and just minimal to get you guys finished products. Right? So,

    what we’re doing here, um, I’ve got a scheduling tool as a demo, a Northwing invoicing tool as a demo, right? And I can probably click on it

    and go through it if I wanted to. But what I might do is a brand new replica. Let’s actually see if it what it does here first.

    Actually, you know what? Let’s go back. Let’s not do that.

    We’ll go ahead and create a brand new tool. So, a competitor name, right? Let’s actually What’s a tool that might not be too crazy to build? Maybe something like

    like you you see me all the time doing using this text. Let me turn my camera on. All right.

    You see me all the time using this uh audio to text doc um uh software, right? It’s called Whisper Flow. So, I can press this. I’ve got it set to this button down here. And by button, I mean I’ve bought like one of these, like five bucks off Amazon.

    Don’t Don’t mind me. My son and partner decided to try to color my nails the other day. Ridiculous. Um, and also that’s what a good that’s the difference between a webcam and a really crazy like not even really crazy just a halfdecent DSLR camera that I use as a webcam. So like see me and what look at that blur right and how quickly that does that. And then me.

    Anyway, um with this button, all I need to do is press it and then what happens? I can talk into the microphone and it types out what I’m writing here. So, I can say, “Hey, here’s an example of me writing.” Actually, no, I’ll launch it first. Need to type in Whisper Flow.

    So, here’s what whisper flow looks like. I’ll share it with you.

    I I’ll do this example first. I’ll say

    what are the main competitor tools of Whisper Flow cuz I need that information shortly. Right now I’ll go ahead and hit search

    and I’m going to go ahead and share with you this what this software does real quick. Just share share with you the the desktop share something else. Um,

    now I don’t know if this is too big of a project to do as a first example or not, but we’ll just give it a shot. Um,

    let’s go entire screen. Turn my camera off.

    So, this is a tool. Again, I’ve spoken 149,000 total words. I can actually go ahead and refer you guys if you guys want a free month, I believe it is. Right. So, I go here, copy. I’m going to paste this link in the chat for you guys.

    I think that’s what it is. Anyway, um also I should um I got another big affiliate offer that I can give you guys um that gives you another month free of of a really big tool which remind me of later. But um let me just share this tool with you quickly here. Essentially

    over here on the left I got dictation where every time I I I type something like this I’ll go guys remember to let me know every single time um I ask you to keep a note for me and at the end of this session let me know to remind you of that affiliate offer with the one month free trial that I mentioned I had and boom it just literally copies and paste it wherever it is copies it to my death my actual control C or command C and I can paste that wherever I want. This makes it so much easier when I’m trying to get little nitty-gritty things typed out or spoken out to AI cuz AI handles real conversations extremely well. Right? It’s often better to speak to AI than to not. Right? There’s also a note taker which I’ve not used before. here there’s insights um dictionary

    and I can say certain words and certain things happen um

    snippets styles so snippets mean I can say a certain word like email footer and my actual email footer will be put in to the wherever I’ve said that right um style casual, no casual. So it’ll it’ll write it in specific punctuation. So it’ll speak differently in Instagram compared to WhatsApp compared to LinkedIn, for example.

    And then

    I can also have it transform work wherever I write it. So I can um here you can see I can have the option one and option two and then to improve the clarity and conciseness and prompt two or option two can be construct optimal prompts. So

    even if I talk in in a specific way, it will literally um come back with

    this as the breakdown, which it seems pretty good. Let’s even use that as an example. Let’s go. Let’s see how I can edit this to

    Oh, maybe I can do it here.

    Oh, so it transforms text that I’ve already done. Okay. So, if I go back to to this and say this is what um Oh, this was a big this was me updating it yesterday with issues that I found. So if I if I took that and went option two, it’s going to rewrite this

    and it rewrote this in a specific way. Just then let’s just quickly see how it did it. I know we we’re diving into this tool too much, but um the simplicity of it is that so it’s built it out like what I wrote in a very Cool

    way. Anyway, that aside, that aside, let’s take this tool and replicate it.

    So, these are all the other competitors. Super Whisper, Voice Link. Um,

    so what I’m going to do is

    this is why I find crazy sometimes like where’s the actual core core sites for some of these.

    Now what I I am I am suggest you building first if you replicate anything start small. This might be too big to start with, but I just want to um just push it at first. Um the competitor name whisper flow public URL is that add competitors. Um let’s type in

    what were the main competitors? Super whisper

    and

    let’s see here.

    Granola. The gran granola is a big one. I know that.

    Let’s take granola into

    other

    super whisper. Uh um

    what’s auto.ai? That was another one I just saw.

    Super whisper. Okay, here we go. And then let’s see what which one makes sense to use more.

    So, this looks like a direct competitor. And you can see here I’ve only got two competitors added here. So, the build doesn’t get too big, but I might add in some extra restrictions. The thing with this tool that I’ve this final thing I need to work out. Um, but I’ll let people in before that is that for bigger builds, it’s going to use more tokens and more usage. I want to try to provide that usage myself for you guys so you don’t have to use your own tokens. But I also, if the build is absolutely ridiculous, there’s a point where it’s like the the amount you’ve paid is not going to cover the cost of the builds, right? So, um I’m trying to work out how to actually manage it. Um so the if the first people that get into this will in in the first build you get I’ll be essentially um testing that out. So you’ll get a lot of builds. You’ll end up getting a lot of value for your money because I won’t lock you guys off um on your builds like at a certain token limit um while I’m trying to work out those numbers. um extra public sources. Um let’s just say

    um

    there’s a good example. Let’s open up Claude and I’ll say,

    “Hey, I’m using replica mate and I’m making a replica of whisper flow and uh I’m up to the question where it mentions to me to give extra public sources uh and what does it do and any screenshots um as well. Um, can you please go ahead and just write me the uh a bunch of extra public sources um that I can include? I used Super Whisper at superw whisper.com and granola granola.ai as two main competitors, but for extra public sources, please share with me what links you suggest uh I should be um sharing. And also for Whisper Flow, uh the the link is wisp l.ai. AI.

    So now I’ve got that, right? So I’m going to enter that and let’s actually see since I’ve pasted that. Let’s open up another chat here. I’m going to paste that in and I’m going to use Whisper Flow’s opt option two to make it really

    effective towards this um

    builder, right? So, so really effective by by having it edit what I’ve said into a very unique text. Okay, now I’ve got to actually add more credit on this is this is what’s crazy as well that as an example um where are we here? I have to go ahead and um raise my spend limit. Um I’ve used all my um usage up. Where’s my spend limit at?

    Increase spam limit.

    Okay, I need to buy more usage. Let’s just put in like 20 bucks again. I put in 20 bucks 20 times over the over over the past 24 hours, right? I should have just done a lot more originally, but I’ve just don’t know why we’re using so many tokens at the minute. I’m going to have to I feel like in the past couple of days, token usage has gone through the roof for me for some reason. I’ve been building a lot, but I’ve never had to spend this much. Like, let me even just show you this right um in the past. So at 20 bucks now I can use and I need to manage this to let’s just say 600 set spend limit.

    Okay. Now I can just really quickly jump back here. Go try again. Try again. And I’ll have that answer that really quickly. While that does that, I’ll say Whisper Flow is essentially a simple uh text or voicetoext tool that allows me to very quickly dictate um what I want to say and what I want to type via my voice. When I use a key prompt key, it will pick up my voice and instantly type it in front of me or copy it uh and paste it for me when Oh, sorry, take that back. Um, it will then copy what I’ve said to my control C or command C key when I have finished the actual prompt record. So, I can then paste what I’ve said anywhere at all. Some unique features of this are if I make a mistake in what I’m saying, I don’t have to restart everything. I can say uh actually can we please delete that part there instead of having to uh manually do it after or completely restart. Um there’s also some other neat features in the desktop app. It also comes as an extension I believe as well. Um, I essentially just want this to be a tool that people can install quickly on their own computer, even potentially locally, so there’s no security issues, and it can then dictate what they are um, what they’re wanting to say from text, sorry, from speech to text as fast as possible. Again, can be built however you feel the best way to get this done is. Uh obviously speed is a key and um yeah looking forward to seeing uh what we can do.

    So I can break that down as that. Now I can just see what um

    so here’s some other uh examples. I’ll say can you give me these links side by side separated Good.

    So, oh, one le per box. Gotcha. Okay, I’m going to do this real quickly.

    Then you go boom. Oh,

    it’s only got two two options here. So,

    and you know what? I should expand it up a bit more. I think it does it in the background for you.

    And you can see here if I can even have it just do this research as well. Um, but it there obviously has to be some user input here. That’s That’s good for it. Um,

    for what does it do? I wrote this

    and boom, we can go ahead. I could add some screenshots. I can say beat them on performance on maybe not on features and maybe on the UX and onboarding.

    and simplicity of doing this one thing really well would be great. Ideally, I’d like to give this away for free.

    All right, let’s go. Next.

    Um

    me break down office.

    I say is there going to be a better way to actually write this what does it do section and go back.

    So yeah, we we read it as a description of what to beat, never as text copy.

    So let’s just see what C does here as pulling this out real quick. Um cuz I actually want to build this I want to build this tool out and then give it to you guys for free. So that’s why I’m taking a bit longer here and actually making sure I’m getting it the right way, right?

    One thing I should mention here too is that I actually was thinking um if we can create this tool and give it away for free to users that would be great. Um I perhaps that means it will need to be built locally. The only tool, the only feature I want to work really well in really fast is just the simply turning what you say into text very quickly and a simple like very basic uh UI where this just simply works uh as the initial build.

    So, let’s let it do its thing here real quick. But yeah, I’m using So, that 20 bucks that I used before, let me see where I’m at right now.

    See, 10 bucks I’ve already spent. I don’t know where that 10 bucks has gone. Oh, no, wait. $5.

    Five bucks already. So, this is because I’ve used all of my own actual tokens up this week for reset Sunday. And let’s look at this over the past. Show me how much I’ve bought over. Look at this. This is all yesterday. 20 bucks. 20 bucks. 20 bucks. 50 bucks. 25 bucks. 139 bucks. 139 bucks. October 4. $39. So, I’ve been blowing the bank on this one. Um,

    so I can say um

    after hearing that I would like to give it away for free, just uh give me the better version of just building this so it actually turns text into speech the best way possible. um for this build project whether it’s free or not for users.

    Now, as this runs, let me go ahead and share with you. Um actually, you know what? We got one more step to do here. I might as well just paste that across. Then what I want to do is quickly share with you that AI how you can have AI answer every support query and actually do the support work. So, every customer is always going to get a finished outcome with their solution solved where they don’t have to do any more work. Like, I’m sure you agree, there’s nothing worse than getting a response from a company and it just gives you a big list list of instructions of things you have to do, right? Um,

    so yeah. So, let me go back here. Said replace that here. Done. Go next. And then let’s type in the second part. Place your notes.

    Paste that there. I’ll say, do I want a quick build or a deep build?

    So you can see here it fixes Wister Flow’s nine problems already. Even in this, it never cuts off your first words.

    And you can see the difference between the two. One, one uses a lot less tokens. Um, which is how I’ve set up with basic tokens. Right now, I haven’t worked out how much tokens cost yet. So, um,

    okay, let me go ahead and actually just for now

    build the better version.

    And here we go. It’s going to go tear it down and then go through all the different sections so we can see it live here.

    Or alternatively, I can go back and then do it the other way that we just shared as well. So this will flow. It’s building now in the background.

    And while that runs quickly here, let’s go ahead and share with you what my support mate is. Um, and people are saying here, if there any questions on that as well, while we let this build out, let me know. And otherwise, I’m going to share with you something called support mate, which is my other tool that is not also released yet. But you know what? Since you have been here for this whole whole session, I’ll share why this is just such a powerful tool. It’s it’s hopefully going to just destroy any type of um support desk out there because support desk you need support staff. With support staff, you need they need to understand your business and your product. What I’ve done is literally like where is it? I have a copy of it. Um,

    let me go here. Pause this real quick.

    Then I’ll say

    where are we?

    Awesome.

    Now look at this by the way with support mate. This is this is an example of me using the perfection tool again. Um, let me

    just grab this real quick.

    Cool. I know you can’t see anything yet, guys. So, just give me a second, though.

    Okay, cool.

    Now, let me just play this for you guys real quick. Here we are. Play.

    Now, you can see here I’m in the support mate tool and you can see the judges rounds that it’s done here. It’s now at a 8.28 average and the ease of use of this tool. 8.2 design. So, if it ever gets into a pass, it’s so easy to run this tool once it’s in the passing stages, right? And it the perfection tool will never never give you a 10 out of 10 because it’s impossible to get anything 100% perfect, but it will increase the conversions and the and its um flow and it’s, you know, it’ll split test things as live traffic comes in and it will just get better and better. It’s the coolest thing about perfection. You can continuously run it and it will continuously even have it you can have it set up to it runs in the background after it starts getting traffic and then it can auto um it can then take that information it’s got and optimize things to it’ll say okay people are leaving on this part of the sales page. Let’s get rid of it. Let’s put something else here. That’s that’s up our conversions by increasing our sales page um uh completion rate right now. what support mate does. Again, this is the second tool. And what I’m what I’m I’ve decided to do because both of these tools, guys, both of these tools have um massive these these two tools do a lot more than probably the majority like in terms of the usage that these tools use, they use a lot in the back end, right? like this is a these are expensive tools for me to run. And

    I um and the reason for that is because this literally replaces an entire support support desk, right? This literally replaces an entire support desk. And this is support mate, right? Um,

    so again, what it does is instead of actually like you going to a site, entering a ticket form and having to then wait for a response from someone that’s going to tell you to get some, hey, can you give me an actual um, screenshot of what’s going on or a video or they give you the wrong advice back and it’s a back and forward process that sucks. What uh we do here in support, mate. See in the bottom right here, we got this little chat guy. Well, you can click on him. It looks like a normal support desk, right? But or like a normal live chat, but depending on where this is at. So, this is on the sales page. So, this is going to give you support, but it will also um complete tasks for you, right? So, this being on the homepage, I haven’t turned it on for this yet, but I can have it be a general support and actual um sales agent. So, it’ll try to help push people to the sale of this if they haven’t got access to it. But on the inside when they log in, what they’ll get is a tool that can actually you can ask it anything that you want. Um, but then you can also select uh things that that normally an AI agent couldn’t do in a live chat format. if you asked it, hey, um, I didn’t never got my access to my login. Um, it’ll say, okay, let me go ahead and resend them for you. And what it would do though, it would automatically go and have a look to make sure that the email provided is the same email that uh, they’ve given you or that they’ve opened the ticket from or the live chat from. Uh, it’ll make sure it’s not spelled wrong. It will then uh, send it um, and make sure that the user is able to search their drafts for it. If they can’t find out where they where they sorry, search their junk for it. If they don’t know where their junk is, uh, support mate would say, “Hey, do you mind if I if I show you how to access it?” And it will literally link to their email for them, uh, and take over it. It can use computer use and use their screen to help them on their computer, show them where the email is, right? Same as if there’s a problem. Say you um like we I had a one of our top users find a problem in one of my other tools today. What when I have support mate set up if they opened the same uh comment saying hey I’ve had this problem I tried to install this plugin and it didn’t work properly. Um I don’t know what to do. What support mate will do it would it can actually respond to that instantly look in the code find what was wrong with it fix that problem for me when I’m not even there knowing that this problem even exists uh even cuz sometimes little things muck up still even if you do all the tests and the scans and everything um and boom it will solve it for for the for that user and if say there was any of the user doing anything wrong or hitting the button or something not making sense in terms how of how the instructions were worded. Well, the support mate would update those instructions so it’s more clear for the next person. This is a is a support agent that actually does the work for you, gets the job done every single time. The only thing I have had it set to is for refunds, chargebacks, or anything like that. You’re in control of those. you control the money, but you there’s also the option to let it control everything. This literally means you don’t need a human anymore at the support desk um to to manage any customer uh support problems. It learns h how to literally speak um to your audience if you already have an audience as well and you already have a customer support desk on Zenesk or Fresh Desk or anything like that. Uh, I had um support mate go through over 8,000 support tickets over the past four years and learn everything it could about all the problems and product and that that it’s found in my past products. It’s even asked to do fixes on some of them too. But um it’s learned what answers to give, how we speak to our our customers, uh our voice, and uh it now can manage every tool I’ve ever created without me needing a support team anymore. All right. And if there still is by any wild chance that it can’t answer something, it will actually refer them to me directly or to a support member. I have one support staff member now purely for this, which is just crazy cuz I don’t need anymore now. So, um, yeah, essentially this is support mate and I want to just run through I’m not going to run through this whole slide things here. It built this for me for some reason. Um, so but yeah, the same messages that you would get all the time, right? You you would normally answer it yourself, pay a VA or bolt on a a chatbot and it’ll say it understands the frustration, but then it Yeah, but then the AI agent literally goes, let me open a ticket for you anyway. nothing gets fixed. Um, so to do this normally with AI bills, what you would normally do is use like a intercom or a fin agent which costs a dollar per outcome. That’s the closest competitor. A dollar per outcome plus $19 uh per se per month. Zenesk $2 per resolution. Freshes $49 per 100 extra AI sessions which is charged even if nothing gets fixed. Help scout AI answers 75 uh cents per resolution and a support person $21 an hour uh in US or 38 an hour Australian right

    talk now it can do the job no not a chatbot that opens tickets a support agent with real hands it looks up checks who it’s talking to fixes it and tells you what it did meet mate this is uh I might call it matey um answer questions and fixes the problems. I never got access. It’ll fix this in three moves. It’ll find the purchase in Stripe, check that it’s really them, and resend you details. You always look after the money. Your old tickets become its answers. Um, so if you have old history, you can literally include and sync any other um, support desk you’ve ever used in the past or set this up for everything in the future so that it builds and learns ongoing from anything new that gets added into it. Um, it’ll also ask you questions once and so it’ll know the next time uh that someone asks something if it can’t answer it itself for whatever reason. Um,

    oh, that’s a cool thing as well. If an answer is saved, if people are asking a similar question over and over and over, uh, and there’s a already a saved answer for that question, it doesn’t cost anything. There’s nothing that it um, costs whatsoever to send a pre-triggered response to something like that. So, you know, it’s only going to be the the weird or out there issues that people have. Um now you can use this as a chat bubble on your website in your support email or as your support email. So every time you uh meet someone or you want to give them access to support, give them access to this and it will respond back instantly always uh and solve their problem as if it was you inside your members area. You can also have it inside of Claude if you want to. You don’t have to though, but if you already have um if you already use Claude, it’s uh you can have this uh inside of there too. Um which is a night nice little addition. Now, it’s one line to turn it on. Super simple. Um copy that one line, paste it on your page. Um and you can just have AI do that for you. And look at this. Your 2 a.m. ticket is mate’s 2 a.m. fix. A buyer on the other side of the world can’t log in while you’re asleep. Mate sends a code, checks it, resends login. You read about it over coffee the next day. One can’t page, you’re the boss. Anything that that that so every day it’ll say this is what what needs you every conversation, every fix and gaps and the spend. um built so it can’t cost you money or trust

    so again you’re in control of all of the money uh moves built and tested but it’s not live yet. Um,

    it’s got 850 1852 automated checks passing every page, every safety rule, every door. Last for run was yesterday. 56 private checks, proof. No business can see other conversations, answers, keys, and spend. that’s I’m massive on security with my tools and you won’t find many people talk about this enough is that you need to have people that um or tools that protect your data especially if you’re uploading any sensitive data whatsoever. Um and this again we we thrash it to try to break it to try to see if anything can be accessed from one one from any loophole or or like you know uh weak code. Um, yeah. None. 40 out of 40 on the practice exam plus five out of five trap questions where honest answers was I don’t have that. I built this cuz I wanted help desk six products of my own. My most recent ones, it’s now up to eight now. Um, I got so many people saying never got access, couldn’t find this. Um, and it was all the standard ones that I used to get when I started my business as well. was and it would upset people that would refund instantly or just it was I felt so frustrated that users weren’t getting their their details or their login right away that they think that I’ve scammed them or something, right? And um uh I know if it’s something manual that I tell you guys I’m manually setting setting you up, you I know you’ll be a lot more patient, but I want you guys to get things instantly always in the future um with everything. So, that’s essentially that. Now, I don’t even know what it’s set up as a founding offer here. I’m not even going to look at it because um again, these tools essentially normally will have to be recurring moving forward, right? Um but I want people to come in and test it, right? I want you guys to come in and test these. So, I’m only going to ask for five people to be a part of what I’m going to share now is, and I’m not going to stay on this. It’s just if you guys want to, you want to help me out, you can. Um, I’m going to go ahead and grab a link. I’m actually I’ll make one now actually. Um, where essentially five people and I’ll bundle these two together, right? Um, if you do just want one and not the other, if you want to help me out with one and not the other, we can do that. If the five spots aren’t taken, I would love uh for someone or a group of people to be in on both and really help me even tie these two together, right? So, you can create your actual product uh or replica and then um implement it with um with the other one. Um, so let me quickly go here

    and because I don’t the reason I’m doing only five people as well is because I don’t know the ongoing cost of it. But if I if I if I charge you guys something, I’m not going to charge you more. It just means I can’t open it up to more people at this low of a price. I always want to give it to you guys for as low as possible, especially if you’re helping me out. Um, but yeah, I don’t want to do it for like 20 people and then I bite myself in the butt because it costs me four times the amount to run it ongoing. Um, but if I charge you something, I’m not going to then say, “Sorry guys, it’s four times the amount.” Like, you have to pay that now. Like I’m I’m someone that’s very like honest with where like if I if I say something, I’m going to stick by, right? So what but for five people and that investment in helping me out by letting me know your feedback, what features you get um that you might need um or things that you might want to added to it or things that aren’t working the best for you or anything like that. Uh please go ahead and um let’s see here. I’ll make a coupon actually. So, and then we’ll jump back into the actual um build and see how it is, but I know it’s gone for a while here. What I’m going to do is give you this. This was the original bundle deal that I thought, you know, would make sense for a lifetime, right? Think about never doing support again. All right. Um, it’s like I could you could charge five grand a year for that and it’s still cheaper than um than hiring a human being. Um, that’s just for one tool. Now, I’ve still got to finish these off. I can get you guys into them within the next 24 hours though. But um or even um as you’ve seen here, Replicat and get you in right away, but it’s just doing that final build for that here now that I want to show share with you. But let me go ahead and give you the link for this in the chat window.

    We go here. Cool. I just looking at questions. Um the link I’ll put it in the Google document. Join here. So five people only

    of uh what’s it called? Support mate plus replica mate early beta access. And the remember what this is. I’m still

    What am I doing here? Yeah, finishing off the builds cleanly. So, next few days to get full access. Um, but you’ll you’ll be locked in for it. You’ll also get the lowest price ever and only one time deals I’ll be doing on these.

    And I ask you for your feedback and help on triing uh different features for me and suggesting them as well if you don’t mind. this isn’t that I why I say if you don’t mind it would really help me if uh maybe we did like one session like a month or something for the next month or two on this and we can break down anything that you think would be useful um or that you found in your use cases um where you use it. Now again um in terms of support desks this is not um right now I don’t have white label in terms of terms of like you won’t get unlimited access to create unlimited support desks for unlimited other people’s businesses right this is about you and your business that hopefully can be something that AI can answer for uh ongoing um and just be this this ironclad like asset to your business that you can then because we all know how important customer service is and customer satisfaction. This can turn a negative experience into a positive one. When they when you can know that you’re going to be in the best place possible um in terms of the quick responses and their problems solved for them. Um, and especially with the key problems that that are those common questions that are solved and done for them, which by the way, I haven’t even shared that with you here, but I’m going to go ahead and share this link first. Um, so you get that plus the um the replica mate, right, which is going to then build out your full tool for you and then deliver it here once it’s done. See, it’s still building right now. um cuz it will use take a bit of time. Now, um

    this is going to uh change a little bit in terms of deciding what tokens are worth and what not, but what we end up giving at the end of this will be a very very fair use um build here. Like if you’re trying to build PayPal, right, or a inire betting live betting uh gambling site like I don’t know or like some you know some insanity like like day trading algorithm website with 10,000 members and you know all of this stuff that where it’s like an insane huge build that would take months to build and like insane compute. Uh that’s not going to be in the in the standard use. in terms of building little tools like we’re doing here like 100% will will be. So you’ll be able to build those completely fine even but if you did want to build that crazy next level thing there’ll be the option to do it here but in terms of the one time deal um that 500 like like the the whatever I’m going to charge here really um I’m just saying in my head I’m already charging way too less with what I’m about to say but I’ll do it for you guys for five people only. Um, which I just realized it’s just silly, but I’ll do it. I’ve already done it anyway. So, uh yeah, the link is here

    and I want you guys to use

    um I’m going to create a to actually I’ll create this coupon right now for you guys.

    And I’ll share this document first in the chat because I know these are going to go fast. So, I’m going to I can already see from the comments. Um, here’s the link to this chat.

    And then what I’m doing is basically I’ve set up a product prior. I was like, how much would I charge for for one of these the lifelong like support? I was like, and I said that to myself before. I said, look, five grand for the year for a support worker to answer all support queries forever. Like I pay five grand. Not that I would charge you guys that, but that’s what I would happily pay cuz I pay like a grand a month sometimes for support just by myself now. Like that would be easy. I’d easily I’d pay four times that. Um but what I’ve done here is I’ve gone ahead and gone, okay, well

    the product’s not finished in in terms of it’s not live for the yet. We’re still going to be testing things. We’re still working out final numbers of where things are at. But if we all understand it’s all it’ll all be fair use and you can use this ongoing like with a one-time deal and in a year’s time it won’t stop. You’ll still have access and and it’ll still be answering your questions for you. Um again, if you’re getting millions of tickets, it won’t cover that cuz that would cost me crazy amounts. But, you know, for hundreds or thousands, yeah, it would be good to go. Uh yeah. So I thought I took it down to maybe like two and a half in my head. Then I thought, you know what, [ __ ] that. I’m just going to excuse my excuse my my my language, but I thought, you know, I want people in and helping me here to build these tools out. And I’ve been, you guys are my top 1%, five spots only. I’m just going to bundle both of them and I’ll do it for three grand. But then I was like, you know what? I’m going to just I’ll do a coupon on top of that. And I was going to do like a $1,000 one. I’ve done a two grand coupon. So, I’ll put paste the link here and I’ll share share with you that I literally mean this. The link’s there. I’ll put the link as well directly in the chat and it’ll take you to this site here and then I’ll share with you how how we can monetize this. Right. Oh, that’s the link to the actual sorry to this document. Let me go ahead and grab the link to the actual payment gateway.

    Sorry guys, one second here.

    I’m going to go ahead and copy this.

    Um, where are we? Here we go. And then move over into here.

    Okay, I’m going to update this again. Sorry, guys.

    I’ll paste at the top here, too.

    There you go. And I’ll paste it in the chat. And then I’ll give you guys

    this coupon and I’m going to share with you this is real. This isn’t like a like a I’m saying it’s only for five and then it’s not. It’s like literally here right now.

    Launch 2000 if you use that code launch 2000. You can see here for replica mate and support mate bundle five coupons only. That is it. First five in right now

    you’re good to go.

    Now that also helps me right now with a bit of funding for some of this too. So, I can put a bit a bit of a a fire up some of some of these um AI um tools butts and because I’m I’m you can see I’m really investing in getting the best tools and the best ways to set them up and then creating the best plugins cuz a lot of each one of these like these tools I’m making costs me insane amounts of tokens and usages and um to get them to where they are so I can then use them as a functional way in my business And I’m so happy that I can do it and then just give it to you guys so you guys can literally do exactly what I do with the tools that I use to do the exact same thing. And um yeah, it’s crazy. So, um this is a wild deal. I’m not going to push this like much longer on on this session. Now, if you’re jumping in on it though, let me know because again, um I’ll reach out to you directly after this um and get you your details and make a little group and whatnot and get you set up uh with what we can right now. Um what was I going to share with you? Oh, yeah. While we do that, um I want to share with you the breakdown of

    Oh, yeah. I’ll put the code in the chat, too.

    Um, where are use code 1200?

    Oh, and I might need to actually even include coupon code. Let me let me make sure that I’ve actually put that on the link. It might not even work right now. So, let me go. Okay, here we go. Look at this. Allow coupon code. I’ll save that link again. Now, you should be good to go. If I refresh it, I I don’t know if someone said that in the chat, but I just knew that that was going to happen. So, if I go boom here,

    and then if I type in here, launch

    1. And you might even find that there’s a PayPal pay in for option that you can then pay it in for launch 20,000. apply

    and considering that the recurring cost that the the value long-term you get with this like if in a year’s time you’ll then have said okay that that year has now cost 500 bucks in two years it’ll be 250 bucks a year 3 years 100 bucks a year for support and again if in future you want to you want to sell it you you want to migrate your license key you want to auction it off, whatever you want to do. Some of these like tools are going to end up being quite valuable. These keys that I do now, cuz it’s happened in the past, I’ve done keys for some of my old softwares when I first launched them that had like unlimited license generations and stuff that was just so crazy at the time. Uh even my first tool, Instamate, you um it allowed you to post to Instagram from your computer and schedule content to your computer. Um um where back then there was no way to do that. you had to all do it through your phone. Uh there was no way to do it from your computer. Um but people that first supported me, I gave unlimited uh Instagram account login uh to those and then later on in the years coming in, you still couldn’t post Instagram on your computer that people um were literally uh auctioning their unlimited uh account accesses on like eBay and stuff, right? Um, which by the way, eBay, another crazy hack that I want to share as the final the final thing for tonight shortly. But, um, yeah, make sure you go and implement this right now and get those those spots if it’s for you. I’m not going to hop on it because again, it’s too good of a deal that um, if you know, if you know, you know what you’re getting getting there. like I’m not I’m not winning there in the sense of like you know I but I want like in terms of costs I’m like going to be covering a lot of costs for you guys which is fine uh because you’re going to help me and then together we can build like the coolest tools out of those two ever. Um, now if you only wanted one of them, write me in the chat cuz I’ll have a look and I’ll I’ll drop you um a message uh on here in a second if you only want one of them um in case we don’t get rid of all those five spots. I’m not even going to look at it now um because that’s not the goal of this. Um, but you can see here, look at this. Support mate. Boom. Fixed. Fixed. Fixed. Can I get a refund on my desk? And again, I can turn that on to have support mate answer it for me. Now, look at this stunning site as well. Again, brainmate and perfection. Three steps. Then then then it’s mate’s inbox, not yours. Tell mate about your product. So you literally explain to it what your product does. Connect Stripe and then mate answers the questions and fixes the problems for you. Pick a problem. Watch what mate does. So you can go here. How do I use this on Mac or I never got access? So yeah, I never got access. Hey, I bought stepmate here. Mate says, “Sorry about that. Let me sort it right now. I have a set a sixdigit code that I’ll email you um that you bought to the email you bought it with. Pop it here and I’ll do the rest. Boom. There’s the actual code. Thank you. Here is your uh thank you for your order from last night. Your access email has been sent again. Give it a minute or two two to check right now. Done. Now I can go how do I use it on Mac?

    and I want a refund. It’ll ask for the sixdigit code. And there’s other features we’ll have in here like how to save refunds. We’ll have it be trained to save the refund first and say, “Hey, like where you’re getting stuck, let’s see if we can solve where you’re at with that first, right?

    And again, normally this is a,000 bucks by itself. I don’t know why I did that deal just then for those two prices. In fact, um,

    if no one had picked that up, I’m going to literally change that to two grand because that makes way more sense to be honest. But well done if you have got it one grand on the replay. It’s probably going to be two, which is still an insane deal again. Um

    yeah, you’ll see what it’s like at the time. Um say your old tickets become uh mates answers in your voice. Nothing answers the buyer until you approve it. Um

    the files are read once and not kept. So your buyers, so this is like when you when you bring in information or your old or other support ticket or support desk or even if you’ve done support via your own email for over the years, uh you can read all this information, learn about your business, how you respond, what the answers are, and then export the information it needs to know with no personal data or anything at all like that. And if you don’t have any old tickets, don’t worry. you start from the starter pack of an honest of best practices answers, edit them to sound like you and approve and done. It’ll also interview you and ask you questions to build out the best uh and most uh optim optimal support desk without asking you trillions of different variations of questions and whatnot. The least amount of work for the most output. Um same mate every place your buyers turn up. So live in your chat, email inside of your software as an actual uh uh tab or include itself. One thing I’m going to be doing in future is I want to have a tab that says live avatar, right? And it’ll be like a page you can go to and it will literally be like having a version of like where’s if I can share with you my own personal website that I’ve been building. Let me see if I can do this real quick. Um, where are we?

    Fix the

    By the way, look how crazy my own personal website’s going. Oh, this isn’t what I wanted.

    So, I’m sure you can see this this AI video on the right. Like, imagine having this as an AI chat uh agent you can call and it’s like you’re speaking to me. It looks like that. Probably looks like me right in here right now with this microphone. It’s It’s even copying my damn microphone.

    Maybe I have to like zoom out on this maybe. Hold on.

    There we go.

    Um but yeah, have it like this so it can chat like this for you from that final page.

    Um yeah, so that’s right. So yeah, so when um when the agent responds, it’s doing so via like a live um chat box like box like that instead of just in these little texton areas. See, none of this will get back to you in 24 to 48 hours. Every fix lands on your on your comm’s owner’s desk in the morning. Anything it’s not sure about, it’ll ask you as well. If a spend cap is reached, new questions wait on your desk, too. And the buyer is told uh a person’s on to it. So, um, say you pick this up in the future at a recurring deal, which by the way guys, all of these te tools are going to be coming out uh at some of them at lower prices but as a funnel and uh at lower prices that but also recurring, right? The things you get when you pick these bundle founding deals up are one time deal price only ever, right? Like you don’t pay anything more. you get and two, you get all upgrades forever included for free. Three, you get instant affiliate approval from when we launch them. So, you literally get 50% commissions for anyone that you lead to send to make a sale of any of the tools that I have um when you own the actual tool as a founder. Otherwise, um it’s a lower percentage that but you can still promote it even if you don’t own it. It’s just going to be a smaller percentage. Uh, and sometimes it’ll be even higher because you’re a fan. Um, also all upgrades that I yeah, I ever do, you get those as well. You get help help me build it out with your own suggestions. Um, and uh, yeah, it’s it’s just going to it’s just the best deal that you’ll ever ever get. You’ll end up um any other way will end up costing more uh, in the long long run. Uh and in the even in the long run, even in the short term in the sense of if you can pick up something for 390 bucks now or you’re paying 50 bucks a month for you know 6 7 months uh you then wished you would have had got got it for the 3.97 one time ever. But at the same time sometime it is better for some people paying 27 a month or 47 a month for the for one of these products. Um, and maybe not with all the features, but depending on the use cases of what you need for your business and where you’re at. Um, that’s the perfect way to do that’s why I’m doing that for the majority of people at that uh, recurring funnel at lower ticket prices. um because it’s just you know for most people um that’s uh that’s the way like it’s easier having smaller subscriptions in terms of I but one thing I always try to do is whenever I can if I can not not pay for something ever again I’m always I I just love that. So yeah, I try to do that where I can, but only five on this one, and I’m sure some of those spots are probably um being taken up now. So again, the link’s there. Um let me know what questions you have, guys. So I’ll go ahead over here.

    Um, can support mate also work with um with SOPs? Yeah, definitely you can you you you’ll be able to upload anything any resource you have that of how you want it to run your support. It will do it for you. I’m sorry I haven’t been able to show you a full internal breakdown today of the tool, but I will. It’s just um it’s not at this at the level of how I want it to look in ter that’s the final thing I’m going to be doing here is updating the the the look of it. It’s it looks fine. It’s very clean and plain right now. I just wanted to make it a bit more sexy, you know. Um I actually built three different sales pages out for it. This ended up being my favorite one. Um right with this little guy. But let me see if I can see the other examples. Um where are we? Mhm.

    Like a

    See, it’s already going to use the monthly spend at the maximum amount. That’s Oh, it answered. Let’s see if it answers. Please give me the answer. Let’s see.

    Now, while that runs, let me click out of some of these before we end up causing this to crash by having too many pages open.

    Let me

    Oh, yeah. Someone asked me before, can I still get those bundled other other offers? Yeah, you can. Um,

    I’ll give you the link. This is the replay and how to get the other last week. I’ll say last week’s.

    Now, someone asked if they could get Brain Mate with

    um with support mate. Right now, look, I’m just doing this five offer here. if in the future it can make sense for me to um

    I’ll let you know maybe if you wanted to get that let me have a think if there’s something if there’s if there’s look if there’s if there’s something that you specifically really really want um and I don’t hit the full five spots I’ll happily do a work around and you can split switch out support mate for brain mate But I don’t ideally like like if the fire slots go then then I won’t be doing that right now because I want to get as much uh user help on those tools to get just get your you know for me it’s the second I involve other people in my projects and help have you help me and me help you it becomes real it’s exciting for me again otherwise I’m doing I’m making all of these by myself sitting here over the past like four or five months like I’ve just been, you know, it’s it’s not fun. It’s fun that I can finally share these with you. It’s what it’s literally been my whole year. I’m only now that I feels like I can actually share the work done. And you know what’s going to happen next year when we release these products at through as an affiliates um and you’re going to make money literally by having it um I’m giving you guys an edge over all of the um o over many other affiliates by um learning about this now and so you can learn these tools and what they do and you can see them live and you’ll see me working with them and you’ll be using them too that you’ll be the best person to promote them um and you’ll be able to use them as well to create bonuses and to create, you know, other insane tools as well. So, let me go ahead and share this. I did that already there. I’ll share it again in this document.

    Final day for the bundle two slot three slot packages. Cool. Um, what other questions do we have here?

    Oh yeah. Let’s see what um let’s see what happened over here with Mr. Doy, shall we? Let’s go have a look. So remember before guys I said go ahead onto onto uh Upwork and see what jobs are available that we can come in and take over and then either create the solution with uh chat GBT or claude or even create a replica of something out there for one of these tools that someone wants a replica for something we could even look at doing. Let’s go ahead. Boom. Chat GPT. Boom. I’ll turn my camera off.

    And yeah, I can share tonight’s Google Doc for sure. While I do that.

    All right, let’s go.

    into the chat window here.

    Here is the

    Now, let’s jump back over in the chat GBT and and I’ll give this to you guys for free as well. This is just a freebie for everyone. Um,

    so I called it Mr. Dotty. You don’t need to call yours Mr. Doy. It’s probably a silly name to call it to be honest, but it reminds me of like Mr. Squiggle. If anyone remembers Mr. Squiggle.

    Um,

    so basically I asked it if it could go onto Upwork. Yeah. Find jobs that people have posted that they want to pay money in exchange for the job to be done for design work, development work. And I wanted it to I wanted it to create its own tool where it would actually search for jobs that it would think you or me would be capable of doing. Right? I’m like no different to you guys. I know a bit about this because I spent a lot of time doing it. I’ve known a lot about marketing over the past 10 years cuz I spent a lot of time just doing it. But when I teach you what I know, we’re literally at the same place, right? We’re at the same place. I don’t keep secrets. I don’t keep things from anyone. And I can promise you just by implementing and creating and moving that needle forward and doing that every day, just a little bit more and now having AI then move the needle a little bit forward every single day by having it build out more every day for you. You can even set that up to happen automatically. Now, that’s the craziest thing with this as well, guys, is that you don’t need to be at the computer daily for your business to be growing daily. AI can do that work, that market research, that finding answers, and each new version opens up more and more capabilities um for you. So, yeah, it’s pretty cool. So, yeah, let’s have a look. Um,

    best bits not proven performance wins. So, oh no, that that was the old job. So, this this compared dot doty with Grockbot.

    Um, so it says use Grockbot specifically for doing things like teams and whatnot. So, if I wanted to like Wait, where are we?

    Yeah, if I was doing things like wanting to wanting to have a full staff team staff lineup of AI agents, then using Grockbot would be better for that. Um, but back to the Upwork thing. Yes, it says yes, I’m arranging Upwork job scout with dedicated task chat starting with a short list rather than a dashboard. I’ll target small clearly scoped builds and design jobs, rank their fit, budget, realistic effort, and client quality. Each entry will include the jobs uh link suggest the AI tool, deliver steps, and anything that could that could make it harder than it looks. BrainMate will hold the briefs from um for moving work between tools. Upwork has an official AI connection which I’ll verify before connecting the daily feed. Monitor monitoring is not live yet. I’ll flag any sign in needed here. I’ll prepare the setup while you continue the webinar. Applying spending um connects and accepting jobs will need your approval. So that’s the way inside of Upwork. That’s how you you do it. you will apply for a job and obviously um JBT will find you the jobs to apply for here that you want to and you have to get accepted right you do a little proposal to them saying this is why I want the job and I can promise you the way to win them is just get weird with your answers I’ll share what that means shortly but stand out

    your work short this helper is built on your Mac and pass 55 offline line test, live job searches, and daily feed needs connecting. Next, connect official Upwork plug-in. Review its requested permissions. So, let’s go ahead and connect it. Put a one in the box if you guys want to see this right now. Is it Do you guys want me to quickly do this now for you guys?

    Oh, Mel, of course. Sorry. Um, let me have a look on WhatsApp for you. whatever it was that you need done for that, let me know on Brain Mate. Um, or if you want to write it here again, I’m so sorry if I missed it. Let me have a look. I’m scrolling back to see there’s a lot of questions and if I look away for a bit.

    Let me see if those five spots have been taken as well. You guys have asked me to have a quick look. So, let me have a quick look. Um,

    no. There’s Look at that. There’s only And this is like I don’t BS when I when I say this. Like,

    let me actually share this with you. There’s three redemptions of that code. So you can literally

    I’m going to change it to 1,000. Like whether it’s here or whether it’s on on the replay. Um the second that those five uh not even five like what I normally do guys by the way is um I always try to let people on the replay at least get a chance or I save a couple of spots. This time I can’t save five, right? Cuz I can’t do it at that price. I’m just like like I know I’ve undercharged there a lot um longterm but that’s fine. There’s only a couple of people but um I always normally will have some spots left over for the replay people cuz I know it’s just not fair if you if you’re asleep and it’s the middle of the night for you. I understand you can’t be here especially for long webinars like this one. But so I’ll always have spots there and sometimes you you guys have to run in the middle of these ones. They go for a long time. I want you guys to be able to have a chance when you come back to be able to access them if you want to. But um and let me share this real quick. Um but for this example here, I can’t do another five spots at that price. Um

    there might be another two or three spots I can do and it’s probably going to be slightly higher. I just need to work out if that makes sense in my head or not, if that’s fair or not. Right now, there’s two if there’s two spots left and they’re there for the replay. I’ll I’ll have another three spots that’ll be at a higher price. Probably a,000 bucks each. Uh um sorry, 1,000 bucks. Yeah. Per product instead of 1,000 bucks for the two of them, which is still going to be thousands cheaper. And over the long run, again, if you think about what the tools do, it would just sell it. Oh, there’s no there’s no explaining needed really for for what what they do. Um, okay, let’s go here. Let me just share this again. I’ll share the full screen just to show you. I forgot to say here. This is the you can see here redemption three on the right side. So, that’s how many have been redeemed. And again, we only have 23 people on this session right now. I haven’t This is my top 1% audience. This is a very small email list. This isn’t the public uh audience. Not everyone gets access to these. This is my like lowest uh turn up webinar session cuz I send it to the least amount of people, but in terms of the ratio of how many people turn turn up, it’s quite good. Well, it’s really good and you guys are just the best to work with. So, um that’s why I don’t mind doing these things. But that’s why I can’t let these links get out to other people and and they do sometimes. And I refund I I refund probably multiple five figures a year to people that buy from somehow get a link like this that aren’t even a member of mine. And I say, “Who are you?” Like, “No, I’m sorry, but you that’s not how this works.” Um, like you guys have invested in me. You guys get the good deals, not just every person on that wants to. And I’m I know I probably lose money. I do lose money from that. But like it’s I think it’s why I’ve been in this industry so long is because I’ve been able to like say no to money and say yes to like making it fair for my audience and for my friends and customers. And I consider you guys my friends. I consider us all like literally on the same journey. Um but yeah, so back to what I was saying. You guys wouldn’t have seen it a minute ago. Go back. This here was the response. So, I need to connect the official plugin here.

    Um, Theodor, let me check that straight out for you. I’ll do it straight away after this. If you can hang around for me, that’ll be great.

    Can I bundle billboard, mate? Yeah. You know what, Mel? If you if you wait around for me.

    You know what? This is what Yeah. Um, I’ll answer your question first, Mel. I’ll do that for you. If you can just do me a favor and just go on Where is the link? Let me find this for you.

    Here.

    Here. I’ll do this volume. If if I give you this here

    and just just check out with um

    So, I’ll do that right after this session for you. Um, for you, Mel. Hopefully, that makes sense. I’m going to send that to you directly there. Uh, other questions, other questions? Where can you find the recording of today? So, I’m going to send out today’s recording shortly. Um

    also

    thank you Elias. I appreciate you my friend. Um good. Um yeah just check with me on WhatsApp which which one that you have and then I can give you a hand there to sort that out. Um, and then we have Can you

    awesome Craig, I appreciate you, my friend. Um, so grabbing these two that like you know again insane deal that you just got that means there’s probably what one spot left then for for that for the uh bundle deal. I knew I priced that way too cheap but um that’s all good. Um, Brain Mate right as well. I believe Brain Rate Brain Mate right now is the only tool that I got a discount on. Plus, you can use the bundle discount on that’s that’s an error. By the way, guys, the error being able to use Get Brain Mate here, which is normally like a 997 product. It’s discounted at 397 one time. So,

    um, and it’s a one, yeah, it’s the one-time deal that there’s on on the on the the Raymate website, you’ll find that there’s actually, um, a limited number of onetime deals that are left. That’s the that’s the discount that we’ve done there, plus bringing it down to that price. So, I’ll send you the link if you just want to check it out directly. Um, and what I’ll even do is I’ll give you guys the links to all of these. But again,

    if you want to see the links to all of these too, all the different tools, I’m going to go ahead and go. Can you share this link? And you can see

    see all AI builds from 20 26 here

    with all the new updates. Uh and again remember I’ve updated all eight tools from this year. So again, even if you’ve picked up one of them, go back in it and use the brand new updates. I wanted you guys to have Fable 5.1 access and features and tools for things that we built months ago. Like so the original agent 72 builder, the one prompt uh the one prompt builder is now so much more in depth because we can do so much more inside of Claude and chat GBT that I had to go and rebuild everything to get the best outputs. So, if you if you have a look at an output of a finished build that you made back with uh Agent 72, a prompt that you might have made from that back months ago when Claude was on like 4.8 um Opus 4.8 or even less. Uh compared to now with Fable 5.1, um it’s like night and day different. It it used to be a lot of text boxes. all the apps kind of looked a bit similar in some sort of way. And now we’ve got these insane tools that have like these crazy setups and pages like this that showcase um yeah, showcase everything like this. Let me see if I can share this page here with you. I don’t know. I don’t know if I can. Um okay, maybe I can. This um this is the this is the overlay mate updated link. Again, a really cool tool if you’re doing any video marketing. I don’t I think it’s down here. I forgot to share it. Um version two. Oh, I did. It is there. Cool. Um

    yeah, Craig, let me know if that’s what you’re after. The direct link when you get it, you get 700 bucks off it already. Um and onetime um price. That’s like no recurring. You can also sign up to the recurring of that right now if you’d rather just do that. But again, onetime deal is always the best for longterm. And the cool thing with all of these tools is they’re built for AI, right? They’re built and they work with your actual um own setups, right? Like like yes, they connect to them and they do things, but like these a lot of these tools are additions to your main controller of using Claude, right? Or using chat GBT. So, it’s not like a third party software that you’re going out and having to download something that you have to log into every single day. Brain mate, you literally connect once. It then literally connects everything together and you’re good to go. I can then go into any of these builds and I can say, “Okay, well, let’s go and I want to uh have my billboard mate run perfection to perfect it more.” I’ll be like, um, can we run for/perfection

    on this, please? And then I can hit yes, and it’ll say yes, we’re going to start running perfection. Which one do you want to do? Also, if you have not seen the update to perfection, I added in addition like a new feature for that. Who here has not seen the perfection upgrades? Can you send me the site to the perfection um updates?

    Oh, that’s the old page.

    Now, where were we? Okay, I’ll go ahead and and we’ll open up. We We’ll do that as the finale for today. We’ll go up and we’ll have um we’ll install the Upwork plugin.

    Go ahead try now. Going to hit and get continue over here as well. I’m just going to log in quickly and see if we can get this connected really quickly here now.

    Authority GPT login. Boom. Done. Open.

    All right. Now it says it’s working. Connect.

    Yeah, I thought I just did this. Connect. Connect.

    That work.

    Oh, yeah. It does work. See? Okay. Done. Now I can go back to

    here. Okay, connected.

    Oh, you guys might not might not be able to see this. All right, but that’s okay. Let me go ahead and Okay, sorry guys.

    Nan connected. So, it’s verified it.

    The um you haven’t what my friend let me know.

    Aqua see Aqua is like one of like the best um customers ever. She’s like she’s she’s someone that’s actually helped me so much over the past 6 months. a lot of you guys um without knowing it like not that not that anyone has anyone that they have to say thank you to it to to you for like thank you to for but uh realistically I should just have things perfect all the time for you guys but unfortunately that’s not been the case. Aqua has been one of the first buyers of a lot of our tools and she’ll jump in and she’ll use them. she uses them and implements them really and doesn’t doesn’t not do that and she often will find problems that I’ve done fast um or that that my tools have not been able to find themsel or I haven’t found and I’m like oh my gosh like I either have the worst luck in the world she’s either so good at analyzing products um or anything like that but she’s found problems in my tools instantly told me about them and then been able to save you guys from having to experience experience what she’s had to. So, can we get a big thank you? Thank you, Aqua, in the chat. Um, I’m sure she she’d appreciate it a lot. Not that she’s once ever complained. Um, but she goes, “I’ve just um I just bought this without actually seeing it. It’s going to be good, though. I I just know it. Trust me, it’s going to be good. We’re going to make it good.” Um,

    so let me see. Let’s see who’s saying thanks Ara in the chat because I’m going to go ahead and um copy this and share this.

    We got We’ve got them starting to pour in now. Where’s the Where’s that chat window? See? And everyone’s coming in. So we got more coming in.

    Awesome. Awesome. Awesome. Cool. Thanks, guys. I appreciate it. I appreciate I appreciate you trusting me. It means a lot. Like I don’t take that lightly. You guys do a lot for me. So, um, yeah. And uh trust me, we got some cool things once we get some of these big launches happening. That’s where that’s where I make most my money, guys. Just so you guys know, like these doing these little things here to five or six people isn’t like money making for me. I need to launch it to hundreds if not thousands of people to make substantial like amount of money for myself and not even from the launches cuz I give away half of it in as an affiliate. I give away 30 grand in prizes to people that top 10 affiliates. It’s then taking those then leads that have picked up something from me through these low ticket launches and then I might sell them an info course which costs me zero to do. But knowledge is if you can teach great knowledge and how to implement it in a specific way or a unique setup or you can have a software product that doesn’t cost much to run and tie them together. That’s where then I’ll make a lot of money when I do can do that. Um, in terms of uh like this is doing this here and doing all these different individual tools, it’s a catch 22 cuz one I wanted to build out a um I I want to just make this whole mate series of products into it like one unified like agency like tools kit that I can essentially grow and hopefully it becomes just an an insanely big company that gets acquired one Okay. But I can still run um or find some ways to have you guys in on the deal. Um that we can all make an absolute killing out of it and I can somehow turn your investments in the software into investments in the sale of the company to some giant hedge fund. I don’t know. But I would be so down to work something out like that, too. Oh, Craig, you’re an absolute legend. Um, version of Mac Mini. Good question. All right, let me have a look. Um, about this Mac, I got this um maybe a year or maybe a year and a bit ago. Um, before Mac minis were like a I think I got I got it in 2025. It says it’s a 2024 one though. Let me let me show you here.

    This is the Mac Mini I got. I upgraded the actual uh memory to 48 GB of RAM and it still seems to be sometimes not enough but I couldn’t imagine being on less. Um and I got a just a 1 TB. This is that this is the trick guys with buying Mac minis. This is the trick, right? If I go here, let me share this with you real quick. This will save you money if you ever buy a Mac Mini. And why would you buy a Mac Mini? Well, the whole thing behind it is that it’s just a computer. I’ll turn my camera off. Um, that you can run 24/7 because there’s no screen with it, right? I’ve got the Apple screen. You don’t need to have the Apple screen. It’s a beautiful screen to have, but you don’t need to have it. Um, now, yeah. So, mine’s the the Pro um Mac Mini Pro M4. um that you can literally have any Mac Mini and it’ll do a really good job. Two hacks. If you go to um Mac refurbish, you can literally get absolute steals from the refurbished Mac site where you can literally get the same warranty. So, there’s only one Mac Mini on here right now. M4 12 core. It’s got an Ethernet

    16 core GPU CPU. How much RAM does it have? Does it say

    anything? It says Oh, wait. This got a two G. See, two GB 2 TB hard drive. So, double the size hard drive is mine. 24 GB unified memory. See, mine’s at 48. So, I’ve increased my RAM. And I think I might have increased the processor maybe. But I I I basically when you first order a Mac, guys, if you ever order a Mac, you can customize. If you order it brand new, you can customize and max things out and add things onto it. Um, Mac had its base model Mac Mini for so cheap, they discontinued it recently, right? And because they just I don’t think I don’t know if they could get the parts to keep on producing them because they were selling so fast. Um because that this is the biggest trick. Look at look how much a Mac Mini costs

    when you add started adding adding in um oh the new ones out Macin now with M6 and M5 Pro. How cool. Um let’s just say I don’t know let’s go say I went for an M6. Oh boy. Hold on.

    M6 chip, M5 Pro chip,

    let’s go the cheaper option, right? Um M6 chip, which is still going to be better than my chip, I believe. I don’t know. Um

    so you can choose the memory up to so um 32 GB is 600 bucks more. Same as the more expensive one.

    Oh, this won’t even let me choose, will it? Oh, wait. Installed. So, yeah. So, it cost me like about 900 bucks more, I guess it would have done to get 48 GB of RAM. Probably should have gone up a bit higher, but that’s all good. But because the more RAM you have, it means the more tabs you can have open, the more processors you can have open, the more AI tools you can have open side by side working at full load. Um that and then again I would have uploaded the updated the GPU here too for 300 bucks. Would have done that if I could have. But if you’re just getting started, you can go for the very base model one right now. This is the base model. Um, and then just literally have the 16 GB if you can update it a bit, but just just let’s just go full base. And this comes with a 256 GB actual um hard drive. Now, the crazy thing is out of that 256 GB, there’s going to be some of that that’s not even that’s already taken up by the Mac software. So you might only have like 10 and something GB, but there’s two options. You can update it a bit so you have some extra room on your Mac Mini. But say you wanted to just go absolute cheapest model, get that with a 256 GB and you can literally get this thing that I call um what’s it called here? I’m just going to get the name of it.

    Uh, a

    cassus mini station. Now, this is the one I’ve got. You There’s way cheaper ones you can get on Amazon. Right. This This is the one I’ve got. And this is Australian. So, it’s about 180 bucks US. 200 bucks US.

    Yeah, 190 bucks, you guys probably. But I’ve got this and it adds in all these extra ports. Um cuz on a Mac Mini you only get like literally two USBC ports and a um like like nothing for SD cards, nothing for HDMI, extra cords, nothing for anything like that. But I got this in this little unit next to me. It’s it’s cute. But you can get these other ones, right? Any of these. Where’s a cheap one? Like look at this one. 50 bucks. Does this have

    It has an SSD enclosure. Right. So, what that does is um where’s my camera?

    So, what I can now do and and I’ve been planning on doing this like I literally bought the you basically what you can do is when you have the tiny hard drive here at 256 GB. See where it says one terabyte for 750 or two terabytes for $1,500 for two terabytes, right? You can I literally got and these are the most expensive ones you can get. These are these I don’t even see here this card. Let me even show you how small this is.

    this little card here, right? Clicks out. And that’s what that that’s one terabyte this one. And I I bought two of them, but you can buy like so two one TBTE cards for I think I paid $250 each or maybe $230 each. Um I can go here. 1 terbte SSD Macini.

    Let’s even do two terabytes and just see what the cuz you can just get a single card if you want.

    See, look at that. So, yeah, 1 TB 200 200 bucks. You can use that for 200 bucks. And I could take that. And where is that stupid thing I just had open

    here? Um, what happens is on the side of this, see here, pops open. You can put those two cards in and then you can have them. The reason why if you got two is you can literally double the speed of the read and write. So downloading and copying and saving things and moving files and images and editing footage and stuff is all it’s going to be twice as fast with one on each if you run them uh together in a specific um way. So here, look at this. 256 GB the basic model. Then you can put in as many terabytes in cards as you want up to 16 terabytes. But these two here for one, one of them was 200 bucks Australian. 400 bucks for two terabytes Australian, which is about 30und

    $280 to get two terabytes versus 1,500 here on Apple. So, you’re saving like literally over a,000 bucks purely by doing it this other way. And this works better as well. It means you can literally use these two cards as your main hard drive. Um, and it means your Mac Mini will last way longer because the fans aren’t being used on on that hard drive as much. It’s not pulling information from it. It’s using the actual cards. And in this device, cuz it’s made out of metal, it cools it better. It’s, you know, it’s just a nice little hack. The problem is I had these for months and but the actual case itself it has these little clicking things that I have to click in with with the actual um those little those those little digital cards but it has these little screws right that came with the actual I don’t know if you can see that it came with the actual I can’t believe these stupid nails um came with the actual box and um I threw the box out so I had to order $5 worth of those which took a Yeah. All right, let’s um let’s wrap this up now, guys. I can see here. Um but let’s let’s finish on this. This is cool. It’s found a job, right? It’s found two jobs. Two jobs right now. It wants for a WordPress plugin for 100 bucks. It has the brief doesn’t carry any specific features. We need those before calling it an easy build. So for 100 bucks, we could easily say, “Hey, we’re happy to do this build for you.” Cuz then we could have chat GBT build whatever they ask a WordPress plugin and have it upload and install. The other one is this person wants a small plug-in plus site cleanup. Um there’s it already has one person that have gone ahead and and already been hired for it by the looks of it. Um, so I say yes for a short list between 100 to 1k

    to 500 at first jobs that we can do instantly in AI from what you see we have been doing also. include partner tools to do the jobs too like Higsfield etc. So now I’ve got that set up. Um, what I’m going to do here, I’m going to say, “Can you give me a script I can give my peers so they can set up this same type of Upwork um, job finder for them.

    So, what I’ll do here, I’ll give you guys this copy and paste text. You can up add it into your chat GPT. You can even add this into your Claude. I just ran out of tokens over there right now, so I’m hanging out over here in chat GPT. Any more questions on those purchases? Let me see how many spots we got left. Um,

    okay.

    Okay, off of four.

    Okay, we’ve only got literally one spot left. So, what I’m going to do, whoever gets that last spot

    is going to get it for that 1,000 bucks. I’m then going to change it. But if you get I’m going to add in three extra spots for the replay. Once that replay is out, that means I need to wait for that final spot to be taken. If the time between that and me changing it, you pick it up. You pick up a spot, I’ll let you secure it for the for the,000 bucks. It’s only once I’ve changed it that it’ll be at that higher price. And again, it’ll only be for an extra three more. So, there’s literally three for the replay audience. Plus, there’s one left now that if no one grabs it now, that’ll be added to the replay audience. And that is it. All right. I’ll put the link again to the chat here and I’m going to give you guys the replay link soon. Let me go ahead and share this here. I appreciate you all again. I’ll get you set up in these tools ASAP. Um it’s going to be a lot of fun. I’m really really excited for this one. Um,

    hit. And remember, use that code to take the discount down from as Launch 2000.

    When’s the AI workforce masterass? So, yeah, that is going to be coming uh probably next week. I’m going to drop it. I’m basically right now segmenting my audience out because there’s a big part of my audience that doesn’t they’re really scared of AI. and they’re really scared of it and they don’t open emails related to AI uh or they might even unsubscribe because it’s just they don’t want to know about it, right? They think it’s evil. They might think it’s too much. They might think they won’t they’re not able to do it. So um in one part that’s who this this ca this um the AI workforce master classes for is sharing to brand new audiences hopefully like or or customers of mine that have been even customers of mine for a decade that now are scared that I want to get them in on getting them set up with AI the right way with what’s working right now as well as making sure you guys have um access and a full understanding of all the key tools tools that are working right now and are not using things that aren’t serving you the best. Right? There’s tools out there that are costing people money that I think why are you using that? You don’t need to use that. Right? Oh yeah, someone said what was the other other free tool that you said you can give us. Guys, I want to um if you guys don’t have GoHigh Level, they’ve done a lot of work on their new AI section inside of GoHigh Level. Um, I want to give you guys affiliate access to that here, too. So, if you just go to www.lukes

    or go highlevel.com/lukem,

    um, make sure you’re doing this from a uh like a a different brand. If you’ve been on Go High Level before or been on a someone’s trial or anything like that, even on a trial link that you’ve gone to sign up with before, make sure you do this from a brand new browser or uh or do it on your phone or somewhere that you haven’t been to Go High Level before and have a new email that has not been registered with GoHigh Level or any trials or anything like that before either before you do this. Um, but I’ll show you here. This is again I need to update my I need to get my team at go high level to update this link but you get a whole month worth of using go high level. All right this is where I create all my fast pay links. So you got the you know how you pay for any of these different softwares. I I track everything inside of go high level um just cuz it’s easy and it gives you the options of like multiple different processes and you know all all that stuff. But um you can see here it’s got the old this is like the old build of like everything that’s included. So this is all still included that they’ve got this whole new AI section inside of Goh High Level that I want you guys um to see. I really want you guys just to be able to see it. So um let me even just share you a quick little look right right now. And you can see here you could go to the website and sign up directly but they only give you 14 days. I give you 30 days. I’ve got a whole team of like 14 people that go high level. You can see here I’ve like been a big partner of theirs in the past. Like this is 2024. This is their like big affiliate award um for 25 grand in commissions uh to them. Um and this has been the more recent one. I I was a top affiliate partner. So you can see here pretty cool like looking trophy of this guy. you won’t see too many of people with um with these. That’s for 100,000. So um and really cool about this, the commissions from these literally came from me just giving out free trials because people found that they wanted to keep this tool and use it as a core part of their business. Now with AI being able to create so much, is this something that everyone’s going to want now? like it’s there’s not as big a need for for a lot of people now as there was once upon a time cuz AI can just do so much now that in the past only like go high level or clickfunnels could do some of these things now we can do things even though it’s coded it doesn’t matter we can just create the next bit of code with AI but in terms of a business management CRM tool that does a lot and that has adapted with AI this is big so you can see there’s an ask AI section There’s also the AI suite as well as a part of this. So, um you can go ahead and actually get a free you can actually trial using go high level right out the gate from that link I gave you um 30 days. You just need to make sure you do it from a new like a brand new uh email if you signed up before. And um again guys, after 30 days, if you don’t make money with it, um and you don’t then want to sign up to it, just um I actually recommend actually just using a different email and a different card and doing it getting another month if and doing it again. Um if you haven’t got that many assets or resources on it, um because I want you guys to get the most free value out of anything that I give you guys. Again, I’m not not I’m not here to try to sell you anything like go high level right now where I’m like I’ I’m trying to give you free access to things like right as much as I can as low cost or free. So, uh you can definitely do that. But also because Black Friday sales are coming up in a few months, right? I think it’s like a month or two away that that is when go high level drops their prices so big like I think it’s like a you get two months for free if or you buy one you get 3 months for free so buy one month access you get three a quarter of a year for free which is a really really good deal then with their AI this year would be interesting to see what they access they they’re trying to get me on a webinar with them in a couple of in I think it’s next week I might do it if anyone here would asked me to see what their brand new features are. Um, let me actually just show you here what they said. Um, they’ve been trying to call me like crazy, too. Go high level.

    Let me just wait for a second here.

    It says confidential, but it’s all good. It says confidential. Whoops. Sorry, guys. Um, it says here that I can go on a webinar with them to see they’ve handpicked a group of favorite affiliates to see three to five of the most exciting new brand new features, white label video assets, early feature access to get our hands on it. I can make videos and launch campaigns before we give access to everyone else. So, if you guys want me to do this, if anyone’s interested in knowing what these things are, you guys might even have a go high level account. just write yes in the box and I’ll and I’ll make sure I attend this and actually respond to this poor account manager of mine here. Um

    uh can you hook up Gohigh level to agent mate OS? Uh no, there’s no doubt that I’m 100% sure you can. I’ve got my I’ve got my current um Claude set up to my um set up to my um go high level. Like let me even share share this right now. I can go here. Let me say I’ll be like this. Okay. Where’s um hey, can you check if Aqua is a member

    of this? Let me just choose a different product for now. Let’s say like a mate OS. Um, let me Yeah. And and it’ll literally have to go into go high level to do it. Ah, credits. There you go. But yeah, we can get it connected. I can show you how to connect it as well. You can literally have pages built inside of gohigh level automations, campaigns. You can control your entire go high level from claude. There’s even a public MCP with every feature you can imagine. So, um, I’ll go ahead and do that. Um, did I share the dot? No, I haven’t shared that. That’s a great reminder. Thank you. I’m going to grab this here. Um,

    okay. Here’s a copy of the prompt. Right. So, this is to get the prompt to then get these paying jobs here. Like, that will literally

    allow you to access um the the live job requests of so look at these product landing page for 400 bucks software demo 350 um and remember the software demos that I’ve built in Higsfield right like like on here look at this software demo you could you could show them this this is like literally example

    Like boom, 400 bucks. I should actually try to knock off some of these and see how many I can make quickly. Software demo product landing page. Wix contact form like have use Wix plus GBT for troubleshooting. Estimate 20 to 45 minutes. Um

    AI character video is your video especially using AI.

    Now this one here, unless you have a subscription to Heg Higsfield and you have leftover tokens, it might end up costing you 50 bucks.

    Um,

    oh, it only wants 10 to 20 seconds. Yeah, it might only cost 10 bucks or something. You might be able to make 90 bucks quickly depending on what it is. All right, so let me go ahead and copy this prompt and then you literally can take it into your dot inside of chat GPT or you could paste it probably in Claude as well, anywhere that you want. I’m going to go up here into this. I’m going to just open this um further down. Actually, let’s just do it like this way.

    We’ll type insert table

    custom.prompt prompt for Upwork Job finder, right?

    And

    what I’ll just double check here as well is that you don’t have to say anything prior.

    What should the user add before this though? Like what intro message

    to have.

    So I think step one is you just literally connect to Upwork,

    find jobs. um that can be done easily within AI tools. Um and then

    pre requirements

    simply connect Upwork to chat GPD.

    Okay.

    Okay, there we go.

    Um, so let’s go. The 7th of October VIP AI Insiders webinar. Make sure to watch to for this doc to make complete sense. All right, guys. Appreciate you all. I might edit this out in the final version because it has gone for quite some time. You guys absolutely rock. Message me on WhatsApp if you need anything at all. Okay. Plus, um, contact me WhatsApp plus 61. If there’s anything you need, that’s where to message me at. um you’ll get your access to me directly there. I’m going to go ahead and ask you guys um just to again reach out if you picked up the deal today so I can then just add you in or have a place to contact you on WhatsApp too. Um in terms of the master build workforce again I’ll get you guys in into that probably next week. Same same as well guys with that ecom bonus too. I’ve got that ready for you guys. I’m I’m uh wanted to show it today, but there’s a lot lot happening, right? Um

    um Joel says, “What do I use to log into my computers from my phone?” Okay, cool. Last thing I should mention here then, log into my computers from my phone. You can actually log in directly from chat GPT or from Claude, right? In terms of those AI tools, you can use the desktop versions. Otherwise, if you want a paid version, the best one is called um here it is. Hi, Jump. What’s it called? Yeah, jump desktop connect and then jump mobile. I’ll right down the bottom here. Actually, I’ll just sh show you here. Jump Desktop Connect, which is this tool. And then the app on the iPhone or Android is just called Jump Mobile. I was literally able to put my Mac I was in New Zealand. I put my Mac screen for my Mac Mini that was in Australia onto my VR glasses onto a like 5 m wide screen digitally. So again, I’m in New Zealand. I’ve got my my Mac Mini in Australia, a different country, but it’s displaying on my VR glasses in a different country. using Jump Desktop on Mac. This is such a killer tool. It’s so seamless. This is also like if you get a like a a good new computer and you have an old crappy one. Well, that’s like let’s say the old crappy one’s so so slow, just just literally add on this tool and you can then have that old crappy computer literally display your other brand new computer’s desktop and you can then use it still like right. It’s um even though they’ll be both working off the one really good computer, it’s Yeah, it’s really seamless and this is such a good tool. All right. Um okay guys, finishing up now. It’s been too long. I appreciate you all. I’m going to get uh have a little rest for 30 minutes and then I’ll get on to those messages getting you guys into your to getting you guys into your different um tools. Um, and yeah, and also guys, um, Joel, if you didn’t want jump, if you have Mac, you can literally just do a normal screen share. You can screen share your Mac to your, um, your phone to your Mac and your Mac to your phone, I believe. But in terms of this, yeah, this is the best way to do it. The other thing that you should also um, learn to get when you got this, it’s called two, where is it? Tail scale. download tail scale, right? That’s the last thing I recommend. Jump and tail scale, which makes it, you know, it’s really secure for you. This is super easy to download, free, doesn’t cost anything. Tail scale jump. Good to go. All right. All right, guys. Thanks so much. See you soon. Um, you can use tail scale with Mac and PC. I don’t know about jump, though. Actually, no, you can jump. You can jump for Android. Jump desktop Android there. Yeah, same thing. You can do it on both.

    Cool.

    All right, guys. See you soon. Bye.

  • 07/23/2026 – Thumble Webinar

    This is uh the thumbnail that it created. You can see that I’m looking shocked and it’s exactly my photograph I put in. And I can then put this thumbnail online and expect to get the same impact as somebody who actually planned this entire thing out, thought about the font, thought about the design and actually tested it and it ranked for people, right? So that’s that’s how fun and easy it can be to create thumbnails using Tumble. So that was fun guys. If you love the if you love the live demo too, give me a fun in the chat and I will talk to you next about how to get your hands on Tumble.

    If you love Tumble today and you want and you can see yourself benefiting from it, let me know in the chat and I will show you some other things about Tumble and I will show you the offer next. I know some of you are getting impatient.

    Eve says, “Fun.” Russ, “Fun.” Linda says, “Awesome.” Carl says, “Yes.” Ken says, “You betcha.”

    Fantastic, guys. So, let’s let’s take a look at what you can use Tumble for or who it is for. So, if you’re a creator on YouTube, Tumble can help you grow your audience and you can get winning ideas. I think that’s where it starts from. You need to start your journey with a winning idea and you don’t or you should not need to invent it. Now the good thing about thumbnails is you can pick up a thumbnail that works for one niche and use it in another niche. Right? So it’s not ex very very vital that you exactly use the thumbnail in your niche. For example, you see a thumbnail that is working for marketing, you can use it for SEO. If you see something that is working for DIY niches, you can use it for any DIY niche. So, it really makes it simple for you to find a winning idea. It’s all about appealing designs, right? Perfect combinations, placement of people, you know, all the work that top YouTubers have been doing or top designers have been doing to create that perfect thumbnail. You can find that idea and then you can grow your audience with a winning thumbnail idea. The focus is always on that, right? it needs to be proven to work. And in Tumble, what we did was we literally searched YouTube for thousands of keywords, right? So, we grabbed the top niches uh about I think we grabbed about 2500 top niches and then we went to YouTube and searched YouTube and then we grabbed the top ranking videos from YouTube for those keywords. So, that way we were able to collect a library of tens of thousands of thumbnails that were ranking. So the best thing about the thumbnail library is it is all ranking videos, right? So it makes it very easy for you to uh you know get into that league where you’ve got the ranking style ranking systems done for you. Now you can create variations and experiments. Here is what I would do like create one one create my uh create two or three designs of my thumbnail. One design with one particular layout that I saw and another design with another layout that I saw. You can literally do that in seconds in Thumble, right? Put in a keyword, you will see so many designs. Make your thumbnail in two different variations. Put it on YouTube. See what works better and now you know that this style works better than the next one. Then you can do that again after 3 days and see if you get some more views B or you get some more CTR, you know, the higher CTR on a second thumbnail. That way you can increase that edge, right? So as you start doing that, you will see more and more, you know, better results. you’ll get better data and then you can use that data to transform your business to grow your business and make sure your YouTube channel also has the exposure that your competitor might be having the top ranking competitor right and you don’t need to do that by spending money you don’t need to spend thousands of dollars on designers well that is always a p now with AI it’s easier but even with AI you don’t need to spend hours trying to figure out the prompt like imagine how you would make a thumbnail that looks like the one that we created, right? Did I download one for example? Let me see. Yeah. Imagine like if you had to create a thumbnail like this one, how would you prompt it? You would think about, okay, you know, I need to have a guy. I need to have a headline that is got a yellow back, you know, black background and yellow text and all these things. You know, putting that together is hard work. If you want to create just three different variations of a single thumbnail, you would need to spend a lot of time just to write prompts to figure out how to do that. And with thumb, you just get thousands of thumbnails that you can choose. Like the one we saw with the AI receptionist, we just picked up a random thumbnail and we transformed it into an AI receptionist training thumbnail by just clicking on it. So you could do that and you could create three different variations with three different looks in just seconds, right? And it doesn’t require you to pay a lot of money. You don’t need to spend a lot of money to do that. So for all you guys who also want to use it as a service, I know Gandhi is here. is a pro marketer, you can create an in- demand service because here is a fact every single business that you can think of is producing YouTube videos and they all want to be found online, right? Every uh every person wants to get found online. So you can sell it as a service. You can make sure that uh you can uh do this at scale right now. You can also create multiple variations for your clients. So, if you got a lot of uh, you know, you want to give your clients five or six different designs to choose from, well, Tumble just makes it easy for you. So, if you’re ready to see the offer now, I know people are getting impatient. I think John is getting very impatient now, too. So, let me know in the chat if you’re ready to see the offer and I’m going to show you how to get thumb tumble. And I’m going to show you to how to get it for a crazy good price. You won’t have to spend $85 a month like Mr. Beast wanted to charge. So, let me know in the chat if you’re ready. Eve says yes. Russ says yes. Ken says offer, please. Carl says yes. Yes. Yes. Awesome, guys. So, I’m going to I’m going to take you straight to the offer. Brent is ready, too. So, today I’m going to give you access to the allincclusive package of Tumble that has everything that you need to produce highquality thumbnails for yourself and your clients. And also I will show you a way to sell Tumble and keep the money. So it’s going to be all all-inclusive offer that includes Tumble Elite. It has Tumble Pro which is good for professionals or marketers. Then I’m I’m also going to give you Tumble Reseller which is a special version of access or special access that lets you sell Tumble accounts to other people. Now you know this is a crazy good tool. You know that every single small business would be benefited by using something like this. So, you can offer it to them. You can show them, hey, Mr. Beast is already taken this tool out of the market and you wanted to charge $80, but I can let you have Tumble for X amount. It’s totally up to you how much you want to sell it for, and you get to keep all the money. Plus, in today’s offer, I’m also going to give you access to a couple of my amazing tools. The first one is Tube Rank Jeet Pro. It’s a gold standard when it comes to YouTube SEO and you can use it to rank your YouTube videos to find the perfect titles, descriptions, and keywords. And the next thing we’ll have is Vidatia. Videsia is a faceless video creator. You know, faceless videos are quite a rage right now on YouTube and all of them are created with AI. Vidatia lets you create highquality faceless videos without having to spend hours trying to edit or put things together. So, that’s one thing. Next, there are some more details about what each version has. So, Tumble gives you 20,000 welcome credits, elite level, and you get up to 10 campaigns. You can create up to 10 thumbnails every day. So, this is good for personal users, people who want to use it for their your own uh channel, but not for professionals. For professionals, we also have in Tumble all inclusive Tumble Pro, which has 50,000 welcome credits and gives you access to up to unlimited campaigns. You’ve got the light upgrades. Then you also get the tumble reseller today on the special deal. And reseller, I’ve already told you a little bit about it. But this is one of the craziest things that I do on launches. I let you benefit from all the hard work that our team has been doing. So you can grab tubble, you can create accounts on it, and you can sell it to other people. So imagine you can just go out to small businesses or you can do it online. You can go to Facebook groups or if you got a mailing list, you can mail your list and tell them, “I’ve got this new product and this is something that can really change the way you are promoting your YouTube videos. Tell them about the benefits and you can direct them to your own sales page if you want to create one or you can just tell them PayPal me the money or Venmo me the money and I will give you access to Tumble which is a proven product.” So, it’s just a no-brainer to benefit from a software business without having to create the software itself. So that’s also something that is included and you get 70 accounts to sell. So today on this special deal with 70 accounts you can easily get a very high turnout for it. Now typically if you sell all 70 accounts and my I know people sell it from even uh as less as $100 to all the way up to $300 per account if they want to sell lifetime. You can get easily up to $9,000 if you sell all the 70 accounts averaging maybe around $150 per account. So think about it. It’s a very good very good return. If you are able to, you know, sell all 50, the return is many many times. But even if you’re able to sell just five, you’ve already made your profit many times over on the investment that you’re going to put in today. So it’s like a no-brainer offer that I have on every single launch webinar. Now, this is something that is only during the launch. after the launch I will take it away. So the only way you can get reseller is on this launch right now. Also I’m going to give you two blanket pro. It’s a YouTube SEO software makes YouTube SEO super easy. And Vidia Pro the software that I told you about to create faceless videos. We made it so much more amazing now that it just makes it even more easier to create faceless videos. You can do that for any niche through Vidatia. So again, all of these products, all of these features are together in the all-inclusive deal with unlimited campaigns, thumbnails, daily unlimited edits, advanced and exclusive AIS, 50,000 welcome credits, 2 years of free upgrades because good software deserves upgrades. We always create new versions all the time where we have enhanced features, better features, and we try to make our products better and better. So that’s something absolutely we do constantly and you can get that free for the next two years when you get this deal today. We also have uh commercial license for you. So you can work for other people, you can sell thumbnails to other people. So you can go to Fiverr, you can go to freelancer and you can offer this as a service or you can offer it to local businesses or your contacts or your existing clients. Totally up to you. You can also sell cement licenses. So the all-inclusive deals today has has Tumble Elite, Tumble Pro, Tumble Reseller, Tubeang Jeep Pro, Vidatia Pro, and if you were trying to get all of these products outside of this webinar today, some of them actually would not be available like Tumble Reseller. I don’t sell it. Uh I don’t sell reseller apart from the webinars. So or the launched sales. So you can get that at all. But even if you could buy that, you would be paying at least $888 per year, right? That’s my price. It’s not Mr. Beast’s price. He charges a lot more, but you’ll be charging you’ll be paying $888 per year for all these products put together. And if you take a just a value of 3 years, which is a standard, you know, lifetime value for software, it’s a $2,76 value. But today, I’m not going to charge you $2,67 or $276. I’m going to give you a super special deal. Uh I actually decided to price it a little lower than most of the deals that I do online. Usually I charge $347, $297, 267. But today for Thumble, I’m doing a super special deal on this webinar. You can grab Thumble only for $189 today with all these products. It’s a crazy offer, guys, that I’m set that I’ve set up today for Tumble. And you can get it from the link that is on the screen. But before I show you that link, there are a couple more things that I need to show you. When you purchase Tumble, you get an option to buy some upgrades as a part of the deal. The first thing you could buy the Tumble Sellers pack. And the Tumble Sellers Pack makes it super easy for you to sell Tumble. Remember the reseller version because I will give you then the readymade sales page. You’re going to get the readym made demo that I showed you. It’s a commercial demo. You can use it without any issues if you buy the sellers pack. I’m going to give you a sales video. I’m going to give you a copy of the webinar that you can use to sell. I’m going to give you an email sequence, social media ads, graphics, everything that you need to sell today and a landing page. So, basically, you can just put it all together. Then you all you need to do is just drive a traffic. You don’t even need to write a single email. It’s all done for you. So, for $29, you can grab the uh the sellers pack now with Tumble Unlimited daily transaction. I think there’s a spelling mistake here. It actually means unlimited daily thumb daily thumbnails. In the elite version, we’ve got 10 thumbnails a day. In the pro version, we got 50 thumbnails. But let’s say you want to create unlimited thumbnails. Now, I do think 50 is quite a big number, but let’s say you are somebody who just doesn’t want any limits. You could just pay $14 and we’re going to give you unlimited daily thumbnails for you without limitations, right? So, you can create as many thumbnails as you want. This is a $14 upgrade. If you are a professional who thinks they’ll be doing a lot of work, more than 50 thumbnails a day, well, that’s something that you could use today. Plus, you also get the opportunity to buy 50,000 more credits for only $44. Now, this is again something optional. If you see yourself using thumbnail tumble a lot, you can grab this special upgrade and you get a little discount on the credits you use. Usually 50,000 credits is quite a lot. One single thumbnail could cost you as low as 40 credits, which is about you get 50,000 credits when you get started with the Tumblr all-inclusive, right? And it’s a it’s a lot of thumbnails that you can create, lot of thumbnails that you can modify. But if you are somebody who wants to future proof everything just make you know never have to worry about credits ever again you can grab this simple upgrade and you would never have to worry about credits ever again with Tumble. So again to get this webinar special deal this is the URL which is on the screen and Swati will put it in chat too. So use that and you will be able to get to Tumble and purchase it. And if you purchase Tumble today I just would appreciate if you drop me a word in the chat. you let me know that you are in so that I can properly welcome you and tell you uh how you know and you know tell you how exactly tumble can benefit you in the future and also I can welcome you to the tumble family. So let me know in the chat if you get tumble today and the link to get tumble now is in the chat too. So you can click on it and go to the page. Now if you go to the page you will see a screen like this one and you can use either your credit card or your PayPal to make the payment. So the credit card option it goes through Stripe. Now sometimes people tell me that Stripe doesn’t work for them even for credit cards and there’s a problem. If that happens you can just click on PayPal and you can make the payment through PayPal. You can even use your credit card through PayPal. So if one doesn’t work for you just try the other guys. Again, this is the URL for getting the Tumble. It’s a special webinar deal today that I’m going to offer you for $189. Something that I don’t usually do. Usually, my products are much more expensive. But with Tumble, I wanted to do something super special, especially in the light of what Mr. Beast did, you know, kind of uh take away something that was really valuable from the market. Now, for all you guys who are here today, I just want to do a little survey. I kind of do that every single time. If you have any of my products, just drop me a word in the chat. Let me know that you have my products in the chat. If you are my users here today and you are you are an owner of one of my products, let me know in the chat. You can say something like I own it or I have it so that I know that you’re here today, but you already have one of my products and you’re here as my user. And I think some of you who might not have my products yet, it’s a good, you know, uh, display of, uh, what kind of work I’ve done before. Russ says, “Many of your great products.” Brent has a question. Did you say Vidatia makes YouTube videos and that it makes captions, too? Uh, Brent, yes, Vidatia makes faceless videos and it can put captions on the videos. That’s right. AW says, “Love your products.” Thank you, AW. Thank you, Russ. And Lindsay says, “I’m an avid Sil Gupta.” Uh, thank you, Lindsay. I know you got nearly like I would not say nearly. I think you got all of my products and always happy to have you on my webinars and uh I love the way you are able to use my products and benefit from them.

    Now, just to remind you the kind of work we do. I know I I know all of you already probably know about this. Most of you seem to be my buyers already, but we are rated at 4.9 stars on Google. So if you look for look for Technic Force on Google, you will discover that we’ve got a rating of 4.9 stars across 202 reviews. So that’s a lot of people telling the world about how they like our services or our products because we always try to do a good job. And on uh Trust Pilot, we’ve got 4.7 stars. So yeah, people really really love our products. By the way guys, I need to remind you Tumble today is 100% risk-free, right? You don’t need to worry about putting your investment at, you know, whether your investment is at risk or not because Tumble today is absolutely risk-free. When you buy Tumble today, you can buy it with the peace of mind that your investment is 100% secure. Because here’s the thing, you’re going to be trying it on my expense. Now, this is a super special offer that I always have a 30-day refund guarantee on Tumble. So, if you get Tumble today, you’re going to be covered by my 30-day special refund guarantee. And you can anytime in those 30 days if you feel that tumble is something you can afford to give back if it’s not exactly making a revolution in your thumbnail design making it super easy and making it easier for you to get more customers you can just tell my support system support team hey I don’t want to use tumble can you please return it and they will return it without any hassles you will get a complete refund in fact I’m not even going to charge you for all the credits you used. So even if you created a,000 thumbnails with it and you spend a lot of money, don’t worry about it. As long as you give me Tumble back, as long as we cancel your access, I’m happy to take it back. That’s how sure about Tumble I am today. That is going to make a difference to you. So again guys, if you get Tumble today, you need to tell me in the chat. And this is where you get Tumble. This is the screen and the link is on the screen. And if you got any questions about Thumble or about YouTube marketing or about anything else, you can always talk to me on the chat and I’m happy to answer all your questions. As long as you keep asking me questions, I’m going to be here answering them. I promise I won’t leave. Bronson says, “Yes, I own many of Sir’s product. My first purchase since 2016. Siril runs honest business and nice products.” Thank you, Bronson. Really appreciate you. 2016, it was 10 years ago. uh I think it was 2 years into my business. I pro I started around 2013 and 2014 I launched two three products and 2016 I think I really got into it seriously. So yeah thanks again you you’re definitely one of my oldest customers here. Gandhi already got it. Hey Gandhi uh thanks for getting Tumble today. I really appreciate it. Uh Ken says please send Vidasia buy link. Ken, why would you want to buy Vidasia for a recurring price? Because if you want to buy Vidatia today, here is the deal that you will need to buy. You need to get the elite version for $64 $67 per year. Then to get to the pro, you need to pay me another $97 per year. And that’s a total of $164 per year to get Vidatia. Now, on today’s webinar, let me just remind you what you’re getting today.

    I’m going to give you Tumble Elite, Tumble Pro, Tumble Reseller, Tube Rank G Pro, which means it’s got the Elite version and the Pro upgrade and Pidesia Pro elite version and the pro upgrade for $189, right? So if you think about how much more money you can save and how you can benefit, I would say don’t get Vidatia, just get Tumble from me and you will get Vidatia Pro in it. It’s the smart move. This is a special webinar offer, right? We have Gandhi. Gandhi already got Tumble and you actually even put a screenshot. Thank you Gandhi. Appreciate it and I hope you will enjoy Tumble a lot. I’m sure you will enjoy it a lot. Eve says, “How do I find your other products?” Eve in when you get Tumble from me inside you will find a link that takes you to my other products. Uh all of them are sold on recurring. Just to remind you guys, the one-time offer. Today I am selling Thumb on a one-time price for a lifetime deal. So you will never have to pay for Tumble again. You won’t have to be paying monthly or yearly. You can get this for a lifetime price today and never have to worry about paying for tumble again. Future upgrades are free too for the next two years. And it’s a crazy offer. Usually I don’t do that and I do this only on the launch webinar and then the launch sale which is for 7 days. After 7 days, it’s going to be sold on a recurring basis. So all of my products that you can find now on inside of Tumble will be sold on a recurring basis. you’ll have to pay monthly for it or an yearly subscription for it. Because remember this, I actually take care of my products. I make sure that your the products that you purchase become better with time and you make more money with time, right? So, I invest in my products. I make sure that we continue to develop and grow them. And that’s why we have a very strong policy to charge subscriptions after the launch sale. So if you want to get tumble today, you need to get tumble through the one for the with the lifetime deal. You need to get it from the link today that I showed you. John says any deal on cinemation. Well, John, this is not a cinemation webinar. If you miss animation launch webinar, I’m sorry to say I can’t offer you a lifetime deal now, but you can grab Tumble for a lifetime deal today. And I think that’s the smart move because you you won’t have to pay for it ever again. So again guys, if you get tumbled from me today, drop me a link in the chat. And if you want to view the demo again, maybe you want to see the demo on a 1.5 5x speed, I can quickly play the demo. So let me know in the chat if you want to see the demo again and see tumble in action once more. I’ll be happy to play the demo for you.

    Anybody who wants to see the demo again?

    I think I think everybody’s saw the tumble demo. Probably uh you understand what it does. Perfect. This is great.

    All right, guys. Again, if you got questions for me, I’m happy to answer them and I’m on the webinar answering your questions. And if you need any information about Tumble or about YouTube or about marketing or about how Tumble works, I’m happy to tell you all about it and uh we can discuss how to do that. Just to remind you, the the inspiration of Tumble is all from something that is actually from a top creator on YouTube, Mr. Beast.

    When I saw this particular release, I was actually quite surprised. It was it was one of a rare co coincidences that happened uh only now and then in life. So, Mr. Beast created a thumbnail tool and he took it back because top YouTubers told him, “We don’t want you to use our work.” Well, I don’t have a a friendship with all those YouTubers, so I don’t owe them anything. And that’s why I decided that I don’t need to, you know, respect what their opinion is. I think I should be able to give people access to the best tools possible for their design. And that’s why I made Tumble for you. Linda says, “You’ve done a wonderful job of presenting your latest awesome creation.” Thanks, Lindsay. Ken says, “Sir, you made sense.” So, I mean, thank you, Ken, for getting Tumble today. Really appreciate it. Thank you all the other guys who got Thumbled today and it’s been a great webinar. uh but I don’t think there are too many questions here. So I I will close it soon.

    So let me know in chat if you got any more questions otherwise I’m going to drop the webinar and uh we’ll come back later.

    Any more questions guys?

    The the the link to get tumble is in the chat. So if you get it today, I would appreciate it and I will see you on the next webinar. This is Siril signing off. Russ says one more. So Russ, you’re in too. Really appreciate it.

    I’ll see you on the next webinar guys. Thanks again for everybody who attended. This is Siril and I will be back again with another product sometime soon.

  • 07/23/2026 – The Ultimate Design Process And You Call the Shots

    Hello everybody. I can see some people joining in here. Uh so not to give you guys any spoilers, uh we are going to be starting in about 3 minutes. Uh I see some people still trickling in. If you’re in here already, make sure to let me know where you are from. I’m going to be keeping a very very close eye on the chat here.

    I see someone’s from New York. Hi. This is going to be exciting. It’s actually a bit of an experiment this time because we are streaming to both YouTube and Facebook at the same time. I’m going to be keeping an eye on two chats. Uh, and hoping that I don’t miss anybody, but you guys will surely let me know if I do. All right. What I’m also interested in, oh, someone is here from Austin, Texas, Ohio, Poland. Hi everybody. Michigan, Florida, Georgia, so many places. I’m really curious what your niches guys are as well. So, if you have started your store or you’re thinking about starting it, what is the niche that you want to be working in? because that is going to be very helpful to me later when I’m showing you some of those design steps that I would personally take when going through the design process. Someone’s in here from New Mexico, South Africa, Philly, Lena, a couple of people from Georgia in here actually. Hi everybody.

    Right. Okay. Someone’s saying baby clothes. What this is going to feel like hopefully to you guys is a bit of a choose your own adventure. Uh so you’re going to get a lot of say in what we do both through polls and also through letting me know in the chat. Uh someone’s doing LGBTQ events and a travel group. Is that like together? Is both of those combined or are those separate? Let me know. This one’s from Toronto. Hi. Hello.

    Oh, both together. All right. I can h I can kind of see how how those work together. But actually to think of like LGBTQ events and a travel group as this kind of like joint safe space, I don’t know, makes me happy.

    Fatima is very excited to be here. Hi, Fatima. Happy to see you. Uh, someone’s working in Shopify. This is actually very uh helpful information because very often I see people going through uh different sales channels and being like, “Oh, this person is looking at Etsy trends. That doesn’t apply to me.” Trust me, all of these things do apply. So, we’re going to get fully started in a little bit. Someone’s from New Hampshire. Vintage travel and tourism. Okay. Good to know. Good to know. Okay, so the countdown is officially over. It is now the hour on the dot and we can get started. Hello everybody. Uh my name is Liz if you’re new here or Elizabetha and I host these live streams about once a month at this point and I keep hearing a bunch of people, new sellers or experienced sellers keep saying that they kind of never know how to approach designing. So, they have created a bunch of designs in the past, but they never know what the workflow is, like how do you get started from a completely blank slate. So, what I thought I would do is I would show you what my process looks like, but also let you participate in it. This is a bit more of an experimental stream than what we usually do because uh we are streaming to both YouTube, our YouTube channel, and also the Facebook group Printful Insiders. If you’re not a part of it, do apply to go in there. Uh, and what is going to happen and the way that we’re going to do this is I’m going to give you guys an opportunity to vote and you will get to decide what the process is and also leave whatever questions or comments you have in the chat. Our moderators from either YouTube or Facebook are going to put all of the questions together. I’m going to try to answer as many as I can throughout the stream, but if I don’t get to them, we’re going to cover them towards the end in a full Q&A. Uh so without further ado, uh I’m going to show you kind of what the voting mechanism looks like so you can see. So this is a bit of a setup that I have in here. you will get four polls and we’re going to talk about technique and what product type to choose uh and what aesthetic you guys might want and what color scheme. And the reason I’ve set it up this way is whenever you approach designing a new product, I feel like the best thing to do is to answer a bunch of questions for yourself first. So, what technique do you want to use? What kind of product you’re designing for? What kind of trend or aesthetic or specific niche you’re thinking about? And then what color do you want to use in your designs? If you’re picking a specific technique, are there any limitations to your colors? So, you can keep all of that in mind and build yourself a framework before you even get into designing. So, I see a bunch of different niches in here already. For example, uh someone’s talking about uh different like vintage stuff like old trains and ships. Um, I saw also like countryside bliss potentially that being a niche that I can definitely see as a Pacific aesthetic. So, what we’re going to do, uh, is I’m going to ask our lovely moderators to share the link to this poll. uh and if you are let’s say watching from a TV or you can click a link you can also uh use this QR code and scan it and vote that way if you want to use your mobile device. Uh so I’m going to give you guys five minutes uh and I’m going to see what you guys decide on what we’re going to do. So, something that I’m very curious to see uh is what people are going to be excited about in terms of technique. I personally am a big fan of embroidery, but I know that that is something that people are less free to design within. So, if uh you have a limited color palette, then you might be like, “Ah, this is this is not free enough. I I had a very specific design in mind or I have a logo. So, I’m not going to go for it. So, let’s say I were to just like, you know, for curiosity sake, vote for embroidery. Uh, and I can then see what our percentages are. So, a bunch of people uh are currently looking at DTG or DT Flex. So, we’re potentially looking at maybe a printed t-shirt, you know, the the classic. Uh, let me know actually what what you voted for in the chats. I also am very curious to see you guys’ opinions. And next, after we decide on what technique it’s going to be, we also need to figure out what product type we want it to be. So, there is overlap with all techniques and virtually all product types. Maybe not uh as big in some product types as others. So like all over print hats might be smaller than embroidered hats but still uh let’s just pick apparel for curiosity sake so that we can see the numbers and people are heavily voting for apparel. So if you are not team apparel get in there and and vote for the other options and we will move on to aesthetic just to see the numbers. Uh if you have not uh been able to get in there, make sure to find the Canva voting link in either the chat or scan the QR code on screen to vote. Uh these are kind of vague descriptions of aesthetic just to at least give myself a little bit of wiggle room in here. Um I like everything edgy and counterculture, so I’ll just pick this just to see what people are choosing. Uh, and it’s actually kind of neck andneck with this slightly fairy core, outdoorsy, green, foresty vibes and then this more like edgy, dark, uh, high contrast uh, you know, chains and and and safety pins and and the magic cable and everything. So, we’ll see what people are choosing. Uh, do not be swayed by my choice. I just want to see what you guys are voting for. Uh, and then we also uh, have a color scheme. So, this uh I have thought a lot about how some of these color schemes are going to be harder to apply to some aesthetics, but I think that’s the fun of it. And I’ll be able to show you a bit more of an interesting approach with each of these. So, let’s just pick one at random and see what people are voting for. So, you only have a couple more minutes to vote and then we’re going to move forward. Uh, and let’s see. So, okay. So far, aesthetics have switched. We’re looking more and more at that fairy core aesthetic. Product types. People are very still heavily leaning towards apparel. I think we know how this one’s going to go. Technique. Ooh, technique has gotten closer between DDG flex or all over printing. Let me know why you’re so interested in this. I’ve seen quite a few people asking uh questions about all over print uh stuff and how to approach it. So if anyone uh in the chat really is super interested in all our printing guidelines, let me know what you find so cool about it. Uh and uh I also saw somebody asking uh differences between like DTG, DT flex, what are these things? Uh um and let me just quickly run through them while you have like another minute to vote. So DTG versus DT flex are both printing techniques, but they are built very differently. DTG works like a printer that you would print with on paper. So let’s say you put in a t-shirt into a printer and it sprays color onto a t-shirt and that’s how you get direct to garment printing. And then DT flex is uh a lot different in function but similar in look. So you use a film to put color on that film and then put that film with color kind of sandwich it with a t-shirt and using heat we get transfer of color from the film to the t-shirt. Uh so it’s kind of more of a sticker than sprayed on ink. Uh, so it is more vibrant and more durable, but then less flexible and and less soft in in texture. So, we’re basically done with uh voting and I see someone asking, yes, we’re also Carol is asking actually Carol Summer if we’re also streaming live on YouTube. Yes. Uh, I’m taking a look at both chats on Facebook and on YouTube just so we can give everybody the opportunity to vote and to learn. So, I’m looking at the very, very last votes for aesthetic. It’s neck and neck between two. So, jump in there. Your vote might be the deciding one. And let’s see if I can actually get some responses on here. Total responses. Bunch of anonymous ones. Your responses. This. Okay. I have to kind of use this. I’m seeing a lot of twos and a lot of threes in here. I think two wins in the color scheme. Okay. So, I’m locking some of this stuff in. So, DTG locked in. DTG or DDT flex apparel for sure is something you guys are super interested in. And then, ooh, I think the the slightly edgier aesthetic is winning. And then we saw that the color scheme number two, the blues and the browns was people’s favorites. So, this is what we’re going for. Uh, and what your uh, task is going to be from now on is to stop me and ask me questions anytime you have them. Uh, I’m going to go over to Prull’s catalog to show you what uh, products we’re picking and what techniques and how to filter stuff. And we’re going to start from the very base, picking a product, downloading a print file, and then starting to build out our stuff slowly. So we are in Prull’s catalog and this is just like all products. So what we know is that we definitely want apparel that is either DTG or DT flex. So what I would do in here is I would go by technique uh and filter DT flex and DTG printing and see what we get in here. And then you either can pick clothing through here or in our case because apparel is the biggest half of the the biggest part of the catalog, we can go through and and take a look at something we enjoy. Uh now I want some opinions in here. Uh do you guys want more of a t-shirt or more of kind of long sleeve thing? Let’s see. Someone’s also dark at dark times rebellion is saying DTG is much better quality. DT flex is more vibrant and detailed but the quality is not up to par. That is interesting. I am someone who prefers uh DT flex for prints and uh over the past like year year and a half I have several shirts that I basically live in and sleep in and they’ve been washed like I don’t know over a hundred times at this point. Uh, and I find that um, DT Flex does last longer, sometimes almost longer than the actual fabric itself. So, if it’s a a thinner cotton t-shirt, I can see it slowly start disintegrating while the print is still there. So, uh, let’s see. People are saying t-shirts, t-shirts or tank tops. Okay. All right. I feel like t-shirts t-shirts are winning. Uh and then uh someone’s also saying on so it’s Sophia Magdalena on uh Facebook is saying a session like this for all over print apparel would be great. Uh we do have previous live streams for all over print design tips specifically. We are going to go with the poll here but I see your love for all over printing which is wonderful. So we’re going with the t-shirts. Let’s just pick men’s t-shirts and filter by technique in that case. BT Flex DTG and I’m gonna go with what is I’ve said this before many many times. My personal favorite blank is the Comfort Color 1717. Uh there are a lot of Gildan stands out there and a lot of Bella Canvas stands. Uh and I can also see a bunch of love coming for these kind of boxier TE’s. Uh, but the uh the comfort colors is just my comfort zone, so I’m going to go with that. Uh, and we have a bunch of colors, and we need to also remember our color scheme that we picked out, which is the browns uh and and the blues. Let me actually show you guys again. So, it’s this one. We’re looking at either darker browns or darker or lighter blues. So, let’s keep that in mind when looking at colors. Uh what I will do first, so we’ve picked out our product. Uh is I’m going to scroll down, click on file guidelines, and download the print files so that I can design with them. Uh and my measurements are in centimeters just because the site can can see where I’m browsing from. Yours would be either in inches or you can go into settings and change them. But uh you can see that the front and back so 30.48

    is the same for both DTG printing and DT flex printing. So kind of if we’re looking for front and and back prints doesn’t matter what we download. So let’s just make sure we take the front and back print and click download for the print file template. So it’s going to save for us here. And uh what I would normally even do if you’re designing in uh some type of software that is going to allow you to set specific dimensions is for just a rectangle. I would take these measurements 30.48 * 40 by 64 and put them into Canva. So let me start a new design. We are going to do a custom size. We’re going to select our measurements. So, if your measurements were in inches, you can select inches. Here, I’m going to go with centimeters. And I’m going to remind myself what those numbers are. 30.48.

    30.48 time 40.64. Am I right? Yes. So,

    we’re going to create a new design. And the size of this exact placement is going to be the exact size that your design needs to be. I see a lot of discussion uh on on uh printing techniques and what you guys prefer. So if uh there are things that you really feel should be addressed as questions about DT flex, DTG, even a lower printing, uh feel free to put them in. And if it’s a a specific question, I’ll definitely be able to answer that to the best of my ability. Uh now, someone uh let’s see, I saw a question in here that I really wanted to get to. Uh there it is from panhandle drift. Question about the Bella canvas shirt. I recently noticed that the inner tag branding almost shows all the way through the back of the shirt if it’s a lighter color. This is uh an important note to address whenever you pick you are picking uh t-shirts. I’ll be very brief on this so that we can get into designing but just so you know there are different fabric weights in different products. So a Bella canvas, for example, is a good example of a relatively lightweight shirt. So it’s it’s kind of in the middle here. It’s a bit more lightweight than than something on the thicker side of things. And if you combine a lower fabric density with a lighter color, there is just going to be more likelihood of something being visible through it. So if you think about a very sheer uh white fabric, you can put a hand on the other side of it and kind of see the outline of that hand if that is something that uh you are not looking for. So lightweight shirts really are the most helpful for uh warmer climates uh and uh in general sometimes feel better when you’re doing uh you know activities outdoors. If that’s not something that you’re looking for and you want a more durable fabric, I would advise that you pay attention in this kind of material thickness area. And you can even see the exact fabric weight in the description of every single product that we have if you scroll down a bit more. So, I hope that answers your question. Uh, let’s jump over and start designing. And I’m going to grab some of these colors from here just so we can have them. And we remember that we were looking for a very uh that’s not the right thing. Uh that we were looking for a very edgy kind of dark aesthetic. So we’ll keep this in here somewhere. And something that I always advise, especially if you’re using something like a Canva or KD, is to go into the templates or in uh I think in both cases on KD and on Canva it’s called templates. It’s over on the left top corner uh you can really find very interesting things that other people have already created on the platform to use as inspiration for yourself. So, something that I would do if I was just starting uh and I knew that I was looking for a kind of darker, glooier design, uh is I would just type in keywords of of something that matches uh or let’s say I would say edgy t-shirt. If I want something that is a specifically a t-shirt design, I would type that in. And you can see a lot of designs like that already. So, uh, what is helpful is looking at what is in common for the designs that appear under these keywords. Uh, I see a lot of, uh, spray paint, you know, like here and here. Uh, I see quite a bit of mixed media as well. So, photos and like paint on top of them. Uh, let’s see what else. You can also use other similar keywords. I quite like these illustrations, so let’s keep those as well. I know the color isn’t right, but we’ll fix it. Uh, you can also try to look for specific elements that you want to include. So, we had that little eightball in the voting right here in the aesthetics. Maybe I want to include specifically that in there. So, I can go in here and see what people have created with an eightball. uh or well pool that way it’s easier to see. So a lot of it is more pool inspired uh we know okay so there is a bit more of a niche here you can also go into elements look for eightball here as well and see what kind of graphics are available to you and and what textures and and what colors are you know most likely to pop up. Um, and so what we’re going to do here is pick out a few things. I’m going to go with an eightball of some kind. I like ones that are a bit more illustrated. So, something like that. Uh, we can also look at similar graphics that appear as recommendations. This is also quite cool. It reminds me of an older Americana style tattoo. Uh, and then in addition to it all, we can start looking for similar elements. So, we had chains. Let’s see if I can find some chains that would look nice.

    And yeah, so a lot of these are this 3D style, but if we’re looking more for an illustrated flat element, you can type in here um illustration and that’s going to find stuff. Uh or you can try flat, which is also going to help you quite a bit. So this is a completely 2D flat element. uh this is a completely flat element etc. Uh all of these keywords are made by the people who are making the elements. So if it makes sense to you as a keyword, it most likely made sense to someone else who was creating that element before. So let’s see if we can get maybe a round chain to add in there that is also going to be flat so we can see. Yeah, this one is completely, you know, flat with no highlights, you know, nothing that we can put in the middle. We can use that to frame the able. We can start thinking about how to stylize this. So, we have arrived at a very messy but very important point in your designs. What I find most helpful uh when being faced by, okay, there are so many different directions that I could go in. My personal favorite way to go is to think word association. Uh so when I saw the the eightball in there and I saw maybe some dice in there as well, I thought of luck, right? Um so what are some things that are some cool words that we can include in the design that could match this type of stuff? So if you have any ideas, drop them in the chat. I’m very interested. I immediately think of bet, luck, lucky, unlucky. That could work. Bet on yourself maybe as a bit more of a motivational uh niche. Uh and then let’s think of trust related stuff maybe. Uh so bets are not a surefire thing. Trust is a surefire thing. I don’t know, trust issues or I don’t know. Uh I make questionable choices. So stuff like that, phrases that uh to me seem fun and interesting, I will put together in my head or usually in some doc somewhere or in a notes app or even scribbled down on a piece of paper and I will start thinking about what visuals go with this stuff. So if we are thinking go for the sixes. I see uh Nicholas posting in there as well. Uh what I immediately think of with this is we have some chains. We have uh I want to add maybe some dice in this as well and see how that goes. Uh and I like the bet on yourself idea. Let’s see if we can find some kind of dice that is going to match a bit more. This could work actually. I wonder if we can try and include some more of the blues that we had in this color scheme here. Maybe this. Let’s I keep uh another thing that I keep doing a lot is I always add a bunch of pages just so I don’t lose any elements that I already liked, but I can just keep refining and refining and refining. Uh let’s try some text and just say bet on yourself. Now what is useful at this point is to go back to these inspo things that we found earlier and see what types of fonts they are using. Because as we start thinking about text to add to designs, text can convey a very different message depending on what font we use. Uh, and in this case, I really like the idea of using a spray paint inspired font for the text that we’re using. So, this one right here is a good one. We can also jump into fonts and look up spray paint

    or just spray and see what we can find here. So, this one is a bit thicker, which is cool. I quite I like the one that we had here. I wish it was bolder, but I think we’re going to be able to make this work with a few adjustments. We’ll get to those later. So, let’s say it’s an eightball that is crashing into paradise or something. Or we can do something like a collage together out of those things. Um, maybe add a few flames into this as well. We’ll think about this. And then we have bet on yourself

    which we are going to then play around with to make a combination of elements that is going to look cohesive and not like a bunch of stuff thrown on there. Uh I see uh Ray Simpson agreeing. Roll the dice better on yourself. Absolutely. I could actually make that a top and bottom text which is a very common uh composition that you can go for. Roll the dice. Bet on yourself. So, let’s see what other elements we could add in that would match this kind of fiery uh aesthetic. What I like to do, um, and it’s the same on these kinds of online platform based tools like KD, like Canva, is for virtually any element, you can rightclick and go into info and then see what else is similar to this. So sometimes artists have a collection, but if they don’t, you can click on see more like this. And there’s a lot of this more old school Americana style things coming up, which I really enjoy. I like that we can instantly see some dice with some flames. That might come in very, very handy. Let’s see what else comes up when you kind of look for stuff like this. That That is fun. That definitely matches uh the aesthetic that we were going for in the beginning. Uh, and let’s see, maybe some extra flames that we’re going to look for later. So, this combination, once again, I’ll just make a new page. I’ll remove some of the elements that I don’t want, and I’ll start mixing stuff up. What I quite like about a lot of elements uh on Canva and I think this is more usable on something like KD uh is you can change a lot of the colors within the element especially if it’s an illustration. So here we can use the same red and have very similar uh color flames or uh and this is something that we should actually do because it’s part of this challenge is I’m going to make these flames blue. So, we have some colors in this design already, which are the colors that we had in the color scheme in the very beginning. I’m going to try some blue flames for this. I think it was here. Yes. Let’s see if we can combine some browns and some blues in here. So, for the black, we are going to go for a darker brown. something like this. We’re going to add a bit of a vintagey texture to this in the end. And we’re going to make sure that every black that we use matches or close to black that we use matches together. So this right here can stay. This right here can stay. And so we’re starting to slowly arrive at an idea. What I would like is for this to be a blue, but a slightly different blue. Uh maybe something like this. Move it over here. And see where we can kind of attach these things together. What I also would like is maybe some more skeleton elements. So I’m back in the elements tab. Type in skeleton. I don’t know. Hand, I guess, works. and see what else comes up because I want a bit more of that outline style that as you can see all of these elements have a very thick even outline versus this one is a bit more plain. Let’s see if we can find something that matches a bit more. This has an outline but only an outline. So that doesn’t work for us. We can look for Let’s see. This is actually quite cute. And that these are all very outline based. Do we have anything that has a center? This definitely has a center. And I think that also matches the aesthetic quite well. So, let’s use this. And my favorite uh thing about these collage style designs is if you have a spot that cuts off a little bit in a way that you don’t like, you can just go ahead and hide it behind some of the other stuff. So, let’s see if we can adjust the placement of everything to fit and to come out of each other there. here. These can be turned a little bit. This can be larger. This can be a bit smaller. And we can kind of move this into the center. So, let’s start working on the text a little bit. We’re going to come back to some of these elements. See if we can hide them more properly and combine them more. Like so. What I like to do with text is to work it into the overall design itself. So with something like a top text here, I would go into effects and either pick curve, which can get a little bit boring because it is a very even curve and it might not work for a lot of designs, or and this is a very underused thing, is you can go into apps and find whatever is going to warp your text for you. So, I’m just going to go for some something like a text warp app and I’m sure it’s going to give me a bunch of different options. So, you could keep scrolling for days and most of these are going to work for you. Uh, I tend to use Typcraft quite a bit for this. I’m sure uh text warp works uh very well. Type warp I’ve used before. They’re all very similar. Let’s just go for typcraft. Let’s see and hope if this has the same font that we have uh lacquer

    ler does it? Yes, it does. So, we have the correct font. We can type in roll the dice in here and we’re going to get essentially what we had right here. Uh but warpable. So you can add an outline to this if you want. So the inside might be this kind of pale blue that we had or maybe even the yes this right here. And the outline can be that dark blue that we had in the color scheme. So you can see a preview of the text. But what apps like this do is they don’t just work on a text element and keep it a text element. You input the text that you want. You adjust it within that app. And then it creates an image for you that you can then use. You can adjust it after, but you can’t quite move it and wiggle it into place the way you would if it was just a text box. So, what I’m going to do is I’m going to look for some interesting options here. And if I don’t find them, I’m just going to click custom and fully start adjusting this the way that I want. So, I want it to be a curve, but not quite as basic of a curve. I want it to maybe go up a little bit at the ends there. Kind of like that. And you can really squish those letters as much as you want. You can move them towards the center here. Can adjust the curves here. I might keep it like this. Maybe make the top wider than the bottom

    and add to design and see what it looks like. So what I am immediately seeing is that a I really like the shape. If I were to compare it to something that is just a regular curve, you can see how the top one is a lot more spray paint adjacent and not just a neat little curve. But what I do want to do about this, and you can click on edit right here to go back into your editor, is I want to make the outlines a little bit thicker. So let’s try triple the thickness of this. Update the element. That’s a bit much. So we go into two. Update element. And that actually looks right in my opinion. What we can also do is I think I might go for the same color outline as we have in here. And then where was I? Update element. Pick the right color. update and see. I think that matches the rest of the design a bit better. I think it also matches the vintage aesthetic a little bit better. Uh, and let’s do the exact same thing with this. So, we have I think it might be easier to just copy this over. Change the actual text to bet on yourself

    and go into custom and switch everything out this way. So, we want the bottom now to be a bit wider than the top. We want the curve to be quite prominent. And we can really play around with this stuff. I want this section to be a bit thicker and for it to look a bit more messy. So, we have this element in here and we can arrange them however we’d like. So, we can remove this and we already have something that looks a lot more custom. Let’s put it that way. Let’s see what else we can do for these elements. And maybe some of you even have some ideas in here. All right, let’s see.

    I see a lot of conversation uh about different apps as well. Uh someone uh see SD Wallace 1962, I love photo pe uh but it freezes on my laptop. Uh someone says that they I think Bodie Pearland used a design lab. So the choice for um whatever design software you want to use definitely lies the most on what features you’re looking for, what your budget is, and how familiar you are with designing in general. Uh for beginners who want to get into print on demand specifically, I normally recommend either KD or Canva just because they do have this giant library of stuff that you can use and squish and warp and change and uh find ways to introduce your own ideas into them. Uh but if you are someone who comes from a bit more of a design background then you can use um free uh but more uh experienceheavy let’s say uh apps like uh I guess Inkscape is one of those that has quite it has like 20 plus years of use uh and and existence but a giant learning curve. Uh so if you’re into that you can try that. Um I know a lot of people who work more on on minimalist designs but they really really need vector tools go for Figma. Uh and then obviously you have the the Illustrator, the Photoshop, uh the professional tools that if you are willing to shell out some money, you can really uh get into some very very very custom stuff. Uh, I’ve kind of gone for the the the most beginner friendly options for this type of demo just because I feel like it’s more easy to follow for for the majority of people. But whatever you are familiar with, you can kind of repeat this process and this ideation in in anything. So let’s see what someone else is asking or saying. I saw uh someone have a great idea. Um, how about a So, a couple people are talking about distressed stuff. So, Ray Simpson uh is saying, “How about a background like a brick wall or a distressed metal?” Uh, I did also see, yeah, like Nicholas is asking, “Is it possible to make a distressed look on Canva?” Uh, and what I feel like for uh a DTG uh design specifically is if we go for a full background, it might look a little bit like a square on a t-shirt. I like the idea of a background, but I think uh and let me just adjust this a bit more to be to curve around the design a bit more. What I would almost prefer is some background elements to create the feeling of a background without without there being a full kind of opaque background behind this. What I also like is the idea of distressing. Uh let us see what kind of stuff we can do uh to add a distressed texture over everything. So, uh, for text for example, we can go into especially if you have like I’m going to try and show you with a regular text just so you know. Let’s say we have this paragraph here. There are a bunch of different effects that you can apply uh that are these pre-made effects in here. But if you are looking for more uh customizable things, you can take a look at all of the Canva apps that are out there. So, specifically for text, uh what you might be really uh into. I don’t see it here, but you can just go into the app section and look at text effects and find one that really specializes in in distress text textures. Uh we also have like there’s text embroidery for example which is a very specialized thing. There’s uh blend text which does a very good job in making uh two opaque elements look like they’re blended together. Uh there’s fire text. So you can really find a bunch of different things. Uh and then what I also enjoy about these apps is that let’s say I actually haven’t tried this. So let’s see what happens. distressed text and no but distressed texture.

    It may well be that there is something that is going to match our needs. So we have texture in here.

    So and we select an image. Does it work or does it just work with images that we upload? There might need to be a workaround. Let’s see if we can do this. Uh, let’s try an upload that I have. This is just from a recent thumbnail. Let’s see if it works on uploaded images at all. And yes, it does. So, what I would do in this case, it is it is a bit of a workaround really. But I would download whatever the final design is, upload it again, and then put a texture over everything. That way, it’s going to be cohesive. you don’t have to look for separate apps for separate design elements and you also uh get to just keep it all in one spot. Uh it is more of a workaround than than some more professional options but I think uh if if we want to we can live with that. So let’s put some finishing touches on this. Uh, and I’ll really quickly take a look if anyone has anything for us to try.

    Right. Okay. I have a couple of spots where people are asking uh how they can remove backgrounds more easily. So, uh, in Canva, you do, I believe, need the paid version of Canva to be able to remove backgrounds upon download. Uh, and for, uh, most of your designs that are going to go on either DTG or DT Flex, you do want the option to remove the background. I will say that I would definitely prefer it. Um, for something like an O all over print, you don’t really need that. Uh, but my advice is if you don’t want to spend any money on a more premium option, what you can do uh is once you upload your design, if it has just a clean white background, you can remove the background pretty decently in Printull’s design maker directly. So depending on how complex your uh design is and how busy your background is, the tool is going to work pretty well for you. uh in my experience and if you and let me just uh try and show you an example. If you had something like this and your background was about the same color as everything else, you would not be able to successfully remove the background just because the tool does not know where your background ends and the element begins. So if you are trying to remove background further later in other tools like friendos design maker, make sure that your background is as different from everything else as it possibly could be. So I would in that case pick a different color. This is actually a nice color color palette. We might go for something like that for a t-shirt. But you would just go for a color that is completely different from everything else so that the tool can see, all right, this section is background and this section is uh the design. So let’s just put some finishing touches on this if we’d like. What I’m noticing uh when seeing something like this is I agree with I believe it was Ryan who said that we need a background. Uh, I think we do need something something extra on here. So, as a last little addition, uh, let’s see. Maybe I can I don’t even need an N. I can just create an ellipsus or a circle by pressing C or by just going into elements, finding simple shapes. uh is I might want to create a bit of a flat shape like this in a dark color.

    Not quite this color, but maybe this color. And put it behind everything. So that is going to let us

    have our elements stand out a little bit more. there is this separation between uh the ball and the flames which wasn’t quite as obvious before we added this. And we might want to make this even like a darker blue just so you can see all of the lines and outlines of elements. So that way you can see this is where the eightball ends and this is a big bit of a gap and this is where the flame starts. And it’s going to also allow us to see if we need to move anything to make it really mesh with everything else. So, I would probably make this larger, move this over a tiny bit, and just see how we can organize our elements the best way possible. So, I think something like this looks quite well and we can download it and see how we would put this on a product. So, uh, before you do anything, this is something that I see people forget to do all the time, is a select all of your kind of central composition elements, group them, and make sure that this is centered. Because after moving a bunch of individual elements, something that happens to people a lot is that they will end up with something like this. And some of the elements are centered and some of them are not. So, just make sure to center them. Uh and then second of all, uh this is not very intuitive but important to do when you see a design and you feel like, “Okay, this this looks good. The composition is good. It’s done.” Think about where it’s going to go on the t-shirt. Especially with t-shirt placements specifically, you have to remember that there is going to be a few inches off of the collar. Let me actually try and show you like this. There are going to be a few inches that are going to separate the print placement from the collar. So, you might feel like your design already in your design space has enough of a gap, but that gap is going to be even larger when it’s printed on a t-shirt. So, if I look at my design right here, the immediate advice that I would give is select everything, group it, don’t group it if you want, make it as large as you want it on the placement, and then move it up. just move it up a little bit because that way it looks unbalanced in here, but you will see that once we download the actual image and put it on a t-shirt, it’s going to look right because it’s going to be a chest placement and not just sit in the very middle of the t-shirt. So, I’m I’m happy with this as our like little demo design. We can move stuff down a little bit if we want. Right. So, we’re happy with this. We can check what page this is on. So this is on page six. We click on share download. Select the page that we want. You can directly select it right here if you’re on this page or you can go through and pick out which one which one you want. I’m going to click transparent background. Excuse me. This is a paid option. If you don’t have paid Canva, then uh feel free to download it the way it is, maybe with a brighter background and remove it later. Uh, and I can totally leave it at one. I might download it at a slightly higher resolution just so because Canva doesn’t have a specific DPI setting, I can be extra extra sure that it’s going to hit those DPI numbers. Even though we put in the exact correct dimensions when we were creating the uh space for our design, I’m just going to try it this way. So while this is downloading, yeah, you can see that my first bet on yourself typo uh was saved into this. But this is our uh bet on yourself design. It’s a PNG. And we are going to switch over to Printful to this uh this is actually Bella canvas. We wanted to get this comfort color 1717. And we’re going to pick out what color we want. So, if you have a very specific color in mind before you go into designing, you can set your artboard or your canvas to be that color and that way you can make sure it matches. In our case, we had a specific color palette to work on, so we kind of had to live with it. Uh so something that I would pick out for this type of design is I would either go with a pale blue that is going to be a slightly different shade of blue than that pale blue that we have in the design or a complimentary color like this kind of paler yellow butter is nice. I also a color that that I really enjoy in comfort colors specifically is some of this like granite colors and and bay these very muted greenish gray shades. So let’s I don’t know pick a size. I I usually go for a large uh pick a technique. I think for something like this DT flex would be great to get that really crisp outline on everything and start designing. We are going to jump right into the design maker and I’m going to select a few of the colors that we were considering just so I can compare them. Right. And then upload Yes, I understand. Save and close. I’ll upload the design that we just created and we’ll see where it’s placed. Right.

    Right. We’ve waited. It’s uploaded. We click apply. And you can instantly see that this gap is maintained. Even though the Let me actually zoom in for you so you can see a bit better. Even though we had Is it going to work? Let me just place it again. Uh even though we had this kind of crazy uh idea of putting the design at the very very top of your artboard, there is enough space from the collar down for it to look cohesive and and for the placement to look right on a t-shirt. Now, let’s talk about color. So, we can see that the DPI is good. We only needed 150. This is 250. We’re right on the money. Uh let’s look at some colors. So, this yellow I quite like as a combination. This is butter. Uh we can also go lighter with ivory. Uh and it’s going to be less saturated and maybe matching a bit more of the glooiness if we want a bit more glooiness out of this. I think granite is a very good combination with these colors. So let’s see uh what you guys think of colors. So do we want to go um yellow, pale blue, or dark gray? So, let me know in here uh what you would like. Uh I also saw a question from SD Wallace. Uh will Canva allow you to use your own custom colors by adding the RGB or the hexodimal or hex code? Uh I will jump over really quick and show you, but yes, you absolutely can do that. So, for any uh anything or any element that you want to change the color, let’s just pick this one. Uh you can just pick out whatever colors exist already in the default uh solid colors or in uh the you know options that you have in here. But you can also add a new color and put the hex code that you want right in here. Now there isn’t an RGB selection but there is a hex code selection and uh there are a bunch of converters online. There’s a frequent converter on Google. If you only have the RGB code, uh you can definitely get to a hex code and then pick out the color that way. Uh and uh so someone was saying uh everyone’s picking yellow

    and then Okay, I saw someone saying, yeah, Nicholas is saying that it’s a little too cute. Uh we’ll see if everyone’s agreeing with me on yellow. Are we going a bit more ivory with this or or more butter? I like the combination of of blue and this brighter yellow a little bit more. So, we would just go with this. All right. Uh if I were to wear this, it would almost definitely be this this gray color, but it I I clearly do not like fun in my life. Uh but yes, I agree. Um, enjoy the moment. Uh, saying that there’s good contrast with the yellow. Yes, it’s also a light enough color so that we can see all of the outlines and everything. And we can take a quick look at the mockups before we jump over to any of our questions. And I I would buy this. I would wear this. Uh, and at the end of the day, once you’re done designing and once you can look at something like this and decide that yes, I would probably wear that, I think I think we’re good. So uh let us see if there are any uh questions that I have not yet answered. Right. Uh so let’s start over. This uh probably came up a bit earlier uh from uh Sharon Dennis 1914. Uh okay. I’m confused with the dimensions you just entered. the file guidelines on your website is listed in physical inches, which of course determines the pixels after you multiply it by DPI. Yes. Uh you I I love that you’re approaching this from a math standpoint. I will try to explain it as best I can. So what happens? Let me just get in here. Leave this. We all saw it. It was wonderful. But let’s say we go over to the file guidelines in here and uh the immediate thing that we see in the guidelines is a physical size. Now, if you uh were to design something on a piece of paper that is exactly this size, centimeter, centimeter, inch to inch, uh and you would put it on uh a product, it would be the perfect DPI that it would need to be. Uh so you are correct that these numbers do take into account DPI uh when thinking about it but uh you are working backwards when you are using this these numbers. So you know the size of the garment you know the size of the print placement. If you use the size of the print placement you are going to hit the DPI number that we already have in mind and you won’t even need to worry about it. uh versus if you can’t create a large enough artboard for your design, you can uh work in a different order. So, let’s say in my design app, for whatever reason, I can’t create uh an artboard that is 30 cm by 40 centimeters. You know, it’s too large. What I would do in that case is I would pick out let’s say um you know uh a 3 cm by 4 cm uh artboard and then I would use DPI knowing what how many dots per inch or how many pixels per inch need to be there to calculate how high I need the DPI number to be to get to the right size of of the print replacement. You know when we think about DPI and printing we need to consider that printing is physical. So the most accurate uh measurement that we can give is the actual physical size of the print placement. I hope that made sense but you are thinking of it in the right way. But if you create the exact size of the print file that we recommend, you’re going to be good. All right, let’s see. Um, black gold Texas tminus 100 says, “Can you explain why I need Canva or KD in order to use Printful?” You don’t. You really don’t. Uh, so if we were to jump over to just start designing without any design that we had previously, you could create a really good design without needing any external tools. Uh something that I have done a bunch in the past is I would go into quick designs and just pick out something that really you know matches what I have in mind from here or I can use some of the clip art that we have. There’s a gigantic library that really can it can either be a photographic or uh you can find the shapes that you want or you can find sections of maps. There’s a bunch of stuff that you can create with built-in tools that exist just in the Printful Design Maker. Uh but if uh there is something very specific that you have in your vision, you want to change exact colors of stuff, change dimensions, you want a very custom specific font, uh or in the case of something like KD or Canva, if uh you are looking for uh elements that you can kind of take and use in your own design, uh that is not nearly as rich in resources as an external tool. So, if you want a bunch of different elements that match your vibe, uh you can find a lot of them on the in the Printful Design Maker, but maybe not as many as you might want, which is why I’m just showing how you would do this process in Canva, but you can definitely replicate a lot of this, not all everything, but a lot of this in the Printful Design Maker. Uh, all right, let’s see what are some other questions. Uh, I saw a question from Sophia Magdalena on Facebook. How to maximize the canvas for all over print apparel with bright colors and designs that doesn’t leave the fabric feeling stiff and rigid. Okay, I feel like there are maybe two questions in one with this kind of thing. So for first let’s let’s talk about fabric. uh for all over print apparel. Uh there are as of recent well as of maybe like sixish months ago I think uh we have different types of all over print fabrics available depending on what product you’re looking for. Uh what used to be possible is that all over printing was only available in synthetics. But then relatively recently through a fairly innovative approach and a completely different technique we are now now able to offer cotton all over print products. Uh and depending on what fabric composition you’re looking at depending on what product you’re looking at and uh depending also on like what category you’re looking at. So it could be, you know, a pillow is probably going to be a slightly thicker, stiffer fabric than, I don’t know, something like a soft little t-shirt. This is going to be what primarily affects the thickness and the stiffness of the fabric. The actual print does not, especially for all over printing, affect the the feeling of the fabric itself because the technique uses heat to take paint from paper and to press it onto fabric. It’s not a layer or anything that would create any thickness. And then the secondary question that you might have is how do I uh maximize uh the the brightness of all over print apparel? If you’re looking for a very bright and vibrant color, I would usually go for a more synthetic fabric. Uh if that’s, you know, the the sheer vibrance and vibrancy of the colors is what you’re looking for. Cotton is going to always be a little bit more muted than synthetic. Uh, but cotton has its own benefits and a lot of people really prefer a cotton fabric to the feeling of a polyester fabric. So, if you are mainly looking for for the brightness of colors, go for synthetic. And let’s see, there’s only like a couple more questions that I think we have time for. Let me get through a few of them. Uh someone let’s see uh SD Wallace 1962 was asking what do you think of AI designs? Very interesting question. So with uh Canva and I want to say almost every other tool that you could use these days, there are going to be a bunch of AI features for your designs. Uh there is a very good reason why I don’t use that in demos is because it’s almost impossible to replicate exactly. The output that AI is going to give me in this session is not at all guaranteed to match what it would give you if you tried to use the exact same prompt and the exact same setup. Uh just because AI is not predictable. And that kind of applies to also what I think of AI designs in POD in general is that if you are creating a one-off design and it matches all of the guidelines that you need, you can absolutely go for it and and enjoy yourself and spend maybe less time on designing that than you would otherwise. But you can’t really create a cohesive look across the board for all of your products in your store for your specific brand. AI is not quite as predictable as we would like it to be still, even though it’s gotten much much better. And if you are a brand builder who wants to create a cohesive collection of a bunch of different products, that may not be the way forward. If that’s your only tool that is going to allow you to create really interesting stuff, absolutely go for it. Use whatever you need to use. But there is merit to the more humanmade aspects of design because that still in my opinion can’t be quite beat by AI. All right, one last question and then we’re going to wrap it up. So I see a question from Valerie Valerie Martin Stewart. Can you provide more exact measurements for where the 12 x 16inch file size is positioned relative to the bottom of the collar band of the shirt? For example, if we want to print the print to start two inches below the bottom band of the knit collar, where should I vertically position the top of my graphic on the 12 x 16 in file? I know exactly the question that you’re asking. We can’t really guarantee uh that a print is going to be exactly 1.7 in under the collar or anything, but uh we actually did have a guide recently. Let me just look that up really quickly. Uh of generally what is the the the average guidance. I might try and open it for you

    and show you so that we can have like a visual guideline of everything. I think this might be it.

    Right. So here it is. All

    right,

    bear with me.

    Here we go.

    All right. Uh so we have this uh post that has gone up on I know Instagram and on on Facebook and on YouTube and everywhere uh that has quite a few guidelines that our design uh and graphics teams have put together specifically for this type of question. Uh so there are a few like proportion rules that you should follow but something that is very useful is uh to see how this changes depending on the general fit of uh the t-shirt. So as you can see and I can maybe try and zoom in not very easily um for different fits of t-shirts. So, let’s say something is going to be uh evenly spaced for the body length and the shoulder top. Or if it’s going to be more oversized, it’s uh going to have more of a space around the the print area. If it’s going to be more cropped, it’s going to be shorter in length and maybe wider in in the shoulder drop. So, what you can do is you can go through this and think, okay, if the t-shirt that I’m designing for is a bit more of a classic fit, then I know that there’s going to be about three to four inches uh from the collar until the print area starts. Uh or if it’s going to be a bit more relaxed, that kind of relaxed silhouette has a bit more length to it. So the placement of the print um file I guess should be and will be about 5 to six inches below the collar. Uh this is actually uh what the comfort color 1717 falls under in this kind of fit. Uh and you can see that there’s quite a bit more space from the collar to the print. And you can also see this uh in more like cropped and tank top options. there’s going to be a bit a lot less space from the collar to the actual print. Uh that being said, and it is very important that I stress this as much as I can, we can’t guarantee it because any printing is not done just by a machine that swallows t-shirts and and spits out prints. It is people who take a t-shirt, put it on a frame, and make sure that it fits into the frame correctly. there is not going to be a a very precise placement that okay this this uh print is going to start exactly 2.3 in under the collar. Uh what you can do however is you can look at these types of guides and you can also and this is something I’ve done before uh look at the size of the actual t-shirt that is listed like the in in the size guide you can see that the measurement from the seam to the bottom is this uh and then you can apply that measurement to the design that you’re creating and see you know where it lands visually. There are options, but there is no guarantee is what I’m saying. All right, we are uh 10 minutes past the end time. So, I kind of want to wrap up here. There’s there’s quite a few joining today that I feel like I I haven’t seen a couple of you in in the chat before. So, welcome if you’re completely new. I hope you stick around for for next month and the month after that. And I hope that you learned something and enjoyed this session uh and can have something to take away for yourself in your design process. That being said, thank you for joining and I’ll see you next

  • 07/23/2026 – Content Growth Engine

    All right. All right. All right. Somehow I got logged into the wrong account, but now I’m here. What’s happening everybody? How’s it going? Um, go ahead and uh say where you’re calling in from while I’m getting ready here, guys.

    Okay,

    let’s see here. Let’s see. Um,

    we’ve got deep in the heart of Texas from Debbie. Awesome. Uh, Irvin, good evening from the Netherlands. Hey, thanks for uh staying up so late, Irvin. appreciate you. Good good uh good evening to most of you, but yeah, it’s quite late in the Netherlands. Good middle of the night, I guess. Uh Bill Spain, pretty sure I am. Payton, let’s see. Leonard just join. Yep, you’re real. I promise. Leonard just joined. 9:00 a.m. Eastern Australian time. Hey, good morning uh to you calling in from Australia. Awesome. Fuzzy waving from Tacoma, Washington. Awesome. Used to live in Washington. Very nice up there. Ohio. Uh, driving in Louisiana. Real, I think. Be careful driving. Kathy, real Kate, I’m real.

    Um, Daniel, hello everybody. Pamela, think I am real. Uh, Salvador, thanks again. Shane, Salvador, Maine, here. Anthony, good. Tucker, Baltimore, Maryland. Um, awesome. Payton, loving it. Michelle, Orlando. Uh, Amy, Northern California, Redwoods Coast. Awesome. I used to I was born in Northern California, so very familiar with that area. Debbie, Texas. Kelly, Colorado. Irvin, Netherlands. Brandon, Indianapolis.

    Uh, Bill, Edmund, Oklahoma. Maria, Texas. Susan, San Diego. Wendy, Reno Airport. I used to live in Nevada as well. I used to live in Crescent Valley, Nevada, which is a super small town. Uh, it’s around the Reno area though. Um, Felina, Clearwater. Danny, Jacksonville, Florida. Steven, Kansas City. Uh, Pamela, Texas. Uh, Dale Costa Mesa. Awesome. Okay, guys. Second question, what is the number one reason why you showed up to this live training tonight? This live training that I’m running for you. What What is the number one reason? Go ahead and comment that in the chat here.

    Phoenix, Arizona, 113 degrees. Wow. Yeah, nice and hot there. Dry heat, too. Okay.

    Okay. Debbie, how to make YouTube work for me. Um, Susan, getting more subs. Um, Tony, learn how to make money. Got it. Dale, your cloud skill. Awesome. Joe Diero, that’s money in Spanish. John saw your YouTube. Uh Janine better YouTube channel. Mark side hustle money. Michelle financial freedom.

    Hold on.

    All right. Darren, Ann Arbor, Michigan. Daryl, how to make YouTube and AI work for me. Sheila, money and time management. Paul, determine my niche and how to monetize it. Isidoro, learn how to make money through YouTube. Aaron, learn to make money with AI so I don’t have to work my life away. Makes sense. Thomas, care for fam. Greg trying to figure out a way of the 9 to5 rat race. Got it. Pretend get views and subs. Um, and by the way guys, I’m calling in from um the Philippines today. I was in like, let’s see, I was in Manila last week. I was in then I was in uh Taipei the week before and the week before that I was in Tokyo and and Osaka and yeah. Um, just yeah. Uh, let’s see. Get views and subs. Michelle, love YouTube and would love to have a channel.

    Okay, Arrol, learn how to monetize. Uh, Wendy, learning how to put my content out there. I do private now. Got it. Lindsay, to learn more about launching my YouTube channel. I already started but have left the profile blank for now.

    Lyall from Tokyo, Japan. Good morning. Good morning, Ly. Yeah, I was just there last week. Uh, really, really nice. Herman needs to monetize. Awesome. Uh L. Irving want to start a YouTube product reviews to generate revenue. Awesome. Okay. So my second question is what is the thing that is currently stopping you from reaching your YouTube goals? So go ahead and comment that. What is the thing that is currently stopping you from reaching your YouTube goals? So like you know I see everyone it seems like you know you guys kind of know why you’re here, right? You know what what you want to learn. Yeah. Osaka is great. heavy. Yeah. I I love the underground um city basically they have there in Osaka and the transportation. Um yeah. Okay. So, but the thing that is stopping you from reaching your goals. Okay. So, let’s read this here. Hi everyone. Hey L Felina. Fear James. Lack of knowledge. Aaron 50 plus here and wanting to stay nimble and flexible develop new skills take advantage of current opportunities. Michelle fear an time uh Debbie not knowing how fuzzy confidence Sophia hi El Parker at work listening um Margaret expert presentation uh I have no clue how to start let’s see here

    um Danica lack of knowledge Mark knowledge uh Lucas I’m just starting out Kate confidence to be the face of it. Errol, knowledge. Lisa, know how and time constraints. L. Irving, direction. Aaron, knowledge. Edward, don’t know how it all works. Aaron, uh, stopping, lack of technical skills. Shelanda, knowledge. Uh, Michelle, don’t know how to start. Not knowing how to how or what how, not knowing what or how to start. Okay. Uh, Amy, uh, don’t know where to start. Okay. Got it. Got it. Makes a lot of sense. Okay, guys. Let’s go ahead. Let’s jump in. um

    should be on the screen right now. Should say how to grow and make money on YouTube in 2026 without fancy gear, without techy stuff, and without spending hours on each video, provided you use this hybrid model and follow one simple rule. So, let’s go ahead and jump in and let’s do it. Um Oh, it’s not sh I’m not sharing the screen. Huh. Okay. Thanks for letting me know. There we go. Okay, there we go. So, I’ll I’ll say it again. How to grow and make money on YouTube in 2026 without fancy gear, without techy stuff, and without spending hours on each video, provided you use this hybrid model and follow one simple rule. So, why you’re here today, guys, uh go ahead and do the thumbs up thing um if you’re excited about one of these things. Okay? should. So, it should be on the bottom right screen. You can click thumbs up or whichever emoji you want if you’re excited about getting views.

    Okay, so a good amount of people are excited about getting views. All right. Wow, that’s that’s Yeah, you guys are really excited about getting views. All right, great. Um, but how about this second one? How about the second one? How excited are you about getting actually making money or Diero as as uh one of the commenters said a few minutes ago? Okay. All right. Okay. That’s a lot more a lot a lot of different emojis there. We got the hearts. We got the confetti. We got everything. We got everything there. Okay. Yep. We got the the O face, the clapping, the confetti, the hearts. Okay. Lot a lot of people. All right. But how about this third one? Okay. Having an impact. Okay. Basically creating a business that you can be proud of and helping a lot of people. Okay. How about that one? All right. That’s That one’s awesome. Okay, because the secret is guys, if you actually solve people’s problems, if you impact other people, if you educate them and solve their problems, the views and the money are going to take care of themselves, right? So, that’s kind of that’s kind of the secret to how this works, right? So, by the way, we are going to be giving away free stuff uh at this workshop and at the very end, you’ll get a chance to walk away with the niche validator pro, the chatbt or the claw AI version, whichever you like to use. And this is the newest version yet. And it is a massive upgrade over anything that we put out before. And also, you will get $62,497 worth of bonuses, but only for those who stay until the end offer. Now, look at this. YouTube just posted $11 billion in ad sales in a single quarter. This is up 13% from the year before. And that beat what Wall Street was expecting. And that is just the ads. That’s just the ads that pop up on the channel. That doesn’t even include the subscriptions or all the other stuff that they make money with, right? So, the total YouTube revenue passed $60 billion in a year last year. And let that sink in. 60 billion and it’s still climbing. And YouTube typically gives about 55% of the revenue at least from the ads that that they show uh to the people that are uh like the creators on the platform, right? So, the creators on the platform got tens of billions of dollars last year. YouTube actually shares very gracefully um uh graciously I should say. Um they they they’re very nice in how much they share because usually the other platforms only share like you know 8% 5% 10% whatever. Uh and here’s why I’m showing you this. Money doesn’t flow into a dying platform. Uh advertisers are spending money on YouTube every single year. Not less. They’re spending more money, not less. And a huge chunk of that gets paid out to creators. So, when people ask me if it’s too late to start on YouTube, this is my answer. The pie isn’t shrinking, it’s getting bigger. But here’s the part that most people miss out entirely. You don’t need to get rich from the ad money. They paid out tens of billions of dollars just last year in AdSense, but that’s just a very tiny percentage of the amount of money you can actually make on YouTube. Just as an example, I think it’s about 2% of what we make. And we’ve had some pretty big AdSense months. We’ve had like 60 $70,000 months. I think last month we had about a $30,000 month. 33,000 or so. And that’s about 2% of the total amount of money that we make from YouTube. Okay. So, uh, AdSense is great, don’t get me wrong, and that’s what most people think is the money that you make on YouTube or the ads that pop up on your channel, but that’s just a very tiny slice of the actual money. So, the real opportunity is uh that all of those billions prove one thing, and that is the attention is here, and people are buying stuff on the platform, right? So once you have the right people’s attentions, you can monetize it in ways that pay 10 times more or even a hundred times more than ads ever will. And that’s exactly what I’m going to show you today. Now, one thing I always like to say is this is a maze. You start here at the top and you finish at the bottom. And your goal is to get to the finish as fast as you can, whatever that goal is. And most creators start with good intentions and then they fall into the maze. They end up burnt out, overthinking, stuck in analysis paralysis with zero views and zero income, and then they just give up. But actually, most people don’t even start in the first place. Right? So, if you’re here watching this now, you’re ahead of the majority of people now. Additionally, one thing I like to say about this maze part is anything you’ve heard about YouTube outside of what I teach, chances are it’s probably you entering this maze because most people go into the maze, they get lost, and they put their hands up and they’re like, “Mazekeeper, come and get me.” And getting lost in the maze is focusing on all the stuff that does not matter. Like all the YouTube coaches that have entire channels about reviewing YouTube gear when that makes like 1% of a difference in the actual success of a channel. And that’s the maze. That’s the reason why you don’t get results because you’re focusing on all these things that do not matter when in reality you could just focus on the few things that actually matter and actually get you results. But let’s just say hypothetically you go into the maze and you just navigate it perfectly, right? Let’s say you’re an absolute pro. Here’s the fastest way that you could get from start to finish. Just like this. Okay, so I’ll kind of outline it here a little bit. Just like that. No mistakes whatsoever. Boom. Fastest way from start to finish. But actually, it’s not the fastest because there’s another way. It’s faster, easier, and safer. And you’re basically just going around the maze. Pretty clever, right? But even this isn’t the fastest route. This is because we learned at a young age the fastest way to get from point A to point B is a straight line. So, what if I showed you a way to do just that? Skip the maze completely and you literally just go from start to finish straight to the results. And one thing I want to say about this part right here is a lot of other YouTube advice out there, um, I don’t think they’re purposely giving you bad advice. Well, at least in most cases, a lot of them give good advice, but they’ll give good advice for like a gaming channel or a prank channel because there are a bunch of different types of YouTube channels, but I’m going to be talking about the type of YouTube channel that is the easiest to get results with. And it’s the type of YouTube channel that you can pivot to anything else later on down the line. And that’s why when it comes to winning on YouTube, I have the straight line for you today so that you can get there the easiest, quickest, safest, and most comfortable way possible. And specifically, you’re going to gain access to the hottest opportunity to exist in the content creation business. Now, these are the newest stats that just came out. And you can see here that before they said that YouTube and the content creator ecosystem in general was going to be worth about $1 trillion by 2034. Then just 6 months later, they updated it and they showed it was going to be about $1.6 trillion by 2034. Right? So, it has grown that much in just the last year. So, the projections are just going up and up and up. These are projections from experts, right? So much faster than they expected. And by 2035, it’s going to be worth $2 trillion. And this is just growing at an unprecedented rate. And look at this going up. While so many other things are going down, right? It’s harder than ever to get a job. AI is disrupting a lot of different industries out there. And meanwhile, content creation is just going up and up and up. And that is a sign. And this is one of the biggest opportunities that I want you to get access to when it comes to content creation. And I want you to do it while bypassing all the traps, the gotchas, the limitations, and the barriers to entry that otherwise would lock you out, forcing you to stand on the sideline as you watch generational wealth pass you by, helpless to do anything about it. And you will definitely want to take advantage of what’s happening right now in the creator economy because you are in the perfect place and time to start. And mind you, YouTube pays out billions every year, but it is not going to lifestyle vloggers and entertainment channels and gaming channels and prank channels and stuff like that anymore. And today you’ll be handed the keys to unlock that prison cell that is keeping you trapped and away from the YouTube growth that you’ve been wanting for a very long time. And seriously, we’ve helped countless different types of people, online businesses of course, but also coaches, freelancers, job seekers, stay-at-home parents, nineto-fers, grandpas, grandmas, agency owners, service providers, digital product sellers, failed YouTubers, YouTubers getting views but struggling with monetization, successful YouTubers who are crushing it but want to crush it even harder. people that own software companies or SAS, location specific entrepreneurs, people doing paid ads that want to stop doing paid ads, people doing paid ads that want to make their paid marketing two times more effective by having a YouTube presence. Even physical brick-andmortar business owners, even people with disabilities do this. We’re going to show an example of that person uh here in uh in a bit. And this works for almost any niche in almost any situation because we designed this type of YouTube channel to be flexible so that you can go in so many different directions. And the good news is you don’t need to be a YouTuber or an influencer to win on YouTube. But to get there, I’m going to be exposing the dark side of YouTube and creators who are now slaves to the platform. Here’s an example. Boogie2988. Now, I’m not trying to make fun of him at all. I actually respect him a lot for revealing his public income. But he’s got about 4 million subs. And he revealed in a podcast tour last year that he’s only making about $44,000 a year. Uh which is about $3,700 a month. And that’s less than the average income for an American with 4 million subscribers. And he is one of hundreds of thousands of creators who are promised success through views. But views do not automatically equal money. Okay. Meanwhile, I work with people who get 500 views per video and they’re making $10 million a year on YouTube. I work with people who get about 100 or 200 views per video and they’re making $2 million a year on YouTube. And there are also tons of people out there who get lots of views and don’t make a lot of money because they’re just simply doing things wrong. And seriously, I know that there’s a lot of people in this crowd that are frustrated, burnt out, stuck because you were promised a gold mine and yet you found nothing. You’ve been uploading videos or you’re frustrated because you can’t even get started uploading videos or you’ve been told that you need to buy this camera first or that gear first or you need to be really good at editing or any of those types of things. But basically, you found nothing but regret. So, let’s talk about who this is for. This is for you if you’re a total beginner who wants to finally start and not burn out. And by the way, go ahead and drop your profession in the chat. I’m curious what all of you do for a living. Um, an example of a total beginner is my brother Zach. His profession uh is uh HVAC. So, he’s been in HVAC for a very long time and uh about 30 years now. And 20 of those years, he’s owned his own business. So, he was a total beginner on YouTube. So, he’s an example. So, I’ll read a couple of these here. Uh Margaret, nurse, Danica, realtor. Uh, awesome. Yeah, we’ve had a lot of a lot of realtors success in the program. Dale, inventor. Jack, manufacturing engineer. Christian, realtor. Aaron, facility manager. Troy, government.

    Monica, groundskeeper. Josh, pharmacist. Aaron, total beginner. Christine, teacher. Kelly, executive assistant. Laura, business operations for a civil engineering AEC firm. Awesome. Chad, used to be a bus driver. Gana, real estate. Uh, Tucker, exterior design consultant. Uh, Eva, physical assistant here. Marlene, caregiver. Chris, uh, motion designer. Rally, security. William, funeral director. Um, Maggie, healthcare. Paul, own a painting company. Uh, Mike Red Baker, uh, Cameron, dam engineer, Tom carpenter, Aaron, facility manager, Andre, tech consultant, Daryl, pastor teacher, Fabiola, life and health group benefits account manager, Aaron, aircraft engineer, Kimberly, manager. Okay, awesome. So, I’m so confident in this system that I literally used it on my brother who’s in his 50s and who isn’t techsavvy and he’s never made a video in his life. Now, first of all, for context, I use this system to start a new channel every single year. And the reason I do that is because I want to make sure that I’m updated on what the algorithm is like for a new channel. But last year, I decided that I’m just going to make a channel for my brother instead because he basically came to me and he said, “Shane, I’m 50 years old. My body’s starting to wear out. I need to figure out how to make money without wearing out my body.” Now, he’s in the trades, right? And he thought I was going to recommend a remote job or some type of certification. And I was like, “No, you should just start a YouTube channel.” And he was really surprised. He’s like, “Oh, well, I’m not tech-savvy. I’m not good on camera. I’ve never made a video in my life. I’m not in my 50s. No one wants to listen to a 50-year-old.” All these excuses started popping up in his head for why he couldn’t do it. And I just told him, “Just trust me, bro. Just do it. Just do what I tell you. Use our system. It’s going to work for you.” And the very first video that he posted blew up and got 800,000 views. And less than one month later, 29 days later to be exact, he made $214 in a single day. That’s a $78,000 year run rate in less than a month. So yeah, it works for beginners even with no tech experience. And by the way, update on Zach. He had an $18,000 month to finish out his first year on YouTube. Plus, he’s getting a lot of money from affiliate marketing. So he’s not just making money from AdSense. AdSense is again is just a small portion of the money he’s making. And that’s one thing we’re going to talk about. AdSense is not the only monetization method on YouTube. There are lots of other ways where you can make more money. Sometimes you can make a hundred times more than what you make from AdSense. This is also for you if you’re a faceless creator who use YouTube automation. So, here’s an example of that. Whiz was one of our clients. When Wiz first started his YouTube channel, it was a totally faceless channel and he actually scaled his business to seven figures a year just being faceless. And then he did a face reveal and now he’s making multiple seven figures a year. So, he eventually revealed his face there. He’s making multiple seven figures. The point is he said that almost all of his clients watched his YouTube channel. And either directly or indirectly, he got almost all of his clients from YouTube. and they might have originated from other sources, but then they watched his YouTube channel and that’s what helped prospects make the decision to buy from him. Now, he runs an agency and he did make the decision to reveal his face later on, but he built his faceless channel in a very specific way where you can do that because again, he used the hybrid personal brand method, which means you have a lot of options in the future, and we’ll get into how to do that. So, if you’re making a faceless or a YouTube automation channel, you need to listen to this because it’s very important you do this the right way. If you don’t do it the right way, you’re going to have a ceiling in terms of how much money you can make, and you’re also not going to have options in the future. This is also for you if you’re a business owner, freelancer, or a coach who wants inbound clients without paid ads. So, an example of that would be Davis. Davis’s sales went up by 400% and after working with me, he’s making about $100,000 a month. And basically, Davis owned a portfolio of companies. He was spending about 20 hours a week on just one of his companies. and just one YouTube channel and one company and that’s obviously not sustainable. But eventually he outsourced everything on his channel to the point where he’s not even recording the videos anymore and he has other people recording the videos and now he spends zero hours a week on his channels, right? Even though he has multiple channels and for multiple different companies, he’s spending zero hours a week. So if you’re a business owner, you’re super busy, you have a portfolio, you can actually have other people record the videos for you. Now there’s a lot of advantages to just recording the videos yourself, right? And if you just want to do it yourself, you can have other people edit the videos and and do all the work and then you can just record a few hours a month, right? You can also do that as well. Uh but you can just the point is you can just have a system that just takes care of everything or almost everything for you. And we help people with that as well. This is also for you if you want to network so that you can land high-paying jobs, find career opportunities, or become an authority in your niche by standing out with your YouTube channel. So here’s a really good example of networking. Josh basically just started making really useful videos on his channel for people in the IT and cyber security industry. And he talked about how to get better jobs, which certifications are good to take, what skills to learn that are valuable in the job market, etc., etc. And he was able to go from making less than $1,000 a month with his channel to actually getting offers from Fortune50 companies, including companies that are a part of fang like Facebook, Apple, Amazon, Netflix, and Google. And these are some of the biggest and most prestigious companies in the world where it’s literally harder to get into a fang company than it is to get into Harvard or Yale. And usually you have to apply to these jobs, but the companies were reaching out to him. So he got an offer from several different fang companies and ended up going with one of them for his dream job where he got to travel the world. He lived in Japan. He was working a remote job making multiple six figures a year. Uh but then the YouTube channel just kept going. 5,000 a month, then 10,000 a month, then 30,000 a month, all while he’s still just working on it part-time. So, his part-time YouTube channel surpassed his dream job uh income, uh making far more than his dream job. And then eventually, he scaled all the way up to $186,000 a month using my strategies. And of course, he quit his dream job because it just didn’t make sense for him at that point. And I like his example because it goes over every single stage. just getting started as a beginner, using it to become an authority in his niche for networking to get his dream job, starting a side hustle, making a little bit of money on the side, starting a full-time business, making 10 to 30k per month, and then scaling his business. But you might be thinking, “But Shane, if it’s easy, then why do most people fail?” Well, it’s because they believe in these myths. One, you need to be an influencer. Two, you have to show your face and have a fancy camera. Three, it takes 40 hours to create one video. And four, you have to endure the process because it takes a long time to succeed on YouTube. These are some of the biggest myths that people believe in that cause them to fail. Now, the last one specifically, the reason that most people think it takes a long time to succeed on YouTube is because they think they need a big channel that has lots of subscribers and lots of views to make money. If you choose the right niche, you do not need a big channel. Just as an example, when I started my second channel, Shane Hummus, the content growth engine, we actually made over 30 uh $30,000 in the first month after starting the channel. And a lot of that money was made before we even got to a,000 subscribers as well. And these are the myths that people believe in that stopped them from having success on YouTube. But in reality, one of the biggest reasons that you uh before this that you failed before today is you lack the leverage to invade this soon to be trillion dollar opportunity. And I’m going to help you mine this opportunity so that we can grow rich together fast. But first, who am I? My name is Shane. I’m an ex-farmarmacist. I have a 1.6 million, we just hit 1.6 million yesterday, uh subscriber YouTube channel. You can see it down here. And uh I’ve helped over 20 businesses get to 100K a month on YouTube from scratch. Uh I’ve also helped another like countless amount of businesses that were already successful. I’ve helped them scale on YouTube. So these are either YouTube channels that were successful or businesses that were successful already and we helped them scale on YouTube. Um and then I’ve helped a lot of people just get to a full-time income. You know, countless amount of people at this point. So, I’m also industry recognized as an expert on growing and making money from YouTube for businesses. Here’s a company that I worked with. They like working with me so much. The course creator is right here. They like working with me so much that I actually got equity in the company because they gave that much value to the company and we were able to help them over 30x the amount of money that they made. With that being said, this is a startup and I usually like to work with individuals. And one of the reasons I like to work with individuals is because you guys remind me of myself. So, let me go ahead and get into my story. This is me working as a pharmacist for 15-hour shifts. And before this, I came from a very poor background. I lived in section 8 housing. I lived in trailer parks. I was even homeless at one point. This is the exact Salvation Army that I lived in in in Lawrence, Kansas. Uh for about 6 months, I was at the Salvation Army. And uh I because of this, you know, I didn’t want to be poor. And so I did what society told me to do. I went to college. I got a doctorate, got to the highest level, and I became a pharmacist, right? And I had to take out a lot of money in student loan debt in order to make this happen. I went over $300,000 in student loan debt. And the thing is, when I was poor, I had a lot of time, but I didn’t have any money. So, I couldn’t really do anything besides play video games or whatever. But when I became middle class working as a pharmacist, I didn’t have both time and money because I was spending all of my time working and all of my money paying down my student loan debt. So, it’s kind of like an out of the frying pan and into the fryer type moment. And it was really a terrible situation because I started as a pharmacist right before the pandemic hit. And just to emphasize how bad this was, we got robbed three times in a six-month period. So overall, I can’t describe how stressed out, how depressed, how anxious I was in this situation. And like many people out there, I started wondering, wait a minute, is this stuff that society told me to do actually a good idea? Maybe I made a mistake. And by the way, this is the exact video of us getting robbed one of the times we got robbed. just yeah, put that there. Um, and because of that, I tried just about every side hustle out there to make money. Shopify, Amazon FBA, SMMA, coaching, consulting, courses, digital products, uh, real estate, white labeling, SEO, flipping websites, flipping physical products, you name it. I probably tried it. And here’s one of them that I tried. It was called the booty kit. It’s basically an at home workout thing so you could work out your booty. And uh, I tried selling it, I think, on Shopify, drop shipping, as well as Amazon FBA. But I pretty much failed at all of them, right? I couldn’t make any of these sustainable. And a lot of it had to do with me having ADHD and just always trying a bunch of different things and having shiny object syndrome. But as you can see, my bank account was constantly very close to $0. But YouTube was different than all these other side hustles. See, all the side hustles that I tried, they actually work, but they only work if you have traffic, aka views. if you don’t have views, it’s kind of like trying to sell something without having a store or without anybody even knowing that you exist. It’s almost impossible to sell. And so I realized one that I really enjoyed YouTube, but two, I realized that I could make any of these other business models work if I just focused on YouTube and getting views. And because of that, I gave YouTube another shot. And after I tried it again, um at that time, I was in an entrepreneur house, uh seven guys basically trying to save money and, you know, start their business and stuff. And one of the guys who I met uh in this house, his name was Sam. And he basically moved from Lebanon and he barely knew English and he started a wedding photography business because he basically had to he actually couldn’t legally work so he had to start a business. And uh he was doing wedding photography in Las Vegas and on the West Coast. And basically he started this YouTube channel where he was making about $10 to $20,000 a month from a very small YouTube channel with less than 10,000 subscribers. Uh as well as his wedding photography business, you know. And before this, I I’d spent time in LA. I’d met influencers who have millions of views and millions of subscribers, and they were broke. They didn’t have any money. And I was like, “Sam, how are you making so much money from YouTube even though you have a small channel?” And he basically showed me what a proper monetization method looks like. And he showed me how I can monetize a channel without having that many views. And he additionally taught me how to make money from a small channel, like 10 or 20,000 subscribers. But I took it to the next level to the point where there are some channels that we work with that only have a few thousand subscribers and they are making seven figures a year because there are some niches where you’re talking to an affluent audience and you can get a couple hundred views and make $10,000 from a single video. So this is where I found the secret formula of YouTube success where everyone else was not talking about it. And so basically I started posting videos and just to put this in perspective I have gotten lots of views. 6 million, 1.2 2 million, 1.7 million, 4.3 million views. But this video right here, the most useless degrees, this was my first ever breakout video, and it got over 4 million views. But in its whole lifetime, it made about $30,000 from AdSense. About $31,900 to be exact with 4 million views, and it took 6 months. Um, because it wasn’t really making money outside of AdSense, right? Adsense was the only place it was making money. And I’ve had several videos uh I I get several videos a month easily that look like this video right here. In fact, probably more than that now. Uh basically it gets 8,000 views, was posted 6 months ago and it made $48,000. Right? So this video right here, this happens several times a month, probably even more than that. And the whole point is it is way easier for me to reproduce this video right here that only has to get like 8,000 views and over a six-month period make $48,000 versus this video right here which had to be up for 6 years, get 4.3 million views over those 6 years and make $31,000. Right? It’s way easier for me to reproduce this video and remake this video than it is for me to reproduce this video because this video right here is is very difficult uh to reproduce. It’s hard to get 4 million views. It’s not that hard to get 8,000 views. And just to show you guys proof, here’s how much I made about two plus years ago. So this is uh September approximately three September ago. So a little about two month two years and 9 months ago or something like that. Um so it was about $283,000. Now the reason this is actual bank account by the way. This is like the money that actually went into my bank account. So no shenanigans, right? Um, so the reason that uh I chose this random September, you might be wondering it’s like, “Oh, Shane, why’d you choose a random September?” Well, it’s because this is right before I started my YouTube business. Okay, so this was the money that I made and pretty much all of it was coming from the remote job business. So, I was teaching people how to get remote jobs, helping them get remote jobs. We have my business partners and I have over a thousand verified video testimonials of people that we help get uh jobs for, which, you know, was awesome. But this is how much money that I made that month uh helping people get remote jobs. Then I started my YouTube channel and my YouTube or my YouTube business helping people uh be successful on YouTube and I made $325,000 one year later. Right? So one year later I made 325,000. Then one year after that I made a million dollars in a single month. So I just chose random September each September up to the most current September and we made about a million dollars in most current September. So um I’m not saying this to try to make people jealous. I’m just showing you the receipts so that you know that I know what I’m talking about because there’s a lot of YouTube coaches out there that are just coaches, coaching coaches. They’ve never actually started a successful channel themselves and they’re basically cosplaying as successful YouTubers and they’re teaching you how to be successful at YouTube when they never actually started a successful a successful YouTube channel outside of just teaching YouTube. Okay, but me, I actually started a successful YouTube channel that had nothing to do with YouTube before I started teaching other people how to do it, right? And the craziest thing is I did all of this while being able to travel the world and only having to work 4 hours a week. So here’s a picture of me in Tokyo at the famous Shabuya Crossing Square. Here’s a picture of me in Singapore. And here’s me in the uh San Juan Islands just off of Vancouver, British Columbia, whale watching, orca watching specifically. And I only had to work 4 hours a week. Now I choose to work more than that because I genuinely enjoy YouTube and I enjoy helping people with YouTube. So I choose to work more than that. But the point is I only have to work 4 hours a week. There’s many cases where I take weeks off or even a month off or there was even one time where I took two entire months off because of health reasons uh where I did not work at all spending literally zero hours on my business. Uh and the business did great. Right? So I have an online business where I don’t have to have any in-person employees or anything like that. I could travel the world. I can do whatever I want. And my business just keeps going up and up and up. But something kept bothering me because I got the life that I dreamed of. But once in a while, I would create a video and I would post it on YouTube just telling people what I was doing because I was seeing YouTube advice online and I would watch it and I’d be like, “hm, I don’t really think this works for most people. Maybe it would work for a gaming channel, but it wouldn’t work for most channels.” And so I decided once every 6 months, once every year, I would post a video about what I was doing on YouTube and what was working for me. And every time I’d do that, I would get comments, emails, DMs. Everybody would be reaching out to me being like, “Hey, Shane, can you coach me? Shane, can you help me grow my YouTube channel?” and I turned them down because I was too busy uh or I just didn’t really want to do coaching or I thought maybe this works for my niche but I don’t know if it works for other people’s niches. Uh so I turned them down but I felt bad about it and I charged it off for years until one day I decided because of the fact that one of my friends reached out to me who was a YouTuber. They said that they were financially struggling and I decided okay I’m going to help you, you know, figure out your monetization situation on YouTube. Um but if I’m going to help you, I might as well help all these other people as well because it doesn’t take that much extra time. I’ll just do the presentation to everybody instead of one person. Right? So, I decided, you know what? I’m going to do it. And I reached out to a bunch of those people. And I decided to do a cohort where I worked with a bunch of them. And I worked with a very diverse set of people as well. I was a professional truck driver for 28 years, a fresh graduate engineering student, a current engineering student, an Amazon FBA business owner, a coach, a freelancer, a failed YouTuber, a successful YouTuber who is crushing it but wanted to crush it harder, a content creator for 11 years who wanted to shift over to YouTube, a tech salesperson, a girl in cyber security, a coach, an agency owner, an online service provider, a fitness dude, a finance guy, a physical business owner, etc., etc., just on and on. The point is they were all different. Some had YouTube experience, others had zero knowledge of how YouTube works. And then we applied the exact same format that I found to be working on my YouTube channel. So, same YouTube format, same proven way of making thumbnails, titles, and intros, same strategy for coming up with winning video ideas. And of course, a little bit of tweaking because every single niche is a little bit different. There are a lot of underlying principles, but they all do need a little bit of tweaking. And the crazy thing is every single one of them blew up. And the best part is they all got their version of rich by helping people live better lives. And that’s the thing that made me feel so happy, right? Because I can only have so much impact with my channel, but I got to help other people have impact with their channels. And in doing that, I was basically spreading my impact to so many other people that I could have reached on my own, right? And they were able to impact hundreds of millions with their YouTube channels as well. And they all got their version of rich by helping other people live better lives. And the reason for that is because I taught them how to make a very specific type of content, which is educational niche content. And the channels that are winning today are educational niche channels. In fact, educational channels make 10 to 20 times more money. And there are more opportunities for every 1,000 views than any other type of content. In fact, in the first month that we launched my second channel, we were able to make about $1,736 per 1,000 views. So, it got about $24,000 views in the first month right off the bat and made about $42,000. So, that’s about $1,736 per 1,000 views. And to put that in perspective, entertainment channels in general make about $1 to $3 per 1,000 views. You can see it right here. So, if I had started an entertainment channel and I had gotten the same amount of views, so kind of like a Mr. Beast style channel and I’d gotten the same amount of views, uh, I would have made about 24 to $73. Okay, not that great. Um, now, education channels in general make about $20 per 1,000 views. So that’s 10 times more money than entertainment right off the bat. Um but a typical education channel, just mass market education, uh they, you know, with 24,000 views, I would with at $20 per uh,000 views, that would have made about $484. So again, a lot better than entertainment, but still not really a full-time income. Um, now with this one right here, niche authority or niche education channel, we got 24,000 views, made $1,736 per 1,000 views, and that was $42,000. And by the way, this is from all forms of monetization, not just AdSense, okay? Adsense are the ads that pop up on your channel. Again, uh those are just one way that you can make money. Uh that’s that’s the easiest and simplest way to make money, but it is uh very limited the amount of money you can make. And you can make, you know, 50 or 100 times more if you have better monetization methods, which we’ll talk about a little bit later. Um, and so with education content, right off the bat, you’re making like 10 times more money than entertainment content, but there’s a better type of education content, which is niche education content or niche authority content where you are properly monetizing your channel. Now, you can do more mass market education channel and you can uh you can do a channel kind of like that and then you can properly monetize your content. You can still make really good money. So, for instance, I would say that my ch my main channel, Shane Hummus, uh the content growth engine or sorry, Shane Hummus, the 1.6 million subscriber YouTube channel, uh that channel makes about $400 per 1,000 views on average. So, it still makes a ton of money, but you can make way more money if you do niche educational content. And that’s what I recommend that people start off with is just talking about a very niche subject and doing that first. That’s what I did on this channel. I started off very niche, okay? And uh I’m going to get into uh that here in a moment, like how to pick your niche, because you don’t always have to stay with the niche subject. If you set up your channel with the hybrid personal brand method, right, which is something that we’ll get into here in a moment as well. You can always expand or you can pivot or you can niche down even further if you want to. You will have the ability to evolve your channel over time if you use the hybrid personal brand method. But let me give you some examples of niche education content. So this is the organic chemistry tutor. He makes about 36 to $100,000 a month on this channel according to view stats. And that is just from AdSense alone. Okay? So 36 to 100,000 uh a month on this channel just from AdSense alone. So if he is properly monetizing, he’s easily making far more than that. So if you just do that $10 to $20 per 1,000 views that we talked about before, that’s very conservative. He’s probably making about 136 to $273,000 a month from this channel. Now, the interesting thing is he didn’t upload in 62 days and he was still making that much money from the channel. And that is because he’s been uploading these videos for a very long time and each video is like a little soldier that just goes out and makes some money forever. So, like I said, not even uploading for 62 days. So, this is the closest that you’re ever going to get. Passive income doesn’t really exist unless you actively make income first and then you can like invest that income. passive income doesn’t really exist, but this is about as close as you’re going to get to p actual passive income because every single video is like a little piece of digital real estate that you own that is going to make, you know, get you views, uh, get you subscribers and make you money. Okay, here’s another one. Scotty Kilmer, he’s in his 70s and he makes content helping people save money on their cars. Now, one of the great things about him, he is quite entertaining. So, when I say make educational content, I am not saying by any means that you cannot be entertaining. You can definitely be entertaining. Scotty Kilmer is hilarious if you’ve ever watched him, but he basically made $24 million from YouTube. And he even said in an interview that he made more money in one month than he saved in 40 years on YouTube, which is pretty wild. $24 million, right? And then he made more money in one month than he saved in 40 years as a mechanic uh on YouTube. And basically what he does is he just helps people pick the right cars, maintain their cars, fix their cars, and help them in different car related products and services. That is his whole channel. And basically this stuff is dead simple for him. And that’s one thing I want to point out with the organic chemistry tutor as well. This stuff is dead simple for him. He is just talking about stuff that he was already tutoring people on and he just did the same exact thing, but he recorded it with a camera and posted it online. Now, this is one of the craziest stories right here. Physics Walla, he came from a small village in India and his first videos were in his parents’ basement. And you can see how bad they are. He’s got a blurry face.

    uh you know it’s hard to see the background the the whiteboard is is not well lit etc etc right but it didn’t matter he started making videos about these standardized tests in India and the standardized tests are incredibly important for your future so it’s kind of like the ACT and the SAT in the US and he just made videos about these certifications and these standardized tests and at first he was just talking about physics and then he expanded to other stuff so let’s just put this in perspective how specific this is physics India standardized tests only very specific how he was tutoring and he started making these videos and then he kept going and then he launched a company that’s now worth $5.2 billion called Physics Walla. It’s an education app and it’s now worth 5.2 billion. And it all started in his parents’ basement just making physics videos. And he is probably richer than Mr. Beast if you consider the fact that he could actually sell his company whereas Mr. Beast would have a very difficult time selling his company. Um, and that’s the power of educational content, right? Like I chances are before you, you know, heard of him from me, you probably had no idea who Physics Wall is. Uh, and you probably did know who Mr. Beast is. Even though they’re both YouTubers, Mr. Beast has like what, 50 to 100 times more subscribers than Physics Walla. Uh, but it doesn’t really matter be because Physics Walla is doing education content. He’s actually solving other people’s problems. And because of that, he’s making significantly more money than Mr. Beast. And that is the power of educational content where you’re solving people’s problems. So now I’m going to hand you the formula for how to do all this and there is a secret formula and these are the most important things. So if I don’t talk about it, it’s probably because it’s not important. So first thing is you need a niche hypothesis statement. Now generally speaking, there are three niches out there that the the most profitable uh niches. These are the these are the overlying niches and that is health, wealth, and relationships. Okay? So with that being said, there’s a lot of niches outside of that and you can make money in all those niches as well. But generally speaking, if you’re confused about what niche to go into, you should be looking into health, wealth, or relationships. And the reason for that is because almost everybody in the entire world has a problem in one or more of those three areas. Okay? Now, just to be very clear, health is not the niche that that is that is the category, okay, that you will will select your niche in. Okay? Um so what you want to do is you want to pick a niche. And by the way, while we’re doing this, go ahead and comment what you think your niche is. Uh just comment what your niche is in the comment section. I’ll probably read a few of them while we’re going through this. And I’m actually going to do this to illustrate something as well. So, comment what your niche is. Um, let’s see here. Okay, I’m scrolling all the way down. Basic financial services, wealth, art, tech, cyber security, health, uh, teaching other AEC marketers how to market services,

    accounting, American and debt. Got it. Okay, Aaron. Uh, building consolidation. consolation, consultation. Uh Rob, uh creative stuff. Um Maggie, chronic kidney disease. De Thornton, relationship. Rich, second chance employment. Troy, disability.

    Tara, independent film budgeting. Danny, divorce over 40. Daniel, wealth, Matt, OCR, racing training. Susan, health education. TA trying to find one. Joe, automotive. Lisa,

    basic first aid and CPR. Dale, my cure for sleep apnea. Aaron, I don’t know my niche, but I have many I could develop. Carmelo, wonder foods rally so lost. L, coaching models to get into industry. Uh, Penny, Pet Health, uh, Joshua, new marketing tool, William, Demystifying Funerals. Got it. Okay. So, um, I know a lot of you are probably going to end up saying one or two word answers when you commented your niche, which which is exactly what you did. And I don’t blame you for that, but that’s incorrect. And let me show you why. The niche hypothesis statement goes like this. You select a market or what most people would refer to as a niche, but I call it a market. And then you pick one specific category or one specific problem that that market has. Okay? So, the market is X, the problem is Y. So, you pick one problem. Now, they might have 20 problems. They might have 200 problems. They might have 2,000 problems in that market. You are not going to pick all 2,000 problems. You’re going to pick a single problem that they have in that market. Okay? And you are going to find a solution for that problem. That’s the Z. Okay? So, that is your nation. It’s going to look like this. I help X do Y or I help X overcome Y. Now, the Z part, don’t even worry about that right now. The Z is something that we can do later on. Okay? The important part is for the purposes of this training is that you establish that there’s a market of people and they have a problem that isn’t being solved very well and you help them to solve that problem. Right? That is the foundation of how markets work is markets are all about just solving problems efficiently. Okay? So, and if you want to give value and receive money by giving that value, then you really just want to focus on solving as many problems for people in your market as possible, which is what YouTube allows you to do in mass. Okay. So, let me give you a few examples of how to do this. Now, I’m going to be using the accounting market specifically because for some reason I’ve worked with so many accountants. I noticed somebody commented that they were in the accounting market as well. So, that’s great. So, uh I’m going to use the accounting market, right? So, I’m going to show you a bunch of different levels. All these people, by the way, are either people that are my clients. I’ve worked with them or they’re business owners that I’ve met that are crushing it on YouTube. So, at the very first level is just teaching students basic accounting concepts. So that is more of a mass market channel, but it’s teaching people basic accounting concepts. So it’s kind of like the organic chemistry tutor, but for accounting. And this person is making really good money, probably pretty close to seven figures a year. So they’ve been doing it for a very long time. They’re making really good money. And people who are in this market would be interested in a video like what is a P&L. Now let’s talk about the second level, which is accounting specifically for existing accounting students or someone who just graduated with an accounting degree. So they got an accounting degree and they are trying to pass standardized tests or pass certifications. So that would be like physics walla but for accounting right because he was helping people pass standardized tests and certifications. So physics wala but for accounting and in the US typically. So that’s the second one and I know for a fact that this niche is making multiple seven figures a year and people who are in this market would be interested in a video like how to become a CPA. Okay, third level um helping people land their first ever entry-level accounting job. And that’s another business owner that I know. Uh they’re making multiple seven figures a year. Uh so who is uh the niche here, right? People who just graduated with an accounting degree and they’re trying to get their first ever entry- level job. And that’s different than all of these other ones, right? It’s totally different content than all these other ones. People who are trying to refresh their knowledge on accounting do not want to get an accounting job, right? It’s totally different content. And people who are in this market would be interested in a video like how to land a bookkeeping job. Fourth level, the people who are already accountants. They’re making $50 to $100,000 a year and they’re wanting to become what’s known as a financial controller. Now, this is one of my clients as well. He helps people who are already accountants making $50 to $100,000 per year become a financial controller who can make 200 or even 300,000 a year plus. Uh so, totally different types of content when you’re targeting that audience, right? And people who are in this market would be interested in a video like how to become a financial controller. And then finally the fifth level which is basically helping businesses hire accountants. So hiring and placing accountants in businesses. So in that particular case it’s either accounting businesses or big businesses that need accountants and they are actually trying to hire or place really good accountants in their businesses. So even though you’re talking about accounting topics, it’s still a completely different audience. And the type of content you’re going to make is going to be completely different for all those different ones. And by the way, uh I could have I I did five. I could have done 50. I could have done 500. I just did five because I those are five that I actually know of. But there’s a lot of other niches out there that are, you know, outside of people that I’ve worked with, right? And so there’s so many different examples of niches and subniches that you can go into just inside of one market, which is the accounting market alone, right? So I hope you understand why it’s so important to have a niche hypothesis statement even though it’s all the same niche, right? It’s all accounting, right? Because if I would have asked you if you were in one of those niches before I told you this, hey, what’s your niche? you probably would have said, “Oh, it’s accounting.” Right? Just like all these people, for instance, that commented their niche and they probably said something relatively short like plants education or marriage relationship or teaching, etc. That’s why you need to have a niche hypothesis statement. If you don’t know your niche hypothesis statement, you’ve lost from the beginning. It’s a it’s so important to have a proper niche hypothesis statement. Now, did you find that valuable? Give a thumbs up if you thought that was valuable. And if you want the niche validator GPT that we’re going to be giving out in a short while, both in the cloud and GPT version, that’s going to help you dial in your niche for yourself. Okay. And your niche hypothesis statement. Awesome. Good stuff. Yeah. And people in this market would be interested in a video like how to hire the best accountants by the way. Yeah. Good stuff. Awesome. Okay. So now I’m going to be handing you the blue pill to make you invincible as a creator because once you have your niche down, you are dangerous, right? That’s kind of like your your spear, right? That’s like that’s that’s your offense. Okay, but let’s also play defense here because once you have your niche down, you’re already way better than most people, but you need more than that, right? You need what’s known as a hybrid personal brand because you probably know what personal branding is. But when you mix personal branding with the correct niche and our YouTube automation AI system, you have what’s known as a hybrid personal brand. Now, one thing you need to understand is I just told you that you have to have a niche hypothesis statement. But I’m going to say something that’s probably going to confuse you a little bit, and that is you are the niche. So many people get this wrong. They think their niche is what makes them successful as an educational channel content creator. But when you have a hybrid personal brand, you are the niche. So yes, you are going to start extremely niche with IHEX doy. But once you get traction, when you build your channel in the correct way where you’re building a hybrid personal brand, you can then easily pivot to something else. So let me show you an example. Alexi, when he first started posting on YouTube four years ago, his niche hypothesis statement was, I help gems do marketing and sales. And now he can talk about anything. Now, obviously, he’s really well known for his business stuff with all the different types of businesses, but now he can talk about his unconventional diet. This is why you’re not happy. He talks about his book launches. He talks about how to stop wasting time. And yeah, I mean, now he can talk about anything that he wants. But the point is that he started niche, okay? And if he would have tried to talk about anything that he wanted from the beginning, he probably wouldn’t have had nearly as much success as he has right now. He started off being the king of a puddle. Then they came the king of a small pond and the king of a lake and the king of a river. Then the sea and then the ocean. Right? So you want to start small. You want to be the king or queen of a of a small pond first. Uh start small. Start niche. Uh but don’t make your channel in such a way where you can’t expand it. Okay? And that’s how we teach people to do it with the hybrid personal brand method. Because when you create a hybrid personal brand, there are so many different ways that you can monetize your channel. And there’s so many different directions that you can go both in terms of the content as uh and the topics as well as how you make money with your channel. AdSense, affiliate marketing, sponsorships, job opportunities, networking, memberships, SAS, high ticket offers. Alexi opened up basically like an investment fund. He has a portfolio of companies that he invests in. He gets his deal flow from YouTube. So, he’s making money from eight and nine figure business owners and making millions from each one all the way down to doing a SAS that costs a few dollars a month. You can do memberships, you can do courses, digital products, and so many other things, even physical products. The point is, all of these different business models work when you have a hybrid personal brand traffic, and you have distribution, people that actually know, like, and trust you on your channel because you built it with the hybrid personal brand method, and you’ve helped them solve a bunch of their problems. So, they see you as an authority. And not only that, you can even sell the brand or step down as the face of the brand in some cases. So, let me just give you an example of that. Doug Demiro uh launched this website called carsandbids.com. You can see this right here, carsandbids.com. Uh and he launched it from his YouTube channel where he reviews cars. I’m sure a lot of you probably heard of him. Um but then he sold cars.com for $80 million. And the reason he was able to do that is because of the fact that he built his channel with the hybrid personal brand method. So this is a secret way of building your channel that makes it so much easier to do whatever you want in the future because none of us can predict the future. But what we can do is build a channel that can evolve as things change over time as the market evolves as uh your product evolves like the things that you sell evolve as you evolve as things happen in the world. You can build a channel that can do that so that it has the ultimate advantage which is is it can grow and adapt and evolve to changing circumstances. Right? So in his particular case, do you think Doug Deir knew that he was going to launch an auction website uh from his YouTube channel when he first started? Very unlikely, right? He very very unlikely that he knew that, but he saw the opportunity uh and because of the fact that he positioned his channel with the hybrid personal brand method where it was easy to take advantage and evolve your channel over time and take advantage of opportunities, he was able to pounce on it and you know had a obviously a very successful business, right? And one other thing that I’ll say is it’s not just market changes and product changes that can happen. It’s also that you you will grow and evolve as a human being. Maybe right now you want to work really hard on your business, but then later on you kind of just want to relax a little bit and you may maybe there’s like a a way of monetizing that’s uh you know it makes more money but it’s a lot more work and so you just don’t want to do that anymore and you want to just relax and you want to do a much more chill way of monetizing. Right? Again, if you build your YouTube channel with the hybrid personal brand method, it makes it easy to do that where you can grow and evolve and adapt as a human being or you can change your niches or you can expand, etc. over time. Because one of the biggest reasons that businesses fail is not just because the market changes or the product changes. It’s because the owner changes. They just don’t want to do the business anymore. Um, and let’s just say you started a restaurant for for some reason. Let’s just say the restaurant fails. Well, unfortunately, you can’t really pivot to something else. or let’s just say you hate doing the restaurant uh business and you you know you it’s not big enough for you to sell or or you just can’t sell it for whatever reason. Well, you just kind of have to shut it down at that point. But the great thing about a YouTube channel is it can actually just grow and evolve and adapt with you over time. You can just change your niche, change what you sell, etc., etc. And especially if you use the hybrid personal brand method. So, if you think this applies to big educational channels only, uh well, you’re just wrong. So, here’s an example uh some examples of our clients. This worked for Waqen. So, Waqen was 18 years old when we first started working with him. Uh he was a freshman in college and he was making all kinds of random content on study skills, productivity content, all kinds of stuff like that. And he was making content on engineering as well because he was basically a business and engineering double major, right? And uh he uh wasn’t really making any money, right? Um, and so we basically sat down, we hashed out his niche, and it became very clear that he should help foreign exchange students get into elite universities in the US. Why? Because he was a foreign exchange student that got into an elite university in the US. So, we really dialed in his offer and the very first month that he launched uh or very close to the very first month, he made around $80,000. So, he actually got so many client requests that he was overs subscribed and he had to stop making YouTube videos and weightless customers trying to buy his program because he just had too many people that wanted to work with him immediately. Now, that’s a pretty good place to be as an 18-year-old business owner, right? And we joked around that he was making more money than the president of his university, which he was, which is pretty crazy to think about, right? As a freshman. Here’s another example. Richard, we helped him go from making almost no money whatsoever on YouTube and also being one of the busiest clients I’ve ever worked with uh and he was a product manager at a Fortune50 company and he was basically working like 60 80 hours a week. Had a brand new baby, had lots of investments like real estate investment properties, etc. All kinds of different stuff like that. Just a super super busy guy and he was basically able to grow his channel to $12,000 in a single month despite the fact that he probably could only work about 2 hours a month. So yeah, I’m very proud of this case study as well because it was quite difficult to get him results because he could only work a couple hours a month. Here’s another example guy. This one’s a really cool story as well. He’s actually disabled and his goal before he worked with us was just to make a couple thousand extra dollars a month because he’s close to retirement right now. He’s disabled. So the uh he has what’s known as tinitus um which is constant ringing in the ears. And this is something that a lot of veterans have. My dad has it as well. He’s a veteran and it’s very debilitating. And so he made this channel where his goal was just to make a couple extra thousand dollars a month in retirement and help other people who have tenitus, right? And that was his version of rich. And he made $1,500 a month with less than 500 subscribers, 446 to be exact. And this was a brand deal for $1,500 a month. Um, and so he met his goal almost immediately. Right now he’s getting close to 10,000 subscribers. So he’s crushing it now. He’s making far more money than that. But before he even got to 500 subscribers, never mind 1,000 subscribers, he was making money right off the bat. So you do not have to have a big channel to make money, right? So if you don’t think you can make money with a small channel, you definitely can. And this was his actual brand deal, which is an ongoing sponsorship. So one simple rule, guys, to make this happen, uh, start simple and scale fast. You do not need to show your face all the time if you don’t want to. a fancy camera, fancy editing, a million-dollar studio, high production quality, or top tier videoing skills. And you definitely do not need to make highly entertaining content. Here’s what you do need, and these are the most important things by far. Viral video ideas. This is the most important thing after dialing in your niche. Then you need titles and thumbnails to get clicks. Uh, and then you need an effective intro for video retention. And then you need to just deliver value to your audience. And that’s a lot easier to do than you think. Now, let’s talk about the most important out of all those things, and that is the viral video ideas. So, I got this from Carl Icon. He’s in the finance industry, and basically, he would find businesses that were making a ton of money despite being ran terribly. And I took that idea from the finance industry because I think some of the smartest people in the world work in finance. And I applied it to YouTube. And I was the first person to ever do this. So, what I did is I found YouTube videos that had a lot of views despite not having that many subscribers. That’s important. It’s important that they don’t have that many subscribers because if they have a big channel, they have a big audience and they’re going to watch anything that they put out, right? So, I had a lot of views despite have uh having a small channel and despite the video itself being either mediocre or preferably bad. Okay, so the thumbnail, the title, the intro, they were either mediocre or bad. So, just as an example, this guy here, you can see his face is blurry. The door is in better focus in the background than his face. Um the audio was quite bad on this video. This is the actual thumbnail of the video. So, it’s just a still shot from the video. Obviously, that’s not ideal. Um, and he was most importantly, he was drunkenly ranting for 25 minutes about college degrees, uh, while drinking beers, while literally drinking beers. Um, and it was just with no basically no edits, just like so you’re basically listening to a drunk guy for 25 minutes ranting about college degrees, right? So, it was obviously not a great video. Okay. Um, and so what did we do? uh we uh you know just to be very clear uh not a great video uh 10,000 subscribers and yet it still got 760,000 views. Okay, even though it was an objectively bad video and it came from a smaller channel and probably all 10,000 subscribers came from this video. And uh so what you do once you found one of these is you seal the idea of the video and you make a better version of the video. So, the most worthless college majors. You could change the keyword a little bit or just keep the same keyword and uh boom, the most useless degrees. That’s what I did. The point is you just keep the title very similar. You change it slightly. You make a better video and boom, that’s what happens. So, I made a better video with almost the same title, right? The most useless degrees versus the most worthless college majors. Um, very similar. And I made a better thumbnail, a better video, and it blew up and got millions of views. So, this is what I’ve been doing for the last 6 years now, guys. This is my secret. The icon method is the most powerful way to do it. Now, there’s a little bit more to it than that, but that is the gist. Okay? So, for instance, you can do the icon method with revenue instead of views, right? So, you don’t necessarily have to find videos that have a lot of views. If you know that there’s certain topics that make a lot of revenue, you can do the icon method with revenue instead of views, right? But this is the gist of it. So, once you get these down and you join our program, finding video ideas will never be an issue for you ever again. And once you get this down, giving the value, quite literally, your videos will do all of the work for you. Now, let’s talk about what it takes for you to be a part of this YouTube gold mine with no daily uploads if you don’t want to, no complicated editing, without having to show your face all the time, no expensive gear or software, no burnout or guesswork, no algorithm chasing, and no spending months without monetization. Instead, you’ll get an ondemand content plan tailored to you, a hybrid model that works with or without your face, proven video templates, plus AI assisted scripts, automated systems for publishing and repurposing, one day per month content workflow, and scalable monetization from day one, as well as top tier coaching behind sevenigure YouTube brands. Introducing the content growth engine. This is the easiest and fastest way to grow a cash burning YouTube channel, even if you’re not an influencer. So, click the link in the chat to get access to this early because there’s a few bonuses that we’re only giving to people to get this early access to and you’ll have a higher chance of getting these bonuses if you actually book a call now. Or you can type in go.shen.com/coaching or scan the QR code with your phone. So, here’s what you get access to inside of CGE. And by the way, guys, we’re going to go over these bonuses right here. You’ll get all of these when you join the program. Uh, but some of them you don’t even need to join the program to get. And by the way, who is booking a call right now? Go ahead and comment in the chat if you’re booking a call because we have a special bonus for you. All right, first we’re going to pick a profitable niche. We’re going to help you pick your profitable niche. We have a bunch of YouTube coaches with 100K subscriber plaques, the absolute best of the best that will help you find and pick the best niche. And that niche will be in between being the most uh profitable one where it’s sustainable, it’s profitable, and also something that you’re passionate about. Next is the mindset section. So, you might be having a hard time starting even though you just have to make videos consistently to be successful on YouTube. And I get it, it sounds easy, but it’s hard to put your mind into making videos or having success on YouTube. And you probably would have started YouTube or you would have had success on YouTube already if it was that easy, right? Even business owners face mindset issues. This module helps with that. This helps remove all the overthinking, all the imposttor syndrome, and it helps you take action fast. And this is actually when I ask people, these first two are usually their favorite modules. the new selection. People are just obsessed with this. And then also the mindset section. And even though a lot of people don’t really think that they need the core foundations, another thing that I’ll say about this is it’s going to help you understand that if you follow our system, success is inevitable. Right? If you follow the system, you’ll understand that when you go through this on a deep, logical, emotional, almost on a spiritual level, that if you follow the system, success is inevitable. For some people, like my brother, it was his very first video that he posted. For some people, it takes 5, 10, 15, 20 videos. But if you follow the system, success is inevitable. And you will understand that on a logical level when you go through this. Number three is the content genesis system. This shows you how to find viral video ideas in your niche that will have a higher chance of getting views and going viral. And in my opinion, this is my favorite module because I think this is the most uh because I think this is uh the most valuable one out of all of them. This is where the secret is right here. Finding the right video ideas. And by the way, just got word the slots are almost gone. We only have a few slots left. So definitely don’t wait on this. Uh go to go.shenhomes.com. shinhommus.com. Um or click the link in the chat right now. Go.shenhummus.com or click the link in the chat right now. Yeah. Uh so next is the holy trifecta uh where we go over how you make your YouTube uh thumbnail uh title and intro to package the viral video idea to have the highest chance of success for your video to get the views. U so all three need to be good and you want to make sure that they’re congruent as well. Uh by the way go.shanehumus.com/coaching. I’m not sure why it said go.shane.com shaneomas.com. Uh, go.shenhumus.com/coaching or click the link in the chat. Um, but yeah, that’s the holy trifecta. Also very important because you need to make sure that not only are your thumbnail, your title, your intro good, but more importantly, you need to make sure that they are congruent with each other. This is something I see everybody messing up on. Next is the script writing alchemy system where we help you write scripts with the help of AI to get your writing time down to less than 1 hour per video or in many cases way less than that. So, just as an example, my brother who got his video to 800,000 views only spent about 15 minutes on the script. In fact, it was less than 15 minutes. And we show you the exact same system. Next is the viral video creation system where we actually turn things into a system. And this is what makes it possible to only work one or two hours a week on your YouTube channel and in some cases if you’re a very busy business owner, zero hours a week or a couple hours a month. And this is done with systems and our own in-house AI that we only allow our clients to use. So, the niche validator that we’re going to be dropping here in a minute is just a fraction of a sample of the power of the AI systems that we give to our clients. And we have systems for almost every problem you could imagine on YouTube. And lastly is the cash code system. This is where we actually make money out of the views that you’re getting, even if you’re not getting a lot of views. So, very, very important that you’re actually monetizing correctly. Now, I think uh by the way, guys, I think we have less than five slots left. I’m getting word here on the side. Uh it’s going up super fast. So, make sure you take those spots. Go to goshmas.com/coaching or click the link in the chat right now. And that’s just a taste of what’s inside of the community, right? Um, so you don’t get just one or two tools, you get the entire arsenal. Custom GPTs, cloud skills, all built for one thing, growing and monetizing your channel. And our clients are getting the updates in real time and they are loving it. And the tools that we don’t build ourselves, we tell you exactly which ones are worth your time. Gemini, Descript, Pixels, and much more. So whether you run ChateBT or Claude, there’s a tool sitting here ready for you. No guessing, no piecing it together yourself. This is just a taste of what’s waiting inside. And this is just a peek inside of our private community. These are real wins coming in every single day. One member hit uh 10,000 subscribers and 1 million views, grew 5x in a few months. Another finally landed their first 10 leads straight from YouTube. Another one closed a $75,000 year contract inbound straight off the platform. Someone else made their first $10,000 from YouTube. Someone else 4xed their subscriber count in a single month. another person crossed 5,000 subscribers, uh 39,600 views on a brand new channel, uh and it got 800 subscribers right off the bat, etc., etc. This isn’t a course that you buy and forget. This is a community of people winning together every single day. And these are just a few. And this is what our group looks like on any given day. So, if you want results like this, then book a call uh now so that we can see uh if we can help make you succeed. So, go to go.shenh.com/vip coaching or sorry, go.shenhum.com/coaching chains.com/coaching or uh click the link in the chat right now. And this is the exact system that’s responsible for 0 to 10k in just 18 days. Here’s an example. Bro, I just hit my first 10K within 18 days of launch. I don’t even have 1K subs yet. This is nuts. Thank you, man. Um, this is the system that’s responsible for these results as well. Usually, there’s a shaded graph right here. This is what a typical uh normal views graph looks like right here. Um, you might notice that this one doesn’t have it. And that’s the same exact thing that I noticed when I was looking in this client account. And I was wondering like what the heck’s going on here? There’s no shaded graph. And what ended up happening is this client before they uh worked with us, they were posting on YouTube for over 8 years. And they never had a video get more than just a few thousand views. And usually their videos would just get hundreds of views. And then their very first video after working with us got over 180,000 views. And it was so much more than their average video that it actually kind of broke the YouTube studio. and you couldn’t even see the shaded graph. So, it’s actually there, but it’s so close to the bottom that it actually blends in with the x-axis. So, you can’t see it because it literally blends in with the x-axis, which is pretty wild. So, that is the power of our systems. Like, going from that to, you know, that it’s it’s such a huge jump that you can’t even see the shaded part. Um, this person right here started, they were literally brand new to YouTube, got 350,000 views their first month. Uh, 1,456% more than usual in the last 28 days. Uh, subscribers, $8,000, made about $1,000 because they got monetized in the middle of it. So, obviously, you know, the first, you know, bunch of views they they weren’t getting monetized for, but then they also made money from other stuff outside of that. Um, this person here is literally a category king. We have a lot of category kings and category queens in different niches. So, this person here is in a very competitive niche. Uh, a lot of our clients don’t really want uh their niches to be known or their success to be known. So, they share with us their success, but they don’t want us to make it public and we respect that. Uh, with that being said, they agreed to anonymously show this. So, this person here for instance, um, they’re in a very competitive niche. You would probably know the niche. uh very well-known, a lot of people operating in that niche, very big money niche, and they’re getting 8 million long- form views a month. They’re making $50,000 a month just from AdSense alone. And uh they are number one in the niche, and they’re making 20 to $30 million a year from the channel with all monetization methods. This person right here was brand new as well. Uh they booked their first five calls ever uh from YouTube. Never never taken calls before. and they book their first five calls ever. Um, and you know, if you’ve ever done sales before, you’re probably going to close maybe five to 10%, maybe 20% if you’re lucky of those first uh calls that you book, but they closed 80%. And the reason for that is because if you’re doing sales, the leads that you get from YouTube, you’re essentially just going to be a cashier. Okay? Uh the leads coming from YouTube are super hot. They know, like, and trust you. They’re ready to buy anyways. You’re essentially a cashier at that point, right? So that’s why he’s able to close 80% of calls right off the bat, even with no experience. So here’s another one. Bill transformed his YouTube channel’s impact among 177K subs. He’s now making over 30K plus per month at the time of this testimonial. And basically, he said, “Shane helped me out with his keyword research, titles, and thumbnails, as well as turning my YouTube channel into a business.” So he turned his YouTube channel from a liability, sucking up all of his time, to a business that works for for him while having a full-time job. Sean is another category king. Uh he’s number one in the Amazon KDP niche. Uh we helped him get there. Uh Sean was making about 30,000 a month and he scaled all the way up to over 500,000 in a single month. And he said Shane knows what he’s doing. He’s not another fake guru. His program goes beyond just tactics, teaching you how to build a personal brand and master the backend systems that actually drive revenue. Uh next is Cheryl. She helps people through spiritual awakenings. And before joining us, uh she was stuck under 50 subscribers for years with a great message but no strategy. We gave her the system, the content strategy, the title and thumbnail frameworks, and the hands-on coaching. And she immediately grew to 9,000 plus subscribers and got monetized in months. One video hit 128,000 views. And now she’s landing brand deals. And this is what happens when you stop guessing and start following our system. Just like Jyn here, who’s a healthcare professional who recently joined our program. Before joining us, she was a complete beginner. No idea what to make, no experience, and in her own words, she said, “I hadn’t dipped my toe into YouTube yet.” Um, and she was watching this just like you are about three months ago, uh, with absolutely zero experience on how to do YouTube. No YouTube channel, no experience, never uploaded a video in her life. And now she’s got about 35,000 subscribers. She’s got over 4 million views. Three of her videos already hit over 600,000 views. And just recently, she had a $980 day. And that’s a $30,000 a month run rate, right? So these are numbers that most creators chase for years. And she built all of it on what she already knew, which is healthcare navigation. So if you’re a healthcare professional, this could be for you. This is what happens when you follow the system. So I know all kinds of different people who work in the YouTube industry. I basically know all the different coaches, the consultants, the agencies, etc. And I’ll kind of tell you how this industry works, right? Usually the highest paid people, the best of the best people work with big corporations, right? So they’re going to be doing like seven figure contracts a year. And in many cases, working with these big companies is at least a six-figure contract. Right? Now, the second highest tier of what you can offer is probably what’s known as a build and release offer. So, I have some friends that do this and basically like they’re one of the very few uh people that are actually really good on YouTube besides myself that really know what they’re doing. And they charge $300,000 to do a build and release offer. And this is basically where they work with like seven, eight, nine figure companies. They build out their YouTube channel for the first 3 to 6 months. They hire everybody out for the channel. They build it out. They figure out exactly how the channel works. and they release it to them once everything is working and they’ve hired the team out to them. And they charge usually about $300,000 to do that. And I myself have attended four masterminds that are $50,000. Last year I was in two. This year I’m in another two. And these are extremely valuable. And I learned a ton of stuff from these masterminds and I pass it down to you guys. So there’s lots of YouTube masterminds out there that are like $50,000 and it would easily cost you 35,000 in mistakes if you were to try to do it on your own. and 25,000 is more in than a fair investment to make to even get one fifth of the knowledge contained in the content growth engine. Uh but uh but a special offer only for this workshop when you book a call within the next 24 hours, we’re offering something that we’ve never offered before. We’re going to talk about some bonuses that we’re giving out. And by the way, go.shane.com/coaching or click the link in the chat or you can scan this QR code. And by the way, uh spots ran out, but I think we opened up more. So please check again. So, we did run out of spots already. Uh, we’ve already had well over 100 people uh apply, but I think we opened up more. So, please check again. Now, bonus one. This is a big one. You get a one-on-one YouTube niche success call with me personally. Now, let me uh tell you why this matters, right? When I was starting out, I had a mentor named Sam. He was doing YouTube for his wedding photography business. I talked about him before. And Sam showed me how to actually make money on YouTube, even with a small channel. And that changed everything for me. That is when I started earning big. Not because I got lucky, but because someone who already figured it out showed me the ropes. And that one relationship changed the entire direction of my channel. And that’s exactly what this call is. Everything that I have learned building a channel to 1.5 million subs and over 1 million in revenue applied directly to your niche, your channel, and your situation. And this is worth $12,000 easily. But this is only for five of the first people who sign up within the next 24 hours. So go to go.shom.com/coaching, scan that QR code, or click the link in the chat. This is what the actual coaching looks like. I can already see people signing up as I’m talking, so don’t wait on this one. So, go to go.inhome.com/coaching, scan that QR code or click the link in the chat. Bonus two is the 30 secondond niche uh video idea generator. This is easily worth $7,500. Now, if you sat down to find winning ideas yourself, researching what’s working, checking view counts, studying channels, you’re looking at weeks of trial and error, and most people still pick the wrong ideas. Uh probably months of trial and error, honestly. hire someone to do it, a real content strategist who knows YouTube, you’re going to be paying $7,500 easily, and that’s for part-time work. So, we built a custom AI tool that finds proven video ideas for your niche in about 30 seconds. And this isn’t generic AI spinning out random titles. It’s built on the icon method, so it finds what’s already working and it hands you a better version, the titles, the hooks, the angles, all of it. And you get it both ways, a chatbt version and a cloud skill. So, whatever AI you already use, you’re covered. And so this is included as a bonus. So go to go.shenhome.com/coaching, scan the QR code or click the link in the chat. Here’s what it actually looks like. And again, whether you use chatbt or claude, we build it for both. Uh we prefer Claude a little bit more than Chad GBT, but we did build it for both. So you give it a video that’s already performing. It reverse engineers why it works. Then it hands you five high converting titles and hooks for your channel. No guessing, no staring at a blank screen. The winning ideas are already out there. This tool just finds them for you. So go to go.shenh.com/coaching. scan that QR code or click the link in the chat. So, bonus three is the Winner Thumbnail Vault Plus premium templates worth $10,000. So, this is my personal collection of thumbnails that actually get clicks, not generic templates. These are real thumbnails that have generated millions of views. You get to see uh exactly what works, the colors, the faces, the text, the layout, all of it broken down. Most creators spend hours guessing what their thumbnail should look like. With this, you just model what’s already proven. If you hired a thumbnail consultant to put this together for uh for you, you’re looking at $5 to $10,000 easily. You get this as a bonus. Okay? Um and again, that would just be one time working with the thumbnail consultant, $5 to $10,000. Uh but you get this as a bonus. So, go to go.json.com/coaching. Scan the QR code or click the link in the chat. This is what’s inside. You get the full guide, the psychology behind why certain thumbnails get clicks and others don’t, plus my personal library of top performing thumbnails, the ones that generated millions of views. And here are the actual templates. Fully editable. You click file, make a copy, and it’s yours. See those annotations on the right? That is me breaking down exactly why each thumbnail works, where the face goes, how big the text is, what colors pop, etc., etc. So, you’re not just getting templates, you’re learning the framework so you can build your own. So, go to go.shom.com/coaching, scan the QR code, or click the link in the chat. Bonus four is the tube tech stack. Best gear and tools under $500, worth $3,997. Now, one of the biggest excuses that I hear is, “I don’t know what equipment to buy.” And then people either buy nothing and never start, or they waste thousands on gear that they don’t need. So, this is everything that you need to start and scale your YouTube channel, all under $500. So, you don’t need a $3,000 camera. You don’t need a studio. You need the right tools. So, go to go.shinhomes.com/coaching, scan the QR code, or click the link in the chat, and look what’s inside. recording essentials, software stack, uh, research and optimization tools, content resources, uh, complete starter setups, and the exact tools for making videos. Everything laid out, no guessing, no wasting money on the wrong stuff. This is the same gear list that we give to our clients on day one, the stuff that actually matters, nothing extra. So, go to god-yn.com/coaching, scan the QR code, or click the link in the chat. Bonus five is the Vibriter Content Creation AI Deluxe worth $10,000. This is the ultimate content creation tool. You tell it the goal of your video, to inform, uh, to entertain, to sell, to inspire, to motivate, and it turns your spoken ideas into a polished, attention-grabbing YouTube script. It captures your tone, your style, your voice, so that it actually sounds like you. Uh, and just like the last one, you get it both ways, both chatbt or claude, whatever you are to use. So, if you hire a professional content team to do this, like a script writer, a content strategist, someone who understands YouTube, you’re paying $3 to $5,000 a month minimum. This does it all in in seconds. So, go to go.shinham. shinhham.com/coaching. Scan the QR code or click the link in the chat. This is what the tool looks like. Uh same tool running in both chatbt and claude. It walks you through niche validation, your audience, your format, preference, dialing in exactly who you are. Then you tell the goal of your video and it writes the full script, a real YouTube script with hooks, structure, and a tone that matches your channel. So go to go.shenham.com/coaching, scan the QR code or click the link in the chat. Bonus six is the secret niche vault with live updates. This is worth $6,997 easily. Uh, this is the one that everyone asked me about. What niche should I start? What niches are making money right now? What niches are untapped? This vault answers all of that. It is a curated list of profitable YouTube niches that we update live. So, you’re not looking at niches that worked 2 years ago. You’re seeing what’s working right now. Now, think about what it takes to do this yourself. You’d have to hire a market research analyst to dig out profitable niches and then keep tracking them live for a very long time. And that’s obviously a full-time hire, $60 to $80,000 a year, and they still wouldn’t have the YouTube data and the YouTube expertise that we have. So, go to go.shinhomus.com/coaching, scan the QR code, or click the link in the chat. Now, for those of you who stayed until the end, uh we made something special for you. And this is the YouTube niche growth AI. And this one is different from all of the other bonuses. Okay. Uh and by the way, guys, people in the chat said that we ran out of spots. I’m just getting a note here. This is a message thing here. Uh people in the chat said that we’ve ran out of spots, but we’ve opened some more. Okay, so uh go ahead, click the link, you know, go to go.shinhome.com/coaching, scan that QR code, click the link in the chat. We did open more. People said that we ran out of spots, but we did open more. So there should be some more spots open. Um so yeah, this is the YouTube niche growth AI. All and this one is different from all the other bonuses. This is an AI tool that takes your niche and maps out exactly how to make money from it. Not just AdSense. We’re talking affiliate deals, digital products, coaching offers, sponsorships, the full picture. Because here’s the thing that most people get wrong. They pick a niche and then they hope the money situation figures itself out later. That is backwards. This tool shows you the money map before you even record your first video. So, you know exactly what you’re building towards from day one. And like every tool that we give you, you get it in both chatbt and claude. Okay? Whatever you already use. Now, here’s the catch. This bonus is worth $12,000 and you get it just for showing up to the call that you booked. That’s it. You book the call, you show up, and you get it. So go to go.shinhomus.com/coaching, scan that QR code, or click the link in the chat. The second you show up to the call that you booked, you get instant access on the spot. And whether you like chatb or claude, you can use this either way. So this isn’t some watered down freebie. It’s the same tool that we use inside of the content growth engine, and it is yours for life. So go to go.shenh.com/coaching, scan that QR code, or click the link in the chat. Next is the 90-day founders confidence guarantee. This is priceless. You have 90 days. You follow the program. You do the work. You show up. And if it does not work for you, you get your money back. I am not asking you to trust me blindly. I am asking you to test it and see for yourself. So go to go.shenhum.com/coaching, scan that QR code to click the link in the chat. Last month, we had a 1% refund rate. Okay. We also sent out a survey asking people if they felt that they got an ROI from the program. 91% of respondents said yes, we got an ROI. And just to put that in perspective in the information in the education industry, less than 10% of people even finish the courses that they buy. They will they will spend money on courses and then less than 10% of them even finish them. So obviously, you know, you have very low success rates with with courses and stuff like that and people are not satisfied. Um, and so this isn’t a course, this is a coaching program, but this just goes to show 91% of respondents said that they felt like they got an ROI, right? And that is a testament to how good our coaches are. Uh the one-on-one training that we give you. This is not just like a course that you just like buy and forget about. One-on-one trading, it’s group coaching as well on top of it because a lot of people like to learn things in a group. Uh you get to uh interact with the other members that are all trying to do the exact same thing. And basically, we just created an entire ecosystem that’s one and only goal is to get you results. And that’s why we’re getting so many people great results. And that’s why we have the best testimonials in the industry. And that’s why we are very confident to give this 90-day founders confidence money back guarantee. So go to go-sh.com/coaching, scan that QR code or click the link in the chat. We want you to feel like there’s no risk on your side. So let’s add this up. Eight bonuses, total value, $62,497. Now remember bonus one, the oneonone session with me personally. That is only for five of the first people who sign up today. Okay? Once those spots are gone, they’re gone. Uh, and just to be clear, that is it is randomized, but the earlier you sign up, the higher the chance you get to get that one-on-one call. Bonus 7, the YouTube Niche Growth AI. You only get that if you book a call and you actually show up to it. That’s it. Okay, YouTube niche growth AI. Everything else is included free when you join the program. Now, this workshop uh special is only available for the next 24 hours. After that, these bonuses go away. And this exact package at this exact price with all eight bonuses, you will not see it again. And let me clear something up real quick because I get this question every single time. The 24 hours is for booking the call, not for attending it. So if you book right now and the next open slot on my calendar is 3 days from now or even next week, that’s totally fine. You’re still locked in. You still get every single one of these bonuses. You just have to schedule the call within the next 24 hours. So if you’ve been going back and forth on this, now is the time to move. So go to go.shenhub.com/coaching or scan the QR code right now. Book your free strategy call and we’ll figure out if we’re a good fit to work together or not. Worst case, you get on a call, you get some clarity on your niche, you walk away with a plan. No pressure, no hard sell. Okay? We’re not trying to hard sell people. We have lots and lots of people who want to join the program. We’re trying to find the right people to join the program. That is the that is the purpose of this call. Okay? At this point, we are basically like the Harvard of YouTube coaching. Essentially, we have way more people who want to join us than spots that we actually have. We run out of we run out of uh spots for calls. We run out of spots for actual people that we can onboard because it is oneon one-on-one coaching. It’s intensive. We have 20 people in the program that we hired to take care of our clients. It is intensive. We have one-on-one coaching and we can only bring on a limited amount of people at a time. Okay? So, worst case, you get on the call, you get some clarity on your niche, and you walk away with a plan. No pressure, no hard sale. You’re going to get value whether we end up working together or not. But if it’s the right fit, we go to work. So, go to go.shinhome.com/coaching. Scan that QR code or click the link in the chat. One last thing, and this is important. Once you book, you will get two emails. one from Calendarly and one from the consultant that you book with. It’s going to look like this. Okay? It’s going to be called CGE Masterclass Call. So, check your inbox right now. Uh if you don’t see them, uh check your inbox right now after you’ve booked a call. Okay? Uh if you don’t see them, look in your promotions, your spam, your trash, your junk, your all mail folders. And sometimes they hide inside there instead of your main inbox. Okay? Email’s a bit weird these days, so sometimes they might be in there. And those emails will have your call details. So, make sure you find them and you open them and then actually follow the instructions and then of course uh mark uh this button right here, add to calendar. Um and then just follow all those instructions inside the email. Very important. Uh with that being said, I am going to go ahead and take questions. I already got word that there’s five slots left and then they just said that there’s three slots left. So, you chances are unless you literally book right now, you’re not going to be able to get a slot. But that’s totally fine. Um but you know, maybe you can get one in the future or something. But yeah, uh I’m going to go ahead and answer questions now.

    Uh Sharon says, “I’m trying to book a call, but the system seems to not allow me to submit the call request. It’s irritating.” Um are you at the calendar part, Sharon? Are you at the calendar part where you actually uh click the the calendar and then submit your information? It might be that somebody else picked that exact slot before you did. That’s that’s probably what happened. So, you might have to go back one and then uh try try picking the slot again. Um and uh ju just to be clear, guys, is there there’s no more slots that we can open up. Is that it?

    Yeah. Okay, that’s it. Yeah, we literally don’t have any more slots we can open up. So, that that’s it, guys. So, once these three slots are gone, they’re gone. Okay. Oh, yes. How much is a coaching program? Okay. So, I’m very transparent about this. Okay. But with that being said, there are different levels to the coaching program. All right? There’s different levels of different things that people want. All right? So, we work some usually about 5% of people who attend these calls either own big companies or they’re like high up in a big company. So, they’re like the CMO, the marketing manager, uh, whatever, right? Um, and those people often times they want to have a presence on YouTube, right? So they want to start a YouTube channel for the company or maybe they want to start a YouTube channel for the CEO of the company, whoever the the face of the company is. And typically uh in that case, you know, what they want the scope of what they want is going to be totally different than the scope of, you know, teaching you guys like this, right? So they’re going to want done for you work a lot of the time. So they’re going to want us to just do the work for them. They’re going to want us to uh source, place, and hire uh people that can do the work for them. oftentimes they want us to work directly with their team. Maybe even crossf functional collaboration with different teams in the company. Um, and that is a lot of extra time, effort, and work from us. But in the right situation, we will do that. Um, but with with that being said, it’s going to cost a lot, right? So, we’re we’re going to charge a lot for for doing all that done for you work. And so, that’s going to start at like it’s going to be at least a six-f figureure contract. Um, and it really depends on the scope of what they want. The second highest tier of what we offer is typically what’s referred to as kind of like a build and release offer. Okay. So this is uh typically with multi6ig, seven figure, 8 figure, sometimes even nine figure companies like low n will want something like this. And that is where we basically build out the the system for them, the machine for them that does the work for them. So um we will hire a video editor for them. We’ll hire like a social media manager for them often times. Um we will oversee everything. will help them build out the SOPs, the systems, the processes, etc. inside of their company. Um, help them even set up like the recording and all that kind of stuff in some cases. And then once everything is running smoothly, we kind of release it to them. And, uh, sometimes they also want other forms of done for you work as well. So, that’s going to range anywhere from about 12 to $60,000 overall, depending on the scope of what they want. you know, if you want someone if you want us to like fly out and set it up for you, it’s going to, you know, that’s going to cost a lot of money. Um, and then the third offer is basically we’re just teaching you how to fish. So, these other two are we’re fishing for you or we are building out the machine that fishes for you and then hiring people to run the machine for you, right? And then this third offer is we’re teaching you how to fish or we’re teaching you how to build out the machine, okay? That that fishes for you. Now, that third offer is what we just talked about. That one is going to be for beginners, even small business owners, that kind of thing. And that’s going to be $9,800 or $1,000 a month. You can even get it a little bit less than that, a little bit less than $1,000 a month, but that is the price of that program. And that’s for a six-month program. So, yeah, totally transparent about the pricing. We’re not trying to hide anything or anything like that. With that being said, the pricing is going to be different depending on what you want. Some people, for instance, want us to find the video ideas for them. That is a done for you service. we have that is that is work on our side. We have to actually deliver on that this deliverables and that’s going to cost a little bit extra. Um but yeah uh yeah. So guys, it looks like we open we just totally ran out of out of spots here. Um let me let me take a look. Uh I think this should show.

    Yep, we are 100% ran out of spots, guys. Um, so yeah, I I I don’t I don’t think we’re we I’ll try to get them to open more spots, but um no promises, guys. I I’ll try to see if maybe there’s a few more spots we can open up, but no promises. Um yeah. Okay. Uh so yeah, that’s the answer to the the cost question.

    Um, okay. Tony, I did my strategy call with Ryan.

    Okay, Dax and Shane want to make simple animated explainer videos about the psychology of money. Can you suggest some subniches that would work? Thank you. We typically don’t recommend doing animated videos, Daxton. Um, I mean, if you want if you really want to, you can, but like I said, I I talked about all of the advantages of having a hybrid uh like like a personal brand. Um, and if you do animated videos, you’re it’s not really a personal brand, you know? Like, think about it like this, Dax. How many times have you made a purchasing decision from a animated explainer channel? How many times have you made purchasing decisions from those types of channels? Probably not very many. Then think about how many times you’ve made a purchasing decision from a personal brand channel where you actually see the other person’s face. Probably a lot of times you’re reviewing a laptop, you’re reviewing a phone, you’re, you know, reviewing something you’re going to buy. Uh maybe someone sponsors something and you decide to buy it, etc., etc. probably many many times. There’s a reason for that. People generally speaking do not buy from animated channels and that’s why sponsors oftentimes just don’t even work with animated channels in general, right? So that I don’t really recommend you do that and probably if you want to do something like that, you should you should probably just work with another YouTube coach. We we typically recommend to do a personal brand. Now, if you do agree to do a personal brand, um I do think that there yeah, there’s a lot of opportunity there. Um,

    in terms of the subniches, uh, Daxton, just the niche validator, scroll down a little bit. You can get the niche validator. Scroll up. You can get it. It’s we we dropped it several times already. Uh, niche validator. Um, check that out. Jump on the call. On the call, we can help you as well. Uh, to check that out. Um, and yeah, Kelly, I have not gotten any email confirmations for the classes I reserved. Classes I reserved. Um, check uh spam, trash, junk, and all mail folders. All mail is probably the best one. Um, if you’re on Gmail, it’ll definitely show up in all mail. I think Yahoo, it’ll be all mail. And, uh, Outlook, probably all mail as well. That’s the easiest one to to look at. Okay, Felina, thank you for sharing your knowledge, tips, and tricks. This was rather beneficial. You got it, Felina. My pleasure.

    By the way, guys, don’t post your questions twice. I I will get to them. Appreciate that. What makes someone a good fit or not a good fit? Yeah. Uh some of the ones that we look at is like how much experience they have. Um how willing to like ho how can they follow directions? Can they follow basic directions? Um so for instance, we we tell you guys to like go to your email and and mark things like you know mark follow the directions in the email. Can can you do that? We can track all that the if you’re doing it or not, right? So we we know right off the bat if you can follow directions. Um so those are some things that we look at. Of course I’m not going to tell you all the things that we look at. But uh those are some of the biggest ones. Like we we want someone who typically we like to work with people that are a bit on the older side as well. Um you know they’re more mature. They have actual wisdom and expertise to share. Um uh not always. You know I showed you the example of the 18-year-old uh that we worked with right but uh and he he got great results. But um yeah, we like to work with people who are professionals. They’re a bit on the older side. Um they’re they’re either, you know, doing well in their industry or they know a lot about their industry or they have a lot of experience in something else. Um sometimes they’re business owners as well. Um yeah, and yeah, that being said, only only, by the way, guys, only book if you’re serious. I don’t know why they’re telling me to say that, but okay. Uh yeah, only book if you’re serious. Okay. So, uh, yeah. So, what makes someone a good fit or not a good fit? I’m not I don’t know what they’re talking about here. These messages make no sense sometimes. Okay. So, uh, yeah, I have a website app with a utility tool for users and an article page with currently 28 articles posted. One new article is posted every other day, but I haven’t made videos or set up a YouTube page. U, my site seems like it would lend itself to this type of media. What is your advice for the first steps that should be taken to pursue this? Um,

    by the way guys, did someone turn on like reactions to the comments this time for some reason? I don’t think I’ve ever seen that before. Somebody turned that on, I think. Okay, so uh let’s see. the articles page with currently 28 articles posted. One new article is posted every other day.

    Utility tool for users and article page. I’m not quite sure what your question is. Like what I I’m I’m having trouble understanding the context of your question, James. Um let me read it again here.

    Yeah, I mean it it could I I have no idea. Like you just said it’s a utilities page. I I I don’t really know like that. I don’t think that’s enough context for me to tell you if it’s a good idea or not. I think it’s probably a good idea for you to just jump on a call, James. Um well, you know, if you were able to book a call, uh jump on a call and we could probably help you with that cuz we we’d have to like look into the specifics, but a lot of the stuff that works on blogs also works on YouTube. So, I can’t tell you exactly with that amount of information, but yeah. Jonathan, what videos to watch prior to the call? Great question, Jonathan. You are asking the right questions. Okay, so uh obviously there’s going to be some videos and stuff like that in the actual um emails, so make sure you follow the directions on the emails, but after you book the call, you’re going to see this thank you page right here. Okay, so it’s either going to look like this or it’s going to look like this. Okay, now you want to watch this video. The video is pretty short. It’s about, you know, this one’s about 28 seconds. Make sure you watch this video and then make sure you uh follow these directions right here. I know the sender. Okay. Make sure you follow these directions. Very important. Okay. And then you want to uh go down here and you want to watch these videos here. Now, some of these videos right here are from people who I got permission to put on this page, but they do not want me to talk about them publicly. So, they’re only going to be on this page, some of these case studies here. Okay? Yeah, I respect that. I respect my clients who don’t want to be talked about publicly. And by the way, guys, we just opened up two slots. I just got word we opened up two slots. Okay? So, go ahead and take up those slots. I think I think a couple people dropped out. So, yeah. Basically, guys, like don’t book the call. you’re take. Don’t book the call unless you’re serious about joining. So, if you did book a call and you’re actually not serious about joining, go just just cancel your call and open them up for somebody else because there’s other people that would want those slots. Um, and you want to give them a chance to to have that value. Okay. Um, with that being said, there’s lots and lots of different videos here of different people, different case studies. You’re going to watch these and you’re going to see people from all different backgrounds, all different niches, different things that they sell, uh different verticals, different careers that they came from, different, you know, things that they have in common with you, maybe where they’re from, for instance, right? So, you know, for instance, let’s let me just see here. Uh uh Tiffany here sells physical products, right? Um let’s see. Uh Lara here is a project manager from Germany, right? So she’s from Germany. So if you’re wondering, hey, does this work for people outside the US? Well, guess what? You’re probably going to find out on this page. Okay, so just check out this page. There’s all there’s so many different examples, so many different types of people absolutely crushing it on this page. Um, you know, all kinds of different backgrounds, all kinds of different situations. definitely check out this page after you uh book and you’re going to find somebody who inspires, somebody who motivates you, etc., etc. And so definitely check out that page. Okay? Uh so that is that is something you want to do. Additionally, this one’s a little bit different. It’s a little longer. So this video is about 10 minutes. Additionally, we have a bunch of uh FAQs, frequently asked questions here. You can uh if you’re wondering about any of these, definitely check these out. I’ll answer them right there. And then we have instructions just on the email like what to do on the email. And then uh also we have a bunch of the results here too. It should I should be the exact same ones I believe. So so yeah uh make sure you look at that page that is called the thank you page. That’s after you book a call um that page should pop up. So that is the thank you page and you definitely want to check that out. So that was a great question. Um and those are the videos that you should watch prior to the call as well as any videos that we send you via um uh email. Okay. With that being said, there’s one slot left. A couple people dropped out. I appreciate them dropping out because, you know, they’re making room for other people who were actually serious about joining. So, yeah, a couple people uh dropped out. Um already answered the question, what’s the cost of the program in great detail? So, you can watch the replay if you want to see that. Crystal only gives one day, Monday, and I’m flying all day Monday. Ah, shoot. Crystal, maybe maybe try again next week or you can you can message us. If you weren’t able to book a call, guys, message us at supportshane hummus.com and we can maybe reach out to you next time we have some open slots.

    Amy, what niches don’t work with this method? Is it only for sales type oriented niches? Yep. And just as I said there was one slot left, guys, it just got booked. So there’s probably no slots left left now. Um, okay. Great question, Amy. So, basically, this works for any niche where you’re solving people’s problems. Okay? So, it’s pretty obvious. You know, a lot of educational niches, helping people get a job, helping people use a software that a lot of people use, etc., etc. Any niche where you’re solving people’s problems, this works. Now, one thing that people get a little confused about is you can actually use this in entertainment. You can actually use, excuse me, you can actually use this in entertainment niches. Um, so just as an example, I was just on a call with uh one of our clients yesterday. He’s in the chess niche. So he helps people, he helps adult learners get better at chess, specifically get to a 2,000 rating. So people who started as an adult get to a 2,000 rating in chess. Okay? Uh which is which is a very big accomplishment in chess. That’s that’s a pretty high level to get at. It’s not professional level, but it’s highle amateur. Okay. So, um, that is his niche. People who are adult, it’s especially hard for adult learners to get there because if you didn’t start off playing chess as a kid, it’s quite difficult to to get good at it. Um, and so that is his niche and, uh, he’s making, you know, full-time income from that niche right now, which is awesome. So, uh, you you you see how it’s it’s an entertainment niche, but he’s doing it in an educational way because he’s helping them solve a problem that they have, right? So, he’s doing it in an educational way, even though it’s an entertainment niche. Does that make sense? So, any niche where you’re helping people solve problems that they have, this this method works with. Now, if you’re just entertaining people, um, you know, pranks, whatever, you know, that kind of thing, it it this is not this is not going to be the program for you. Go find some, you know, some other type of program. If you’re just like entertaining people or whatever, um, you know, prank channel, gaming channel where you’re playing games and people are watching along with you, that this is not going to be the program for you. But if you do your content in an educational way where you’re actually helping people, um, for instance, if you’re playing chess and you’re telling people why you’re making the moves that you’re making and actually explaining the education behind it, um, that that’s the kind of thing that could work. But if it’s just pure entertainment, that’s that’s not going to work. Hopefully that makes sense. Jonathan, how to prepare for the call. Uh, basically, just make sure you go over uh all this stuff that on the on the confirmation page, thank you page, um, and make sure you read the emails that we send you and that should be good. We also we may reach out to you. There’s a chance we may reach out to you. You should definitely respond to us if we reach out to you. So, a CGE consultant will uh very likely reach out to you. Um and and that’s the best way to prepare. Um but you’re asking the right questions. I love it. Jonathan uh already answered the question, what’s the cost in great detail. Not going to answer that again.

    Payton, yeah, you can get started for as little as $1,000 a month. We we can make that happen. Um, Troy, I missed the VIP session at 6 PM. Is there a recording that will be sent out?

    Uh, yeah, the VIP session was Tuesday at 6 p.m. And yeah, there there should there should be a recording that’s sent out and you should be able to attend the next one. But if you miss the next one, you probably won’t be able to attend anymore unless you buy it again. Um, Jonathan

    Uh Jonathan, I’m starting like you did from the poverty level on my own. How do I get there uh from here like you did? Great question, Jonathan. Um the first thing you want to do is get a good job, right? Like get like Well, the first thing you want to do is probably just get a job if if you don’t have one, right? Uh I actually made a whole video about this like in great detail exactly step by step what I would do. But you want to get a job that just covers your living expenses. Preferably, it would be a job where you’re learning valuable skills. Uh, if you’re not learning any valuable skills, you could also just get a job that’s kind of just like a warm body job. I call it a warm body job because you don’t really have there’s not much that you have to do and then you can just learn valuable skills in the free time that you have at the job, right? So, you you can like learn valuable skills on the side, take certifications, take, you know, educate yourself, upskill yourself, etc., etc. on the side. Uh, maybe do projects or or that kind of thing. And then get a good job. Okay, so get a good job that’s really high paying. Preferably try to get a remote job if possible. Uh remote jobs are great because you can just live to a you can move to a place where you have lower cost of living. So you can get a remote job that makes let’s just say 5,000 a month and then you can move to a place where the cost of living is very low. If you’re making 5,000 a month in San Francisco, you are teetering on the edge of destruction, right? You’re not making anything in that’s nothing in San Francisco. But if you’re making 5,000 a month in rural Kansas or something, you are crushing it. If you’re making 5,000 a month and you’re travel like in Thailand or the Philippines, oh my god, you are rich. You are literally rich, right? So that’s one of the smartest things to do is just get a remote job making a good amount of money and then move to a place that has lower cost of living. And then at that point, you can make a decision whether you just want to stay as an employee and just keep upskilling and upleveling and get like a 10,000 a month job, 20,000 a month, you know, etc., etc. can go on from there or you can just start your own business, right? You can make that decision. Um, you know, YouTube is a great in between where it’s a great side hustle. You can actually use it to get better jobs and you can use it to become an authority in your niche and do it as a true side hustle and then later on you can make the decision on whether you want to start it as a a full-time thing or not. Uh, go go go full-time on it, which which is great. That’s the great thing about YouTube is it’s very flexible. whereas there’s a lot of business models out there where they say that you can start it as a side hustle, but in reality it’s really like a full-time job, right? So, that’s that’s my advice in a nutshell. Um, but uh yeah, it’s uh um great question, Kate. What does CGE stand for? Content growth engine.

    Uh Jonathan, teach me how to fish. Yes, teach. We’re doing that. We’re doing just that right now.

    Okay. All right. Hey, if 1,000 a month is is too much, I totally understand. Just enjoy the free content in the meantime. This is a one-on-one coaching program. If you think $1,000 a month is expensive for a one-on-one coaching program, I don’t know what to tell you. I’ve spent $50,000 for coaching programs. So, if you think $1,000 a month is expensive for a one-on-one coaching program, I I I don’t know what to tell you. Uh Kate, all are all channels you help taking headstyle videos. Yeah, most channels show their face or they have if they don’t show their face, they have a cartoon character that represents them. Um so it’s almost like it almost feels like a personal brand. So I showed an example of that with Wiz of Ecom. By the way, one person just backed out from booking. So there’s one slot that just opened up. So you guys can take that slot. Um so click on the link again, take that slot. Um, let’s see. Six months, Aaron. Lloyd, do you offer affiliate links? It It’s It’s kind of impossible to offer an affiliate link, Lloyd, uh, just because of the fact that it’s it’s not like you offer affiliate links for like courses that you buy or something. This is this is something where they have to go through a process. It’s kind of the same reason you don’t have affiliate links for like universities, right? Because you have to go through a process to apply to the university, right? Um, with that being said, we we do offer referrals if you refer someone who ends up being a good fit for the program. We do have a referral program. Um, it’s not really an affiliate link, per se, though, but it is a referral program.

    Um, all right, Troy, I missed the VIP session at 6 p.m. Is there a recording? Yeah, we will send out the recording. on. What is the cost to offer uh name for someone looking to hold their hand until they can walk on their own? Um that’s CG. That’s Content Growth Engine. That’s a $1,000 a month or $9,000 program. $9,800 program. Liz, what is the fourth program? You mentioned the top three. Fourth program? I I don’t think there’s a fourth program. No. Um Jonathan, I’m It’s not really a program, guys. Like if you’re talking about the the more expensive stuff, u that’s just basically done for you work. It’s not really a program. It’s just like done for you. We just do the work for them. But the the scope of what they need is going to determine how much it costs. Jonathan, I’m a beginner with no skill. 1K a month is a lot. Does will this work for me? Um I mean, get on the call. Like like I said, we’re not going to offer you a spot if we don’t think you’re a good fit to we’re not a good fit to work together. Okay? So we’re not going to offer you a spot. So, just get on the call and we’ll we’ll see if it’s a good fit. Um, yeah, I just said I just said at the beginning I’m in the Philippines right now. Chris, uh, D. Thornton, why was I rejected? I applied before. There’s, uh, mention of the first spot being out, then there were two additional spots open after that. What’s the deal?

    I I I I don’t know. I I don’t know. Like, admin Stephen, yeah, looks like you responded to that. Great. Yehuda, how do I get free offers? Don’t know how to scan free offers. Um, are you talking about the the YouTube niche growth AI? That is for if you sign up for a call. Uh, I do have to run call booked. Awesome. And good stuff. By the way, guys, one spot just opened up. I believe we have one spot that just opened up here. Let me double check.

    Yep. We have exactly one spot that opened up, guys. Go ahead, take it. Um, it it won’t last long. Okay. Amy, I’m a graphic designer with a unique anime voice. What could my niche be? Interesting. Okay. Unique anime voice.

    H. Well, I mean, you could talk like obviously this is something where we’d have to go back and forth with you, talk about different things. Um, but uh potentially you could teach people how to do the unique anime voice like anime voiceover work. Um, graphic graphic design. Um, I don’t I don’t know what type of graphic design. I would assume if you have an anime voice, you’re probably doing anime uh graphic design. You can teach people that. um how to make anime characters, maybe even with AI um potentially or or with the help of AI. Um yeah, I mean there’s there’s a lot of different things you could do, but yeah, there’s uh that’s something where you should just book the call and we can we can help you in more detail there. And also make sure you check out the niche validator. Uh scroll up, scroll down if you haven’t seen it yet. Okay, Lyle, I would like to set up a video of just my town in Tokyo, Korea Town. Um uh Shin Shinuku. Okay. I wasn’t I I checked out Shinjuku. I didn’t know about Shin Shenokubu. ShinKubu. Lots of restaurants, I believe. Niche spots that only locals know as well as travel food ideas. Um, interesting. Yeah, that might be a bit too specific, Ly. But I think Tokyo is not too specific, right? Like Tokyo is definitely not too specific. You could check out different cool spots in Tokyo and basically give give ratings on those spots. Maybe even, you know, one thing that we were looking into a lot of, we actually watched a lot of content before we went to Tokyo on this is um kind of just like tour guides and like different cool things to do in Tokyo. Um we looked up a lot of different stuff that we thought was cool to do and it gave us ideas for what we wanted to do when we got there and that’s pretty cool. And there’s even people that are actually tour guides and you can hire them that are on YouTube and they get a lot of obviously they get a lot of people uh booking with them from YouTube. So they’re actual tour guides that that um uh get a lot of people booking with them from YouTube. So that’s actually very very lucrative uh niche right there. The tour guides that get a ton of people booking from YouTube. Very very good. Um so yeah, I like where you’re going there. I think uh your town is probably little bit too specific. That’s a little too specific. That’s just my opinion though. Chelanda, thank you. Lucas, how do we go to work with you as a coach? Sign up. Um, sign up for a call. I think there was one spot left. I don’t know if there still is. We’ll see. Uh, Kelly, I just got emails for calls now. I’d like to make a channel on different types of creative things. By the way, guys, about five more minutes until I’m going to head out. I just got email. I’d like to make a channel on different types of creative things to make do. Like I made a barn door out of plywood and it came out awesome. Way lighter and functional. I make epoxy resin, a lot of landscape art, making mosaic and creative video. Yeah, I think there’s a lot of opportunities there, Kelly. Um, so just as an example, I I there was one girl in my mastermind. She had she was talking about a very interesting niche. She basically helps older women who are typically, you know, well off make totally unique pieces of art and uh usually this art represents their life. So it’s a representation of their life and it’s a totally unique piece of artwork and it’s something that they can pass down to children. So the example she gave is like one one of the women she worked with like had an abusive husband and so there’s like broken pieces of plate cuz he would like throw plates or something, right? So it’s like unique pieces of artwork that represents their life. Okay. So uh it’s something they can pass down to their children, right? So and these women would pay a lot of money for that, right? And it’s it was really cool what they’re doing. I think it’s awesome. And they’d pay, you know,5 or $10,000 for that, right? So you could do a niche kind of like that. It sounds like that’s kind of in the uh uh the neighborhood of what you’re talking about. And of course, like for for these types of people, five or $10,000 is nothing. That’s like the the of course that that’s worth it for them. Um you know, so it’s it’s a lot of the time it’s good to to target niches like that where it’s like 5 or 10,000 bucks is not a lot not a big deal. Um so yeah, something like that, Kelly, would be cool. Anyways guys, hey, I’m going to scroll to the bottom here. Um, and uh,

    talk about let’s see,

    have a good one, Lloyd. Have a good one. Um, shoot, there’s there’s a lot of scrolling here. Okay. Um, so guys, um, I’m going to go ahead and show one more time here the thank you page. So, I’m going to actually copy and paste the thank you page into the chat. Okay. So, if you lost the thank you page for whatever reason, I just copied and pasted it into the chat. I’m going to copy and paste it again because apparently there was a bunch of people that uh did that. So, uh check those out again. Check those videos out. Some of them will inspire you, motivate you, etc., etc. Um definitely a good one to do. And then, uh let me see here. You can also save the um one-on-one coaching uh link. You can save this link. I’m going to copy and paste that and put that there, too. You can save that link for later. Uh just in case some more spots open up, because obviously we’re we’re all out of spots, but just in case some more spots open up, you can save that link for later. Um and maybe just check it periodically the next couple days and hopefully a spot will open up or something like that. And uh with that being said, um I’m gonna head out, guys. Thank you so much. Have a good one. Uh had a had a great time here. I’m gonna head out. Take care, guys. And I will see you next week. Hope you guys have a great weekend. I’ll see you guys next week, hopefully. Cheers. Take care. Bye, guys. Take care. Thanks, guys. Thanks, Chris. Thanks, Chad. Thanks, Rich. Thanks, Liz. You got it. I have the